# Rapitek CRM > Rapitek CRM is a cloud CRM built in Istanbul. We do the setup; scope and any fee are agreed in writing. A separate database per customer, hosted in the EU. - Site: https://rapitek.com/ - Sitemap: https://rapitek.com/sitemap.xml - Index: https://rapitek.com/llms.txt ## Diller - tr: https://rapitek.com/llms-full.txt - ar: https://rapitek.com/ar/llms-full.txt ## Sayfalar ### [Rapitek CRM | Cloud CRM Set Up Around Your Process](https://rapitek.com/en) Rapitek CRM is a cloud CRM built in Istanbul. We do the setup; scope and any fee are agreed in writing. A separate database per customer, hosted in the EU. Home Rapitek CRM is a cloud CRM built in Istanbul. We do the setup; scope and any fee are agreed in writing. A separate database per customer, hosted in the EU. Reps change. The customer history stays. For B2B sales and field teams of 5+ users Leads in a spreadsheet, chats in WhatsApp, quotes lost in email — that's where deals go missing. Rapitek CRM ties the three to one record: quote, correspondence and order in the same place, and they stay with the company when a rep leaves. We set it up around your process; migration, integrations and training are part of the rollout, and the scope is agreed in writing before we start. Book a demo See pricing Enterprise CRM projects completed for other companies during our Salesforce era 200+ Business objects in a standard install 183 A separate database per customer 1:1 Rapitek in numbers A selection from our CRM implementation and consulting projects. Logos belong to their respective owners. Yıldız Holding Akkök Holding NETAŞ MAPFRE Sigorta Eureko Sigorta Petroyağ Sağlık ve Eğitim Vakfı Iyzico Aktif Filo Eğitim Gönüllüleri Hürriyet Projeland V-Count Trusted by Organizations whose CRM projects we delivered. The same CRM, in the field team's pocket. Mobile app · iOS and Android The mobile app is not a separate product: open opportunities, today's tasks and overdue work are read from the same records you see on the desktop. The WhatsApp inbox, the customer card, quotes and visit tracking all run inside the app, and Rapi writes records from speech. Published on the App Store and Google Play. See the mobile app Sales pipeline Every lead and every stage on one screen. Drag-and-drop pipeline, your own stages, win probability, and team-level views. WhatsApp shared inbox Your team replies from a single number inside the CRM; every conversation is linked to the related contact, lead, or opportunity. Built-in AI assistant In the mobile app, Rapi creates and updates records by voice and turns a photo of a business card into a lead. It can be configured to ask for your confirmation before saving. You decide: Rapi is off by default; unless you turn it on, your CRM data is not sent to any AI provider. Details on the Security page. Reports and dashboards Tabular and summary report types; a drag-and-drop dashboard designer, PDF and Excel export. Email and ERP connectivity You connect your own Gmail account over OAuth; the connection covers sending email and calendar sync, and your inbox is not read. Outlook and Microsoft 365 connections are not live. Connects to systems like Logo, Netsis, Mikro, or SAP through REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, delivered by the team that builds and develops the product. Separate database and access control A separate database per customer, two-factor authentication (email code or authenticator), role-based access, and a field-level audit trail. 3 Powerful features, a clean interface. Discovery Together we map your sales process, your team structure, and the systems you use today. A 30-minute call is enough. Setup and data migration Fields, stages, roles, and reports are configured around your process; your existing data is migrated, and integrations are built in this step. The scope of setup — and any fee for it — is agreed in writing beforehand. Training and go-live We train your team ourselves. We do not commit to a timeline before discovery; after the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — data migration and training are part of that date. Delivery How we get you started. Teams smaller than 5 users Rapitek CRM starts at 5 users. The setup effort does not shrink as the team shrinks: fields, stages, roles and reports have to be built once, however many people will use them. Below that scale we do not think the model is right. If you only want to gather demand from a single channel, Inbox is a separate product; we can talk about that. Anyone expecting self-service setup There is no path where you sign up and set it up yourself the same day. We confi ### [About Rapitek — 200+ Enterprise CRM Projects | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/about) Founded in 2018, we delivered 200+ enterprise CRM projects before building our own CRM. Based in Maslak, Istanbul; customer data hosted in the EU. About Us Founded in 2018, we delivered 200+ enterprise CRM projects before building our own CRM. Based in Maslak, Istanbul; customer data hosted in the EU. We learned in the field, and built it for you. About us Across more than 200 enterprise CRM projects we saw the same problems over and over: expensive licenses, implementations that drag on for months, support lost in ticket queues, and a separate invoice for every customization. We built our own CRM to solve them. Request a demo Explore the product Founded 2018 Enterprise CRM projects completed for other companies during our Salesforce era 200+ The team that builds the product does the setup and answers support questions Same team By the numbers Rapitek was founded in 2018. In our early years we did software development and IT consulting; after that we focused on enterprise CRM implementations and worked in the Salesforce ecosystem . We delivered more than 200 enterprise projects across manufacturing, retail, textiles, logistics, construction and healthcare: process analysis, data migration, custom development, integration and team training. That chapter has ended, and we hold no official Salesforce partnership today. We still provide independent Salesforce consulting — performance tuning, data migration, integration and security reviews. For official partner benefits, you would need to talk to Salesforce directly. We built other people's CRMs first The scope of the platform sets an expectation: 183 business objects, iOS and Android apps, a messaging inbox, an open REST API. In our own discovery calls we have met companies who came expecting a large software company on the other side of the table; we have not counted how many calls those were, so we are not putting a figure on it. Let us state the truth up front — the team is small, the experience is large-scale. Our core team has never been a crowd. We ran holding-scale enterprise projects at this size, and we repaired other people's broken implementations at this size too. Today the same core does the product's architecture, its implementation, its integrations and its support. This is not an excuse; it is the source of our promise. If we can write the sentence “There is no call center on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and installs the product,” we can write it because we are small. A company of hundreds cannot make that sentence work structurally: there, the person who greets you is not the person who wrote the product, and cannot be. The same applies to the implementation promise — the team that sets up your fields, stages and reports around your process is the team that writes the code behind those fields. What you get: a short decision chain, a counterpart who knows the work, and a party that can change the product itself. What you do not get: a support desk running in shifts, a roster of regional account managers, a headcount that would look impressive on a vendor evaluation form. Which of those is right for you is something we can work out together in the discovery call. A small team. We say so on purpose. Across 200 projects we learned this: there is a gap between what a growing business needs from a CRM and what the global platforms package for it. Implementation takes months. A company decides to adopt a CRM and six months later it is still in configuration meetings. Meanwhile the team drifts back to Excel. Customization is always a separate line item. Adding a field, adjusting a screen or building a report means either employing a certified administrator in-house or buying hourly consulting outside. Support is far away. The team hits a problem, opens a ticket, and gets an answer days later from another continent — and not from someone who knows the product. Pricing is unpredictable. The license is one number; implementation is another, integration another, training another. We wrote Rapitek CRM to fix these four things: customization done by us rather than billed to you by t ### [Anatolia Tile Customer Story | Rapitek CRM Projects](https://rapitek.com/en/anatolia-tile-customer-story) How a global ceramics and natural-stone manufacturer brought customer relationships, sales and logistics onto one platform. Anatolia Tile Customer Story How a global ceramics and natural-stone manufacturer brought customer relationships, sales and logistics onto one platform. Anatolia Tile: sales and logistics met on the same screen. Customer story · Manufacturing A global player in ceramics, porcelain and natural stone since 1995. Growing export volume made it necessary to manage customer relationships and logistics in a single system. Let's talk about a similar rollout Other customer stories Founded 1995 Headquarters Istanbul Ceramics, porcelain and natural stone market Global Project scale Enterprise The company The challenge Leadership in a global market, a distinctive logistics service and a customer-first approach — all three were only sustainable if every process was managed on one platform. Sales, customer relationships and logistics each sat somewhere else. What we built The platform was customised around the company's process: customer relationship management, sales processes and logistics operations were brought into one system. Custom modules and reporting were built to support their customer-satisfaction-first approach. The result Customer data came together on a single platform; sales rates and growth volumes can now be read from a report. Customer requests are answered faster and decisions are made more quickly. The project What was there, what we built, what changed. General Manager The active role we play in the global market and our strategies created the need to work with a solution partner who could accelerate our adaptation to a changing world and lighten our workload. Rapitek's industry experience and solution-oriented approach enabled us to achieve results beyond our expectations. Şemun Alp Biber Anatolia Tile Assistant Marketing Specialist We can store all of our customers' information and active data securely. We gained momentum in our work-tracking process and in our customer relationships, and we work in a more organised way. In areas such as sales rates and growth volumes in particular, we can carry out detailed research and interpret the statistics more accurately. Meryem Koç Anatolia Tile 2 In the customer's own words What the Anatolia Tile team said Interface design | The screens the team uses daily were simplified around the company's process Customer tracking | Customer information and history were brought together on a single record Opportunity management | Pipeline stages and win probability were defined Activity and team tracking | Who is doing what with which customer was made visible Logistics operations | Shipping and delivery processes were connected to the same system Reporting | Custom reports were built for sales rates and growth volume Scope is project-specific; in every rollout it is defined together in the discovery call. Area | What was done Scope What was built in the project? This implementation belongs to Rapitek's Salesforce implementation era ; afterwards we built our own product, Rapitek CRM . The method described here — listen to the process, migrate the data, train the team — comes from the same team; we simply apply it on our own platform now. This project belongs to our Salesforce era 30 minutes · No obligation · The call is held in Turkish How would your sales and logistics process be set up? In a 30-minute discovery call we listen to your process and work out together which fields, stages and reports would be configured. Request a demo ### [Auto Parts CRM: Dealer and Wholesale Sales | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/auto-parts-crm) OEM and cross-reference codes and vehicle fitment are fields on the product record; enquiry-to-quote pipeline, dealer price lists, lost-sale reports. Auto Parts CRM OEM and cross-reference codes and vehicle fitment are fields on the product record; enquiry-to-quote pipeline, dealer price lists, lost-sale reports. CRM for auto parts dealers, wholesalers and retailers Industry solution · Auto Parts Vehicle details, stock enquiries, quotes and dealer price lists in one system. Run your wholesale, retail and B2B dealer channels as separate processes — it is configured around your own processes, and we do the setup. Request a demo Talk to an industry consultant Stock and invoicing are already handled by a separate program in your business. The place that bleeds is the space between the enquiry and the sale : who asked for what, which vehicle they were looking at, whether a quote went out, and why it was not taken. Here is the picture we have seen again and again in our own CRM projects: The day goes by on the phone; “do you have this part for that vehicle?” enquiries stay on the phone and in the salesperson's personal WhatsApp . When an enquiry is never recorded, its outcome cannot be measured: whether it was bought, or bought somewhere else, nobody knows. When the same garage calls for the third time, the vehicle details are asked all over again; which customer works on which vehicles lives in the salesperson's memory. The quote is in Excel or in a chat bubble; nobody keeps track of which quote never got a reply. Dealer discounts are in the salesperson's head; because the discount table is not recorded anywhere, there is no check that catches it when a price is given from the wrong list. The account balance sits in the accounting program; when the salesperson quotes, they do not see the customer's payment terms or credit risk. None of this is solved by a new stock program. It takes record-keeping discipline and properly configured fields — which is exactly what a CRM is for. In auto parts, when an enquiry is never recorded, its outcome cannot be measured The enquiry becomes a record while the call is still on The calling garage is matched to its account record; the enquiry is opened as an opportunity tagged with its source (phone, WhatsApp). It is written into the sales pipeline, not into a notebook. Vehicle details are stored as fields Make, model, year and engine type are held as separate fields, not as free-text notes. When the same garage calls again, the vehicle is not asked for a second time; past enquiries stay on the record. The part is found from the OEM or the cross-reference code Because the product record holds the OEM number, cross-reference codes and vehicle fitment details as fields, search and filters work on those fields. If your ERP is the master source for stock quantities, it can feed the CRM through the flow defined during setup. The quote goes out as a PDF from the price list The price comes from the price list the customer is attached to; the discount is visible on the record. The PDF quote is sent over WhatsApp from the office's single business number, and the conversation is logged on the customer record. An unanswered quote waits in the pipeline instead of being forgotten Every quoted enquiry stays in the pipeline as an open opportunity; a follow-up task and a reminder are set. The answer to “who did we quote yesterday, and who never came back?” is on screen as a list. The outcome is closed with a reason If the sale happens, the quote turns into an order; if not, a closing reason such as “it was out of stock” or “the price was too high” is selected. At month end, a report shows how many enquiries were lost in which part group, and why. A concrete scenario Tuesday 09:40 — a garage calls: “Front pads and discs for a 2016 diesel Focus, needed today.” Customer and account records Garages, dealers, fleets and retail customers are held as separate records. Account details such as payment terms, due dates and credit limits are modelled as fields on the record; the salesperson sees them while quoting. The official source of the account statement stays in your ### [Blog — CRM, sales process and customer management | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/blog) Field notes from enterprise CRM implementations: process setup, pipeline tracking, integration decisions and the questions worth asking before you choose a CRM. Blog Field notes from enterprise CRM implementations: process setup, pipeline tracking, integration decisions and the questions worth asking before you choose a CRM. Written for the teams who actually use the CRM Rapitek Blog What we see inside enterprise CRM projects: process setup, pipeline tracking, team habits, and the questions worth asking before you choose a system. The Rapitek blog is written for teams moving their customer relationships into software for the first time, or rebuilding a setup that stopped working. Most of our readers are sales managers, operations leads and owners of companies that are growing faster than their processes. These are not product brochures; they are notes on how a specific problem got solved. Most posts start from a concrete question: why quotes fall out of sight, where inbound WhatsApp requests disappear, why reporting breaks once you open a second branch, which clauses matter in a CRM contract. We describe what we ran into across more than 200 enterprise CRM implementations delivered during our Salesforce era, without translating it into marketing language. Recurring topics: CRM rollout and data migration, sales process design, quoting and pricing, customer communication over WhatsApp, reporting, and getting a team to actually adopt the tool. Posts are written by our founder, Kerim Yıldırım. What you'll find here Latest posts Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product. Want to see your own process on screen? In a short demo we'll map your sales flow together and talk through how any of this applies to your business. Request a demo ### [ChatGPT Integration: CRM and REST API | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/chatgpt-integration) Connecting ChatGPT to a CRM runs through an open REST API and OAuth2; that surface is live today. The product's assistant Rapi runs on Anthropic Claude. ChatGPT Integration Connecting ChatGPT to a CRM runs through an open REST API and OAuth2; that surface is live today. The product's assistant Rapi runs on Anthropic Claude. If yours is a team that uses ChatGPT, you can connect it to your CRM. Integration · ChatGPT The surface the connection will rest on is live today: a REST API authorized with OAuth2, describe that returns the object schema, composite that carries 25 sub-requests in a single request, and bulk endpoints that handle up to 200 records per call. We build it as an integration project whose scope is defined in the discovery call. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call If your team no longer uses ChatGPT as an experiment — the subscription has been bought, the team has settled in, most of the work runs in that window — then the CRM is sitting somewhere else during the same day. The mechanism is this: with no defined link between the two windows, a human does the transfer, and the moment it flows across, the origin of the record is lost. Three outcomes we have seen in our own projects and in our buying conversations: Data is moved by copy-paste . The summary is produced in ChatGPT, then pasted into the CRM by hand; where the record came from and who produced it are lost. In the procurement meeting someone asks, “Is your CRM AI-powered?” Saying “yes” is easy ; once they ask with which model, under what authorization and where the data goes, the answers get blurry. IT asks something else: which data goes to which provider , who turned it on, can it be revoked? The answer to that question can be left to the contract stage — that is, to the worst possible moment. This page answers all three openly — and on one of them it answers against our own interest . First what there is, then what has been measured, then what has not been measured. A page that does not write the third one teaches it to the buyer on installation day. The team works in ChatGPT, the record sits in another window There is no out-of-the-box module for ChatGPT, and we are not going to say there is. The connection is built as an integration project — with REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export — whose scope is defined in the discovery call. Now the thing that really needs saying. Rapi, the assistant inside the product, runs on Anthropic Claude — not on GPT. That is why you will not read the sentence "GPT-powered CRM" on this page; writing it would help us in search results, but it would not be true. With the same care: our 18-tool MCP package, downloaded from the Setup screen, is defined today as a Claude connector. We cannot say it has been tested with any other AI client; and because we have not tested it, we do not say it. Setting out these two sentences up front ends the "but the website said so" conversation before it can start after purchase. So what is actually there? The way to connect ChatGPT to the CRM runs through the product's open surface, and that surface is live today: the product ships with 183 business objects and each one is published in the REST API with its own data and schema endpoint — you can read the field structure from outside with describe. Alongside it there is authorization with OAuth2, composite carrying 25 sub-requests in a single request, and bulk endpoints that handle up to 200 records per call. That is exactly what an AI client needs in order to be able to look at the CRM. Which connection route is used on the ChatGPT side — depending on the client's capabilities at the time and on your subscription type — is chosen together during discovery. We can say that this surface really is usable from outside on the strength of a measured fact: in one live customer installation, a third-party ERP integrator reads and writes records over this same REST API. We do not give a name because we do not have permission to publish it; what we are saying is a measured fact, and this is a single installation, not a list of cases. We have described the product's own assistant and the M ### [Claude Integration: MCP Package and Rapi | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/claude-integration) The Rapi assistant runs on Anthropic Claude and writes records to the CRM. Connect your own Claude with the 18-tool MCP package from the Setup screen. Claude Integration The Rapi assistant runs on Anthropic Claude and writes records to the CRM. Connect your own Claude with the 18-tool MCP package from the Setup screen. If you use Claude, your CRM talks to Claude. Integration · Anthropic Claude This connection runs in production today; setting it up does not require a provider-specific project. Rapi, the assistant inside the product, runs on Anthropic Claude and does not only read the CRM — it writes records too. And with the MCP package you download from the Setup screen, you connect your own Claude to the same CRM with 18 tools. Request a demo Let's talk about setup When AI comes up, two separate expectations get sold with the same sentence on the CRM side. The first is an assistant embedded in the product: one that finds what you ask for, summarises, writes. The second is the assistant the team already uses — a team that works with Claude all day wants to reach the CRM from that same window. In both cases the mechanism jams at the same point — as we have seen it in our own projects: If the assistant only reads , the work is not finished: you read the summary and still open the record yourself, still fill the field in by hand. If the assistant is outside the CRM , copy-paste creeps in between; where the record came from is lost, and no trace is left behind. When AI is positioned as an add-on, the tool the team actually uses and the tool inside the CRM stay two separate worlds . And this question goes unanswered: where does this assistant take the data , who turned it on, can I turn it off when I want to? This page's job is to answer those four questions one by one: first what it is, then where it stands, then where it does not. Why does AI end up bolted on in a CRM? 1. The assistant inside the product: Rapi. Rapi runs on Anthropic Claude and does not only read the CRM — it writes records too . Today it has ten tools; it fetches, creates and updates core records such as leads, contacts, companies and opportunities. Every field it touches lands in the product's field-level change history. 2. Your own Claude: the MCP package. The package you download from the Setup screen — the version live today is v1.11.0 — contains 18 tools and connects your own Claude client to the CRM. The surface this connection rests on is the same one integrators use: a REST API authorised with OAuth2, describe for reading the object schema, composite for multiple operations in a single request, and bulk endpoints. What we can say about usage, and what we cannot. Rapi runs in production today; the weight of that use, however, is still our own team. That is why on this page you will not find a figure for how many runs it has done, or a sentence saying “our customers connect their own Claude”. What we can state is what the product does; what we cannot measure is who uses it and how much. We wrote up our general approach to integrations with the same openness on the integrations page . This connection is live today — and it is really two separate things You ask for the customer by name, and Rapi brings up the record Company, contact and open opportunity records arrive without searching the list screen. Rapi produces the answer not from the internet, but from the records in your own CRM database. The meeting note stays as a record, not as a summary When you have the note written, Rapi posts it to the relevant record. The assistant's job does not end with producing a summary; the record itself changes, and you do not need to open the screen a second time. Missing fields are not opened and filled one by one You ask for fields such as tax number, industry or owner to be updated; Rapi updates the record. You are the one who says what is wanted — Rapi does not start a job on its own. The quote → order step is already built into the product The record action that turns a quote into an order is built into the product. The chain is not a flow the assistant invented; it is the product's own action. Every change mad ### [Contact Rapitek | CRM Demo, Quotes and Support](https://rapitek.com/en/contact) Reach Rapitek on WhatsApp, by email or via the form; the number we publish is a WhatsApp line, not a call centre. Office: Nurol Plaza, Maslak, Istanbul. Contact Reach Rapitek on WhatsApp, by email or via the form; the number we publish is a WhatsApp line, not a call centre. Office: Nurol Plaza, Maslak, Istanbul. Get in touch. Contact A demo, a quote or a question about your existing setup — the same team answers all of it. Message us on WhatsApp Fill in the form WhatsApp: +90 212 963 22 84 — the conversation stays in one window, and screenshots and files stay in the same place. Email: info@rapitek.com Address: Maslak Mah. Büyükdere Cad. Nurol Plaza Sit. No: 255/B02, 34485 Sarıyer / Istanbul, Turkey Business hours: Monday-Friday 09:00-18:00 (GMT+3). We are closed on weekends. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and maintains the product — that is a choice, not a capacity limit. We aim to come back to messages that arrive during business hours the same working day. We do not write that as a commitment: we have no system that measures ticket times, and we do not promise a duration we do not measure. Our registered trade name, MERSIS number (Turkey's central trade registry ID) and tax details are listed in the legal notice at the bottom of the page. For details on how we process personal data — including our obligations under KVKK, Turkey's data protection law (No. 6698), and the GDPR — see our Privacy Policy ; for data deletion requests, see our Data Deletion Instructions . Direct contact Message our WhatsApp line. All three — WhatsApp, the form on this page and email — reach the same team; there is no ticket queue. We put WhatsApp first because of the channel itself: the conversation stays in one window, and screenshots and files stay in the same place. We have not measured a difference in response time between the channels, so we do not claim that one of them is faster. What is the fastest way to reach Rapitek? No — the number we publish is a WhatsApp line, not a call centre or switchboard. Please write to us on WhatsApp instead of calling. Writing keeps your request on record and gets it to the right person; a phone call loses part of what you explain. If a live conversation is needed, we schedule it as a call. Can I call that number? We do not commit to a written response time (SLA) — we do not put a figure we have not measured on this page. What we can say is this: there is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and maintains the product. That is a choice, not a capacity limit. We do not offer 24/7 support either: support is provided during Turkish business hours. If your teams work across other time zones, let's discuss the scope together on the call. How quickly do you reply? Monday to Friday, 09:00-18:00 (GMT+3). We are closed at weekends. You can still write on WhatsApp outside those hours; your message is recorded and answered the next business day. What are your working hours? Your contact details are processed only to evaluate your request and get back to you. Data is hosted in the European Union (database in Finland, media in Germany). For organisations in Turkey this counts as an international transfer under Article 9 of KVKK, and no adequacy decision has been issued by the Board for the countries concerned. Details are in our KVKK disclosure text, and deletion requests are covered on our Data Deletion page. What happens to my data when I submit the form? Frequently asked Frequently asked questions about contacting us Send us a message Briefly tell us what you need and we'll connect you directly with the right person. Company and team size are optional — they just help us find that person faster. Send message Nurol Plaza, Maslak Mah. Büyükdere Cad. No: 255/B02, Sarıyer / Istanbul Our office ### [Cookie Policy | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/cookies) Our six cookies: names, purposes and durations. We use no third-party analytics or ad cookies, and our measurement cookie is set only with your explicit consent. Cookie Policy Our six cookies: names, purposes and durations. We use no third-party analytics or ad cookies, and our measurement cookie is set only with your explicit consent. Cookie Policy Legal How we use cookies to improve your experience On this page Last updated: 6 August 2026 Cookies are small text files that are placed on your device when you visit our website. They help us provide you with a better experience by remembering your preferences and understanding how you use our site. This Cookie Policy explains what cookies are, how we use them, and how you can manage your cookie preferences. What Are Cookies? Essential cookies These cookies are required for the site to work and do not require consent. All of them are first-party ; they are not shared with any third party. Types of Cookies We Use csrftoken | Prevents cross-site request forgery (CSRF) on form submissions | On every page of the site | 364 days sessionid | Keeps you signed in | Only when you sign in | 12 hours rgo_cerez_onay | Remembers your cookie choice (accept or decline) | When you make a choice in the cookie banner | 180 days Cookie name | Purpose | When it is set | Duration Functional cookies Used to remember your preferences. These are first-party as well, and they are set only when you perform the related action. django_language | Remembers the language you selected | Only when you change the language | Session rgo_onizleme | Opens a signed preview of unpublished pages | Only when you arrive through a preview link | 1 day Cookie name | Purpose | When it is set | Duration Measurement cookie — only with your explicit consent If you select Accept in the cookie banner, we set a cookie named rgo_oturum that links together the order of the pages you view within a single visit. We use it to understand which content is useful and, when we speak with you, to see more clearly what you need. This cookie is a random string : it is not derived from your name, e-mail address, IP address or any device fingerprint, and on its own it does not identify you. If you decline, it is not set and the site works exactly as before — no feature is switched off. If you delete the cookie, the record stops there and a new visit starts as a new record. The browsing information we record is deleted after 90 days . If you submit a contact form, a summary of the browsing related to that enquiry is kept alongside the enquiry and used to understand your request. Analytics and marketing cookies We use no third-party analytics or advertising cookies. There are no external trackers, advertising cookies or remarketing cookies on the site, including Google Analytics, and no cookie follows you across other websites. For our own measurement we use a first-party cookie named rgo_oturum , which is set only if you give consent and covers only your browsing on this site. rgo_oturum | Links together the order of the pages you view within a single visit | ONLY if you have given consent in the cookie banner | 30 days If you decline, this cookie is never set. Cookie name | Purpose | When it is set | Duration You can control and manage cookies in various ways. Please note that removing or blocking cookies can impact your user experience and parts of our website may no longer be fully accessible. Changing your decision about the measurement cookie The cookie banner is shown only if you have not yet made a choice; once you select accept or decline, your decision is remembered for 180 days and the banner does not appear again. You can change that decision whenever you like: select Cookie preferences at the very bottom of any page. Your saved choice is cleared, the rgo_oturum measurement cookie is deleted, and the banner asks you again on the next page — it makes no difference whether you accepted or declined. Alternatively you can still delete this site's cookies from your browser, which has the same effect on your next visit. Browser Settings Most browsers allow you to control cookies through their setti ### [Is Rapitek CRM a Fit? A 5-Question Check | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/crm-chooser) Five questions — team size, budget, region, must-have features and speed — score whether Rapitek CRM fits your team. The weights and scoring are out in the open. Rapitek CRM Fit Check Five questions — team size, budget, region, must-have features and speed — score whether Rapitek CRM fits your team. The weights and scoring are out in the open. Is Rapitek CRM a fit for you? Free tool · 60 seconds · 5 questions Answer five questions and see your fit score. The result may be “waiting is the better call for now” — and when it is, we tell you so. The scoring is out in the open. Talk through your situation Rapitek pricing Rapitek CRM fit check Five questions. Answering them on its own sends nothing. If the result is “wait for now”, we say that too. How many people will use the CRM? 1-5 users (small team) | rapitek=25, wait=85 6-25 users (growing team) | rapitek=90, wait=25 26-100 users (mid-market) | rapitek=95, wait=10 100+ users (enterprise) | rapitek=75, wait=10 What is your budget per user per month (USD)? Free / under $20 | rapitek=20, wait=80 $20-50 | rapitek=85, wait=30 $50-150 | rapitek=95, wait=15 $150+ (enterprise budget) | rapitek=70, wait=10 Where do you operate? Turkey only / mostly TR — KVKK and Turkish matter | rapitek=95, wait=30 UAE / Saudi / GCC — Arabic-language support needed | rapitek=25, wait=50 EU / GDPR markets — EU data residency | rapitek=65, wait=35 Global / multi-region — local partner network needed | rapitek=35, wait=45 Which of these are non-negotiable for you? Built-in WhatsApp Business API | rapitek=95, wait=20 MRP / inventory / manufacturing execution | rapitek=40, wait=40 ERP integration (Logo, Netsis, SAP, Mikro) | rapitek=75, wait=25 AI features (voice assistant, business-card scanning) | rapitek=85, wait=30 A separate database per customer | rapitek=95, wait=20 Inbound marketing and content tools | rapitek=25, wait=45 Field sales and visit tracking | rapitek=90, wait=20 A written SLA commitment | rapitek=10, wait=55 How quickly do you need to go live? Today / this week | rapitek=20, wait=70 2-4 weeks | rapitek=80, wait=25 1-3 months | rapitek=90, wait=20 6+ months (no rush) | rapitek=70, wait=35 Rapitek CRM looks like a fit Request a demo For Turkey-based B2B sales and field teams with at least 5 users: a separate database, a built-in WhatsApp inbox, Turkish-language support, and a model where we do the setup ourselves. After the discovery call, we give you a date, not a range. Plans start at 39 USD per user per month. Waiting is the better call for now Read the guide Record-keeping discipline comes before a software decision. In a one- or two-person team running a single process, the cost-benefit balance doesn't work out; establishing the follow-up habit comes first. If you got this result, there is no reason to come to us — look again when the team grows. This score is a weighted sum of your answers: team size, budget and region 20% each, non-negotiable features 25%, go-live speed 15%. We assigned the weights and scores ourselves; this is not an independent measurement. We do not score other products — only our own fit. The scores against us are here too, and we do not soften the reason: we do NOT provide Arabic-language support — the web interface is in Arabic, but support and training are in Turkish and no one on our team speaks Arabic. We have no written SLA either. Show the result Your fit Because a rollout that doesn't work wastes both our time. For a three-person, sales-only team, saying “not yet” is more honest than selling ourselves — that team doesn't meet our minimum user requirement anyway. Let's be plain: Rapitek built this tool and Rapitek assigned the scores. It is not an independent measurement. We do not score other products, and we say nothing about other products on this page — because we have no measurement that confirms what another product does or does not offer today, and that is the sentence that goes stale fastest. The only thing we measure here is our own fit. What we do put in the open is the method and the weights, and we write down the scores that go against us. You can judge how much to trust a result by how much the tool i ### [How to Choose a CRM: A Field-Tested Guide | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/crm-guide) A CRM selection guide distilled from 200+ enterprise projects: needs analysis, evaluation criteria, hidden costs, questions to ask vendors, and a rollout plan. CRM Buyer's Guide A CRM selection guide distilled from 200+ enterprise projects: needs analysis, evaluation criteria, hidden costs, questions to ask vendors, and a rollout plan. How to choose a CRM: a buyer's guide written in the field Guide · CRM selection We delivered more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during our Salesforce era, and we watched right and wrong choices play out up close. This page is not a PDF to download — it is the guide itself: what to look at, what to ask, where each cost hides, and why implementation decides more than the license. Let's be upfront: we sell a CRM too. The reason we try to stay fair on this page is not virtue but experience: we delivered more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in the Salesforce ecosystem, and we saw up close, again and again, how badly chosen systems end. We won't dress up the cost of a wrong choice with an inflated statistic. The cost we saw in the field is this: a system nobody enters data into after six months, a quiet retreat to Excel, and a second migration paid for within two years. None of it shows up on the license invoice; all of it costs more. This page is not a document you trade your email address for; it is the guide itself. Read it in order, or jump straight to what you need: the selection process, evaluation criteria, the hidden-cost map, questions to ask vendors, and how to measure adoption. You can put every question in this guide to every vendor you talk to — including us. Why this guide exists — and why it is honest Write the need down "Let's get a CRM" is not a need. Write down the three to five concrete problems you want solved: follow-ups get forgotten, quotes go out late, the management report is compiled by hand. How many users, which teams, which processes — this list defines the scope. Cut the shortlist to three There are hundreds of CRMs on the market; you cannot look at them all. Filter with your hard criteria (language, data location, budget range, industry experience) and continue with at most three candidates. Spend your energy testing three candidates deeply, not making the list longer. Ask for a demo with your own scenario The vendor's canned scenario looks flawless in every product. Have them walk your flow: a lead comes in, a quote goes out, a follow-up task drops in, the report reflects it. Run the same scenario with every candidate so the comparison is real. Calculate cost over three years The monthly license is the visible tip of the iceberg. Add implementation, data migration, training, integration, the support package, renewal increases and the exit cost. The hidden-cost map below exists exactly for this calculation. Ask for proof Ask for a reference at a similar scale with a similar process. If a trial environment is offered, test it with your own real records; if not, demand the same depth in the demo. You want to see it done, not hear that "it can be done." Sign the rollout plan along with the decision Selection doesn't end with the contract. Who configures the system, when data moves, when the team is trained, which date you go live — tie it all to a written plan. Define adoption metrics from day one; we suggest some below. Process CRM selection in six steps Data model and customization Can fields, objects and sales stages be adapted to your process? Don't settle for "anything is possible"; watch an example from your own process being configured in the demo, and ask who does the configuration. Ease of use How many clicks does the most frequent job take — opening a record, adding a note, closing a task? If the sales team can't create records on their own from day one, the system stays empty no matter how powerful it is. Integration approach Look past shiny logo walls to the method: which system, in which direction, and who will build it should be pinned down in writing. An open REST API with webhook support outlives any list of prebuilt connectors. Reporting Canned reports impress in demos; the real question is whether you can bui ### [CRM Integrations: REST API, WhatsApp, ERP | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/crm-modules) Rapitek CRM integrations: REST API for every standard-install object, OAuth2, signed webhooks, WhatsApp, Google Calendar. ERP/accounting links scoped per project. Integrations Rapitek CRM integrations: REST API for every standard-install object, OAuth2, signed webhooks, WhatsApp, Google Calendar. ERP/accounting links scoped per project. An integration is not a logo list — it's a piece of work with a defined scope. Integrations Rapitek CRM connects to your existing software through REST API, OAuth2, signed webhooks and import/export; our professional services team builds the connection. This page lays out what is ready today, what gets built per project, and how the process works — as it is. Request a demo Discuss your integration scope You won't find a wall of logos here. Instead, we spell out which connections are built in today, which are built per project, and how an integration job gets scoped. You may be running Logo, Netsis, Mikro, Paraşüt, SAP or Odoo — ERP and accounting systems widely used in Turkey — and we have no out-of-the-box connector for any of them. We connect to all of them the same way: through REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, delivered by our professional services team. That is not a gap; it is how the job actually works: two systems cannot talk reliably until the field mapping, flow direction, sync frequency and error scenarios are pinned down — and those differ at every company. Across more than 200 enterprise projects in the Salesforce ecosystem, this was the work we did most: getting two systems to talk. What that experience taught us is that an integration cannot truly be planned until the field mapping table exists. We produce that table ourselves during discovery and hand it to you in writing. Why is there no logo wall on this page? Discovery Which systems are in place, who owns the data, which data should flow which way? We look at your current Excel files and the other system's API documentation together. By the end of this call, the need is clear on both sides. Scope and written quote The field mapping table, flow direction, sync frequency, and error and duplicate scenarios are put in writing. Custom integration is a separate line item; you get its price and timeline in writing at this stage. Development The connection is built with REST API, OAuth2 and signed webhooks. Our professional services team does the development; from your side, system access and a point of contact are enough. Testing and validation Sample records are verified in both directions: does the account visible in the ERP match the CRM, and does a record created in the CRM appear correctly on the other side? Duplicate and error scenarios are exercised here. Go-live and monitoring The flow goes live and is watched through API usage analytics. When a field changes or a flow stops, you know exactly who to call: us. Process How does an integration project proceed? Every object in a standard install From leads to quotes, invoices to tasks, records are read and written through REST endpoints. Almost everything you see in the CRM is reachable from the API. OAuth2 authentication API access is authorized with OAuth2; JWT is supported. No integration is ever built by sharing a user's password. Signed webhooks Your system gets notified when a record is created or changed. Calls are signed, so the receiving side can verify the signature and reject forged notifications. describe and composite endpoints Read object schemas from the API (describe) and send multiple operations in a single request (composite). Integration code doesn't have to track the schema by hand. Import and export Bulk data transfer works both ways via Excel/CSV. You can export your data and take it with you at any time — the data is yours. Rate limiting and usage analytics API traffic is protected by rate limits; usage analytics show how many requests each integration is making. 3 What the REST API actually offers WhatsApp — Cloud API | Shared inbox: the team writes from a single business number and messages are logged on the customer record | Via Meta's official WhatsApp Business Cloud API; we connect your own WhatsApp ### [Are You Ready for a CRM? | 8-Question Check | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/crm-readiness-quiz) Eight questions, an honest answer. Sometimes the answer is "not yet" — and we say so. No email required. CRM Readiness Quiz Eight questions, an honest answer. Sometimes the answer is "not yet" — and we say so. No email required. Is your company ready for a CRM? Free tool · 2 minutes · 8 questions Answer eight questions and see your readiness score along with the steps that fit your situation. No sign-up, no email — the result appears straight on the screen. Your customer list — in a spreadsheet or buried in email — is imported during setup and duplicates are cleaned out. Data migration is not a separate project; it is part of the rollout. Moving your existing data is part of the job Past 20 people the problem is no longer keeping records — it is whether a manager can see the pipeline by looking rather than by asking; that is the need we have seen in our own enterprise projects. Role hierarchy, sharing rules and team-level reports support that, and we define them around your organization during setup. At this size, visibility is the real issue Requests from WhatsApp, email and SMS land in the same shared inbox and attach to the customer record — nothing stays on one person's phone. The web form object ships with the standard setup; routing form submissions into the CRM is something we configure during your rollout. Instagram direct messages are not available today. Catch inbound demand whatever channel it arrives on Every opportunity on one screen, with your own stages and a win probability. Whatever is stalled shows up in a report instead of in someone's memory. A drag-and-drop pipeline The team writes from a single work number and every message is logged on the customer record. Even when a rep leaves, years of conversation history stay with you. Keep the WhatsApp history with the business Our plans start at 39 USD per user per month, and Sales and Platform both require at least 5 users. For smaller teams, Inbox (149 USD per company per month) is a separate starting point. Let's talk budget and scope together Your business is still early for a CRM rollout — and we would rather tell you that honestly. If your team is under 5 people and you mainly want to gather demand from a single channel, Inbox (149 USD per company per month, up to 5 users) may be the right starting point. For a full CRM rollout, waiting — and keeping your customer data tidy in the meantime — is the better call. Early stage Look at Inbox Your team is at the right point to make the move. Bringing your pipeline, activity tracking and reporting into one place is the right step in this band; we have not measured how quickly that pays back, so we do not put a timeframe here. The Sales plan (39 USD per user per month) is the starting point we recommend for this band; we define the scope together in the discovery call. Ready for a CRM Book a demo Your need is clear, and waiting has a cost. In this band, marketing, communications and operations usually come into play as well — the Platform plan (69 USD per user per month) covers that. We do not commit to a timeline before discovery; after the discovery call, we give you a date, not a range. High readiness Let's scope it together At this score, continuing without a CRM is costing you something: lost leads, an invisible pipeline and reports assembled by hand. The Enterprise plan (119 USD per user per month, minimum 10 users) is the tier where scope, the rollout plan and integrations are worked out specifically for your project. There is no call center on our support line — the team that builds and develops the product answers your question. We would not put the discovery call off. Urgent need Let's talk now CRM Readiness Quiz Pick the option closest to you on each question. There are no right or wrong answers — the point is to read where you stand today. How do you track your sales opportunities today? Excel / Spreadsheet | 6 Pen and paper / Whiteboard | 8 Email | 7 Another CRM | 4 We don't track them | 10 How large is your sales team? 1-5 people | 4 5-20 people | 7 20-50 people | 9 50+ people | 10 How many new leads do y ### [Customer Stories | CRM Projects We Delivered | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/customer-stories) Real projects from 200+ enterprise CRM implementations — what was built, and what the customers said in their own words. Customer Stories Real projects from 200+ enterprise CRM implementations — what was built, and what the customers said in their own words. Let our customers describe what we did in the field. Customer stories Three enterprise CRM projects: a manufacturer, a foundation, and a chemicals company. What the problem was in each, what we built, and how the customer describes the result — as it is. Let's talk about your process About us Enterprise CRM projects completed during our Salesforce era 200+ The year Rapitek was founded 2018 The team behind them Anatolia Tile — Manufacturing A global player in ceramics, porcelain and natural stone since 1995. Customer relationships, sales and logistics operations were brought onto a single platform. SEV Foundation — Non-profit A foundation running ten schools, a hospital and a publishing house. Alumni data, donations and scholarship tracking moved into one cloud-based system. Petroyağ — Chemicals and lubricants More than 800 customers, 8 dealers, exports to over 40 countries. B2B sales, order management and production planning were integrated. 3 Three projects, three different industries. General Manager As Anatolia Tile, we place great importance on digital transformation to maintain our leadership position in the global market since 1995. The CRM project we initiated with Rapitek completely transformed our sales processes. By consolidating our customer data on a single platform, we increased team efficiency and accelerated our decision-making processes. Rapitek's industry experience and solution-oriented approach enabled us to achieve results beyond our expectations. Şemun Alp Biber Anatolia Tile Read the customer story Project and Resource Development Manager Our foundation needed a cloud-based software system for data management. Rapitek is a company that is careful and attentive in understanding our wishes and needs; they also translated our requirements into the system very well. When we have new requirements, they support us with extremely fast and thorough solutions. As SEV, we are highly satisfied with working with Rapitek. Meryem Boğa Sağlık ve Eğitim Vakfı Read the customer story Sales Director With Rapitek's solution-oriented approach, we started the necessary work to quickly complete improvements in our Salesforce customizations and integrations. With these improvements, we prevented data duplication and increased system efficiency. Ögetay Can Petroyağ Read the customer story 3 In their own words The managers we worked with on these three projects. The three stories below come from Rapitek's Salesforce implementation era . In that era we delivered enterprise projects in the Salesforce ecosystem; afterwards we built our own product, Rapitek CRM . We leave the stories as they are, because what they actually describe is not a product but a method : listen to the process, model it correctly in the system, migrate the data, train the team, and stay reachable afterwards. The same team does the setup today — only now on our own platform. We do not commit to an implementation time before discovery; after the discovery call, we give you a date, not a range. Customer stories built on the new product are being prepared for publication. These projects belong to our Salesforce era — and we don't hide it 30 minutes · No obligation · The call is held in Turkish Let's work out how your process would be set up. In a 30-minute discovery call we listen to your sales process and decide together which fields, stages and reports would be configured. Request a demo ### [Data Deletion Instructions | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/data-deletion) How to request deletion of your personal data from Rapitek, including data received via Instagram and WhatsApp. Request address, scope and response time. Data Deletion Instructions How to request deletion of your personal data from Rapitek, including data received via Instagram and WhatsApp. Request address, scope and response time. Data Deletion Instructions Legal Last updated: July 26, 2026 On this page This page explains how to request deletion of the personal data Rapitek processes about you. It covers data you send us through our website as well as data that reaches us through messaging channels such as Instagram and WhatsApp. Requests are handled under Turkish Personal Data Protection Law No. 6698 (KVKK). When you message us via Instagram, WhatsApp or similar channels: message content (the text and media you send) sender username and platform ID the time the message was sent the CRM record the message is linked to, if any (e.g. a lead record) When you submit a form on our website, we process your name, email address, phone number, company details and message, together with technical data about your visit (IP address, traffic source). What data we process To request deletion of your data, send an email to: info@rapitek.com To help us process your request, please include: “Data Deletion Request” in the subject line which channel you contacted us through (Instagram, WhatsApp, website form) your username on that channel, or the email/phone you gave us How to request deletion We resolve your request as soon as possible and in any case within 30 days , as required by Article 13 of Law No. 6698, and confirm the outcome to you in writing. Deletion covers your message content, channel identifiers and the linked CRM record. Once approved, these records are deleted from our systems or irreversibly anonymized; copies in backups age out within our backup rotation period. Records we are legally required to keep — such as invoices, accounting records and proof of consents you gave — are retained for the statutory period and destroyed afterwards. Where this applies, we tell you which record is retained and why. Response time and scope of deletion Under Article 11 of Law No. 6698 you have the right to learn whether your personal data is processed, to request information about it, to learn the purpose of processing, to know the third parties to whom it has been transferred in Turkey or abroad, to request correction if it is incomplete or inaccurate, to request erasure or destruction, to request that such correction and erasure be notified to those third parties, to object to a result produced solely by automated analysis that works against you, and to claim compensation for damage arising from unlawful processing. For details on how we process your personal data, see our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy . Your rights under KVKK Send an email to info@rapitek.com. To help us process it, put "Data Deletion Request" in the subject line and tell us which channel you contacted us through (Instagram, WhatsApp or the website form) along with your username on that channel or the email/phone you gave us. How do I request deletion of my data? We resolve your request as soon as possible and in any case within 30 days, as required by Article 13 of Law No. 6698, and we confirm the outcome to you in writing. How long does my request take? It covers your message content, your channel identifiers and the CRM record linked to them. Once your request is approved, these records are deleted from our systems or irreversibly anonymized, and copies held in backups age out within our backup rotation period. What exactly does deletion cover? Records we are legally required to keep — such as invoices, accounting records and proof of the consents you gave — are retained for the statutory period and destroyed afterwards. Where this applies, we tell you which record is being kept and why. Is everything deleted, or are there exceptions? We process the message content (the text and media you send), the sender username and platform ID, the time the message was sent, and the CRM record the message is linked to, if any. If ### [Book a Rapitek CRM Demo | 30-Minute Live Session](https://rapitek.com/en/demo) See Rapitek CRM live with your own sales scenarios. A free 30-minute demo with the team that builds the product, held in Turkish. No self-service trial. Demo See Rapitek CRM live with your own sales scenarios. A free 30-minute demo with the team that builds the product, held in Turkish. No self-service trial. See Rapitek CRM live. Demo A 30-minute walkthrough shaped around your business, held in Turkish. We set up your own sales scenarios on screen and show them; no sales pressure. There is no self-service trial you sign up for with a credit card; after the call we can open a trial or a demo account for you, depending on what you need. Go to the demo form See pricing Sales pipeline management The full flow from lead to quote to order: Kanban view, stages and reports. AI that enters the data for you In the mobile app, tell Rapi in Turkish what happened and it creates the record. We also show business-card scanning and meeting notes live. Integrations and API A shared WhatsApp inbox, Google Calendar sync and a REST API covering the 183 business objects that ship in a standard install, to connect your existing systems. 3 What you'll see in the demo Demo 30 minutes, held in Turkish. We ask about your process beforehand and build the demo around it. It's free and creates no obligation. Scope and quote After the demo we pin down your user count, the modules you need and your process scope, and share a written quote. If you would like to explore the product at your own pace, we open a time-limited demo account for you at this stage. Setup — where the customization begins Once we agree, we configure fields, stages, roles and reports around your process — data migration, integrations and team training. After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range; the scope of setup, and any fee for it, is agreed in writing before the work starts. Process How it works. Request a demo Fill in the form and your request goes straight to the team that builds the product, not to a call centre. Your team size and a brief note on what you need is enough. Request a demo A demo session runs 30 minutes. If you need more depth we can schedule a second session. How long does the demo take? The demo call is held in Turkish. Rapitek CRM's web interface is available in Turkish, English and Arabic, but the mobile app interface is Turkish only, and our support and training are given in Turkish — we do not offer Arabic-language support. We say this before the demo so neither side is surprised afterwards. What language is the demo held in? No, the demo is completely free and carries no obligation. The team that builds the product runs it; there is no sales pressure. Is the demo paid? There is no trial you start yourself by signing up. We begin with a 30-minute live demo built around your own scenario; afterwards, if you would like to explore the product at your own pace, we open a time-limited demo account for you. That account lives in our demo environment and comes with sample data — please do not enter your real customer data there. Setup with your own data happens after we agree, during the setup phase. Can we explore the product ourselves? In the demo you see the standard product, walked through your scenario. Customization — your own fields, sales stages, role structure, reports and integrations — is configured by us during setup after we agree. The scope of setup, and any fee for it, is worked out in the discovery call and put in writing before the work starts; we want to show you what you are actually getting, unembellished. Is the system customized for us in the demo? Yes. We have delivered more than 200 enterprise CRM implementations across manufacturing, retail, B2B services, textiles and many other fields. We ask about your process before the call and shape the demo around it. Can the demo be tailored to our industry? With businesses that have 5 or more users and a sales team — from SMB to enterprise. We are not the right fit for teams smaller than 5 users, or for anyone expecting a setup-free self-service product; we say so before the demo so neither side wastes time. Who do you work with? About ### [Moving from Dynamics 365 | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/dynamics-365-alternative) Migrating from Dynamics 365 to Rapitek CRM: the team that builds the product runs the rollout, a separate database per customer, and our limits in writing. Moving from Dynamics 365 Migrating from Dynamics 365 to Rapitek CRM: the team that builds the product runs the rollout, a separate database per customer, and our limits in writing. The team that builds the product runs the rollout — and puts the date in writing. For teams coming from Dynamics 365 We handle migrations for teams coming from Dynamics 365. This page sets out how we deliver, what we can measure and where our limits are. We have no formal partnership with Microsoft. Request a demo See pricing We do not compare ourselves with another product on this page. We write what we do and what we don't do. This is how we deliver. Discovery, configuration, data migration and training are run by the team that builds the product; there is no separate consulting project in between. We don't commit to a timeline before discovery; after the discovery call we give you a date, not a range. When you evaluate any proposal, put setup, customisation and training next to the licence line. Without those lines two proposals aren't being compared on the same scale. The short answer No timeline committed before discovery; after discovery a date in writing, not a range Time to go live The team that builds the product Who does the rollout We connect over standard APIs. Outlook and Microsoft 365 connections are not available today; we have no built-in integration with Teams or Power BI Microsoft ecosystem Inside the product WhatsApp Turkish, English and Arabic; other languages can be added on request — the scope is worked out in discovery Web interface language Turkish Support and training language Three tiers, per user, prices published Licensing structure European Union: database in Helsinki (Finland), files in Frankfurt, backups in Falkenstein (Germany) Data location A separate database per customer Data separation Narrow. We have no app marketplace and no trained partner network — we say so plainly Ecosystem breadth Not our focus; we are not positioned for multi-region, multi-entity enterprise operations Multi-region enterprise operations Rapitek CRM What we do How Rapitek CRM works Area A date, not a range After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range, for the move from discovery to go-live. You don't have to manage a long consulting project. Shared WhatsApp inbox The team writes from a single work number; every message is logged on the customer record and the history stays with the business. Turkish ERPs Per-project connections to Logo, Netsis, Mikro and Paraşüt — and the same method for SAP and Oracle. A separate database A separate database per customer — not a row filter in a shared table. Connect your own AI Your CRM is open over MCP; you connect your own Claude account and access stays capped by that user's permissions. Predictable licensing Three tiers, per user per month, prices written on the page. No module matrix to decode. 3 Where the difference shows at mid-market scale If you are deeply invested in the Microsoft ecosystem. If you work through Teams, report in Power BI and manage identity with Azure AD: Outlook and Microsoft 365 connections are not available today, and we have no built-in integration with Teams or Power BI. If you run a multi-region, multi-entity structure. Enterprise requirements at that scale are not our focus. If you want ERP and CRM under one roof. We don't have an ERP side; we connect to your existing ERP instead. If you are looking for an app marketplace and a broad partner network. We have no app marketplace and no trained partner network. If your procurement runs through an existing enterprise agreement. We are not a party to such an agreement. When we are not the right product Yes. Leads, contacts, accounts, opportunities, activities and your custom fields are migrated and duplicates cleaned out. The scope is decided in discovery and put in writing. Can our Dynamics data be migrated? Outlook and Microsoft 365 connections are not available today; we do not connect to Outlook for email or calen ### [Email Integration: Sending from Gmail | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/email-integration) Connect your Gmail account with OAuth; the connection covers sending and calendar sync, and the inbox is not read. Outlook and Microsoft 365 are not live. Email Integration Connect your Gmail account with OAuth; the connection covers sending and calendar sync, and the inbox is not read. Outlook and Microsoft 365 are not live. If you use Gmail, the email you send goes out from your own account and lands on the customer record. Integration · Gmail and Google Workspace You connect your own Gmail account with OAuth; the connection covers email sending and calendar sync. The email you send lands on the relevant customer record. Inbox reading is switched off, so this is not two-way inbox sync. Outlook and Microsoft 365 connections are not live. Setting up the Gmail connection does not require a development project; it is configured during setup. Request a demo Discuss your setup scope The quote goes out by email, the objection is written by email, the decision is given by email. That is where the mechanism starts: as long as the correspondence sits in a personal mailbox, whoever is looking at the customer record cannot see it. This is the picture we have seen in our own CRM projects: Whether the quote was sent and who wrote what stays in a personal mailbox ; whoever is looking at the customer record cannot see it. When a rep leaves or the customer is handed over to someone else, the correspondence history does not transfer ; the new owner starts from scratch. The answer you can give a customer who says "we wrote to you yesterday" depends on whether the person who can find that email is available. Three people correspond separately on the same subject; the customer gets two different answers to the same question. The "last contact" field on the customer card is updated by hand; keeping it current depends on nobody forgetting. An unanswered thread may go unnoticed until the customer follows up. The fix is not to move the team onto a new mail client; it is to send from the mailbox they already use, from inside the CRM, so that what goes out is written to the customer record. This covers the outgoing half of the picture above: inbox reading is switched off, so what arrives in the mailbox stays in the mailbox. The correspondence sits in a person's mailbox, not on the customer record In Rapitek CRM the email connection is built into the product for one provider: Google (Gmail / Google Workspace) . Outlook and Microsoft 365 connections are not live. Authorisation is via OAuth. You grant access from Google's own consent screen; your email password is not given to us. The connection covers sending, not inbox reading. An email you write from inside the CRM goes out from the Gmail account you connected. Inbox reading is switched off: correspondence arriving in your mailbox is not pulled into the CRM, so this is not two-way inbox sync. What you send is attached to the record. The message you send lands under the relevant customer or lead record; even when the owner changes, that history stays on the record. Why only Google? The whole connection is built on OAuth. We do not support connecting a mailbox over generic IMAP/SMTP — that is, connecting a mailbox on your own server or at your hosting provider by supplying a username and password is not possible in this product. Rather than bury this in a footnote, we write it on the page: if your corporate mail infrastructure is not Google, we talk through what can be done on the email side up front, in the discovery call. Do you use Gmail and Google Calendar together? This page is the canonical page for email. For teams that use both we also have a Google Workspace integration page; it narrows to Workspace and spells out one by one why Drive, Docs, Sheets and Meet are out of scope. We have written our general approach to integrations, and what we do not promise, with the same clarity on the integrations page . The Gmail connection: what it covers and what it does not The quote email sits under the customer record The email that was sent from the CRM is attached to the relevant customer record, together with its attachment and date. Whoever picks up the ### [ERP CRM Integration: Scope and Method | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/erp-crm-integration) Your ERP stays put; the CRM talks to it: account, balance and document data on the sales screen. We build the connection with REST API and OAuth2. ERP CRM Integration Your ERP stays put; the CRM talks to it: account, balance and document data on the sales screen. We build the connection with REST API and OAuth2. Your ERP stays where it is; the CRM talks to it. ERP and CRM · category guide Account, balance, order and invoice data stays in the ERP; your sales team sees the same data in the CRM. We build the connection ourselves, using REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. This page describes the framework that stays the same whatever your ERP is called. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call The debate between ERP and CRM comes from the fact that both systems use the same words. Both have a “customer”, both have a “product” and a “price” — but they do not mean the same thing. The ERP records work that has already happened. The order was entered, the goods shipped, the invoice issued, the payment collected. The accuracy of the record carries financial and legal consequences; that is why an ERP is conservative, and it should be. The CRM records work that has not happened yet. Who called, what was discussed, which quote was given, why it was lost. A record here is not a document but a possibility; it is normal for it to change often. The gap sits between the two. One question sums it up: when does the person writing the quote find out that the company across the table has an overdue balance? The ERP knows this; the person writing the quote does not. Integration work means closing that gap, and it is finished when four questions are answered: which field , in which direction , how often , on which key . The fourth is less visible than the other three, because its answer only emerges once you put the records side by side: which field matches the same company across the two systems? In our own installations that field is the tax identification number, not the trade name — because a name can be written “A.Ş.” in one system and “AŞ” in the other, and a match built on the trade name disappears silently. We draw up this four-line table in the discovery call and hand it over in writing; if a line stays empty, we write it down as empty. When an empty line gets filled in halfway through the project, the field mapping and testing done up to that point have to be revisited — we have seen this in our own projects. That is why the table is filled in before the work starts. ERP and CRM do not do the same job — where exactly is the line? There is no out-of-the-box module for any ERP, and we will not claim there is. The connection is built as an integration project whose scope is determined in the discovery call, using the REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. The proof that this is not a bluff is in how the product is actually used: in a live customer installation today, a third-party ERP integrator reads and writes records over that same REST API. We do not name them, because we do not have permission to publish the customer's or the integrator's name. And let us not overstate it: this is a single installation, not a list of case studies. These are the tools we have: REST API — the product ships with 183 business objects out of the box, and each one is published in the REST API with its own data and schema endpoint; you can read the field structure from outside with describe . Authentication is via OAuth2; composite sends 25 sub-requests in a single call, and bulk endpoints carry 200 records per call. Outbound webhooks — a signed notification is sent to your system on record creation and change events; the receiving side verifies the signature to filter out forged notifications, and failed calls are retried. Import — a four-step wizard: upload, map fields, preview, run. More than 75 objects are supported; there is a limit of 25 MB per file and 100,000 rows per job, and you confirm the mapping on screen. Export is done in the same module; we have not measured its limits, so we are not putting a figure here. So why do we not write a plug-in that works the same way for every ### [From Excel to a CRM | How the Move Works | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/excel-to-crm) When a spreadsheet stops being enough, and how the move actually runs: what gets migrated, what gets cleaned, and what your team has to change. Moving from Excel to a CRM When a spreadsheet stops being enough, and how the move actually runs: what gets migrated, what gets cleaned, and what your team has to change. From Excel to a CRM: the hard part isn't the data, it's the habit. Migration guide Excel isn't a bad tool — it's the wrong tool for tracking sales. This page covers when to make the move, how to prepare your data, and where migrations got stuck in our own projects. Let's plan the move together CRM Readiness Quiz A spreadsheet is fine for holding a customer list for a long time. The moment it stops being enough usually announces itself like this: Three versions of the same file are in circulation. Whose copy is current has become a matter of debate. Follow-up is nobody's job. “Who is going to call this customer?” has no answer in the file. The history is gone. What was discussed and what price was quoted lives on somebody's phone or in their email. Reports are assembled by hand. At month end, someone loses two days to pivot tables. When an employee leaves, the customer leaves too. The relationship belongs to the person, not the company. If a few of those sound familiar, the problem is no longer the file — it's the process. When does Excel stop being enough? 1. Consolidate into one file Pull the scattered files into a single sheet. Decide now which version is authoritative — deciding during the migration is far more expensive. 2. Fix the header row Give every column one clear heading: company, contact, phone, email, city, last contact, status. Merged cells and stacked header rows make migration harder. 3. Deduplicate on phone and email We match duplicates on the phone number: if the same number shows up on two records, that is where the match is made. Unify the format — a mixed country code makes one number look like two records. We clean duplicates during the import too; we saw this in our own migration work. 4. Flag the dead records Don't delete companies that closed or haven't been touched in years — flag them in a separate column. They move across as archive and stay out of the daily list. 5. Decide what won't move Not every column needs an equivalent in the CRM. Fields nobody uses stay empty in the new system too and fill the screen with columns nobody completes — we saw this in our own migration work. Preparation How to prepare your spreadsheet before the move There are three places where we have seen a migration get stuck in our own projects; all three were about the setup, not the software. This is our own observation, not a measured industry rate: 1. The system went in and nobody used it. The team stayed on Excel because the new system didn't make their work easier — it produced reports for the manager. The fix: configure it around the salesperson's daily flow. 2. Too many fields. “While we're at it, let's record everything” turns into a long list of mandatory fields. In the first week everyone started leaving them blank. The fix: start with few fields and add as the need appears. 3. The migration landed in the busiest month of the year. The team had no time to learn. The fix: pick an off-season date. Where did migrations get stuck in our own projects? Discovery We open your file together. Which column goes where, and which piece of information becomes a field rather than a note — we work that out in 30 minutes. Import Records are imported, duplicates cleaned out and phone formats unified. You keep the original file; after the import we compare record counts, and anything missing is corrected and re-run. Configuration Your pipeline stages, fields and reports are set up around your process. Modules you won't use don't get switched on. Training and the first week We train the team and stay close through the first week. If the team doesn't move into the new system in that first week, sliding back to the old file gets easier — we saw this in our own projects. How it runs here An Excel migration at Rapitek Yes. A messy file is expected and it doesn't block ### [Gemini Integration: CRM and REST API | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/gemini-integration) The way to connect Gemini to the CRM is the open REST API and OAuth2. On the Google side, the connections live today are Gmail and Google Calendar sync. Gemini Integration The way to connect Gemini to the CRM is the open REST API and OAuth2. On the Google side, the connections live today are Gmail and Google Calendar sync. If you are on Google Workspace, your CRM already talks to the Google side. Integration · Google Gemini Gmail connects over OAuth; the connection covers email sending and calendar sync, not two-way inbox sync. Google Calendar works in both directions — pulling, creating, updating and deleting. The surface you will rely on in order to connect Gemini is the REST API authorised with OAuth2; we build it as a project whose scope is defined during discovery. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call In a company that uses Google Workspace, Gemini is not a choice but an encounter: you open Gmail, it is there; you write a document, it is there. That habit produces a very reasonable assumption — “we're on Google, so it reads the CRM too.” It does not. The CRM is a separate system and the door between them has to be opened. This is the picture we see in our own implementation meetings: Correspondence with the customer sits in Gmail, the appointment in the calendar, the quote and the record somewhere else. All three belong to the same customer but they are not attached to the same record . In a purchasing meeting, “do you have a Google integration?” is asked as though it were a single question. In fact it contains five separate products : Gmail, Calendar, Drive, Docs, Meet. Saying “yes” to all five is easy ; telling apart which of them is actually in place is hard. The AI question is asked with the same blur. The phrase “AI-powered” does not say which model looks at which data with which permission. IT asks something else: which data goes where , who turned it on, can it be revoked? This page separates all four. On the Google side there are two connections that are measured and live today , there are four products that are out of scope, and for Gemini there is a path that has to be built . We do not put the three in the same sentence. "We're on Google, so it reads the CRM too" — it does not We have no out-of-the-box module for Gemini and we are not going to say that we do. The connection is built as an integration project using the REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, with its scope defined in the discovery call. We also have no partnership with Google, no joint programme and no approved AI pairing; because we do not have one, we do not imply one either. Rapi, the assistant inside the product, runs on Anthropic Claude — not on Gemini. Our 18-tool MCP package, downloaded from the Setup screen, is today defined as a Claude connector ; we cannot say that it has been tested with any other AI client, and because we have not tested it we do not say so. You will not find the sentence "Gemini-powered CRM" on this page. By contrast, there are two connections that really are live on the Google side — and they are the most concrete part of this page: you connect your Gmail account over OAuth, and the connection covers email sending and calendar sync — mail you send lands on the relevant customer record, but this is not two-way inbox sync and inbox reading is switched off; Google Calendar works both ways — events are pulled, and are also created, updated and deleted from the CRM; the sync runs on a schedule. In the product, calendar sync is specific to the Google side only . The details of both are on the Google Workspace integration and email integration pages; we do not repeat them here. We write what is out of scope with the same clarity: the product has no connection for Drive, Docs, Sheets or Meet. It would have been easy to say "with all Workspace apps"; that is not the measured situation. When you want to connect Gemini to the CRM, the surface you will rely on is the product's open API: the product ships out of the box with 183 business objects and each one is published in the REST API with its own data and schema endpoint — you can read the field structure from outs ### [Google Workspace Integration: Gmail & Calendar | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/google-workspace-integration) Gmail connects with OAuth, correspondence lands on the customer record; Google Calendar syncs both ways. Scope is these two apps — and it is live today. Google Workspace Integration Gmail connects with OAuth, correspondence lands on the customer record; Google Calendar syncs both ways. Scope is these two apps — and it is live today. Gmail and Google Calendar work inside your CRM with Google Workspace. Integration · Google Workspace You connect your Gmail account with OAuth; the connection covers email sending and calendar sync — the inbox is not read. Google Calendar works both ways: events are pulled into the CRM, and an appointment you open in the CRM is created, updated and deleted in your calendar. This connection is live today — setting it up does not require a provider-specific project. Request a demo Talk through the setup scope In a team that has moved to Google Workspace, the working day is spent on two screens: Gmail and Google Calendar. Each works well on its own; the mechanism jams here: both work tied to an individual — correspondence and appointments sit in one person's account, not on the company's record. This is the picture we have seen in our own CRM projects: All correspondence with the customer sits in the rep's own inbox . When the rep goes on leave or leaves the company, the history goes with them. The answer to "what did we last write to this customer?" depends on finding that person and asking. The appointment is in Google Calendar and the meeting note is somewhere else; the two never meet on the same customer record. The meeting time changes in Calendar while the record in the CRM or the spreadsheet stays as it was — nobody knows which one is right. When a new rep takes over, they have to rebuild the customer history from scratch; the handover is done by forwarding emails. A manager cannot answer "how many meetings were held this month" without going through the calendars one by one. The right setup is not to replace Gmail or Calendar; it is to connect these two surfaces the team already uses to the customer record. The team works in Google, customer history stays in a personal inbox On the Google Workspace side, two connections are built into the product and are configured during setup: Gmail — connected with OAuth. Email is sent from inside the CRM and linked to the relevant record; the connection covers sending and calendar sync, not two-way inbox sync — inbox reading is switched off. No user password is shared; access is authorised with OAuth. We covered the whole email side on our email integration page; we do not repeat it here. Google Calendar — two-way sync. Events in the calendar are pulled into the CRM; an appointment created, updated or deleted in the CRM finds its counterpart on the Google side. The sync runs on a schedule in the background; it does not depend on manual triggering. There is a counterpart to this inside the product: activity, task and event records are among the CRM's core modules; they come with the standard installation and are not an add-on that has to be installed separately. The calendar sync connects not to a void but to the product's own record structure. The calendar sync is specific to the Google side. Outlook and Microsoft 365 connections are not live, so a Microsoft 365 account cannot be connected at all — neither for email nor for the calendar. We write this not as a superiority claim but as a fact worth knowing — if you use Workspace, this is the side that works in your favour. The scope is narrow and we say so up front: not every application that comes to mind when you say Google Workspace, but Gmail and Google Calendar. We have no connection for Drive, Docs, Sheets or Meet; we have written out the status of each one in the table below. This connection is live today — how does it work? Correspondence history on the customer card, not in one person's inbox Correspondence sent through Gmail is linked to the relevant customer record. Whoever answers the phone can see what was last discussed with that customer without searching their own inbox. The appointment is opened in the CRM and appears in Google Calendar You ### [Moving from HubSpot to Rapitek CRM | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/hubspot-alternative) Rapitek CRM is built for the sales team's daily work: WhatsApp inbox in the product, ERP connections built per project, a separate database per customer. Moving from HubSpot Rapitek CRM is built for the sales team's daily work: WhatsApp inbox in the product, ERP connections built per project, a separate database per customer. A CRM built for the sales team's daily work. For teams coming from HubSpot Demand arriving over WhatsApp, a field sales team, and an order process that has to reach your ERP — that is what we built Rapitek CRM for. We do the setup ourselves. Request a demo Read the migration guide We do not compare ourselves with another product on this page. We write down what we do and what we do not do. Rapitek CRM was built to run sales: demand arriving over WhatsApp attached to the customer record, a field team working from their phones, quotes and orders that talk to your ERP, a web interface available in Turkish, English and Arabic, and support and training in Turkish. We also do the setup ourselves. What we do not do is written out below just as plainly. When you weigh up any quote you receive, put implementation, customisation and training alongside the licence fee, and price your usage two years from now rather than the size of your team today. The short answer The sales team's daily work and field operations What it was designed for Inside the product: shared inbox, logged on the customer record WhatsApp The team that builds the product; we commit to no timeline before discovery, and after discovery we give a written date rather than a range Setup Turkish, English and Arabic; other languages can be added on request — the scope is worked out in discovery Web interface language Turkish Support and training language Built per project by the team that builds the product; there is no off-the-shelf module ERP connection (Logo, Netsis, Mikro) Work order and quality control objects ship in the standard installation; we cannot yet point to a live installation running production execution Manufacturing, inventory, work orders A separate database per customer Data separation Limited. Campaign sending with consent management compliant with İYS; beyond that it is not an area we have gone deep in Depth of marketing automation None. We do not offer blog, landing-page or form tools Content and landing-page tools Narrow. We have no app marketplace and no trained partner network — we say so plainly Ecosystem breadth A flat per-user tier; plan prices are public How cost scales Rapitek CRM What's in, what's out What Rapitek CRM does and does not do Area Shared WhatsApp inbox In Turkey a large share of business conversation happens on WhatsApp. The team writes from a single work number and every message is logged on the customer record. Connections to Turkish ERPs Systems like Logo, Netsis, Mikro and Paraşüt are connected per project over REST API, OAuth2 and webhooks. Not an off-the-shelf connector — we say that plainly too. Manufacturing, inventory and work orders Visit tracking, voice-created records and business-card scanning in the mobile app. iOS and Android are both live. Route plans and field visit records are a separately priced module — 25 USD per user per month. Field sales teams Visit tracking, voice-created records and business-card scanning in the mobile app. iOS and Android are both live. Connect your own AI Your CRM is open over MCP. You connect your own Claude account; access can never exceed the permissions of the user who connected it. We do the setup Fields, stages, roles and reports are configured around your process, your data is migrated and your team is trained by us. 3 What stands out on the sales and operations side Rapitek CRM is not the right tool for every team. We will say the same thing in the discovery call: Your growth comes from content and inbound. We do not offer blog, landing page, form or email workflow tools; that is not where we are strong. The tool will mainly be used by your marketing team. We built Rapitek CRM for the sales team's daily work, and the tool should be chosen for whoever's daily work it serves. You depend on a large number of r ### [HubSpot Migration Guide | What Moves, What Doesn't | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/hubspot-migration-guide) What transfers from HubSpot, what has to be rebuilt, and the cases where staying put is the better decision. HubSpot Migration Guide What transfers from HubSpot, what has to be rebuilt, and the cases where staying put is the better decision. Leaving HubSpot: the real question is what happens to marketing. Migration guide The hard part of a HubSpot migration isn't the CRM data — that moves easily. The hard part is deciding where your content, forms and email workflows are going to live. Book a migration call What Rapitek CRM offers Our depth on the content and inbound marketing side is limited, and we won't claim otherwise. Blogs, landing pages, a content calendar and multi-step marketing automation are not in the product; what it is built around is the daily work of a sales team and field operations. So a migration from HubSpot takes one of two shapes: A full exit: if you aren't really using the marketing side, or you have another tool for it. The cleanest scenario. A split: move the CRM and sales side to us and leave marketing where it is today. That route is open: contact sync between the two systems can be built over the REST API, with the scope defined at discovery. We are not claiming we have done this on a live setup to date — we have no provider-specific code written for it. We decide together in the discovery call which one applies. If the second is right for you, we'll say so. An honest warning first: what we don't have 1. Separate the record types Contacts, companies, deals and activities are exported separately. Pull the list of custom properties too — and check which of them are genuinely filled in. 2. Review your deal stages You don't have to carry your current pipeline stages across as they are. In most teams stages multiply over time and lose their meaning; a migration is a good moment to simplify. 3. Inventory the workflows Which workflow does what, and which ones still fire? Workflows don't migrate — the need gets rebuilt. We have equivalents for the sales-side workflows; we can't say the same for all of marketing automation. 4. Plan the forms and inbound channels If your HubSpot forms come down, what replaces them? The web form object ships in a standard install, but we can't demonstrate a form request reaching the CRM on a live setup today; scope is set at discovery. WhatsApp, email and SMS land in the shared inbox; Meta Lead Ads can't be set up today. 5. Migrate the consent records Commercial-message consent matters legally. Consent status and consent date must move; adding a record with no consent history to a mailing list creates real risk. Steps How do you plan a HubSpot migration? Yes. Contacts, companies, deals and activity records, along with custom properties, are exported and imported; duplicates are cleaned out. Can HubSpot data be exported? We don't recommend migrating the full send history — in practice it goes unused and becomes a large burden. What matters is consent status and the last-interaction information per contact; those move. Does the history of our marketing emails move? The Platform plan includes the Marketing, Communications and Operations hubs; the plan is a billing template, and module scope is settled at setup. Campaign sending runs with compliant consent management. Meta Lead Ads can't be set up today. Our depth on the content and inbound side is limited: blogs, landing pages and multi-step marketing automation are not in the product. What does your marketing automation offer? Yes, and this is a common choice. Sales and customer management come to us while marketing stays where it is today. Contact sync between the two systems can be built over the API; the scope is defined in discovery. Can we move only the CRM side? We do not commit to a duration before discovery. After the discovery call, we give you a date, not a range. The scope covers discovery, configuration, data migration and training. How long does it take? FAQ About the HubSpot migration 30 minutes · No obligation · The call is held in Turkish Let's separate the marketing and sales sides together. In a 30-minute call we'll w ### [Instagram CRM: Comment Management, Lead Source | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/instagram-crm) Instagram comments are managed inside the CRM; whoever engages becomes a lead record with the source logged. Instagram direct messages are not available today. Instagram CRM Instagram comments are managed inside the CRM; whoever engages becomes a lead record with the source logged. Instagram direct messages are not available today. Instagram grew your business. Now it's limiting it. Instagram + CRM The ads are on Instagram, the DMs are on Instagram, the comments are on Instagram. Who the customer is, where they came from, what was said — all of it lives inside one app you can't look into from outside. An Instagram CRM integration breaks that dependency. Request a demo Explore the product A great many businesses live off Instagram today: the ads run there, the customer writes in the DMs, the sale closes there. It works — until someone asks: How many enquiries came in this month, and how many turned into sales? Who was the person who asked about pricing three months ago, and what did we discuss? What happens if the colleague who runs social media leaves? If we advertised somewhere other than Instagram, how would we follow up the people who came in? All four have the same answer: Instagram is a shop window, not a system of record. It keeps no customer history, produces no reports, and you cannot search who said what and when. Businesses aren't stuck on Instagram by choice — they're stuck for lack of a tool . They don't consider selling anywhere else because they have nowhere to follow up the people who would arrive. The moment the customer relationship lands in the company's records, that dependency ends. Being stuck on one channel Choosing a channel becomes a choice The moment someone from Instagram lands in a lead record with their source logged, you can compare that against an ad you ran somewhere else. Until you can measure it, Instagram isn't a choice — it's the only option. The month-end question is answered in a report “How many enquiries came in this month, and how many turned into sales” is no longer answered by scrolling the app; the record is in the CRM, so it is read off the pipeline report. Setup is done by the team that builds the product The Instagram connection, the comment flow and how the lead source is logged are defined together during setup. No separate consulting project sits in between, and you don't need to hire a CRM administrator. 3 What you gain by putting Instagram on the record Posts and comments land in the system Your posts and the comments underneath them are logged in the CRM. Who wrote what is on one screen — nobody has to open the app and scroll. We have verified this flow end to end in our own environment; it has not yet been measured in a customer deployment. A comment can be answered publicly Reply publicly and close the matter there — comment management is verified end to end in our own environment, not yet measured in a customer deployment. A private reply is not available today, because it moves the person into a DM. The person attaches to a customer record The person who engaged in the comments becomes a lead record with Instagram logged as its source. At month end, “how many customers did Instagram bring” becomes a report. The history stays with the company Comment and customer history lives in the CRM. Even when the person running social media changes, the record stays with the business and the next person picks it up by reading it. How it works You published a post. Here's what happens next. Instagram DMs — not available today Instagram direct messages are not available today; Instagram messages do not land in the team's shared inbox, and no DM conversation is assigned or handed over. Comment management Public reply, hide and delete on post comments — from inside the CRM. Comment management is in place and verified end to end in our own environment; it has not yet been measured in a customer deployment. Private reply is not available today, because it moves the person into a DM. Attached to the customer record The person who comments is created as a lead with Instagram logged as their source. Pipeline, quotes and tasks all run on that same re ### [KVKK Privacy Notice | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/kvkk-notice) Which personal data Rapitek CRM processes and why. Storage in the EU, transfer abroad under KVKK art. 9, and your rights under KVKK art. 11. KVKK Privacy Notice Which personal data Rapitek CRM processes and why. Storage in the EU, transfer abroad under KVKK art. 9, and your rights under KVKK art. 11. KVKK Privacy Notice Legal How we process your personal data and what your rights are under Turkish Personal Data Protection Law No. 6698 (KVKK). On this page Rapitek Bilişim Teknolojileri Anonim Şirketi Maslak Mah. Büyükdere Cad. Nurol Plaza Sit. No: 255/B02, Sarıyer, İstanbul, Türkiye MERSIS: 0734159061600001 Trade registry no: 157552-5 Tax no: 7341590616 WhatsApp: +90 212 963 22 84 E-mail: info@rapitek.com Data controller When you submit the contact or demo form on our site, we record the fields we ask for (e.g. name, e-mail, phone, company, team size, your message) together with the submission time, the page address you came from, browser information and a digest of your IP address generated with a secret key; your raw IP address is not stored . If you consented on the cookie banner, the sequence of pages you visited in the same session is also recorded; without that consent no such record is created at all. If you gave consent, the full text shown to you at that moment and the time of consent are also stored as proof of consent. What personal data do we process? When you submit the form on the fit-check page, in addition to the fields above we also record the answers you gave in the check (team size, monthly budget per user, your region of operation, the features you treat as non-negotiable, and your go-live speed) together with the fit score calculated from them. Taking the check on its own sends nothing — your answers do not leave your browser; this record is created only if you choose to submit the form, and what will be sent is shown to you before you send it. To respond to your enquiry and carry out pre-contractual discussions; to keep the service secure by preventing form abuse (bots/spam); and to meet our legal obligations. Why do we process it? Your personal data is collected through the forms on our site, by automated means and in an electronic environment . The legal ground for each processing activity is as follows: Responding to your request — our legitimate interest in reviewing your request and getting back to you (Law No. 6698, Art. 5/2-f). If a contract is formed, processing continues on the ground of the establishment and performance of that contract (Art. 5/2-c). Preventing form abuse (bots/spam) — our legitimate interest in keeping the service secure (Art. 5/2-f). Meeting our legal obligations — Art. 5/2-ç. If you consented on the cookie banner , the sequence of pages you visited in the same session — your explicit consent (Art. 5/1). Without that consent no such record is created at all, and you may withdraw your consent at any time. Keeping the consent text and the time of consent as proof of the consent you gave — the establishment, exercise or protection of a right (Art. 5/2-e). What is our legal ground? If we e-mail you in response to your enquiry, we measure whether those messages are opened and whether the links inside them are clicked. To do this, a small invisible image is placed in the message and links are routed through our measurement address. In the process we record the time of opening, your IP address and information about the e-mail program you use . The purpose is to see whether the message reached you and to avoid sending you unnecessary follow-ups. This processing rests on our legitimate interest under article 5(2)(f) of Law No. 6698. For any request about this measurement you can write to us using the contact details above; if you prefer, we will stop sending you e-mail altogether. Measurement in our e-mails Form records are kept for 24 months from the date of last activity and are deleted automatically at the end of that period. How long do we keep it? Your form records and CRM data are hosted within the European Union : the database is in Finland (Helsinki), uploaded files and images are in Germany (Frankfurt), and database ### [How LinkedIn Leads Enter the CRM | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/linkedin-integration) Lead lists from LinkedIn and fairs are uploaded with Data Hub's 4-step wizard; the profile address is a field on the contact card, the source is tagged. LinkedIn and CRM Lead lists from LinkedIn and fairs are uploaded with Data Hub's 4-step wizard; the profile address is a field on the contact card, the source is tagged. The lead list you come back with from a trade fair or LinkedIn enters the CRM without loss. Integration · LinkedIn You upload the list that comes back from a trade fair, an event or LinkedIn with Data Hub's four-step wizard: upload, map fields, preview, run. The profile address sits on the contact card as a field, the record's source is tagged, and the follow-up lands on the owner as a task. Importing works in the product today. Request a demo Let's talk through your list-upload scenario In B2B the door a lead comes through is a familiar one: a trade fair, an industry event, a webinar and then the connection requests that follow on LinkedIn. The mechanism is this: as long as the list does not enter a system, follow-up stays tied to personal memory. These are the points of loss we have seen in our own projects: You come back from the fair with a box of business cards. Some are called in the first week, the rest stay in the drawer — because a record that has not been called appears on no list, follow-up stops of its own accord. The LinkedIn connections are in the rep's personal account . When the rep leaves, the network goes with them; the company is left with no record at all. The event list circulates in Excel. Two people call the same company, a third is never called; who called whom is on nobody's screen. “Where did this lead come from?” goes unanswered. The fair, LinkedIn, an ad — because the source is not held as a field, the budget meeting runs on guesswork. The same person sits on three different lists with three different spellings; if the duplicate is not caught at entry it multiplies with every new import, and it only surfaces when someone happens to notice. Commercial-message consent has never been discussed. The list goes into a bulk email, and that is where the real risk arises. Not one item on this list is solved by an “automatic LinkedIn integration”. All of them are solved by the list you already have entering the CRM in a disciplined way. The fair is over, the business cards are in a drawer; the LinkedIn connections are on a phone We do not have an automatic connection to LinkedIn; you upload leads coming from LinkedIn as CSV/Excel with Data Hub's 4-step wizard, and you keep the LinkedIn profile address as a field on the contact card. We do not say that your Lead Gen forms land in the CRM by themselves. We have no Sales Navigator integration. You cannot manage your LinkedIn messages from the CRM — the product's messaging channel list is closed and contains only email, WhatsApp Business, WhatsApp QR and SMS. We do not offer QR pairing as a product promise: the method is not Meta's official API and it carries the risk of the number being restricted; the route we recommend is the official Cloud API. The details are on the WhatsApp integration page. But there is something real to tell on this page , because the part that does the actual work runs in the product today: the four-step import wizard — upload, map fields, preview, run . Imports run into more than 75 objects, up to 100,000 rows per job and 25 MB per file; .csv, .xls and .xlsx are accepted. We measured 1,681 company records imported in a single import job, and the records are still there. Nor do we overstate automatic field mapping. We measured it: 19 of the 19 headers in a Salesforce lead export mapped correctly; in a HubSpot contact export 13 of 17 headers mapped, two mapped incorrectly and the city field did not map at all. Among Turkish headers, the spelling “E-posta” does not map either. This is exactly why the preview step exists: you confirm the mapping on screen, and we do the first setup. So the answer is this: there is no automation on the LinkedIn side, and there is a working import discipline on the CRM side. We set out the general framework on the integrations page . The hone ### [CRM Mobile App for iOS and Android | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/mobile-app) Both apps are live and ship with a Turkish interface. WhatsApp messages in an in-app inbox, voice-written records with Rapi, visit tracking on the phone. Mobile App Both apps are live and ship with a Turkish interface. WhatsApp messages in an in-app inbox, voice-written records with Rapi, visit tracking on the phone. Selling doesn't happen at a desk. Your CRM shouldn't stay there either. Mobile app · iOS and Android The Rapitek CRM mobile app is live on both iOS and Android, and it ships with a Turkish interface. The shared inbox, the customer record, quotes and visit tracking — all of it works from the field. See it live in a demo Explore the product For a rep who is out in the field, mobile access isn't a comfort but a condition of use: the rep is on the phone all day, so an inbox that sits in a desktop browser doesn't get opened in practice. We saw this with our own teams on enterprise CRM projects; we haven't measured how many installations it happens in, so we're not putting a figure on it. What follows is this: the customer writes on WhatsApp and the reply waits until the rep is back at the office — or the rep answers from their own phone and the conversation leaves the company. Here, the inbox is inside the app. WhatsApp messages are handled from the app, and every conversation stays attached to the customer record. Instagram direct messages are not available today. If the inbox stays on the desktop, it never reaches the field team's day — we saw this in our own projects Every conversation stays attached to the customer record. Inbox · inside the app WhatsApp messages are managed in the app's own inbox: each thread is opened under the customer it belongs to, assigned to a rep, and filtered by status — open, active, waiting, resolved. The history stays with the company, not on someone's personal phone. Instagram direct messages are not available today. How the WhatsApp connection works One inbox, inside the app WhatsApp messages are handled in the inbox inside the app; the conversation attaches to the customer record, gets assigned to a rep, and its history stays with the business. Instagram direct messages are not available today. Rapi — an assistant that writes records by voice It creates and updates your CRM records from speech in Turkish. It can be configured to ask for your confirmation before it writes; set up that way, control stays with you. Business-card scanning Photograph a card and the fields are extracted into a lead record. No manual data entry on the way back from a trade show. Visits and field tracking Visit check-in, follow-up tasks and performance reports. The field team's whole day runs from the phone. Route plans and field visit records are a separately priced module — 25 USD per user per month. The customer record in your pocket Before you walk into a meeting you have the customer's history, open opportunities and most recent messages in hand. Turkish interface The app ships with a Turkish interface. We don't offer an English interface today, so this is worth checking if your field team doesn't read Turkish. 3 What's in the app? Morning — route and history The day's visits are on the phone. Each customer's last message, open quote and pending task show up on the card. On the visit — record by voice The moment the meeting ends, the rep talks into the phone in the car: Rapi saves the note and opens the follow-up task. No pile of data entry waiting at the office that evening. Afternoon — an incoming message The customer writes on WhatsApp. It lands on the company's work number, the rep replies from the app, and the conversation stays on the customer record. Evening — the manager's view Which visits were logged, where each meeting stands and which conversations are waiting for a reply are all in a report. Nobody has to ask. Note: the app does not track location in the background; location is recorded only at the moment of a visit check-in. A typical day A field rep's day Both our iOS and Android apps are live, and both ship with a Turkish interface. Which platforms is it on? No. The mobile app is standard in every installation. Items priced outside the pl ### [Odoo Integration: Open Source ERP and CRM | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/odoo-integration) Account, product and order data from Odoo appears on the sales screen. Because it is open source, we do not guess the scope — we look at your installation. Odoo Integration Account, product and order data from Odoo appears on the sales screen. Because it is open source, we do not guess the scope — we look at your installation. If you use Odoo, your CRM talks to Odoo. Integration · Odoo Account, product, order and invoice data stays in Odoo; your sales team sees the same data in the CRM. Because Odoo is open source and modular, the access question starts differently than it does with other ERPs — and that is where this page begins. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call At companies using Odoo, the product may have been customised either by an in-house developer or by an Odoo partner. This page was not written to disparage Odoo; it was written to describe a real pattern that recurs at the companies who call us. Orders and invoices move along properly in Odoo; but everything before the order — the lead, the discovery, the quote revision, the reason for losing — accumulates nowhere. The customer request arrives over WhatsApp, the quote goes out by email; both are outside the ERP and both get lost. The field team does not use the ERP screen on a phone; the visit note stays a note that never gets written up in the evening. As customisation accumulates, new requests join the developer queue ; the sales manager cannot add their own field themselves. The person who prepares the reports sits in the technical team; the question “what is in the pipeline this week” turns into a ticket. And there is the possibility nobody likes: two customer lists form in two places, and which one is correct becomes a matter of debate. That last item is the real subject of this page. The job of an integration is not to produce a second list, but to set a rule for which system is the authority for which data. Odoo's modules are open, yet the pre-sales process is still adrift There is no out-of-the-box module for Odoo on our side, and we will not claim there is. The connection is built as an integration project whose scope is determined in the discovery call, using the REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. Which external interface will be used on the Odoo side — which endpoint, with which permissions — we determine together during discovery. Odoo differs from other ERPs in one way, and that makes our work easier: because the source code is open, what is possible on the other side is not guessed at, it is looked at. With a closed ERP, the answer to the access question is sought at the licence and version desk; with Odoo, we look at your own installation during the discovery call. This lets us determine the scope earlier and more precisely; but it is not the same thing as an out-of-the-box module — there is still a connection that has to be written. Three tools are used on the Rapitek CRM side: REST API — the product ships out of the box with 183 business objects, and each one is exposed in the REST API with its own data and schema endpoint; access is authorised with OAuth2. An object's schema can be read from the describe endpoint, several operations can be sent in a single composite request, and bulk transfer is done through the batch endpoints. Outbound webhook — CRM events are delivered to the external system signed; a failed call is retried and the target address is verified. Import/export — a four-step wizard; we do the initial data migration ourselves during setup. The limits of these three tools are measured, not estimated: the REST API gives object and field definitions from the describe endpoint, processes up to 200 records in a single batch request, and carries 25 sub-requests at once in a composite call. The import wizard works on more than 75 objects, up to 100,000 rows per job and 25 MB per file. Our general approach is on the integrations page , and the same framework applied to a closed ERP is on the Netsis integration page. How is the connection built? The request lands as a record, not as a message If your WhatsApp Business account is connected to the CRM, the message is written into t ### [Oracle Integration: ERP and CRM Connection | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/oracle-integration) Account, order and invoice data from Oracle shows up on the sales screen. First we establish which Oracle product it is, then we put the scope in writing. Oracle Integration Account, order and invoice data from Oracle shows up on the sales screen. First we establish which Oracle product it is, then we put the scope in writing. Your CRM talks to Oracle — once we have established which Oracle it is. Integration · Oracle Account, order and invoice data stays on the Oracle side; your sales team sees the part it needs inside the CRM. But “Oracle” is not a single product: until it is clear which product it is, we do not promise a scope. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call This page starts from a different place than our other ERP pages, because the question is different. When someone says Netsis, Nebim or Logo, what sits on the other side is more or less known. When someone says Oracle, it is not. The same sentence can describe a cloud enterprise ERP, an installation customised on your own servers over many years, or a cloud ERP managed by a separate team. Sometimes the ERP is an entirely different product and only the database is Oracle — a distinction that changes the answer completely. IT asks “can you connect”; the sales side asks “will I be able to see the balance”. The two questions look the same; they are not. The commercial cost of this ambiguity is this: a “yes, we integrate with it” given without knowing what sits on the other side may have to be taken back once the scope emerges. The picture on the sales side comes out the same in our own projects: the lead, the meeting history, the quote and the reason for a loss sit in the space where the ERP does not begin, and nothing records them on its own. That is why on this page we make the distinction first and describe the connection second. “Can you connect to Oracle?” has no one-word answer There is no out-of-the-box module for Oracle, and we will not say there is. The connection is built as an integration project whose scope is determined in the discovery call, using REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We add one more sentence to that: until it is clear which Oracle product is being discussed, we do not promise a scope. Saying “we have an Oracle integration” would be a promise made without knowing what sits on the other side; we do not make that promise before the first call. For the same reason, we also do not say that we have an “Oracle certified” or “Oracle approved” integration — we hold no such certification. Three tools are used on the Rapitek CRM side: REST API — the product ships with 183 business objects out of the box, and each one is published in the REST API with its own data and schema endpoint; access is authorised with OAuth2, and no integration is ever built by sharing a user's password. Outgoing webhooks — CRM events are delivered to the external system signed; a failed call is retried and the target address is verified. Import/export — a four-step wizard; in organisations with long approval processes, a starting point that does not delay the first benefit. The limits of these three tools are measured, not estimated: the REST API exposes object and field definitions through the describe endpoint, processes up to 200 records in a single bulk request, and carries 25 sub-requests at once in a composite call. The import wizard works across more than 75 objects, up to 100,000 rows per job and 25 MB per file. Our general approach is on the integrations page ; the same framework applied to a single-product ERP is on our Netsis integration page. How is the connection built? Cloud enterprise ERP (e.g. Fusion / ERP Cloud) | With what authorisation can the integration layer be reached, and who defines that access? An installation on your own servers, customised over many years (e.g. E-Business Suite) | Which modules are in use, and is an externally exposed interface defined today? A cloud ERP managed by a separate team (e.g. NetSuite) | Where will authority over which data stay, and which record will flow in which direction? A long-lived, industry-specific Oracle product | Is there an interface that gives ### [Petroyağ Customer Story | Rapitek CRM Projects](https://rapitek.com/en/petroyag-customer-story) How a chemicals manufacturer with 800+ customers and 8 dealers connected B2B sales, orders and production planning. Petroyağ Customer Story How a chemicals manufacturer with 800+ customers and 8 dealers connected B2B sales, orders and production planning. Petroyağ: B2B sales, orders and production met in one system. Customer story · Chemicals and lubricants An industrial lubricants manufacturer founded in 1993. More than 800 customers, 8 dealers and exports to over 40 countries had made the B2B sales process impossible to track on its own. Let's talk about a similar rollout Other customer stories Customers 800+ Dealers 8 Industries served 14 Countries exported to 40+ The company The numbers describe Petroyağ's own scale. The challenge As a producer of white oils and speciality chemicals, they needed an integrated system to manage customer relationships, track sales processes and coordinate production operations. The complexity of B2B selling called for a central platform. What we built The system was configured around the needs of the chemicals industry: customer tracking, order management and production planning were brought into one flow. Custom modules were developed for tracking product specifications and quality standards. The result Data duplication was prevented and the efficiency of the system improved. Customer orders became easier to manage, the sales team's productivity rose and B2B processes were simplified. The project What was there, what we built, what changed. Sales Director, Petroyağ ve Kimyasalları San. Tic. A.Ş. With Rapitek's solution-oriented approach, we started the necessary work to quickly complete improvements in our Salesforce customizations and integrations. With these improvements, we prevented data duplication and increased system efficiency. Ögetay Can In the customer's own words Customer tracking | More than 800 customers and 8 dealers were brought into a single record structure Order management | The order process was moved onto the sales record Production planning | Production operations were connected to the same system as sales Product specifications | Product information fields specific to the chemicals industry were defined Quality standards | Custom modules were developed for quality tracking Duplicate records | A structure was put in place to prevent data duplication Scope is project-specific; in every rollout it is defined together in the discovery call. Area | What was done Scope What was built in the project? This implementation belongs to Rapitek's Salesforce implementation era ; afterwards we built our own product, Rapitek CRM . Manufacturing and inventory are today part of the standard installation on our own platform — see the pricing page for detail. This project belongs to our Salesforce era 30 minutes · No obligation · The call is held in Turkish What would change if sales and production were on the same screen? In a 30-minute discovery call we'll listen to your B2B sales process and map the scope together. Request a demo ### [Moving from Pipedrive: Setup and Migration | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/pipedrive-alternative) Data migration, setup and training when you move from Pipedrive to Rapitek CRM. Quotes, orders and WhatsApp on one record; ERP connections built per project. Moving from Pipedrive to Rapitek CRM Data migration, setup and training when you move from Pipedrive to Rapitek CRM. Quotes, orders and WhatsApp on one record; ERP connections built per project. Everything after the deal closes, on the same record For teams coming from Pipedrive If quotes, orders, stock, ERP and support requests pile up in separate places, Rapitek CRM ties them to a single record. We do the setup ourselves; support and training are in Turkish. Request a demo See pricing We do not compare ourselves with another product on this page. We write down what we do and what we don't do. Our scope starts to make sense at these thresholds: the team has passed 15-20 people, an operation has grown up behind sales (quotes, orders, shipping, stock), WhatsApp traffic has become unmanageable, or the system has to talk to an ERP. We drew these thresholds from our own conversations; they are not measured industry data. The short answer At least 5 users; B2B companies with a sales or field team, sales and operations together Sweet spot We try to keep it simple, but the scope is wide; during setup we trim the screens around the team's daily flow Simplicity They run on the same record Quotes, orders, invoices Work order and quality control objects ship with the standard installation; we cannot yet point to a live installation running manufacturing execution Manufacturing, inventory, work orders Inside the product, attached to the customer record WhatsApp Built per project (Logo, Netsis, SAP, Mikro) ERP connection We do the setup; we do not commit to a duration before discovery, and after the discovery call we give you a written date, not a range Setup and training Turkish Support language Field-level audit trail, role-based sharing Role hierarchy and audit trail Narrow. We have no app marketplace and no trained partner network — we say so plainly; we build integrations per project Ecosystem and partner network Rapitek CRM Scope What Rapitek CRM does and doesn't do Area Everything after the deal closes happens somewhere else The quote is in Excel, the order in email, the shipment on WhatsApp. The records sit in the pipeline, but the story ends the moment the deal is won. The answer you need isn't in the CRM If “what did this customer order and when, is it in stock, has it been invoiced” gets answered from other systems, the CRM is no longer the company's memory. WhatsApp traffic lives on personal phones If every rep writes from their own number, the customer gradually becomes the rep's customer rather than the company's. We have seen this in our own projects. The team has passed 15-20 people At that size the question of who sees which record comes up; the product supports role-based sharing and a field-level audit trail. We drew the threshold from our own conversations; it is not a measured figure. Signals If you see these signals, let's talk If your team is under 5 people. Our Sales and Platform tiers require at least 5 users, so we cannot take you on at that size. If you run sales only. With no operation behind it, our broad scope is a burden rather than a benefit. If you don't want a setup phase. If you want to configure it yourself today and start using it tomorrow, our model doesn't suit you — we work through discovery, configuration, data migration and training; we do not commit to a duration before discovery, and after the discovery call we give you a date, not a range. If simplicity is your single most important criterion. We can't match that, and we won't claim we can. If you are looking for an app marketplace and off-the-shelf add-ons. We have no app marketplace and no trained partner network; integrations are built per project. When we are not the right product Yes. Your persons, organisations, deals and activity records, along with your custom fields, are migrated and duplicates cleaned out. Can our Pipedrive data be migrated? The scope is wide, that's true. But during setup we simplify the screens around the team's dail ### [CRM Pricing | Plans and Separately Priced Items | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/pricing) Rapitek CRM tiers: Sales, Platform, Enterprise, per user/month. Inbox: separate start for teams under 5. Discovery call sets setup scope and any fee, in writing. Pricing Rapitek CRM tiers: Sales, Platform, Enterprise, per user/month. Inbox: separate start for teams under 5. Discovery call sets setup scope and any fee, in writing. Clear plans, scope defined together. Pricing Plan pricing is per user and billed annually. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; we work it out together in the discovery call and, if there is a fee, put it in writing before the work starts. Get a demo and quote Explore the product Sales 39 USD user/month Minimum 5 users, billed annually Sales pipeline, activity and task management Quote generation, price lists and PDF output Rapi AI assistant — usage draws from your AI credit, purchased separately REST API, OAuth2 and webhook access open Module scope is agreed during setup Book a demo 39 Platform 69 USD user/month Everything in Sales Marketing, Communication and Operations centres Role hierarchy, sharing rules and field-level audit trail There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product Demo for your team 69 Enterprise from 119 USD user/month Minimum 10 users Everything in Platform You run setup and support with the same team: no call centre, the team that builds and develops the product answers Scope, rollout plan and integrations are defined per project Let's scope it 119 One unit: per user, per month Three tiers. Each one includes the last. Inbox 149 USD company/month Up to 5 users — no per-seat charge One inbound channel included: web form or WhatsApp Instagram direct messages are not available today The Meta Lead Ads connection cannot be set up today Additional channel 49 USD per month Rapi AI assistant — usage draws from your AI credit, purchased separately Lead, opportunity and quote run on the same record REST API and webhook access open Past 5 people you move to the Sales tier; your records stay exactly as they are Setup and onboarding are priced separately — scope defined in the discovery call Book a demo 149 Not a tier — a separate starting point If your team is under 5 and you mainly want to gather demand from a single channel. Sales pipeline and activity management | Enabled during setup with the module list Sending from your own Gmail | Enabled during setup with the module list iOS and Android mobile apps | Both live; in every installation WhatsApp inbox inside the mobile app | The same shared inbox on the phone as on the desktop — included in Inbox, enabled during setup on the tiers. Instagram direct messages are not available today. Custom fields, objects and validation rules | Configurable — we do the setup Report builder (tabular, summary, matrix) | Enabled during setup with the module list WhatsApp shared inbox | Included in Inbox; enabled during setup on the tiers Rapi voice AI assistant (in the mobile app) | On every plan; usage draws from your AI credit, which is purchased separately, and must be enabled on your account Sales sequences and approval processes | The objects ship with the standard installation and are configured together during setup; today we cannot show you the sequence and the approval flow on a live installation. Inventory and stock management | The objects ship with the standard installation; today we cannot show you stock movement on a live installation. Work orders and quality control | The objects ship with the standard installation; today we cannot show you production execution on a live installation. Production planning (MRP, bill-of-materials explosion) | Optional — 25 USD per user per month Field sales: route plans and mobile visit records | Optional — 25 USD per user per month Webhooks and full API access | Open on every plan — not restricted on the entry tier CPQ quoting and pricing | Enabled during setup with the module list AI meeting capture and notes | Enabled during setup with the module list İYS consent management and campaign sending | Enabled during setup with the module list Seat (user) lim ### [Privacy Policy | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/privacy) Rapitek CRM privacy policy: what data we process, where it is stored (EU/Finland), AI processing, biometric voiceprints and your rights under GDPR and KVKK. Privacy Policy Rapitek CRM privacy policy: what data we process, where it is stored (EU/Finland), AI processing, biometric voiceprints and your rights under GDPR and KVKK. Privacy Policy Legal Last updated: July 27, 2026 On this page At Rapitek CRM, we take your privacy seriously. This Privacy Policy explains how we collect, use, disclose, and safeguard your information when you visit our website or use our services. Personal Information We may collect personal information that you provide directly to us, such as: Name and contact information (email address, phone number) Company name and job title Billing and payment information Account credentials Communications you send to us Voice recordings and, only if you enable it, your biometric voiceprint (see Section 11) Meeting audio you choose to record, and the transcripts derived from it Messages, comments and attachments exchanged through connected channels such as WhatsApp and Instagram (see Section 12) Photographs you upload, including scanned business card images Your approximate or precise location when you check in to a visit from the mobile app Automatically Collected Information When you visit our website, we automatically collect certain information about your device, including: IP address Browser type and version Operating system Referring website Pages viewed and time spent on pages Special Categories of Personal Data The only special-category (sensitive) personal data Rapitek processes is the biometric voiceprint described in Section 11, and only where you have given separate, explicit consent. Beyond that, Rapitek does not need health, religious, political, trade-union, sex-life, criminal-record or similar sensitive data in order to deliver the service, and we strongly ask that you do not enter such data into free-text CRM fields. 1. Information We Collect We use the information we collect to: Provide, maintain, and improve our services Process transactions and send related information Send you technical notices and support messages Respond to your comments and questions Send marketing communications (with your consent) Monitor and analyze trends and usage Detect and prevent fraudulent transactions Comply with legal obligations 2. How We Use Your Information We do not sell, trade, or rent your personal information to third parties. We may share your information only in the following situations: With your consent With service providers who assist in our operations To comply with legal obligations To protect our rights and prevent fraud In connection with a business transfer or merger With the AI, email and messaging service providers named explicitly in Section 13, processing only on our instructions and on our behalf 3. Information Sharing and Disclosure We implement appropriate technical and organizational security measures to protect your personal information against unauthorized access, alteration, disclosure, or destruction. However, no method of transmission over the Internet or electronic storage is 100% secure, and we cannot guarantee absolute security. 4. Data Security We retain your personal information for as long as necessary to fulfill the purposes outlined in this Privacy Policy, unless a longer retention period is required or permitted by law. 5. Data Retention Depending on your location, you may have the following rights regarding your personal information: Access and receive a copy of your personal information Correct or update your personal information Delete your personal information Object to or restrict processing of your personal information Data portability Withdraw consent 6. Your Rights We use cookies and similar tracking technologies to track activity on our website and hold certain information. You can instruct your browser to refuse all cookies or to indicate when a cookie is being sent. See our Cookie Policy for details. 7. Cookies and Tracking Technologies Measurement in e-mails. In the e-mails we send you, we measure whether the message ### [CRM Features and Modules | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/product) Rapitek CRM features: sales pipeline, quote and case management, WhatsApp shared inbox, reports, mobile app, and a REST API covering every standard-install object. Product Rapitek CRM features: sales pipeline, quote and case management, WhatsApp shared inbox, reports, mobile app, and a REST API covering every standard-install object. Everything you need in a CRM. Product Sales, marketing, customer service, and operations on the same data model. We built the product around the needs we ran into on the enterprise CRM projects we delivered during our Salesforce years. Request a demo See pricing Sales Hub Sales pipeline and Kanban, lead, opportunity, and activity management, quote generation — including price lists, discounts, PDF output, and conversion to orders; quote-to-order conversion runs through the product's own conversion action. Case management runs in this hub as well. Marketing Hub Campaign management, WhatsApp campaigns, and commercial-message consent management compliant with IYS, Turkey's national consent registry. The Meta Lead Ads connection cannot be set up today; there is no out-of-the-box ad-form module. Communications WhatsApp, email, and SMS conversations land in a single shared inbox; campaigns and message templates are managed here. Instagram direct messages are not available today. Operations Hub Bill of materials, multi-level cost roll-up, production line and work order screens are in the product; the production and warehouse side is an optional add-on module. We cannot point to a customer reference for work order execution today — and we don't sell what we can't demonstrate. AI assistant In the mobile app, Rapi creates and updates CRM records by speaking Turkish; the business-card scanner also runs in the mobile app. It can be set to ask for confirmation before saving risky changes. The call is yours: Rapi is off by default — unless you turn it on, your CRM data is never sent to any AI provider. Details on the Security page. Platform controls Two-factor authentication (email code or authenticator), OAuth2, a field-level audit trail, and a recycle bin. Role hierarchy and record sharing rules are supported; we define them together during setup. 3 Four hubs, one platform. Sales Hub | The rep leaves a visit meaning to write the note that evening; when it never gets written, nobody's screen shows where the opportunity stands. And whoever prepares the quote does not know the customer's overdue balance. | The note goes in from the car, spoken into the phone as soon as the meeting ends: Rapi writes the record and opens the follow-up task. When a quote is prepared, the customer's overdue balance sits on the same screen — once the ERP connection is in place; no call to accounting. Marketing Hub | Bulk commercial messages go out from a list someone keeps by hand; if a number on it has opted out, that does not show up before the send. | Before a commercial electronic message is sent, the recipient's IYS record is checked: opt-out records coming from the national registry land on a local suppression list, and no commercial message goes to that recipient. Informational messages are not affected by this restriction. Communications | The customer writes to the rep's personal phone; when that person goes on leave the conversation stalls, and when they leave the company the message history goes with them. | The message lands on the company's single business number and the conversation is attached to the customer record. When the rep changes, the conversation is handed over with an internal note; the customer never notices the handover — they are always writing to the same number. Operations Hub | The bill of materials sits in one spreadsheet and the cost calculation in another file; when a quote goes out, the two never meet. | The bill of materials and multi-level cost roll-up sit on the same data model as the customer and quote records; you do not open a separate file to look at cost. The production and warehouse side is an optional add-on module, scoped at discovery. These scenes come from what the product does today. We do not publish a number for how many customers work this way ### [Real Estate CRM: Portfolio & Appointment Tracking | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/real-estate-crm) Property portfolio, client criteria and viewing appointments in one system; branch-based permissions, Google Calendar sync, WhatsApp from one number. Real Estate CRM Property portfolio, client criteria and viewing appointments in one system; branch-based permissions, Google Calendar sync, WhatsApp from one number. CRM for growing real estate agencies Industry solution · Real estate Your property portfolio, your client requirements and your agents in one system. Branch-based permissions, viewing-appointment tracking and consolidated reporting — configured around your process, and we do the setup. Request a demo Talk to an industry specialist The listing side is already handled by separate software in your office. The place that bleeds is the space between the listing and the client : who was looking for what, which property they saw, why they didn't like it, when to call them back. Here is the picture we have seen again and again in our own CRM projects: Client criteria (budget, area, number of rooms) sit in the agent's notebook or in the notes on their phone; the office cannot see them. Conversations stay on the agent's personal WhatsApp number . When the agent leaves, the client history leaves with them. Viewing appointments get forgotten; a cancelled appointment is not recorded anywhere. Once the sale closes the relationship goes quiet — asking a happy client for a referral is nobody's job. When a new branch opens, the offices cannot see each other's portfolio; the manager adds up the consolidated figures by hand in Excel. None of this is solved by a new listings portal. It takes record-keeping discipline and permissions — and that is exactly what a CRM is for. The same structure works the same way outside real estate; the part about correspondence staying with the office rather than on the agent's own phone is set out further down this page. When the portfolio, the agent and the client request all sit in different places, matching comes down to one person The criteria are recorded as fields during the call Budget range, target areas, number of rooms and move-in timing go onto the client record as separate fields, not as free-text notes. Information sitting in a free-text note cannot be filtered; written as a field, it can. Matching properties are filtered on the same screen The portfolio list is filtered by the criteria that were saved. The agent links the properties of interest to the client record and marks the ones that were ruled out along with the reason — so the next conversation does not start from scratch. Photos and locations go out from the office's single business number The conversation is not on the agent's personal phone but in the team inbox. The message history is written to the client record; while an agent is away, someone else can pick the conversation up where it left off. The viewing appointment is written to the calendar and to the sales pipeline The appointment is recorded, synced with Google Calendar, and a reminder and a follow-up task are defined. If the viewing did not take place, the opportunity stays at the relevant stage and shows up in the report. Feedback after the viewing turns into criteria Once a note such as “the living room felt small, the aspect is good” is saved and the criteria fields are updated, the next match is more accurate. The assessment does not stay in the agent's head. After closing, the relationship can be put on a schedule When the sale closes, periodic check-in tasks, a short satisfaction survey and a referral request can be planned. How many referrals came from which client can be tracked as a record. A concrete scenario Saturday, 2:20pm — a buyer calls about one of your listings. Property records Every property is its own record: price, square metres, number of rooms, floor, area, status (for sale / to let / under option), images and the responsible agent. The fields are configurable — which ones you actually need is something we decide together during setup. Criteria-based matching Because the client's budget, area and room count are held as fields, the portfolio is filtered on those fields and saved as list views. ### [CRM Resources: Tools, Guides and Migration | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/resources) Free tools and plain-language guides for choosing and rolling out a CRM — no email required. Resources Free tools and plain-language guides for choosing and rolling out a CRM — no email required. Everything worth reading before you decide. Resources Three tools that ask for no sign-up, five pages for moving off another CRM, three migration guides and real customer stories. None of them asks for your email. Ask us your question See pricing CRM Readiness Quiz 8 questions, 2 minutes. See whether your company is ready for a CRM and which steps should come first. Rapitek CRM Fit Check 5 questions, 60 seconds. It tells you whether Rapitek CRM fits — the answer may be "waiting is the better call for now". The scoring is out in the open. ROI Calculator Enter your own numbers and see the 12-month return. Every assumption is visible and editable. 3 Free tools — no sign-up Salesforce alternative A migration page from a team that delivered 200+ Salesforce projects — including when staying on Salesforce is the right call. HubSpot alternative Is marketing or sales the heavier side? That question decides it. Zoho CRM alternative The licence is cheap — but who does the setup? That's where total cost appears. Pipedrive alternative Four signals that you've outgrown Pipedrive. Dynamics 365 alternative Microsoft ecosystem, or speed to go live — which comes first? Start with the fit check If you can't decide which one to read, start with the 60-second fit check. 3 If you're moving off another CRM From Excel to a CRM Preparing your data, cleaning duplicates, and the step where a migration gets stuck — what we've seen in our own import work. Salesforce migration guide What to move, what to leave — and why the right moment is your renewal date. HubSpot migration guide A full exit or a split? What happens to the marketing side. 3 Migration guides Customer stories Anatolia Tile, the SEV Foundation and Petroyağ — CRM implementation projects we delivered during our Salesforce era, in the customers' own words. CRM Buyer's Guide The questions to ask when buying a CRM, and the criteria to compare on. Integrations WhatsApp, Instagram, Google and the REST API — what's ready and what's built per project. Meta Lead Ads connections cannot be set up today. Instagram CRM Including the 24-hour window and Instagram's limits, as they are. Instagram direct messages are not available today. Mobile app Live on iOS and Android; the inbox, the voice assistant and field tracking in your pocket. Blog Writing on CRM, sales and integration. 3 Product and proof 30 minutes · No obligation · The call is held in Turkish If you'd rather ask than read. In a 30-minute discovery call we listen to your process and work out the right answer together. If we're not a fit, we'll say so. Request a demo ### [CRM ROI Calculator | See Your 12-Month Return | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/roi-calculator) Enter your own numbers and see the 12-month picture. Every assumption is visible and editable — no email required, no sign-up. CRM ROI Calculator Enter your own numbers and see the 12-month picture. Every assumption is visible and editable — no email required, no sign-up. What would a CRM actually earn you? Free tool · No sign-up Enter your own numbers, hit Calculate, and see the 12-month picture. Every assumption is out in the open and editable — if you disagree with one, change it and run it again. Talk through your own numbers See pricing haftalik_ham verimlilik_orani haftalik_kazanc yillik_saat yillik_ciro satis_orani ek_gelir kayip_oran_ondalik kayip_tutar kurtarma_orani kurtarilan_firsat toplam_fayda maliyet_kisi_yillik maliyet_yillik net_fark roi_orani roi_yuzde Number of sales reps Your monthly sales revenue USD Hours per person per week spent on data entry hours Expected productivity gain % Expected sales uplift % Share of opportunities you believe you lose today % Portion of those you believe could be recovered % CRM unit cost (per user per month) USD Your 12-month return Hours recovered per year yillik_saat hours Extra revenue from the sales uplift ek_gelir $ Revenue from recovered opportunities kurtarilan_firsat $ Total annual benefit toplam_fayda $ Annual CRM licence cost maliyet_yillik $ Estimated return on investment roi_yuzde % The defaults describe a typical B2B sales team. Replace them with your own numbers. Calculate Estimated 12-month picture This is an estimate, not a measurement. The whole calculation rests on the values you enter: the productivity gain, the sales uplift and the recoverable-opportunity rate are your assumptions, not figures we measured. The default CRM unit cost is the current price of our Sales plan; the setup fee is not included, because its scope differs from project to project. The real outcome depends on how the system is set up and on whether the team actually uses it. The logic is simple and fully visible: part of the time your team spends on data entry comes back, the sales uplift shows up in revenue, and part of the opportunities you lose today get recovered. Add those three, subtract the licence cost. The part you can trust: the arithmetic. What you type is what gets calculated — no hidden multiplier. The part you shouldn't trust: the assumption rates. “20% productivity gain” or “30% of lost opportunities recovered” are not figures we measured; they are rough numbers commonly used in this market. You know your own business better than we do — if you disagree, change them. If the result still looks worthwhile after you enter a conservative figure, you can make the decision with more confidence. What the calculation leaves out: the cost of setup, data migration and training. We don't put a single number here because the scope differs in every project; it is worked out in the discovery call and put in writing. Your answers never leave your browser. The calculation runs on your device; nothing is sent to us and we don't ask for an email address. Why you can trust these numbers — and where you shouldn't 30 minutes · No obligation · The call is held in Turkish Let's talk through your number with your own team. In a 30-minute discovery call we listen to your user count, your process and your integration needs, and map out a clear scope together. Get a demo and quote ### [Moving from Salesforce: CRM Setup in Türkiye | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/salesforce-alternative) Built by a team that delivered 200+ Salesforce projects: Turkish interface, a WhatsApp inbox inside the product, a separate database per customer, setup done by us. Moving from Salesforce Built by a team that delivered 200+ Salesforce projects: Turkish interface, a WhatsApp inbox inside the product, a separate database per customer, setup done by us. The team that rolled Salesforce out on 200+ projects built its own CRM. For teams coming from Salesforce During our Salesforce era we delivered enterprise projects in that ecosystem. What we learned went into our own product: a WhatsApp inbox built in, an assistant that writes records by voice, and a rollout we perform ourselves. We hold no formal Salesforce partnership today. Request a demo Read the migration guide For Turkey-based B2B teams with at least 5 users , this is what Rapitek CRM is: the web interface is available in Turkish, English and Arabic while support and training are in Turkish, the WhatsApp inbox is part of the product rather than a project, and each customer gets a separate database. We do the setup, the data migration and the training ourselves; the scope, and any fee, is put in writing at discovery. We do not compare ourselves with another product on this page. We write down what we do and what we do not do; which of those matters for your business is your call. How to decide what to move is written out step by step in our migration guide . The short answer: what we are, and what we are not The team that builds the product; scope is worked out in discovery and the fee put in writing Who does the rollout We do not commit to a duration before discovery; after the discovery call we give you a date, not a range Typical time to go live Turkish, English and Arabic; other languages can be added on request — the scope is worked out in discovery Web interface language Turkish — from the team that builds and runs the product Support and training language Inside the product: shared inbox, logged on the customer record WhatsApp You connect your own Claude account over MCP; access is capped by that user's permissions. Rapi is off by default Approach to AI A separate database per customer; the separation is at the database level, not an application setting Data separation European Union: database in Helsinki (Finland), files in Frankfurt, backups in Falkenstein (Germany) Data location Fields, objects, flows and page layouts are configurable without code; we do it as part of setup Customization Narrow. We have no marketplace and no trained partner network — we say so plainly Ecosystem breadth Not our focus; we have no local partner support outside Türkiye Global multi-region operations Rapitek CRM Structural properties What Rapitek CRM does, and how Area Rapi — an assistant that writes records by voice In the mobile app it creates and updates records from speech. It asks for your confirmation before writing — control stays with you. Connect your own AI Your CRM is open to AI over MCP. You connect your own Claude account and you decide what it does. Access can never exceed the permissions of the user who connected it. Shared WhatsApp inbox The team writes from a single work number and every message is logged on the customer record. Even when a rep leaves, the conversation history stays with the business. A mobile app that scans business cards Fields are extracted from a photo of the card and a lead record is created. The iOS and Android apps are both live. Field sales and visit tracking Mobile record-keeping, GPS visit check-in and performance reports for teams that sell in the field. Route plans and field visit records are a separately priced module — 25 USD per user per month. A separate database and an audit trail A separate database per customer, two-factor authentication, role-based access and a field-level audit trail. 3 What stands out in Rapitek CRM Current-state analysis We map together which objects, fields and automations you use today. This step is run by a team that has delivered more than 200 Salesforce projects — we know what to look for. Scope and a written quote What moves, what gets rebuilt, what gets left behind — al ### [Salesforce Migration Guide | What Moves, What Doesn't | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/salesforce-migration-guide) A migration guide from a team that delivered 200+ Salesforce projects: what transfers, what has to be rebuilt, and when not to move at all. Salesforce Migration Guide A migration guide from a team that delivered 200+ Salesforce projects: what transfers, what has to be rebuilt, and when not to move at all. Leaving Salesforce? The costliest mistake is moving everything. Migration guide Salesforce implementations accumulate over the years. What needs to move is not the history but the part still in use today. This guide is written from the perspective of a team that has run 200+ Salesforce projects. Book a migration call What Rapitek CRM offers We put this first because it is where most companies lose money: moving in the middle of a live Salesforce contract means paying for two systems at once. So plan the migration around your renewal date and start early. We do not commit to a duration before discovery; after the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — but if you only start that conversation a few weeks before renewal, you will either rush it or pay for another year. Timing first: the right moment to move is your renewal date 1. Work out what is actually being used List your standard and custom objects, fields and reports, and note against each whether it has been used in the last 90 days. Over the years some of those fields stop being filled in; only this list shows which ones. The decision about what moves follows from that list. 2. Inventory the automations Write down what your automations actually do. These don't migrate — they get rebuilt — but you need to know what they do first. This is usually where you discover some of them are no longer needed. 3. Map the integrations Every system connected to your current CRM — ERP, accounting, marketing tool, phone system — is its own line item. Which ones are still needed in the new system, and which are no longer used at all? 4. Export the data Accounts, contacts, leads, opportunities, activities and attachments. Don't forget files and attachments; you need to export them while your account is still open, because what access you have after the contract closes is set by your own contract — and we have not measured it. 5. Define a parallel-running period Rather than running two systems side by side indefinitely, it works better to set a cut-over date and leave the old system read-only: when data goes into two places at once, it becomes unclear which record is current. We have seen this in our own projects. Steps How do you plan a Salesforce migration? A migration is the best opportunity you'll get to drop accumulated weight. What usually shouldn't move: Unused custom fields. A field carried over “in case we need it” stays empty in the new system too. Reports nobody opens. You don't migrate a report, you migrate a need. Asking “what question are we trying to answer” and rebuilding it is faster. Old campaigns and duplicate records. Migrating the cleanup is the same as postponing the cleanup. Automations that stopped working. Don't rebuild flows that were set up years ago and have since broken. For historical data you want to keep, exporting and archiving it is usually better than migrating it — it stays out of daily use. What you won't move Yes, the data in your standard and custom objects can be exported. The item to watch is attachments and files; their migration is planned separately. What gets migrated is decided and written down in the discovery call. Can Salesforce data be fully exported? Code doesn't migrate. We work out what it does and rebuild the same need in the new system, either through configuration or over the API. This is the most variable part of a migration; the scope is worked out in discovery and put in writing. What happens to our custom development (Apex, Lightning)? There is an adjustment period; we won't pretend otherwise. What works in our favour: the team doing the training spent years implementing Salesforce, so we can say “the Salesforce equivalent of this was that.” Our team is used to Salesforce — won't they struggle? No. Salesforce is used up to the cut-over date; after cut-over th ### [SAP Integration: Connecting ERP and CRM | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/sap-integration) SAP is not one product; product, version and who holds access set the method. Account, balance and invoice data flow to the CRM; we are not an SAP partner. SAP Integration SAP is not one product; product, version and who holds access set the method. Account, balance and invoice data flow to the CRM; we are not an SAP partner. If you use SAP, your CRM talks to SAP. Integration · SAP The authority for customer account, balance, order and invoice data stays in SAP; your sales team sees the same information on the CRM screen. The connection is built with a REST API, OAuth2, signed webhooks and import/export; which data flows in which direction and at what frequency is worked out during discovery and written into an agreed scope. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call In a company running SAP, the ERP side does its job: customer accounts are kept, orders are entered, invoices are issued, the books are closed. This page is not arguing about SAP; it describes what happens on the side that never falls within SAP's scope. This is the picture we have seen in our own projects: The SAP licence and the training sit in finance, purchasing and logistics ; it is not a screen the sales rep uses every day. Finding out a balance comes down to a phone call. Even a small field the sales side asks for goes into the IT queue ; the change request is tied to the release plan, and its timing is set by that plan's own rhythm. So the field team builds its own shadow system: Excel, a personal calendar, a personal phone. The data lives in two places, and one of them is not audited. Leads, conversation history, the quotation process and the reason for a loss are not held anywhere — an ERP was not built for that. A new quote goes out to a customer whose payment is overdue, because the open balance is not on the screen of the person writing the quote. At the quarter close the pipeline report is put together by hand; two different figures turn up in the meeting. Trying to replace SAP does not close this gap: finance, logistics and the official document side carry on living in the ERP. The setup that works in our own projects is this: the ERP stays where it is, the sales side moves to the CRM, and the two sides are connected by a defined and written flow. The data is in SAP; the sales side cannot reach it in their daily work There is no out-of-the-box module for SAP, and we will not say there is. The connection is built as an integration project whose scope is set in the discovery call, using a REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. These are the three tools we use on the CRM side: REST API — the product ships with 183 business objects out of the box, and each one is published in the REST API with its own data and schema endpoint; access is authorised with OAuth2. Schema reading (describe), composite operations and bulk endpoints are supported. Outbound webhook — events in the CRM (an opportunity being won, for example) are sent to the external system signed; a failed call is retried. Import/export — Excel/CSV transfer through a four-step wizard: upload, map fields, preview, run. You approve the mapping on screen. Who does the work on the SAP side? In practice your own SAP partner or your in-house integration team — they are the ones who know the interface, the permissions and the change process on the SAP side. Our side is documented: we provide the object schema, OAuth2 access and the field mapping table in writing. If you wish, we can also take on the development on the CRM side. The limits on our side are measured, not estimated: the REST API exposes object and field definitions through the describe endpoint, processes up to 200 records in a single bulk request, and carries 25 sub-requests in one composite call. The import wizard works on more than 75 objects, up to 100,000 rows per job and 25 MB per file. Let us also write down what we are not saying: we have no reference customer running SAP, and we have no figure for how many enterprise installations have chosen this route. Why a connection that gets built, rather than an out-of-the-box add-on? Because SAP is not a single product and access differs ### [CRM Configured for Your Industry | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/sectors) No canned industry packages: one solid CRM backbone; fields, stages, roles, reports configured for your business. We do the setup and give you a date, not a range. Industries No canned industry packages: one solid CRM backbone; fields, stages, roles, reports configured for your business. We do the setup and give you a date, not a range. A CRM for your industry: not a canned template, a setup around your process Industries From real estate to auto parts, the same solid backbone does the work; fields, sales stages, roles and reports are configured for your industry. We do the configuration, and after the discovery call we give you a date, not a range. Request a demo Tell us about your process In this market “industry-specific CRM” usually means one thing: dozens of industry pages placed in front of the same product. We do have industry pages and we keep them — because the question the person doing that job asks is a real one: what goes wrong here, and where does information get lost. But none of those pages describes a “ready industry package”; every one of them leads to the same door: one product, a different setup. What we saw across more than 200 enterprise CRM projects is this: the backbone of a good CRM is industry-agnostic. The customer record, the sales pipeline, team-wide WhatsApp, permissions and reporting do the same job at a real-estate office as at an auto-parts wholesaler. What is industry-specific is not the product but its setup : which fields are kept, how the stages are named, who sees what, which report goes to whom. That is why we don't sell a “ready CRM package for industry X”. We configure Rapitek CRM around your process, and we do the configuration ourselves; the scope of setup — and any fee for it — is worked out in the discovery call and put in writing before the work starts. What does "industry-specific CRM" mean at Rapitek? Customer record Account, contact, call notes, quotes and tasks on a single record. Who called when, what was discussed, what comes next — everyone on the team sees the same history. Sales pipeline Opportunities move stage by stage, tracked in Kanban and list views. Steps that stall or never happen show up in reports. Shared WhatsApp inbox The team writes from the business's single work number; messages land in a team inbox and are logged on the customer record. When an employee leaves, the conversation history stays with the business. Role-based permissions Decide who sees which records and reports by branch, dealer, region or team. Managers get the consolidated view; reps see their own work. Reports and dashboards Tabular, summary and matrix report types, plus a drag-and-drop dashboard designer. Built on your metrics, without writing code. Tasks and calendar Follow-up tasks, reminders and two-way appointment sync with Google Calendar. Follow-ups are entrusted to the system, not to somebody's memory. 3 The backbone that stays the same in every setup The same screen, your fields Configuration This is the standard lead list. For a real estate office, budget and target-area columns are added; for a tire dealer, vehicle and season data; for an auto parts wholesaler, dealer and brand fields. Same screen — we define the fields, filters and saved list views for your business during setup. Fields | Lead, account, contact, opportunity, quote and task records | Budget and target area for real estate, vehicle and season for tire dealers, dealer and brand for auto parts — defined during setup Sales pipeline | Stage-based opportunity tracking with Kanban and list views | Stage names and count follow your process: viewing appointment, discovery, quote revision, installation and so on Roles and permissions | Role hierarchy and record-level sharing | The visibility matrix — by branch, dealer, region or team — is drawn for your organization Reports | Tabular, summary and matrix reports plus a dashboard designer | Which metrics get tracked: portfolio by region, viewings per agent, orders per dealer and the like Automation | Visual flow designer | Which event triggers which task: a missed appointment, a pending quote, an approaching seasonal peak Mobile | iOS and ### [Security and Data Protection | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/security) Rapitek CRM security architecture: a separate database per customer, EU (Finland) hosting, two-factor authentication and a field-level audit trail. Security Rapitek CRM security architecture: a separate database per customer, EU (Finland) hosting, two-factor authentication and a field-level audit trail. You know where your data lives. Security Most CRM security pages say "enterprise-grade protection" and move on. We wrote ours concretely: which country your data sits in, who can reach it, how we track which record was changed by whom — and which third parties touch your data, every one by name and country. Request a demo Privacy Policy A separate database per customer Every customer runs in its own separate database. Not a "company ID" filter in a shared table — separation at the database level, not an application setting. One exception we state openly: the application's technical error logs are kept in a single table shared by all customers. Hosted in the EU, stated openly The database is in Helsinki (Finland), the files you upload are in Frankfurt, and database backups are in Falkenstein — all three inside the European Union. We have no component in Turkey and no region-selection feature. Seen from Turkey this is a transfer abroad under Article 9 of KVKK; we establish the basis for that transfer together with you during the contract process. Field-level audit trail A separate history row is kept for every changed field — who, when, the old value, the new value. It is on by default across every object that ships in a standard install; you do not need to enable it. Recycle bin Deletion is soft deletion: the record does not leave the database at once, it moves to the recycle bin and stays there for 30 days. We have not measured who can restore from the bin, or whether a separate individual or bulk restore operation exists; we promise no restore capability here. Permanent deletion is a separate permission; an ordinary user cannot destroy a record irreversibly. 2 The foundation of the architecture. Two-factor authentication (2FA) | On by default for every user. The default method is an email code; an authenticator app is also supported (set up with a QR code, backup codes). API authentication | OAuth2; tokens are stored hashed on disk, scope restrictions are actually enforced server-side, and the separation between customer databases is tested. Roles and sharing | Record visibility is controlled with role-based access and sharing rules; field-level hiding is supported. Brute-force protection | Login attempts are limited both per user and per IP address (10 attempts in 15 minutes), and two-factor authentication allows 5 attempts. The counters are kept atomically. Rate limiting | The mechanism is in place: once a limit is exceeded the request is rejected with a 429 and a Retry-After header. Usage analytics show you how many requests each integration is making. We have no published fixed quota figure. Encryption in transit | All traffic runs over TLS. Passwords are stored with PBKDF2-SHA256; two-factor authentication secrets, backup codes and integration credentials are encrypted at rest. Encryption at rest is not applied to the whole database — we do not claim that. Backups | An automatic backup every six hours, integrity-tested, retained for 30 days. Backups are copied to a separate country (Germany); in a restore drill 239 of 239 tables and all 438,817 rows came back complete. Subprocessor — Hetzner | Application server and database · Helsinki, Finland (EU) Subprocessor — Hetzner Storage Box | Database backups · Falkenstein, Germany (EU) Subprocessor — DigitalOcean Spaces | Files and media you upload · Frankfurt, Germany (EU) Subprocessor — Amazon SES | Delivery of system email · Frankfurt, Germany (EU) Subprocessor — Sentry | Application error monitoring · Germany (EU). Configured not to send personal data. Subprocessor — Anthropic (Claude) | The Rapi AI assistant, only if you top up credit and enable it · United States — an Article 9 KVKK transfer Subprocessor list. Apart from Anthropic (United States), every hosting and storage party is inside the European Union. We updat ### [SEV Foundation Customer Story | Rapitek CRM Projects](https://rapitek.com/en/sev-foundation-customer-story) How a foundation running ten schools, a hospital and a publishing house brought alumni, donations and scholarships into one system. SEV Foundation Customer Story How a foundation running ten schools, a hospital and a publishing house brought alumni, donations and scholarships into one system. SEV: alumni, donation and scholarship data moved into one system. Customer story · Non-profit Founded in 1968, the Health and Education Foundation runs ten schools, a hospital and a publishing house. Records for thousands of alumni, donors and scholarship students were not kept in one place. Let's talk about a similar rollout Other customer stories Founded 1968 Schools it runs 10 Hospital, plus one publishing house 1 Non-profit organisation NGO The organisation The challenge Alumni data, donation tracking for alumni, scholarship tracking for students and contact details — all kept in separate places, making updates and checks harder every year. The foundation needed a modern, cloud-based data management solution. What we built From the implementation onwards, development, new suggestions and problem-solving ran together. The system was adapted to the foundation's own way of working, with ease of use as the priority. The result Daily workflows became markedly easier in terms of data analysis and data management. Donors started receiving faster responses and the relationship with supporters strengthened. In the foundation's own words, the biggest change came in data analysis. The project What was there, what we built, what changed. Project and Resource Development Manager, Health and Education Foundation Our foundation needed a cloud-based software system for data management. Rapitek is a company that is careful and attentive in understanding our wishes and needs; they also translated our requirements into the system very well. When we have new requirements, they support us with extremely fast and thorough solutions. As SEV, we are highly satisfied with working with Rapitek. Meryem Boğa In the customer's own words Alumni records | Alumni data and contact details were brought onto a single record Donation tracking | Donations from alumni were attached to the donor record Scholarship tracking | The scholarship students' process became trackable in the system Data analysis | The area the foundation itself points to as the biggest gain Ease of use | Screens were simplified around the daily flow of the foundation's staff Scope is project-specific; in every rollout it is defined together in the discovery call. Area | What was done Scope What was built in the project? This implementation belongs to Rapitek's Salesforce implementation era ; afterwards we built our own product, Rapitek CRM . Our discipline around setup, data migration and training comes from the same team — only now on our own platform. This project belongs to our Salesforce era 30 minutes · No obligation · The call is held in Turkish How many separate places does your organisation's data live in? In a 30-minute discovery call we'll map your existing records, your process, and how they would move into one place. Request a demo ### [Shopify Integration: CRM Connection | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/shopify-integration) Shopify customer and order data moves into the CRM; repeat sales, consent records and wholesale run on one record. We build the link with REST API and OAuth2. Shopify Integration Shopify customer and order data moves into the CRM; repeat sales, consent records and wholesale run on one record. We build the link with REST API and OAuth2. Your Shopify store makes the sale; the CRM knows the customer. Integration · Shopify store Products, cart and checkout run in Shopify; the buyer, repeat sales and wholesale enquiries are recorded in the CRM. We build the connection ourselves with REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import — and we work the scope out together during discovery. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call Shopify does its own job well: storefront, cart, checkout and orders all run in one place. Here is where the mechanism splits: store software records the order, not the relationship — there is no field there to hold the relationship in. These are the five problems we have seen in our own projects with brands that sell direct: The customer list is an order list . Who has talked to you before, what they complained about and what they said no to is not written there. When a new collection launches, who gets told first is a guess; the segment definitions live in the marketer's head. A high-value buyer and a one-off buyer get the same treatment ; personal follow-up falls to no one. Wholesale and corporate enquiries do not come through the site; they land in an inbox or a DM, the quote stays in a file, and no one follows up. Permission-based messaging runs in a separate tool; the record of when consent was given, and with what wording, gets looked for on audit day . None of this is a shortcoming of the store software; store software manages the sale, not the relationship. The right setup is to leave the storefront in Shopify and move the customer side into the CRM. You know your store; you do not know your customer There is no out-of-the-box module for Shopify and we will not say there is. The connection is built as an integration project whose scope is set in the discovery call, using REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We also have no app published in the Shopify App Store; we cannot say “install it from the store and it works”. Rapitek is not an e-commerce platform. Storefront, theme, cart, checkout, stock and shipping stay on the Shopify side; we take over none of them. What the CRM adds is the customer side : the buyer's record, the communication history, repeat sales, consent status and wholesale enquiries. Let us be explicit about direction too, because this is where things are easily overstated: From outside into the CRM — order and customer data is written to the CRM's REST API; access is authorised with OAuth2 and no user password is shared. The layer that does this writing is the integration project itself. From the CRM outwards — the outgoing webhook infrastructure is complete in the product: calls are signed, failed calls are retried and the target address is verified. Via file — a four-step wizard: upload, map fields, preview, run. 100,000 rows per job, 25 MB per file, more than 75 objects. The proof that this is not bluff lies in how the product itself is used: in one live customer installation today, a third-party ERP integrator reads and writes records over that same REST API. We do not name the customer or the integrator because we do not have permission to publish their names; what we are stating is a measured fact. This is a single installation, not a case list. We described our general approach on the integrations page , and how the same framework is set up for a store on your own server on the WooCommerce integration page. How the connection is built — and why we are not in the Shopify App Store The segment is picked from records, not from guesswork People who bought twice, people who spent above a certain amount, people who have not come back for six months — the filter runs on the fields of the customer record, not on the marketer's memory. Consent status is visible on the same screen People with and without commercial electronic message consent are ### [Slack Integration: CRM Notifications & Webhook | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/slack-integration) CRM events reach your Slack channel via a signed outgoing webhook; infrastructure complete in the product. Measured: 0 webhook subscriptions in 24 tenants. Slack Integration CRM events reach your Slack channel via a signed outgoing webhook; infrastructure complete in the product. Measured: 0 webhook subscriptions in 24 tenants. If you run on Slack, your CRM tells Slack. Integration · Slack The infrastructure that carries CRM events into your channel is ready in the product: a signed outgoing webhook, retry on failed calls, and a notification node in the workflow engine. We decide together in the discovery call which event lands in which channel, and we set up the subscription. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call In a team built around Slack, work is discussed in the channel. Decisions are made in the channel, news is heard in the channel, files circulate in the channel. The CRM, meanwhile, is a separate tab. Here is where the mechanism breaks: the news is produced in the channel, the record is kept somewhere else, and the only thing connecting the two is someone switching tabs. This is the picture we have seen in our own projects: When a deal closes, the first to announce it is the person who writes in the channel . When the record gets updated remains a separate question; sometimes it never does. The question "who is handling this customer?" is asked in the channel, answered in the channel and stays there . Three months later the same question is asked again. A lead arriving from the web form waits until a rep opens the CRM. First response time comes to depend on who switched tabs and when . Announcements are written by hand: someone sends the "this quote was approved" message if they remember, and does not if they do not. The notification depends on a person, not on a process. Channel history looks like an archive but is not one: a message can be found by searching, but it is not attached to the customer record . As the number of channels grows, so does the noise. Because it was never decided which events are genuinely worth announcing, either everything gets posted or nothing does. The need here is not to turn a chat app into a CRM. Let the record stay in the CRM and let the news reach the channel on its own — with the decision about which news arrives already made in advance. Decisions are made in the channel, the record sits somewhere else There is no out-of-the-box module for Slack, and we will not say there is. The connection is built as an integration project whose scope is set in the discovery call, using the REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. But there is something we have to write out separately on this page, because Slack is different from the other headings: the infrastructure the notification direction rests on is complete in the product today. The outgoing webhook is signed, a failed call is retried, the target address goes through SSRF validation, and this notification sits as a node in the visual workflow designer. So it is not something to be "written", it is something to be configured . Let us write this down too: to date not one of our tenants has switched it on. We measured it — across 24 tenants, defined webhook subscriptions: zero. That is why you will not read the sentence "our customers are connected to Slack" on this page. The capability exists in the product, the usage has not been measured; we do not want to confuse the two. The workflow engine it runs on, however, is in production: across flows defined in two tenants, 617 of 617 measured runs completed successfully . The reverse direction — creating a record in the CRM from the channel — is not equally easy, and we do not present it as if it were. That direction is written over the REST API. That the API really can be used from outside, we can state only through a borrowed fact: at a live customer installation, a third-party ERP integrator reads and writes records over that same REST API. We do not give the name because we do not have permission to publish it; what we are stating is a measured fact. This is a single installation, not a list of cases. We described the same framework as ### [CRM for SMEs: Customer and Sales Tracking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/sme-crm) Customer record, conversation history, sales pipeline, quote PDF and dated follow-up tasks in one record; your Excel lists are imported during setup. CRM for SMEs Customer record, conversation history, sales pipeline, quote PDF and dated follow-up tasks in one record; your Excel lists are imported during setup. Customer tracking, sales tracking and quote tracking — one system for SMEs From Excel to CRM The customer record, conversation history, sales pipeline, quotes and follow-up tasks in a single system. Tracking that is scattered across Excel files moves into one record structured around your process — we handle the setup, the data migration and the training. Request a demo Write to us Customer tracking already happens somewhere in every company: an Excel file, notes on a phone, the salesperson's memory and WhatsApp conversations. The wound is that these pieces do not see one another . Here is the picture we have seen again and again in our own CRM projects: Every salesperson has their own list; there is no answer to the question "which list is the current one". Two people can call the same customer separately. There is no such thing as a follow-up date field — the "call next week" note sits in someone's head or on a sticky note; remembering is left to the individual. The quote is prepared in Word, goes out by email and disappears there. "How many quotes did we send last month, how many were accepted" can only be answered by counting by hand. Conversations stay on personal phones. When a salesperson leaves, the customer history leaves with them. At the end of the month the manager collects files from everyone and merges the figures by hand. None of this is solved by a better Excel template. It requires a shared record, reminders and permissions — and that is exactly the job of customer tracking software. When customer tracking is kept in several separate places, it becomes unclear which information is current The enquiry becomes a record, together with its source An enquiry arriving from a form, a phone call or WhatsApp is opened as a lead; its source (web, advertising, referral) is captured as a field. At the end of the month, which channel actually brought in customers is a report, not a guess. The first call note and the next step on the same screen The call note is written on the record and the next step is defined as a dated task. When the day comes it appears in the task owner's list; it is not entrusted to anyone's memory. The opportunity enters the sales pipeline As the conversation progresses the record becomes an opportunity: amount, expected close date and stage are clear. The manager sees the whole pipeline on a Kanban board — who is chasing what, and where each deal is waiting. The quote is generated from the price list Line items are picked from the product catalogue, a discount is applied, a PDF is produced and sent. The version and status of the quote stay on the record; no hunting for a Word file among attachments. Quote follow-up is secured with a task A task saying "ask about the quote in two days" is defined. If a revision is requested, a new version is opened on the same record; an accepted quote becomes an order. The close is recorded with its reason If it was won, why it was won; if it was lost, to whom and why it was lost, is captured as a field. Three months later, the question "was it price, product or speed" is answered with data. A concrete scenario Tuesday, 09:15 — a new enquiry has just arrived from your website. Customer record and interaction history Company, contact, phone, email and any custom fields you need on a single record. Calls, notes, meetings, emails and WhatsApp conversations accumulate beneath the record with a time stamp; the answer to "what did we last talk about" is on the screen. Sales pipeline and Kanban Opportunities move stage by stage: amount, expected close, owner. The stages are configured around your process — we do the setup. The pipeline can be viewed as a list, a summary or a Kanban board. Tasks and reminders A dated task is attached to every record: call, ask about the quote, send the sample. When the day comes ### [Stripe and CRM: Carrying the Payment Record | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/stripe-integration) Stripe payment records are carried into the customer card as fields via REST API. Adapters in the product: iyzico and PayNkolay. No subscription engine. Stripe and CRM Stripe payment records are carried into the customer card as fields via REST API. Adapters in the product: iyzico and PayNkolay. No subscription engine. If you use Stripe, payment and renewal information appears on your sales screen. Integration · Stripe The amount, date and currency of the payment record in Stripe are carried into the customer card as fields via the REST API; the subscription renewal date enters the sales pipeline as an opportunity. We build the connection ourselves, as a project whose scope is determined during discovery. The payment adapters defined in the product: iyzico and PayNkolay. Request a demo Let's define the scope together The Stripe question may come from companies that sell abroad and work with recurring revenue: software, agencies, training, subscription services. The question is not “do you have a Stripe logo”; underneath it sit three real needs: “Has the customer paid?” When a rep goes into a renewal conversation, they do not know whether the payment went through; they have no access to the Stripe dashboard either, and it would not be right for them to have it. “When does the subscription end?” The renewal date may be sitting in an Excel file or in one person's calendar. The mechanism is this: if the date is not tied to a record, there is nothing to warn anyone when it is missed. “Who will hear about a failed payment?” Word of the customer whose card was declined stays on the finance side; sales finds out at the end of the month. Then there is the foreign-currency side: the price is in dollars or euros, the books are in Turkish Lira. The question of “how much this customer brought in” changes depending on which day's exchange rate is used. None of these three questions is solved under the heading “Stripe integration”. All three are solved by carrying information that has already formed in Stripe onto the sales screen. A company that asks about Stripe is really asking three things We do not have a Stripe connection and there is no subscription/billing engine inside the product; if you want to carry the payment record in Stripe into the CRM, that is a piece of work with a defined scope, over the REST API. Let us make that concrete, because we measured it: the only thing written for Stripe in the code base is a “later on” note — there is no working connection, no adapter and no configuration screen. In the same way, the subscription, recurring billing and credit-card collection model is not defined in the product either. Saying what really is defined is our job: there are two payment adapters in the product — iyzico and PayNkolay. They are configured with your own provider account. But we do not overstate here either: we cannot point to a live collection flow with a reference today, so we do not say “we take payments in production”. If you collect payments in Turkey, the right question is not “is it Stripe”, but “does one of these two adapters do the job for you”. What remains — and what really can be built — is this: the visibility of the payment record. Payment, subscription and renewal information formed in Stripe comes into the CRM as fields, via the REST API or a periodic import. The interface is ready: the product ships out of the box with 183 business objects and each one is published in the REST API with its own data and schema endpoint — you can read the field structure from outside with describe. Alongside it there are OAuth2, signed outgoing webhooks and a four-step import/export wizard. As a separate fact: in one live customer installation today, a third-party ERP integrator reads and writes records over the same REST API; this is a single installation, not a list of cases. The general framework is on the integrations page . The honest picture first: what is and is not in the product The renewal date becomes an opportunity in the sales pipeline The subscription end date sits on the customer card as a field and upcoming renewals are opened as opportunities. The renewal ### [Microsoft Teams Integration: CRM Alerts | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/teams-integration) CRM events reach your Teams channel via a signed webhook. Microsoft 365 email and Outlook calendar connections are not live today. Microsoft Teams Integration CRM events reach your Teams channel via a signed webhook. Microsoft 365 email and Outlook calendar connections are not live today. If you use Microsoft 365, your CRM lets your Teams channel know. Integration · Microsoft Teams The infrastructure that carries CRM events into your Teams channel is ready in the product: a signed outgoing webhook, retries, and a notification node in the workflow engine. The Microsoft 365 email connection, on the other hand, is not live today. On this page we set out one by one what is ready, what is a project and what does not exist at all. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call In a company that has moved to Microsoft 365, Teams is not a single application; it is the company's desk. Meetings happen there, files sit there, the team writes to one another there. When new software comes up for discussion, the question IT asks follows from that: does this thing come into our world? This is the picture we see in our own implementation meetings: In the Monday meeting, last week's numbers are shown by screen sharing ; nobody looks at the report on their own, and what was looked at disappears along with the meeting. Sales news is typed into the channel by hand. The “we closed this one” message depends on one person remembering; if it is forgotten, there is no news either. Correspondence with the customer sits in Outlook , internal correspondence in Teams, and the record somewhere else. The only way to move data between three windows is to copy it; what moves is not the record itself but a copy of the text. Appointments are kept in the calendar but are not tied to the record in the CRM; the question “when did we last speak to this customer?” is answered by searching the calendar. IT is asking about enterprise sign-in and permission management ; the sales team wants notifications. The two sides ask different things in the same meeting, and the vendor says “yes” to both at once. This page splits that “yes” apart, one item at a time. On the Microsoft side there is something that can be built , and there are things that do not exist at all. We do not put the two in the same sentence. IT is asking about one thing, the sales team about another There is no out-of-the-box module for Microsoft Teams, and we will not say there is one. The connection is built as an integration project whose scope is set in the discovery call, using the REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. In the notification direction the situation is better: the outgoing webhook infrastructure is complete in the product — signed, retried when a call fails, with the target address passing SSRF validation, and sitting as a node in the visual workflow designer. That is why getting a CRM event into your Teams channel is a job to be configured, not written. Let us add this too: to date not one of our tenants has switched it on — zero subscriptions defined across 24 tenants. The capability has been measured; the usage has not. On the Microsoft 365 side, email is not live today. The Outlook and Microsoft 365 connections are not open, so a Microsoft 365 mailbox cannot be connected to the CRM. We wrote the detail of this in its canonical place, on the email integration page , and we do not repeat it here. The calendar is not on this page, because it is not in the product either. There is no Outlook calendar sync: the Microsoft 365 connection is not live today, so neither the email nor the calendar side works. Calendar sync is specific to the Google side only. It would have been easy to put the calendar under a “Microsoft 365 integration” heading as well; we are not doing that, because a gap that surfaces on implementation day costs more than a sentence said before the sale. The reverse direction — creating a record in the CRM from Teams — is written over the REST API. We can say that the API really is usable from the outside on the strength of a measured fact: at one live customer installation, a third-party ERP integrat ### [Terms of Service | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/terms) Rapitek CRM terms of service: account registration, acceptable use, payment terms, data ownership, service availability, termination and governing law. Terms of Service Rapitek CRM terms of service: account registration, acceptable use, payment terms, data ownership, service availability, termination and governing law. Terms of Service Legal Version 2026.2 · Last updated: 23 August 2026 On this page These Terms of Service ('Terms') govern your use of Rapitek CRM's website and services. By accessing or using our services, you agree to be bound by these Terms. By accessing and using Rapitek CRM services, you accept and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of this agreement. If you do not agree to these Terms, please do not use our services. 1. Acceptance of Terms Rapitek CRM provides a customer relationship management (CRM) software platform that includes: Contact management Sales pipeline management Email integration Reporting and analytics Team collaboration Mobile application access 2. Description of Service To use our services, you must: Provide accurate and complete registration information Maintain the security of your account credentials Promptly update any changes to your information Be responsible for all activities under your account Notify us immediately of any unauthorized use 3. Account Registration You agree not to: Violate any laws or regulations Infringe on intellectual property rights Transmit malware or harmful code Attempt to gain unauthorized access to our systems Use the service to send spam or unsolicited messages Resell or redistribute the service without permission Use the service for any illegal or unauthorized purpose 4. Acceptable Use Policy Billing All plans are billed annually in advance Prices may change; we notify you of a price change that operates to your disadvantage at least 30 days before it takes effect. A price increase is a change that operates to your disadvantage, so the notice period, the right to terminate without penalty and the refund set out in Section 12 apply to it as well Fees are non-refundable, except where the law requires otherwise and except for the refund of the fee covering the unused part of the term under Section 12 You are responsible for all applicable taxes Evaluating the Service There is no self-service sign-up: you cannot open an account or start a subscription on your own. Before you buy, we show Rapitek CRM live in a demo built around your own scenario, and the scope and price are set out in a written quote. After the demo, if you would like to explore the product at your own pace, we open a time-limited demo account for you; that account sits in Rapitek's demo environment with sample data, is closed at the end of its term, and by itself creates no right of use or subscription. The plan price is the subscription fee; the cost of setup, data migration, training and any out-of-scope work is agreed in the discovery call and put in writing before the work starts. The minimum number of users depends on the plan you choose: at least 5 users on the Sales and Platform plans, and at least 10 users on the Enterprise plan. 5. Payment Terms You retain all rights to your data. We will: Not sell or rent your data to third parties Only access your data to provide support (with your permission) Allow you to export your data at any time Delete your data upon account termination (unless legally required to retain it) 6. Data Ownership and Privacy E-mail measurement and our role as processor. In the e-mails you send to your customers through Rapitek CRM, we measure whether the message is opened and whether the links inside it are clicked; in the process the time of opening, the recipient's IP address and information about the e-mail program they use are recorded. For this processing you are the data controller ; Rapitek acts only as a data processor on your instructions. The duty to inform your recipients, and to obtain consent where required, is yours; you need to update your own privacy notice so that it covers this measurement. Turning the measurement off for an individual recipient is not currently possible. We recommen ### [Tire Shop CRM: Tire Hotel and Season Tracking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/tire-shop-crm) Every set in the tire hotel is recorded with warehouse, shelf and position. Customer-vehicle records, seasonal lists and appointments sit in one system. Tire Shop CRM Every set in the tire hotel is recorded with warehouse, shelf and position. Customer-vehicle records, seasonal lists and appointments sit in one system. CRM for tire dealers and workshops running a tire hotel Industry solution · Tires Customer and vehicle records, the tire hotel, seasonal reminder lists and appointments in one system. A separate view for fleet customers, and WhatsApp from a single business number for the whole team — configured around your processes, and we do the setup. Request a demo Talk to an industry specialist A tire dealer's year is squeezed into two peaks: October–November for the switch to winter tires, March–April for the switch back to summer. In those weeks the phone never stops and the ramp never empties — and the busier it gets, the less time is left for keeping records. And work that never gets recorded cannot be brought back later. Here is the picture we have seen again and again in our own CRM projects: The customer's vehicle and tire size are asked for again on every call; the information sits in the foreman's memory or in an old notebook. Sets left at the tire hotel are written into a notebook; when the customer turns up at the door, the set is hunted for shelf by shelf in the warehouse. Nobody gets in touch this November with the customer who had winter tires fitted last November; because the fitting date is not in a record, there is also no way to list that customer when the season comes round. Which of a fleet customer's 30 vehicles had what fitted and when sits in Excel; who holds the current version of the file is anyone's guess. Vehicles arriving without an appointment pile up; the customer who was given an appointment is kept waiting, because the appointments are in the notes app on someone's phone. None of this is solved by working harder once the season arrives. It takes record discipline and lists built in advance — and that is exactly what a CRM is for. None of it is specific to tires, either: the same record discipline applies to any business whose customers come back on a cycle, and the same goes for keeping message threads with the dealership rather than on a technician's own phone. A season that never gets recorded cannot be listed the next season The caller's record opens from the plate You search by phone number or licence plate; the vehicle, the tire size, last season's fitting date and the set in the hotel are all on one screen. Nobody asks for the size again, and the customer does not have to introduce themselves. The set in the hotel shows with its shelf location The winter set is in the hotel record: warehouse, shelf, position, date in, and the photo taken at drop-off. The set is brought down and made ready before the vehicle arrives; nobody is kept waiting at the door. The appointment is written into the calendar A time is given according to the fitting duration and the ramp plan; the appointment is recorded, synced with Google Calendar, and a reminder task is created. An appointment that is not kept stays visible in the record instead of quietly disappearing. When the vehicle arrives, the work is written onto the record The tires fitted and removed, the tread depth note and any observation for the next season go onto the customer and vehicle record. The information is in the office's records, not in the technician's memory. The removed set is taken in with a hotel entry A new hotel record for the summer set: shelf, position, photo, date in. When the customer calls in spring, the same screen opens; the loop closes. As the season ends, next season's list is already there The customer list is filtered by fitting date; for customers with İYS-compliant commercial message consent, a seasonal notice over WhatsApp is planned. Who was called and who booked an appointment is followed from the list. A concrete scenario The first cold morning in October — the phone will not stop. Customer and vehicle record Every vehicle is its own record: plate, make and model, tir ### [WhatsApp CRM: One Business Number, Shared Inbox | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/whatsapp-crm) Your team writes from one WhatsApp business number, every message lands on the customer record, and the history stays with the company when a rep leaves. WhatsApp CRM Your team writes from one WhatsApp business number, every message lands on the customer record, and the history stays with the company when a rep leaves. WhatsApp CRM: one number, history stays WhatsApp + CRM Every incoming message lands in a shared inbox and is written onto the customer record. Even if a rep changes, goes on leave or leaves the company, the message history stays with you. This page is about how the inbox works across a team; how the line itself is connected on Meta's side is on the WhatsApp integration page. Request a demo Get in touch If your business correspondence has moved to WhatsApp, we do not need to tell you that; the customer is waiting for the green bubble, not for an email. That is not the problem. The problem is that the conversation runs on employees' personal phones . This is the picture we saw again and again in our own CRM projects: Every rep writes from their own number; the customer becomes the rep's customer rather than the company's. When the rep goes on leave the conversation stops — nobody else can see it or take it over. Prices, deadlines and promises given on WhatsApp are recorded nowhere; in a dispute there is no document in hand. A manager can only find out what was discussed with which customer by asking. When an employee leaves, their number, their contacts and years of accumulated message history go with them. None of this is solved by banning WhatsApp — your customer is there. The solution is to take the conversation off the personal phone and connect it to the company's system. That is exactly what WhatsApp CRM does. When WhatsApp conversations stay on personal phones, customer history never accumulates in the company The message lands in a shared inbox, not on a personal phone A message sent to the company's single WhatsApp business number appears in the team inbox on web and mobile. Whose desk it is on does not matter; whoever sees it first can take the conversation. The number is matched to the customer record If the sender is a registered customer, the conversation is written straight onto their record. If the number is unknown, a new lead record is opened with its source logged — no manual data entry. The conversation is assigned to a rep Everyone can see who is handling it; when needed it is handed to another rep with an internal note. The customer never notices the handover — they are always writing to the same number. The reply goes out from the same business number Photos, documents, location and voice messages are sent and received in the same window; all of it is kept on the customer record. The price and the deadline you quoted are now on file. The conversation is linked to the opportunity If it turns into a sale, the conversation is attached to the opportunity record; the quote, tasks and reminders all move on the same card. Where work that came in from WhatsApp stands is visible in the sales report. Even when a rep leaves, the history stays with the company The user account is closed and their open conversations are handed to another rep. The customer keeps writing to the same number; years of message history stay on the customer record. A concrete scenario Wednesday, 16:40 — a customer writes to your business number. Customers reach the right department. Department routing An incoming message is met by an automatic menu; the customer picks the relevant department and the conversation is routed to whoever owns it. The conversation runs on one business number and its history stays on the customer record — even when the rep changes. One business number, one shared inbox The whole team writes from the company's single WhatsApp business number; incoming messages land in the shared inbox on web and mobile. Conversations are assigned to a rep and handed over with internal notes. The customer never sees how many people are working behind it. Written to the customer record automatically Every message is written onto the customer record that matches the sender' ### [WhatsApp Integration: Meta Cloud API | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/whatsapp-integration) We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to Rapitek CRM: messages land in the inbox, attach to the customer record, and Meta invoices you. WhatsApp Integration We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to Rapitek CRM: messages land in the inbox, attach to the customer record, and Meta invoices you. Your CRM messages from your own WhatsApp Business number. Integration · WhatsApp Business Cloud API We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; messages land in the team inbox, attach to the customer record, and Meta invoices you directly. This connection runs in production today — setting it up does not require a provider-specific development project. Request a demo Talk through the scope of your connection From the outside, connecting WhatsApp to a CRM looks like a technical job; there is also an ownership side to it. The mechanism is this: whichever Meta account the connection is built through, the number, the approved templates and the invoice stay tied to that account. These are the outcomes we have run into in our own installations: If the number is registered to an intermediary's Meta account, the number coming with you when you want to change providers does not happen by itself. If the messaging cost is sold to you as “credits” or a “bundle”, you cannot see Meta's actual price and your own usage directly. If your templates are approved under someone else's WhatsApp Business account, the account holding the approved texts is not yours either. As long as the conversations stay on personal phones, nothing is recorded about who promised what; when a rep leaves, the history leaves with them. If business verification has never been done, the work waits on Meta's side when installation day arrives. That is why we build the connection through your own Meta account : the app, the WhatsApp Business account and the number stay in your name, and Meta invoices you directly. We do not sell messages in between; what we do is connect that account to the CRM and set up how your team works. Whose name are the number, the account and the invoice in? In Rapitek CRM the WhatsApp connection is built on Meta's official WhatsApp Business Cloud API and runs in production today; version v21.0 of the Meta Graph API is used. So this is not a “we could do it” page: the connection exists in the product and is configured during setup. The model is BYO — you bring your own account: The Meta app and the WhatsApp Business Account (WABA) are yours. The access token is generated in your account and can be revoked at any moment. The number is registered in your name. You can port it, close it or connect it to another system independently of us. Meta invoices you directly. We do not collect the conversation charge and we do not add anything on top of it. Incoming messages land in the CRM through a webhook, the sending number is matched to a customer record and the conversation is assigned to a rep. What comes after the connection — the shared inbox, conversation handovers, response-time tracking and team routines — we covered on a separate page: WhatsApp CRM. This page deals with the connection itself. If a question comes up while you read, you can message us on our own WhatsApp line: +90 212 963 22 84 . This connection runs in production today Your business is verified on Meta's side Your Meta Business account is opened and business verification is started. Documents such as registry details, legal company name and contact address are submitted to Meta on your behalf; we run the process as part of the setup. The WhatsApp Business account and the number are registered Your business number is registered to your WhatsApp Business Account (WABA) and verified by SMS or voice call. If the number is in use in personal WhatsApp or in the WhatsApp Business app today, it has to be removed from there first. The CRM connects with your own account's token The access token generated in your Meta app is entered into the CRM and the message webhook is pointed at the CRM address. The token stays in your account; you can withdraw access at any moment. The inbox and the matching rules are ### [WooCommerce Integration: CRM Connection | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/woocommerce-integration) WooCommerce customer, order and form data moves to the CRM; quote requests land in a record, wholesale splits off. We build it with REST API and webhooks. WooCommerce Integration WooCommerce customer, order and form data moves to the CRM; quote requests land in a record, wholesale splits off. We build it with REST API and webhooks. Every buyer who comes from your WooCommerce store finds a matching record in the CRM. Integration · WooCommerce store Orders, payments and delivery run in WooCommerce; the buyer, the quote request and the wholesale customer are recorded in the CRM. We build the connection ourselves, with the REST API, OAuth2, signed webhooks and import. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call If your WooCommerce installation was set up by an agency, grew over the years through plugins and no longer has a single owner inside the company, that flexibility looks like this on the sales side: Customer data sits in the store database , quote requests in a form plugin, correspondence in a mailbox. None of the three knows the others. A “price for a bulk order” request from the site lands in a shared mailbox; who will handle it is unclear, and the ones left unanswered are never seen. The same company both buys retail from the site and negotiates wholesale; that the two belong to the same customer comes together on no screen at all . Store reports describe the order, not the customer: who bought a second time, who returned an item, who complained — none of it sits together. When the agency changes, or when a plugin goes un-updated, historical data is put at risk ; nobody holds a copy that has been taken outside. This picture is not a store-software problem, it is an ownership problem. What the CRM does is not to replace the store; it is to move the customer side somewhere independent of the store, somewhere you own. A store on your own server: flexible, but nobody owns it There is no out-of-the-box module for WooCommerce, and we will not say there is. The connection is built as an integration project whose scope is determined in the discovery call, using the REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We have no plugin published in the WordPress plugin directory either; we cannot say “install it from the plugin store”. Rapitek is not an e-commerce platform. Products, prices, stock, cart, payment and shipping stay on the WooCommerce side. What the CRM adds is the customer side : the buyer's record, the quote request, the communication history, repeat sales and the wholesale line. The connection is built with three tools: REST API — the product ships out of the box with 183 business objects, and each one is published in the REST API with its own data and schema endpoint; you can read the field structure from outside with describe. Access is authorised with OAuth2, no user password is shared; multiple operations and bulk writes are supported. Outgoing webhook — events in the CRM are delivered to your system signed; a failed call is retried and the target address is verified. Import — a four-step wizard: upload, map fields, preview, run. 100,000 rows per job, 25 MB per file, more than 75 objects. Export is done in the same module; because we have not measured its limits, we do not put a figure here. We will not overstate field mapping: of the 34 import jobs we measured across the 8 tenants we could access, 16 failed, and the hyphenated “E-posta” header in Turkish exports does not map automatically. We do not make a statement such as “zero data loss guaranteed”. That is why we run the first migration ourselves during setup and confirm the mapping together on the preview screen. The proof that this connection is not a bluff is in the product's own use: today, in one live customer installation, a third-party ERP integrator reads and writes records over this same REST API. We give no names, because we do not have permission to publish the customer's or the integrator's name; what we are saying is a measured fact. This is a single installation, not a list of case studies. We set out our general approach on the integrations page , and how the same framework looks on a hosted store on ### [Moving from Zoho to Rapitek CRM | Setup Included](https://rapitek.com/en/zoho-crm-alternative) Moving from Zoho to Rapitek CRM: the team that builds the product runs setup, migration and training. This page makes no comparison with another product. Moving from Zoho CRM Moving from Zoho to Rapitek CRM: the team that builds the product runs setup, migration and training. This page makes no comparison with another product. When you evaluate quotes, write the setup next to the licence. For teams coming from Zoho A CRM costs more than its licence: configuration, data migration, integration and training. Until it is written down who takes on those four items, two quotes are not being weighed on the same scale. We write down our own side: those four items are ours. Request a demo See pricing We do not compare ourselves with another product on this page. We write down what we do and what we don't. What sets Rapitek apart is not the licence price but the delivery model. Here, the team that builds the product does the setup, the data migration and the training; the scope is worked out in discovery and put in writing. Buying a product you will set up yourselves and taking delivery of a system that has been set up are two separate line items; the calculation has to be made by writing down both. If the fields have not been fitted to the process, the data has not been migrated and the team has not been trained, the product goes unused — and the licence being paid for produces nothing in return. We have seen this in our own projects. Write that line into your calculation too. The short answer Plan prices are public: from 39 USD Licence price The team that builds the product Who does the setup We don't commit to a timeline before discovery; after it we give a written date, not a range Time to go live Inside the product WhatsApp Turkish, English and Arabic; other languages can be added on request — the scope is worked out in discovery Web interface language Turkish Support and training language A separate database per customer Data separation Narrow. We have no app marketplace and no trained partner network — we say so plainly Ecosystem breadth We try to keep it simple, and we simplify further during setup Usability Rapitek CRM Our own side What Rapitek CRM has, and what it doesn't Area Licence Monthly per-user price × users × 12. This is the easiest line to calculate; write it out separately on every quote you receive. Setup and configuration Fields, stages, roles, reports, data migration and integration. If you'll do it yourself: who, and how many weeks of their time? If a partner will: get their quote and write it on this line. The risk of it going unused In a CRM nobody uses, the licence being paid returns nothing — we have seen this in our own projects. Whether the team gets trained, and whether anyone stays close through the first month, belongs on this line. How to evaluate Put these three lines in your evaluation too If you want accounting, HR, projects and support under one roof. We have no app marketplace and no product family that wide; we can't meet that need. If you have the capacity to do the setup yourselves. If someone in-house will configure the system and train the team, our biggest contribution disappears. If your team is under 5 people. Our Sales and Platform tiers require at least 5 users. If you need a local implementation partner abroad. We have no such network; setup and support come from our own team. If your budget only stretches to a licence. If you can't fund setup, data migration and training on top of it, we understand that and won't push. When we are not the right product Yes. Leads, contacts, accounts, opportunities and your custom fields are migrated and duplicates cleaned out. The scope is decided in discovery and put in writing. Can our Zoho data be migrated? Our plan prices are public: they start from 39 USD, and we publish the current tiers on our pricing page. What that price buys is that the setup is ours — configuration, data migration, integration and Turkish-language training. When you weigh up any quote you receive, put setup, customisation and training on the line next to the licence. If you can do that work yourselves, that line closes in your ### [Zoom Integration: Meeting Transcript and Summary | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/zoom-integration) Upload the meeting audio recording to the CRM; get a transcript, a summary and action items. An automatic Zoom connection is built per project over the Zoom API. Zoom Integration Upload the meeting audio recording to the CRM; get a transcript, a summary and action items. An automatic Zoom connection is built per project over the Zoom API. Zoom's audio recording turns into a transcript, a summary and action items inside the CRM. Integration · Zoom You upload the recording to a customer or opportunity record; the audio is transcribed, a summary and action items are extracted, and the items can be turned into tasks. Pulling the meeting from Zoom automatically, on the other hand, is built over Zoom's API as a separate piece of work whose scope is determined in discovery. Request a demo Schedule a discovery call Forty minutes are spent talking and three lines of notes are left behind — and the person writing those three lines is trying to take part in the conversation at the same time. This is where the mechanism sits: speech is immediate, while a note is a summary written afterwards; when both are done at once, the trace that remains is not the conversation itself but that summary. Here is the picture we see in our own calls and in customer projects: The rep tries to listen and to write at the same time. They cannot do both well; the side that gets sacrificed is the notes . The question “What did we talk about last time?” eats the first five minutes of the next call. The customer explains the same thing a second time. The commitments made in the conversation — price, delivery date, scope — never make it anywhere in writing . When a disagreement comes up, the two sides' memories are set against each other. Action items are not assigned to anyone. Because the sentence “We'll send the quote” never becomes a task, it waits three days. Someone who has just joined the team cannot read the history; they only know what has been told to them. When the rep changes, the customer starts from scratch. If a recording is to be made, the consent question is left hanging: who asks, when do they ask, where is the answer kept? If these questions have no written answer, the decision to record is left hanging too. This page describes two jobs separately: leaving a trace from the call that becomes a record , and doing it in a way whose consent is documented . We put the second one up front as well. Forty minutes of talking, three lines of notes left behind There is no out-of-the-box module for Zoom on our side, and we will not say that there is. The connection is built as an integration project — with REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export — whose scope is determined in the discovery call. Pulling the meeting from Zoom automatically falls into exactly this class. But the chain that processes the content of the meeting does exist in the product: the audio recording is uploaded to the CRM, transcribed, a summary and action items are extracted; the items can be turned into tasks and assigned to an owner. Audio recording in the mobile app exists as well. Now the measured state of this chain — without overstating it. To date this flow has run only in our own tenant : a total of 22 recordings were processed, 19 of them completed the transcript and summary stage , and the last recording was taken on 23 July. We cannot say that it works in a customer installation, so we do not say it. You will not read the sentence "Our customers run their meetings from the CRM" on this page; the number we measured does not support it. Why do we write it this way? Because this feature gets tested very quickly after it is bought: it either works in the first meeting or it does not. Having said "fully automatic" before the sale turns into a support ticket opened in the first week. Stating the scope narrowly and accurately from the start serves both of us. When an automatic connection on the Zoom side is asked for, the surface it rests on is the REST API and OAuth2. We can say that this surface really is usable from the outside on the basis of a measured fact: in one live customer installation a third-party ERP integrator reads and ## Sektör ### [Accessories CRM: Sample Cases and Fair Cards | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/accessories-crm) The display sample case is booked out to the dealer record and stays an open task once its return date passes; region, payment term and discount sit on the same card, so the quote uses those values. - Book the sample case that goes out on display out to the rep; when the delivery and return dates pass, the case stays on the list as an open task - Collect the cards coming back from a fair in a single pool, distribute them by region and open a follow-up task for the contacts that respond - Close the dealer visit from the mobile app with location verification and see from the record where the visit was marked - Keep region, payment term and discount rate on the dealer card so the quote comes out with those values - Sample Case Assignment: The case that goes out on display is an assignment task; the delivery and return dates are its fields, and a case that does not come back stays on the rep's open task list. - Fair Card Pool: Every card collected at a fair is a lead record; the fair attended stays in the source field, and the assignment rule defined during setup distributes the cards to the regional rep. - Showroom Visit Verification: The dealer visit is closed from the mobile app; location verification records where the visit was marked, and fake location detection is part of that check. - Dealer Discount and Payment Term Card: Region, payment term and discount rate are fields on the dealer record; the quote and the order take those values from the card. - S: Can I track the samples on display at a dealer through the system? — C: Yes. Sample delivery is a task with delivery and return date fields; the ones not returned stay as open tasks and are visible from the dealer's card. - S: How do I process the hundreds of business cards that come back from a fair? — C: The cards are imported as lead records with the fair name written in the source field; the assignment rule defined during setup distributes them by region and a follow-up task is opened for each lead. - S: Can I see from the record that the rep actually visited the dealer? — C: The visit is closed from the mobile app; location verification writes into the record that the visit took place at the dealer's address, and the fake location flag is part of that check. When the dealer was last visited stays on its card. - S: Which is the best CRM software for accessories? — C: When choosing a CRM for the accessories sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your process in the accessories sector, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an accessories CRM system cost? — C: On the accessories side, a sample case that does not come back stays on the rep's task list; it is this field team that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan selected. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the accessories sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the transition to a CRM system work in the accessories sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out together your process in the accessories sector, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for accessories? — C: In accessories the dealer visit is closed from the mobile app; location verification records where the visit was marked. The app is published on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Accounting Firm CRM: File Fees and Workload | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/accounting-firm-crm) The monthly fee and the last update date are fields on the client record, so files left behind drop onto a list. Time spent on a file accumulates on that same record. - Give every client file an owner, a contract date and a monthly fee field, and gather the files whose fee has not been updated for a long time into a single list - Accumulate the task time spent on a file on the client record and see how much workload each client creates side by side with its fee - Run the onboarding checklist for a new client step by step and keep any missing step on the list as an unclosed task - Record the handover steps and the returned documents of a departing client and track who is holding the file - File Ownership: Every client is an account record; the responsible member of staff is in the assignment field, who is holding the file is read from that field, and no separate list is kept. - Fee Update Tracking: The monthly fee and the last update date are fields on the client record; the ones whose date has fallen behind drop onto a list and are opened as a quote opportunity. - Workload Measurement: Time spent on a file sits in the task records; when it is totalled per client, the fee and the effort come side by side in the same report. - Client Onboarding and Offboarding: Onboarding and handover are each a checklist; every step is its own task, and a step that does not close keeps the file's closure waiting on the list. - S: Can I see how many hours a client actually costs the firm? — C: Yes. Time spent on the tasks attached to a file accumulates on the client record; when it is reported side by side with the monthly fee, it becomes visible which file is not returning the effort put into it. - S: Can I record the handover process when a client leaves the firm? — C: Yes. Handover is a checklist whose steps are tasks; the documents returned, the person handing over and the person receiving are recorded in those steps. - S: How do we catch files whose fee has not been updated for years? — C: The monthly fee and the last update date are fields on the client record; the ones whose date has fallen behind drop onto a list and are opened as a quote opportunity. The increase conversation is thereby tied to a calendar rather than to an argument. - S: Which is the best CRM software for an accounting firm? — C: When choosing a CRM for an accounting firm you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your firm's process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an accounting firm CRM system cost? — C: On the accounting firm side, the member of staff responsible for each file is written into the assignment field; the users of the system are this office team. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan selected. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the accounting firm sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the transition to a CRM system work in the accounting firm sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out together your firm's process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for an accounting firm? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is published on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Advertising CRM: Campaign Period and Load | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/advertising-crm) A campaign is a record with start and end date fields; production, print and broadcast are tasks that sit under it, each with its own delivery date. - Turn the campaign into a single record with a start and an end date and track the broadcast period from that record - Plan the production, print and broadcast steps as separate tasks under the campaign, each with its own delivery date - See the jobs falling in the same period in the calendar and read how full that period is before accepting a new job - Keep the advertiser and the supplier in separate account records and attach the sold and the bought side to the same campaign - Campaign Period: A campaign is a record with start and end date fields; which job belongs to which range is read from those fields. - Chain Steps: Production, print and broadcast are each a task; each sits under the campaign record with its own delivery date and owner. - Period Load: Tasks are gathered in the calendar by their date field; the number of jobs falling in a range is visible from the list, and the decision to accept is made by looking at it. - Advertiser and Supplier: Both are account records; because they are attached to the same campaign, the sold side and the bought side of the work are tracked from a single record. - S: Do the agency, the media owner and the production company use the same setup? — C: The shared backbone is the same: the advertiser account, the campaign record and dated tasks. The stage names and the fields are defined during setup according to your company's role in the chain; on the media side the load of the period comes to the fore, on the production side the shoot and delivery steps do. - S: Can we see in advance that we have promised the same period to two customers? — C: Campaigns and tasks are gathered in the calendar by their date fields; the jobs falling in a range are listed side by side. The clash is visible before the job is accepted, and the threshold of the warning rule is also defined during setup according to the load level you set. - S: Can we see a one-day slip in the chain before the broadcast day? — C: Yes. Production, print and broadcast are separate tasks that sit under the campaign record with their own delivery date and owner. When a task's date passes without it closing, it stays on the list and appears side by side with the later steps of the same campaign; the slip is read without waiting for the day the campaign is due to start. - S: Which is the best CRM software for advertising? — C: When choosing a CRM for the advertising sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your advertising process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an advertising CRM system cost? — C: In advertising, because the production, print and broadcast steps each sit with their own owner, more than one owner is defined in the system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan selected. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the advertising sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the transition to a CRM system work in the advertising sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out together your advertising process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for advertising? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is published on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Aesthetic Clinics CRM: Post-Op Follow-Up | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/aesthetic-clinic-crm) The first contact channel of a patient still deciding, the procedure of interest and the last contact date are fields on one record; post-op checks are tasks tied to that date. - Send a patient still deciding a planned flow of educational content, patient reviews and frequently asked questions spread over six months - Attach the enquiry arriving from the web form and WhatsApp to a lead record; because there is no out-of-the-box module on the Instagram side, staff open the record for a message coming from there - Tie the 1 week, 1 month, 3 month, 6 month and 1 year post-operative check-ups to reminders and skip no patient - While satisfaction is at its highest, send the permission form for before/after photos and the Google review request as steps tied to the check-up date, and keep the consent in a consent record - Answer as a team from a single number with the WhatsApp Business account connected during setup; have conversations assigned by the rule you define, and keep the history even when staff change - Six-Month Follow-Up Sequence: A patient still deciding can be attached to a follow-up sequence; every step of the sequence is a record with day interval, channel and template fields. The step whose turn has come is sent as educational content, a patient review or a frequently asked questions message; the sequence stops when the patient comes back for an appointment. - A Single Record for the Incoming Enquiry: An enquiry arriving from the web form or WhatsApp becomes a lead record; the channel of the first contact, the procedure of interest and the last contact date are fields on that record. There is no out-of-the-box module on the Instagram side — staff open the record for a message coming from there. - Post-Operative Check-Up: Check-up steps are opened as tasks tied to the operation date (1 week, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year); a check-up that does not close stays on the list. - Before/After Consent Record: Photo permission is a consent record attached to the patient record; the date the form was sent, the scope of the consent and whether it has been withdrawn are fields on that record. The permission form and the Google review request go out as steps tied to the check-up date; the image of a patient without consent does not enter the consented list. - Multi-Session Procedure Protocol: Procedures spread over sessions are a protocol record attached to the patient record; which session it is, the physician performing it, the area treated and the number of days that must be left between sessions are fields on that record; the appointment for the next session is opened according to that interval and the post-session check-up is attached to the same protocol. - S: Why is CRM critical for aesthetic clinics? — C: In aesthetic surgery the decision process takes 3-12 months. If you do not follow the patient up during that time, they go to a competitor. A CRM lets you avoid losing the patient while they are thinking it over. - S: How are Instagram leads managed? — C: There is no out-of-the-box module on the Instagram side: today Instagram DMs do not reach Rapitek CRM and the artificial intelligence first reply does not work on Instagram. Such a connection cannot be set up today; we do not offer a project-specific build for Instagram direct messages either. Follow-up on the Instagram side runs by hand: clinic staff read the incoming message and open the lead record themselves, or you point the link in the profile to the web form or to WhatsApp — a message arriving at your WhatsApp Business account connected during setup appears in the team inbox and is written into the patient record. - S: How is consent for before/after photos obtained? — C: The permission form is sent to the patient as a step tied to the post-operative check-up date. The consent the patient gives sits in a consent record attached to the patient record; the date the form was sent, the scope of the consent and whether it has been withdrawn are fields on that record. Only images of patients whose consent stands are used in the gallery; a patient whose consent has not arrived or has been withdrawn does not appear on the consented list. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for aesthetic clinics? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM during setup; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Agency CRM: Agent Hours and Retainers | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/agency-crm) Retainer, project and performance contracts are a field on the customer card; agent hours attach to a customer and a project, and the month-end report comes out of those records. - Keep the contract type, the monthly budget, the contacts and the payment terms for every brand on a single card - Run the customer, project and task queue in a Kanban or Gantt view - Enter agent hours per customer and per project and see the remaining hours on a retainer at any moment - Submit design, video and content files for approval through the limited-permission account you open for the customer, and attach revision requests to the record - At the end of the month gather the work done, the hours spent and the campaign results into a single PDF report - Customer and Brand Record: Every agency customer is an account record; the contract type (retainer, project, performance), the monthly budget and the payment terms sit in its fields, and contacts are attached to that record. - Project and Task: A project is a record attached to the customer and a task is a record attached to the project; the assigned agent and the time estimate are in the task fields, and the queue is read in the Kanban or the calendar view. - Agent Hour Entry: An hour spent is a record carrying a customer and a project field; on a retainer it is deducted from the contract hours, and the remaining hours appear in that customer's report. - File and Revision: Design, video and content files are attached to the project; a revision request is written onto the project and which round it is is counted from the record. - Monthly Activity Report: The report is produced from the task and hour records within the month; campaign result figures (CTR, followers, KPI) do not arrive from the ad accounts by themselves, they are entered into the record by hand or by import. - S: Is there a difference between an advertising agency, a digital agency and a PR agency? — C: The sector name differs but the flow is similar: customer portfolio, project management, hour tracking, invoicing. Rapitek CRM suits all three. On the PR side the media list, and on the digital side campaign and KPI tracking, are defined during setup with your own fields. A module that pulls the figures from social media and ad platforms by itself does not come out of the box; the figures are entered into the record by hand or by import. - S: How are retainer and project invoicing managed separately? — C: Every customer is tagged with a contract type: on a retainer the invoice is issued on a fixed monthly amount and the remaining hours are reported. On a project it is invoiced by milestone, on performance according to the result. Mixed contracts can also be defined in the same structure. - S: Can we offer a portal to customers? — C: We open a user account with limited permissions for the customer in the CRM: which projects, files and reports they will see is determined by the profile. File approval and revision requests run through that account on the same record, and the monthly report can also be sent as a PDF. We do not have a separate branded portal product — what they see is the CRM itself, as much of it as their permissions allow. - S: Is hour tracking done automatically? — C: Hours are entered in two ways: the agent enters them by hand during the day, or they are kept with a timer attached to the start of a task. If you use tools such as Toggl or Clockify, we build the connection ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. You can bring in the report you export from those tools by import; if a live connection is needed, our professional services team builds it specifically for the project over the REST API, OAuth2 and webhooks, and the scope and the cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. When no connection is built, hours continue to be entered by hand or by file transfer. ### [Agriculture CRM: Grower Network and Periods | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/agriculture-crm) Contract growers and buyers are both account records; the crop, quantity and delivery period committed sit in attached rows, and purchase and sale meet in one period report. - Keep contract growers in an account record and write the crop planted, the quantity committed and the advance given into fields - Manage the wholesale market, retail, industrial and export channels in separate accounts and apply each channel's own price list from its record - Compare purchase and sale commitments in the same list by delivery period and see the shortfall before the period starts - Attach the production unit to the record, report which channel the produce from which region went to, and separate permissions by that field as well - Grower Network: A contract grower is an account record; the crop planted, the committed quantity and the advance given sit in its fields, and deliveries accumulate under the card. - Channel Account: The wholesale market broker, the retail chain, the industrial buyer and the exporter are separate account records; each channel's price list is attached to its own account. - Period Commitment: The delivery period is a date field on the record; purchase and sale commitments are listed with the same period filter and compared in a single report. - Production Unit: The facility, the region or the farm is a field on the record; which channel the produce from which unit went to is read from the report on that field. - S: Can I see the quantity coming from a contract grower and the promise given to a buyer in the same place? — C: Yes. Both the grower and the buyer are account records, and the commitment is a record attached to those accounts; because the delivery period is a date field, purchase and sale commitments listed with the same period filter are compared in a single report. - S: How do I separate permissions in a business with more than one production unit and more than one sales channel? — C: The production unit is a field on the record and user permissions are set up around that field; the regional manager sees the records of their own unit, head office sees them all in a single list. Because channel price lists are also attached to accounts, every team works with the price of its own channel. - S: Can I see the advance given to a grower and the quantity they delivered on the same card? — C: Yes. A contract grower is an account record; the crop planted, the committed quantity and the advance given are its fields. Deliveries accumulate row by row under that card, and the remaining commitment is read from the same place. - S: Which is the best CRM software for agriculture? — C: When choosing a CRM for the agriculture sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your agricultural process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an agriculture CRM system cost? — C: In agriculture, because the production unit is attached to the record and permissions are separated by that field, users are defined unit by unit. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan selected. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the agriculture sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the transition to a CRM system work in the agriculture sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out together your agricultural process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for agriculture? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is published on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [AgriTech CRM: Plot Records and Pilot Tracking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/agritech-crm) The device installed on the pilot plot, the field visit and the subscription end date sit on the same farmer record; the time left to expiry drops a renewal task onto the list. - Keep farmer, cooperative and dealer records separate and see each plot's hardware, subscription start and end date on its card - Track the pilot installation as a separate stage; write the trial result and the measurement note onto the record the quote is attached to - Turn installation and maintenance visits into field tasks and close them from the mobile app with location verification - Plan renewal and preliminary contact tasks ahead according to the season calendar and get in touch before the planting window closes - Farmer and Plot Record: A farm is an account record; the plot, the area and the crop pattern sit in its fields, and the installed device is attached to that record. - Pilot and Trial Tracking: A pilot is an opportunity stage; the installation date, the measurement note and the trial result accumulate on the same opportunity. - Field Installation Visit: An installation is a task; the technician and the date are in its fields, it is closed from the mobile app and location verification is written into the record. - Subscription Renewal: A subscription is a record with a start and an end date; a task tied to the time left to expiry drops the renewal contact onto the list. - S: Can I track separately the farmers who moved from a pilot installation to a contract? — C: Yes. The pilot is a separate opportunity stage; how many trial installations turned into contracts, and under which crop pattern they did, is read from a report with a date range. - S: How do I separate the enquiries coming through dealers and agricultural engineers? — C: The channel the enquiry came from is a field on the lead record; the dealer and the engineer each sit as an account record, every incoming enquiry drops into the queue with its channel information, and the assignment rule defined during setup routes it to the relevant rep. - S: Will the system remind me of farmers whose subscription end date is approaching? — C: A subscription is a record with a start and an end date; depending on the time left to expiry, a renewal task drops onto your list, so the conversation happens before the planting window closes. - S: Which is the best CRM software for AgriTech? — C: When choosing a CRM for the AgriTech sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your process in the AgriTech sector, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an AgriTech CRM system cost? — C: On the AgriTech side a field installation is a task carrying a technician and a date field; it is this field team that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan selected. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the AgriTech sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the transition to a CRM system work in the AgriTech sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out together your process in the AgriTech sector, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for AgriTech? — C: In AgriTech a field installation is a task; it is closed from the mobile app and location verification is written into the record. The app is published on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [AI Services CRM: Proof of Concept Tracking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/ai-services-crm) Data access permission, the non-disclosure agreement and the pilot's success threshold are fields on the opportunity record; until approval is complete the opportunity does not move on. - Run the proof of concept with its own stages; keep data access permission and the status of the non-disclosure agreement in fields on the opportunity record - Tie the pilot's success threshold to a written field so that when the result arrives both sides look at the same criterion - Keep the legal, information security and business unit stakeholders in separate contact records and see from the list which approval is waiting with whom - Manage the long evaluation period with a contact sequence; keep usage volume in an account field and tie the renewal conversation to it - Proof of Concept Opportunity: The pilot is an opportunity record with its own stages; the start date, the scope and the success threshold are in its fields, and the result stays on the same card. - Data Access and Confidentiality: The non-disclosure agreement and data access permission are each a field; the signature date and the scope sit in the record, and a missing approval does not let the opportunity move to the next stage. - Stakeholders and the Approval Queue: Legal, information security and the business unit are separate contact records under the account; a pending approval is a task and its owner is written in its field. - Usage and Renewal: Usage volume is a field on the account; as the contract end approaches, the renewal task drops onto the list and the expansion opportunity is opened from the same account. - S: How do we track the customer's data access permission and the status of the non-disclosure agreement during the proof of concept stage? — C: The non-disclosure agreement and data access permission are fields on the opportunity record; the signature date and the scope sit there. A stage rule is defined so that the opportunity does not move to the next stage before approval is complete; a pending approval appears on the list as a task with a definite owner. - S: Whether the pilot counts as successful becomes a subject of argument afterwards; how do you prevent that? — C: The success threshold is a written field on the pilot opportunity and it is filled in before the pilot starts. When the result arrives it is written onto the same record; if the criterion is changed afterwards, that leaves a trace as an update. So in the evaluation meeting both sides look at the same line. - S: Can we see in advance the accounts whose contract renewal is approaching? — C: Yes. Usage volume and the contract end date are fields on the account; accounts whose end is approaching drop onto the list, and the renewal task and the expansion opportunity are opened from the same account. - S: Which is the best CRM software for artificial intelligence? — C: When choosing a CRM for the artificial intelligence sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an artificial intelligence CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan selected. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the artificial intelligence sector? — C: In artificial intelligence projects the counterpart the CRM will talk to is the billing or the infrastructure side. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the transition to a CRM system work in the artificial intelligence sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out together your sales process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for artificial intelligence? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is published on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Aquaculture CRM: Harvest Batches and Commitments | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/aquaculture-crm) The size range, quantity and delivery week promised to a buyer are a record linked to the account; the harvest batch stands separately, and the two are read side by side by delivery week. - Write the size range, quantity and delivery week agreed with the buyer onto the account record and track approaching commitments from the list - Link the harvest batch to a record with production unit, size class and harvest date fields, and see which batch is set aside for whom - Collect dispatch documents as attachments on the record and keep their validity dates as fields, listing missing paperwork before loading - Plan cold chain delivery as a task, record the vehicle and delivery time, and inform the buyer by SMS or WhatsApp - Harvest Batch: A batch is a record; the production unit, the size class and the harvest date are its fields, and the quantities set aside accumulate under that record. - Buyer Commitment: The agreed size, quantity and delivery week are a record linked to the buyer's account; commitments whose week is approaching are filtered from the date field. - Document Set: The documents accompanying a dispatch sit as attachments on the record; the validity date is a field, and a dispatch with a missing document stays flagged on the list. - Cold Chain Delivery: A delivery is a task; the vehicle, the delivery time and the temperature note are its fields, and a closed task leaves a trace on the buyer's record. - S: How do I compare the size and quantity promised to a buyer against the harvest plan? — C: A commitment is a record linked to the buyer's account; the size range, quantity and delivery week are its fields. Because the harvest batch is also a separate record, the total of commitments filtered by delivery week and the batch that will be ready that week are read side by side in the same report. - S: Can I see a missing dispatch document before the day of loading? — C: Yes. Documents are collected as attachments on the dispatch record and the validity date is kept as a field; dispatches with a missing or expired document are flagged on the list. There is no out-of-the-box module for connecting to public systems; document records and date tracking run inside the CRM. - S: Can we track cold chain delivery through the record? — C: A delivery is a task; the vehicle, the delivery time and the temperature note are its fields. When the task is closed it leaves a trace on the buyer's record, so which batch was delivered with which vehicle and at what time is read afterwards from the same place. - S: Which is the best CRM software for aquaculture? — C: When choosing a CRM for the aquaculture sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your aquaculture process, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a aquaculture CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the aquaculture sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the aquaculture sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your aquaculture process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for aquaculture? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Architecture Office CRM: Permits and Revisions | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/architecture-office-crm) Preliminary, final, construction, permit and supervision are stages of one project record; the architect in charge and the delivery date sit in fields, and every revision keeps its own date. - Run the preliminary design, final design, construction, permit and site supervision stages with the architect in charge and the delivery date; tie the opening of the next stage to a rule during setup - Track the permit application, missing files and the municipality's responses, and store the version of every revision - Keep structural, mechanical, electrical and landscape contractors in a pool with their past projects and quality scores - Track stage-based progress payment deductions, the client payment plan and subcontractor payments from a single place - Record the approval at stages that need client approval; let who approved what and when leave a trace, and report approval times and the number of revision rounds - Project Stage Management: Preliminary design, final design, construction drawings, permit and site supervision are stages of the same project record; the architect in charge and the delivery date sit in fields, and the opening of the next stage is defined during setup. - Permit and Municipality Tracking: The permit process is a record attached to the project; the application date, missing files and the municipality's response are kept in its fields, and every revision is stored with its own date. - Subcontractor Pool: A contractor is an account record; the discipline and past projects accumulate under the card, and the suitable ones for a new project are filtered by those fields. - Progress Payments and Payment Processes: Progress payment lines are attached to the project's stages; client and subcontractor payments are compared on the same project. - Room Schedule and Material Selection: The material to be used in each room is a list attached to the project record; the product chosen, its alternative and the client's selection date sit in fields, and rooms awaiting a selection stay open on the list without falling into the construction stage. - Contract and Design Approval Tracking: Every stage requiring approval is marked on the record; who approved what and when stays as a trace, and approval time and revision rounds are reported from those traces. - S: How are AutoCAD or Revit files managed in the CRM? — C: The file itself is uploaded as an attachment to the record, or the link to it on your cloud drive is added to the record; the CRM does not open drawing software. Which version is current, who changed it and when, and which revision round it belongs to sit in the fields of the project record. - S: What about several architects working on the same project? — C: More than one architect can be assigned to each stage; the owner field and the hour record are kept separately per person. The hour-cost report is taken from the total of those fields. - S: How do you model permit processes? — C: The permit type (new build, alteration, amendment) is a field on the record and each type uses its own stage flow. Municipality feedback, revision requests and missing files are kept in the fields of the same record; which file is waiting with whom is read from the list. - S: How is the progress payment process managed? — C: The stage-based payment plan in the contract is defined in the CRM. When a stage is completed, the progress payment item is opened on the record and the invoice record is created from that item; the client notification and the late payment reminder are defined attached to the same record. Official e-document generation is not done in the CRM. ### [Art Studio CRM: Capacity and Lesson Balance | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/art-studio-crm) A studio programme is a record and the capacity is its field; once full, an incoming application is attached to the same record with a waiting list status and reached when a place opens. - Take online enrolments for different studio programmes and manage the capacity and the waiting list - Keep the participant's level, preferences and past attendance in a single profile - Plan the weekly, monthly and term programme by instructor and by room - Track the payments for one-off workshops and term course packages separately - Send new workshop announcements and lesson reminders over WhatsApp - Workshop Enrolment Management: A studio programme is a record; the capacity is in a field, and once it is full an incoming application is attached to the same record with a waiting list status. - Participant Profiles: A participant is a contact record; the level and preferences sit in its fields, and past attendance accumulates under the card. - Programme Planning: A lesson is a record with instructor, room and time fields; the weekly and term programme is the calendar view of those records. - Payment and Package Management: A one-off workshop and a term package are separate item types; payments are kept row by row under the participant's card. - Studio Material Consumption: Each programme's material list consists of the item lines of the studio record; the consumption quantity that comes out of the capacity is deducted from stock, and the material cost per workshop is read from the total of those lines. - S: Can I create separate programmes for different age groups? — C: Yes, you can create separate studio programmes for children, youth and adult groups, and price them by age. - S: Can I sell workshops online? — C: Yes. You can take online enrolment and payment from your website. The capacity is a field on the studio programme; when it is full, an incoming application is attached to the same record with a waiting list status, and when a place opens you reach the next person from that list. - S: Is there material and stock tracking? — C: Yes, you can track the stock of studio materials and produce a material cost analysis per workshop. - S: How long does setup take for an art studio? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your art studio process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Athletic Club CRM: Dues and Court Booking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/athletic-club-crm) A membership is a record: start, end and package type are its fields. A booking carries a facility and a time field, and a setup rule blocks a second booking at the same hour. - Run the collection, renewal reminder and suspension of monthly, annual and package memberships from a single screen - Let members book courts, the pool, the fitness studio and the sauna from the mobile app, with clashes blocked by the rule set up during setup - Attach each group lesson's participant list, coach assignment and capacity to the record; tie the notification to the member on a change to a rule - Run registration, payment and team formation for tournaments, competitions and social events from a single place - Track members' attendance frequency and lesson preferences with a monthly report and see the risk of leaving early - Membership and Dues Management: A membership is a record; the start, the end and the package type sit in its fields, and the renewal reminder is set up with a task tied to the end date. - Facility and Court Booking: A booking is a record with a facility and a time field; the rule that blocks a second booking being opened at the same hour is defined during setup. - Group Lesson and Coach Schedule: A lesson is a record; the coach and the participants are attached to it. The coach sees their own calendar, and a change made leaves a trace on the member's card. - Event and Tournament Management: The event record keeps attendance, payment and team information together; the application coming from the registration form dropping directly under that record is defined during setup. - Member Attendance Report: Because attendance and lesson preference accumulate on the member card, the question "who has thinned out" is answered with a date-range report; your own measure sets the risk threshold. - S: What can I do with a CRM for an athletic club? — C: Membership collection, facility booking, group lesson management, coach assignments, event registration and member attendance analytics — on a single platform. When you connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account, you tie to a rule during setup on which event and how many hours ahead the reminders to members go out. - S: How does tennis court and swimming pool booking work? — C: Members book particular time slots from the mobile app. A booking is a record carrying a facility and a time field; the rule that blocks a second booking being opened at the same hour is defined during setup. How many hours before the booking the reminder goes out is also something you set in the same setup. - S: Can coaches manage their own schedules? — C: Yes. There is a dedicated profile and calendar for each coach. Availability is marked and upcoming lessons appear as a list. Coaches can see their own performance reports. - S: What kinds of features are there for club events? — C: For tournaments, races and social events, the registration form, payment collection, team formation and result sharing flows are defined during setup. After the event, the results and photos are sent from the same record. ### [Auto Body and Paint CRM: Parts and Assessor Approval](https://rapitek.com/en/auto-body-shop-crm) A job card is a record; the damage assessment, the work to be done, the delivery date and the cost sit on the same card. Before and after photos land on that record with their dates. - Gather the damage assessment, the paint and body work to be done, the delivery date and the cost on a single job card - Track comprehensive and third-party insurance files, assessor reports and approval steps file by file - List the parts required and attach the supplier order and its delivery status to the job card - Document the damage and the repair carried out with before and after photos - Let the whole team reply to the customer from a single WhatsApp number - Job Card Management: A job card is a record; the damage assessment, the work to be done, the delivery date and the cost fields sit on the same card. - Insurance File Tracking: The insurance file is attached to the job card; the assessor's report is an attachment, the approval step advances as a stage, and pending files gather in a list. - Parts Order Management: Parts lines sit under the job card; because the supplier order and the delivery status are held on those lines, a missing part is visible on the vehicle card. - Photographed Damage Record: Before and after photos are attachments to the job card; because they carry dates, the basis for any dispute comes out of the same record. - Additional Work Approval Record: Additional work found during strip-down is an approval record attached to the job card; the item, the extra charge and the time the customer approved sit in fields, and until the approval arrives that item is not added to the labour list. - S: How do we get the customer to approve additional work found during strip-down? — C: Additional work is an approval record attached to the job card; the item, the extra charge and the time the customer approved sit in fields. Until the approval arrives that item is not added to the labour list, so no argument comes up at delivery. - S: Can I see whether the delay came from the part or from the assessor's approval? — C: The insurance file and the parts lines sit under the same job card; the approval step advances as a stage, and the delivery status of the supplier order sits on the line. How many days each step waited is read from the record dates. - S: How long does setup take for Auto Body and Paint? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your workshop process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for Auto Body and Paint? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Auto Body and Paint? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Auto Repair CRM: Work Orders and Reminders | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/auto-repair-crm) A vehicle is a record opened by its number plate; service history, mileage and parts lines accumulate on the same card. Vehicles whose interval is due drop onto a list from those fields. - Open the vehicle from its number plate; keep past work, the last mileage and service notes on the same card - Turn an appointment that comes in online into a work order and see from a single screen which mechanic it is assigned to - Track the spare parts issue, the order and the cost attached to the work order before the job closes - Drop the vehicles whose interval is due for an oil change, an inspection or a periodic service onto a list; tie the SMS reminder going out to that list to a rule - Run the correspondence with vehicle owners as a team from a single WhatsApp number and get off personal phones - Vehicle and Customer Cards: A vehicle is a record opened by its number plate and attached to the customer; service history, mileage and notes accumulate under the card. - Appointment and Work Order: The appointment is turned into a work order on the same record; the mechanic assignment is in a field, and the day's jobs appear in the calendar and the list. - Spare Parts Management: Parts lines sit under the work order; stock issue and cost are calculated from those lines, and a missing part is visible before the job closes. - Service Reminders: The last service date and the mileage are fields on the vehicle record; the ones whose interval is due drop onto a list, and the reminder is tied to that condition. - Courtesy Car Assignment Record: The courtesy car given for the duration of the service is an assignment record attached to the work order; the mileage at handover, the fuel and the expected return date sit in fields, and the ones not returned stay on the open assignment list. - S: Can I see separately the jobs held up waiting for a part? — C: Parts lines sit under the work order; stock issue and cost are calculated from those lines. Jobs held up waiting for a part appear as a separate list, and the missing part stays on the card until the job closes. - S: How do we track the courtesy car given for the duration of the service? — C: The courtesy car is an assignment record attached to the work order; the mileage at handover, the fuel and the expected return date sit in fields. The ones not returned stay on the open assignment list. - S: How does the periodic service reminder come out? — C: The last service date and the mileage are fields on the vehicle record; vehicles whose interval is due are filtered by those fields and drop onto a list. You tie the reminder going out to that list as an SMS or a WhatsApp message to a rule during setup; the send leaves a trace on the vehicle record. - S: How long does setup take for an auto repair shop? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your service process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems for an auto repair shop? — C: In an auto repair shop the parts lines sit under the work order; stock issue and cost are calculated from those lines. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for an auto repair shop? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Automotive CRM: Dealer Network and Vehicles | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/automotive-crm) The sale, the handover, the servicing and the complaint for the same vehicle are written onto one vehicle record; because the service interval is calculated from it, no reminder list is made by hand. - Compare the sales and service performance of your dealer network by dealership and against regional targets - Take service appointments online; drop the vehicles whose service interval is due onto a list and tie the reminder going out to that list to a rule - Open the entire history of every vehicle, from the moment of sale to the last service record, on a single screen - Run the points system and campaigns by customer segment - Gather the WhatsApp messages arriving at a single business number in the team inbox and assign conversations by the rule you define - Dealer Network: Every dealership is a separate user group; the regional target and the sales achieved sit in that group's fields, and a dealership can be given permissions so that it sees only its own customer records. - Service Appointment: An appointment is an activity attached to the vehicle record; the date, the service type and the owner sit in fields, and past appointments are listed under the same vehicle. - Vehicle Life Cycle: The vehicle is its own record; the chassis number, the sale date, the service interval and the service history are fields on that record, and which dealership it came from is read from the same record. - Loyalty Points: Points are a field on the customer record; the campaign target audience is drawn out by filtering on that field and the segment field. - Test Drive Record: A test drive request is an appointment record attached to the model of interest; the vehicle, the time and the advisor sit in fields, and the evaluation survey sent after the drive is attached to the same record. - S: How can I manage my dealer network? — C: You can define each of your dealerships as a separate user group, set regional targets and compare performance. Dealerships can be given permissions so that they see only their own customer records. - S: Are service reminders automatic? — C: The service interval and the last service date are fields on the vehicle record; vehicles whose interval is due are filtered by those fields and drop onto a list. You tie the reminder going out to that list as an SMS, an email or a WhatsApp message to a rule during setup; which channel is used is read from the customer's preference field, and the send leaves a trace on the vehicle record. - S: Will it integrate with my existing DMS? — C: We build the connection to DMS and ERP software ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; the scope and the cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as no connection is built, vehicle, customer and service data are entered with an import file or by hand; the chassis number, the service interval and the service history are still kept on the vehicle record and the service reminders are produced from there. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for automotive? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Automotive Dealer CRM: Showroom and Test Drives | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/automotive-dealer-crm) The showroom visit, the test drive, the trade-in valuation and the service date sit in the fields of the same customer record; when service is due, the appointment is planned from it. - Record the visitor who comes into the showroom together with the model they are interested in, their budget and their purchase timing - Attach the follow-up after the test drive, the presentation of financing options and the closing step to their owner - Keep the annual service, tyre change and inspection date in a field on the vehicle record; let the vehicles whose date is approaching drop onto a list and take the reminder from that list - Open the trade-in request together with the vehicle valuation and track the used vehicle on the resale line - Set up a WhatsApp inbox on a single business number that the whole team answers, and assign conversations by the rule you define - Showroom Visitor: A person who comes into the showroom is a prospect record; the model they are interested in, their budget and their purchase timing sit in the fields of that record, and on their second visit the same record is opened. - Test Drive: A test drive is an activity attached to the prospect; its date and its vehicle sit in fields, and the follow-up after the drive drops onto its owner's list as a task. - Service Reminder: The warranty start and the service interval of the vehicle sold are fields on the sale record; as the date approaches, the service appointment task is produced from those fields. - Trade-In Vehicle: A trade-in request is an item attached to the customer's record; the make, model, mileage and valuation amount sit in fields, and vehicles that have not sold are filtered and listed from those same fields. - Vehicle Handover Preparation List: Registration, number plates, accessory fitting and the handover appointment are checklist items attached to the sale record; each item is a task with its owner, and the handover date is not confirmed until they have all closed. - S: Why is a CRM necessary for automotive dealerships? — C: Vehicle sales have a long sales cycle. With a CRM the showroom visitor is followed up, the follow-up after the test drive is done, and the after-sales service relationship is maintained. - S: How is after-sales service managed? — C: When the vehicle is sold, the warranty start and the service intervals are written into the fields of the sale record. As the date approaches, the vehicle drops onto a list, the reminder comes out of that list, and the service appointment is planned from the same record. - S: How is used vehicle tracking done? — C: The customer making a trade-in request is recorded and the vehicle is valued. For vehicles that have not sold, a campaign and matching with prospective buyers are done. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for an automotive dealership? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Aviation CRM: Parts and Maintenance Slots | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/aviation-crm) Part number, serial number, certificate details and the requested delivery date are fields on the request itself. Urgency is a field too; the request keeping an aircraft on the ground stands out. - Collect part and maintenance requests in a single record with part number, serial number and certificate details - Route urgent requests straight to the person responsible through the queue and the assignment rules defined during setup, and measure the time to first response - Keep the price quoted and the delivery date promised on the record, and let late deliveries drop into a list - Plan maintenance slots on the account record and see upcoming visits and contract renewals in advance - Part Request: Every request is a record; part number, serial number, certificate details and the requested delivery date sit in the fields of that record. - Urgency and Queue: Urgency is a field; requests that keep an aircraft on the ground reach the person responsible through the queue and the assignment rules defined during setup, and the waiting time is measured on the record. - Quote Record: A quote is a record with price and delivery time fields; what was promised to which customer is read from the line items. - Maintenance Slot: The slot is a date field; the customer's next maintenance visit sits on the account record, and upcoming dates drop into a list. - S: How do I separate urgent requests that keep an aircraft on the ground from routine work? — C: Urgency is a field on the request record; the queue and the assignment rules defined during setup look at that field and drop the request straight to the person responsible. The time to first response is measured on the record, and late requests stand out in the list. - S: Can part serial numbers and certificate details be kept in the CRM? — C: Yes; part number, serial number and certificate details are fields on the request and the quote record, and the document file is attached to the same record. That way, which part was quoted with which document can be read from the record afterwards. - S: Where do I see what delivery time we promised to which customer? — C: A quote is a record with price and delivery time fields; what was promised to which customer is read from the line items, and deliveries past the promised date drop into a list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for aviation? — C: When choosing a CRM for the aviation sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your aviation process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an aviation CRM system cost? — C: On the aviation side, an incoming request enters the queue and reaches the person responsible through an assignment rule; it is this request team that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the aviation sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the aviation sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your aviation process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for aviation? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [B2B SaaS CRM: Trial Conversion and Churn Risk | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/b2b-saas-crm) A trial account is a record; its start, end date and activation metrics sit in its fields. In Rapitek CRM a task opens for the account owner when the quota and usage threshold is passed. - Track activation metrics on your own product's trial accounts and start contact with low-usage accounts - Tie the drop in usage and the rise in support tickets to a threshold you set yourself, and pull the risk list daily - Define your own threshold for quota usage and trigger the upgrade suggestion for accounts that cross it, and open cross-sell based on feature usage - Combine NPS, usage intensity and support history in a single customer health score - Answer as a team from a single WhatsApp number, assign conversations by the rule you define, and track response times - Trial→Paid Conversion Tracking: Trial accounts of your own product are records in the CRM; the start of the trial, its end date and its activation metrics are fields on that record. Your own product decides the length of the trial; accounts whose usage stays low before the period runs out are listed by these fields and a contact task is opened. - Churn Risk Estimation: A drop in usage and a rise in support tickets are fields on the account record; you set the threshold, and when it is passed the account drops into the risk list and a task opens for its owner. Your team decides which action to take. - Expansion Revenue Automation: Quota and feature usage rates are fields on the account record; these fields are fed from your product over the REST API or webhooks, and you set the threshold that triggers the upgrade suggestion. - Customer Health Score: NPS, usage and support satisfaction are brought together in a single combined score; you define the components of the score and its thresholds, and accounts that fall below the threshold move to the top of the list. - Onboarding Step List: The setup steps for a new customer are tasks tied to the subscription record; which step is waiting with whom and the completion date sit in fields, and before the renewal meeting the status of these steps is seen from the same record. - S: Why is CRM critical for SaaS companies? — C: In SaaS, customer acquisition cost (CAC) is high and lifetime value (LTV) is critical. With a CRM, trial conversion, customer retention and expansion revenue are optimised. - S: How is churn risk estimated? — C: We carry the product usage data into the CRM; there is no out-of-the-box module. Login frequency, feature usage and the number of support tickets are fields on the account record; for these fields to be fed from your own product, the connection is built specifically for the project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; the scope and the cost are shared in writing in the discovery meeting. You define the threshold for risk: when the threshold is passed, the account drops into the risk list and a task is opened for its owner, and the last contact and the open support tickets appear on the same card. Your team decides which action to take; the CRM produces the record, not the decision. As long as the connection is not built, these fields are updated with an import file or by hand. - S: How are upsell opportunities identified? — C: Quota usage, feature usage and account size are kept in fields on the account record; these fields are fed from your own product over the REST API or webhooks. You define the threshold; when it is passed, the upgrade campaign is triggered. - S: Can several people use the same WhatsApp number for B2B SaaS? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; the shared inbox is a capability of the product itself. Connecting the account is done during setup, and after that your team answers from a single business number. Incoming messages drop into the team inbox and are recorded on the customer card; conversations are assigned to a representative by the rule you define, and managers see the conversations and the response times. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. The history recorded on the card stays in the CRM even if staff change. ### [Bakery and Patisserie CRM: Custom Orders | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/bakery-crm) An order is a record with delivery date and time fields, and the day's work gathers in a calendar. The hotel's agreed price sits in a field on the account and reaches the order from there. - Track cake and custom design orders on a visual calendar by delivery date - Record the price agreements of your hotel, restaurant and shop customers per customer - Plan daily delivery routes and make driver assignments from a single screen - Plan holiday, New Year and special-day campaigns in advance and follow their results - Keep order messages off personal phones; let the whole team answer on WhatsApp from a single business number - Custom Order Tracking: An order is a record with delivery date and time fields; the day's work gathers in a calendar view, and the design note and the photo are attached to the same card. - Wholesale Customer Management: Hotels and restaurants are each an account record; the agreed price sits in a field on the account and reaches the order from there. - Delivery Planning: A delivery is a task; the driver and the address are in its fields, and the day's route is read from the list of these tasks. - Seasonal Campaigns: A campaign is a record; which customer it went to and when, and the order that came back, are tied to the same record, and the result is compared in a report. - Stale Return Line: Unsold bread coming back from the shop is a return line tied to that day's delivery record; the quantity and the reason sit in fields, which customer produces regular returns is filtered from these lines, and the next day's order quantity is corrected accordingly. - S: Can we see how much work falls on which day while we are taking the order? — C: An order is a record with delivery date and time fields; the day's work gathers in a calendar view, and while a new order is being taken that day's load appears on the same screen. - S: Can we see which customer regularly returns stale bread from the shop? — C: Unsold bread coming back is a return line tied to that day's delivery record; the quantity and the reason sit in fields, and customers with regular returns are filtered from these lines. - S: How long does setup take for a bakery and patisserie? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your bakery process needs becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and any fee for it are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems for a bakery and patisserie? — C: In a bakery and patisserie, unsold bread coming back from the shop is a return line tied to that day's delivery record. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the other side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: Can several people use the same WhatsApp number for a bakery and patisserie? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned by the rule you define. Managers can follow the conversations and the response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Banking CRM: Loan Files and Missing Documents | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/banking-crm) An application is a record with stage and missing-document fields, and which document is awaited from whom sits on the card. In Rapitek CRM an objection enters the queue as its own case record. - Follow loan and product applications through their stages, write the missing document into a field on the record, and send the reminder from there - Plan visits to corporate customers in the portfolio as tasks, and enter the visit note from the field with the mobile application - Open customer objections and complaints as case records, put them in the queue and drop them to their owner through the assignment rule you defined during setup - Segment consented communication lists and run SMS and WhatsApp notifications from a shared inbox - Application File: An application is a record with stage and missing-document fields; which document is awaited from whom sits on the card. - Portfolio Visit: A visit is a task; the portfolio manager, the account and the date are in its fields, the visit note is written on the same record, and the location is confirmed in the mobile application. - Objection and Case: A customer objection is a case record; it enters the queue, reaches its owner through the assignment rule defined during setup, and at closing the survey is tied to the same record. - Communication Consent: Consent status is a field on the customer card; the campaign list is filtered by that field, and a record without consent does not enter the list. - S: How does tracking missing documents on a loan application work in the CRM? — C: On the application record, a missing document is a field; it is ticked off as each document arrives, a dated follow-up task is opened for those that do not, and the reminder to the customer is sent from the same record over SMS or WhatsApp. - S: Can a connection be built to our core banking system? — C: We build the connection to your core banking system; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project over the REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2 and webhooks; we work out its scope in the discovery meeting and share it in writing. - S: Can I stop a campaign message going to a customer without consent? — C: Consent status is a field on the customer card; the campaign list is filtered by that field, and a record without consent does not enter the list. Consent synchronisation with İYS works in both directions: the consent query and the notification both run over the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for banking? — C: When choosing a CRM for the banking sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your process in the banking sector, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a banking CRM system cost? — C: On the banking side, a visit task carries the portfolio manager, account and date fields; it is this team that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the banking sector? — C: In banking, the counterpart the CRM will talk to is the core banking system. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the other side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the banking sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your process in the banking sector together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for banking? — C: In banking a portfolio visit is a task; the visit note is entered onto the record from the field with the mobile application. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Beauty Centre CRM: Session Balance and Bookings | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/beauty-center-crm) The package sold is a membership record; total sessions, remaining sessions and the expiry date are its fields. Every appointment deducts one session, and the session photo sits on the same card. - Define skincare, laser, filler and mesotherapy packages separately and see the remaining session balance on the client card - Add the photo of each session to the card with the client's explicit consent and compare it with 1, 6 and 12 months later - Tie bookings coming in from the web and the Instagram bio to the therapist calendar and the room assignment - Run the loyalty score and the list of clients with upcoming birthdays from fields on the client record - Track consumables such as hydrafacial solution and filler material together with an expiry date warning - Package and Session Balance: The package sold is a membership record tied to the client record; total sessions, remaining sessions and the expiry date are its fields, and every appointment deducts one session from that record. - Before/After Photo Archive: The photo uploaded during a session is an attachment on the client card; the explicit consent taken before the upload is kept in a field on the same record, and the 1, 6 and 12 month comparison is made from the date order of these attachments. - Appointment and Therapist Calendar: An appointment is a record; the therapist, the room and the service duration are its fields, and appointments clashing on the same therapist appear in the calendar. - Loyalty and Birthday: The loyalty score and the date of birth are fields on the client record; clients whose birthday is approaching come out of the list on that date field, and the campaign task is opened from there. - Consumable and Cosmetic Stock: The product consumed in a session is tied to the record; the stock quantity drops on the product card, and products past the threshold or nearing their expiry date are gathered in a single list. - S: What is the difference between a beauty centre and an aesthetic clinic from a CRM point of view? — C: A beauty centre offers non-medical services (skincare, manicure, permanent make-up, laser hair removal). An aesthetic clinic performs medical procedures (botox, fillers, thread lifts). The CRM supports both — the difference lies in authorisation (in aesthetics a doctor's approval is required) and in KVKK classification. - S: Is there a separate page for laser hair removal packages? — C: Yes, our laser hair removal centre CRM page covers the flow specific to laser hair removal centres (package balance, body area tracking, machines). The beauty centre page is broader — it covers skincare, manicure, laser and fillers all together. - S: Is the client photo archive really KVKK compliant? — C: Before a photo is uploaded, the client signs their explicit consent on the signature screen in the mobile application, and that consent is kept in a field on the record. Each customer's data is kept in a separate database; TLS 1.3 is used in transfer, passwords and two-step verification secrets are encrypted at rest; access is limited by role-based permissions, meaning only authorised staff see the photos. Photo files are kept in the media store in Frankfurt; under Article 9 of the KVKK this counts as a transfer abroad, and that is why we run disclosure and explicit consent processes. A client can request deletion whenever they want. - S: Which booking channels does it support? — C: Website widget, Instagram bio link, WhatsApp Business, Linktree, Google Business Profile booking. They all come together in a single CRM, and double booking is prevented. ### [Beauty Salon CRM: Chair Occupancy and Stock | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/beauty-salon-crm) A booking lands on the calendar of the stylist doing the treatment; when one runs long the ones behind shift and the gap that opens shows in the list. The allergy note is a field on the card. - Gather bookings, including requests coming in over WhatsApp, in a single calendar; tie how many hours in advance and over which channel the reminder goes out to a rule - Keep each client's past treatments, allergies and preferred products on their card - Tie the products consumed during a treatment to the record and get a warning when stock runs low - Keep the remaining uses and the expiry date of package memberships on the record, and follow which room and which member of staff each use was with from the same line - Chair Occupancy by Stylist: A booking lands on the calendar of the stylist who will do the treatment; when a treatment runs long, the bookings behind that stylist shift, the gap that opens appears in the list during the day and can be given to another client. - Client Preferences: Past treatments, allergies and preferred products are fields on the client card; they are seen from the same card at the next booking. - Product and Stock Tracking: The product consumed during a treatment is tied to the record; the stock quantity drops on the product card, and products past the threshold are gathered in a single list. - Package Membership and Room Use: The care package sold is a membership record tied to the client record; the number of uses the package includes, the uses remaining and the expiry date are its fields; every booking deducts one use from that membership, and which room and which member of staff the booking was done with is written on the same line; memberships about to expire drop into a list by date. - S: Can bookings be taken over WhatsApp? — C: Yes, with the WhatsApp integration your clients can create a booking by sending a message. - S: Can more than one branch be managed? — C: Yes, you can manage all your branches from a single panel and report per branch. - S: How is the booking reminder sent? — C: The date and time of the booking are fields on the record; you tie how many hours before that date and over which channel the reminder goes out to a rule during setup. The send is recorded on the same booking record; the client's confirmation or postponement drops onto that record too. - S: What happens to the bookings behind when a treatment runs long? — C: The booking lands on the calendar of the stylist who will do the treatment; when the treatment runs long, the bookings behind that stylist shift, and the gap that opens appears in the list during the day and can be given to another client. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a beauty salon? — C: When choosing a CRM for the beauty salon sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your beauty salon process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a beauty salon CRM system cost? — C: In a beauty salon, the booking lands on the calendar of the stylist who will do the treatment. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the beauty salon sector? — C: In a beauty salon the product consumed during a treatment is tied to the record; the stock quantity drops on the product card, and those past the threshold are gathered in a single list. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the beauty salon sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your beauty salon process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a beauty salon? — C: Yes — the beauty salon stylist in the treatment room can update the past treatment and allergy fields on the client card from their phone. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Biotech CRM: Sample and Validation Tracking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/biotech-crm) The institution is an account record; the researcher, the project lead and purchasing are separate people tied to it. In Rapitek CRM a sample sent to the lab is a dated task. - Keep the institution as an account and the researcher and the purchasing unit as separate contact records under the same account - Tie the sample sent to the laboratory to a task with its lot and expected return date, and write the validation result into a field on the opportunity - Tie tender and framework agreement dates to the record and gather approaching files in a single list - Report the application specialist's institution visit from the mobile application, and let the technical note build up on the same card as the sales history - Laboratory Account: The institution is an account record; the researcher, the project lead and the purchasing unit are separate contact records tied to that account. - Protocol Sample: The sample sent to the laboratory is a dated task; the lot sent and the return date expected from the laboratory's own protocol sit in the fields of that task, and when the date passes a follow-up task drops into the list. - Validation Stage: The opportunity moves through stages that include the trial and validation steps; files waiting at a stage are filtered by that field. - Tender Calendar: The tender and framework agreement date is a field on the account; records whose date is approaching drop into a list, and the preparation task is opened from there. - S: How do we follow the result from the laboratory we sent a sample to? — C: The sample despatch is opened as a dated task; the batch sent and the expected return date sit on the record, when the date passes a follow-up task drops into the list, and the result is written into the validation field on the opportunity. - S: We work with several research groups at the same university — will the records get mixed up? — C: The institution is a single account record, but each group and researcher is a separate contact record tied to that account; the opportunity is tied to the relevant group, so work running in parallel at the same institution does not bury the history of the other. - S: What do we do so as not to miss a tender or framework agreement date? — C: The tender and framework agreement date is a field on the account; records whose date is approaching drop into a list, and the preparation task is opened straight from that record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for biotech? — C: When choosing a CRM for the biotech sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your process in the biotech sector, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a biotech CRM system cost? — C: In biotech, because the application specialist reports the institution visit from the mobile application, roles outside sales enter the system as well. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the biotech sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the biotech sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your process in the biotech sector together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for biotech? — C: In biotech the application specialist's institution visit is reported from the mobile application, and the technical note builds up on the same card. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Blockchain CRM: Consortium and Pilot Stages | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/blockchain-crm) Every institution joining the network is its own account record and the project links them under a single opportunity; in Rapitek CRM the opportunity does not move while an exit condition is empty. - Keep every institution joining the network in its own account record and tie the project to those accounts under a single opportunity - Define the proof of concept, pilot and production stages separately and write the exit condition of each stage onto the record - Record the legal, IT and business unit counterparts with their roles, and see who is waiting on which question - Drop recurring technical questions into the queue as case records; let the resolution note stay on the case and be read from the same record at the next institution - Consortium Accounts: Every institution joining the network is a separate account record; the project opportunity links those accounts, and progress per institution is visible on its own card. - Stage Gates: Proof of concept, pilot and production are stages of the opportunity; the condition for moving to the next stage is written in a field on the record, and when it is left empty the rule defined during setup stops the stage from progressing. - Stakeholder Roles: The legal, IT and business unit counterparts are contact records; the role is a field, and open questions sit as tasks tied to the person. - Technical Question History: Recurring integration questions are opened as case records; the resolution note is written onto the case, and later cases opened with the same question are read from these records. - S: How do we track several institutions joining the same network in a single project? — C: Each institution is a separate account record, while the project is a single opportunity relating those accounts; which institution is waiting at which stage is read from the records under that opportunity. - S: Can we make the CRM talk to our own chain application or our nodes? — C: We build the connection to your own chain application or your nodes; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is written specifically for the project over the REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2 and webhooks; we work out its scope in the discovery meeting and share it in writing. - S: Can we stop a move to the next stage before the exit condition is complete? — C: Proof of concept, pilot and production are stages of the opportunity; the condition for moving to the next stage is written in a field on the record, and when that field is left empty the rule defined during setup stops the stage from progressing. - S: Which is the best CRM software for blockchain? — C: When choosing a CRM for the blockchain sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your process in the blockchain sector, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a blockchain CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the blockchain sector? — C: In a blockchain project, each of the institutions joining the network asks its own IT department about integration. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the blockchain sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your process in the blockchain sector together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for blockchain? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Building Materials CRM: Quote Revisions | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/building-materials-crm) The material list of a renovation project is the line items of the quote; each revision is kept with its own date under the same quote, and the discount comes from the account's price list. - Break the material list of a renovation project into quote line items, and keep every revision version with its own date on the quote - Define price lists specific to corporate customers; let the discount reach the quote line from that list - Track supplier performance by comparing their order and delivery times - Keep the stock quantity and the critical threshold in fields per product; let items falling below the threshold gather in a single list - Material List Revision: The material list of a renovation project is the line items of the quote; when the customer removes and adds items, each version is kept with its own date under the same quote, and which version applies at delivery is read from the record. - Customer-Specific Pricing: The corporate customer's price list is tied to the account record; the discount reaches the quote line from that list. - Supplier Relationship Management: A supplier is an account record; order and delivery dates build up under the card, and the comparison of lead times is made in a report. - Stock and Order Tracking: The stock quantity and the critical threshold are fields on the product record; items falling below the threshold are gathered in a single list. - S: Can bulk orders and project quotes be managed? — C: Yes, with Rapitek CRM you can create project-based bulk quotes, follow customer approval processes and keep the revision history. - S: Is supplier management inside the CRM? — C: Yes, you can record your suppliers, follow the order history and report supplier performance. - S: Is the discount we give tradespeople and renovation companies applied the same way on every quote? — C: The corporate customer's price list is tied to the account record and the discount on the quote line comes from that list; it does not depend on who remembers what. When the list is updated, new quotes open with the current rate. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a building materials store? — C: When choosing a CRM for the building materials sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your building materials process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a building materials CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the building materials sector? — C: In a building materials store the stock quantity and the critical threshold are fields on the product record; items falling below the threshold are gathered in a single list. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the building materials sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your building materials process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a building materials store? — C: Yes — the building materials team can open the stock quantity and critical threshold fields on the product record from their phone. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Butcher CRM: Trade Prices and Weight Differences | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/butcher-crm) Restaurants and hotels are each an account record, and the agreed price per kilo sits in a field on the account. Fat ratio, thickness and packaging are fields on the order line. - Open the daily order of regular customers such as restaurants and hotels from a template, and apply the agreed price per kilo from the account - Write preparation instructions such as mince fat ratio, cut thickness and packaging onto the order line - Record the actual weight after weighing, and see the difference between order and delivery without waiting for the end of the month - Tie holiday period slaughter requests to an appointment record and plan the delivery order in advance - Trade Account Price: Restaurants and hotels are each an account record; the agreed price per kilo sits in a field on the account and reaches the order line from there. - Preparation Instruction: Fat ratio, thickness and packaging are fields on the order line; the butcher preparing it and the person who took the order look at the same line. - Weight Difference: The weight ordered and the weight delivered are two separate fields on the record; the difference is calculated from those fields and stays on the delivery record. - Slaughter Appointment: A holiday period slaughter is an appointment record with date and time fields; the day's delivery order is read from the list of those records. - S: Can mincing and cut preparation instructions be kept on the order record? — C: Yes. Fat ratio, number of passes, cut thickness and packaging preference are fields on the order line; the butcher preparing it reads that same line rather than a recipe described over the phone. Because a regular customer's standard recipe sits on the account record, it is not asked again with every order. - S: What happens when the kilos ordered and the kilos delivered do not match? — C: The weight ordered and the weight off the scale sit in two separate fields on the record; the difference between them and its effect on the price are read from the delivery record. When the account is settled at the end of the month, which delivery produced how much difference comes out of the records rather than out of memory. - S: How do we plan the delivery order for slaughter requests during the holiday period? — C: A slaughter request is an appointment record with date and time fields; the day's delivery order is read from the list of those records. That way the order is known in advance rather than at the door. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a butcher? — C: When choosing a CRM for the butchery sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your butchery process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a butcher CRM system cost? — C: In a butcher's, because the person taking the order and the butcher look at the same order line, people on both sides become users of the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the butchery sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the butchery sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your butchery process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a butcher? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Cafe CRM: Customer Preferences and Table Booking | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/cafe-crm) A regular customer is a record; the preference note, the visit frequency and the last visit date are its fields. The campaign goes to the list filtered out of those fields. - Record regular customers with their preferences and visit history, so the information stays in place even when staff change - Send the loyalty status and the campaign to a filtered list, and write a separate message to those who have not been in for a long time - Tie group bookings for meetings and celebrations to the calendar, and keep the table and time on the record - Follow office and company orders as repeating orders under the account, and turn the delivery day into a task - Customer Card: A regular customer is a record; the preference note, the visit frequency and the last visit date sit in its fields. - Loyalty and Campaign: A campaign is sent to a list of records pulled out with a filter; who received which message is visible on the customer card. - Table Booking: A booking is a record with date and time fields; the number of people, the table and the celebration note sit on the same card, and the day's reserved tables are read from a single list. - Corporate Order: Offices and companies are each an account record; the repeating order sits under the account, and the delivery day is opened as a task. - S: Is it realistic to record a customer on a day when the counter is moving fast? — C: The record is opened once; on later visits it is found by name or phone number and the preference note is written onto it. Because loyalty and campaign lists come out of these records, every customer entering the system is automatically targeted in the next announcement. - S: We have several branches; can we see what a customer bought at which branch? — C: Yes. The customer is a single record, and their visits build up under that record together with the branch information; with branch-based permissions each team sees its own list, while management follows all branches from one place. - S: Where does the request of a customer booking a table for a meeting sit? — C: A booking is a record with date and time fields; the number of people, the table and the celebration note sit on the same card. The day's reserved tables are read from the list of those records rather than from the shift notebook. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a cafe? — C: When choosing a CRM for the cafe sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your cafe process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a cafe CRM system cost? — C: In a cafe, because the customer preference sits on the customer card rather than in the barista's memory, the staff behind the counter enter the system too. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the cafe sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the cafe sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your cafe process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a cafe? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Call Centre CRM: Screen Pop and Queues | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/call-center-crm) A call is a record tied to a contact, account or lead — direction, duration and outcome code are its fields. In Rapitek CRM the shift report comes out of these records; no spreadsheets are merged. - Open the customer card on the agent screen on an incoming call; the record matched from the number is reached over the adapter - Tie every call to a contact, account or lead record; keep its direction, its outcome and its duration in the same place - Gather incoming WhatsApp conversations in the team inbox and distribute them with queue and assignment rules - Record the case opened during a conversation and run the resolution process from the same customer card until it closes - Report the number of calls, the average duration, the resolution rate and the survey result per shift - CTI Adapter Panel: Rapitek does not make a softphone; the PBX vendor's adapter is embedded in the right-hand panel of the CRM. The bridge is documented: matching a record from a number, writing the call onto the record, click-to-dial from the phone field and agent status are all defined in that protocol. - Screen Pop: The adapter sends the incoming number; on a single match it goes straight to that record, on more than one a selection window opens, and when there is none a new lead record filled in with the number can be opened. - Call Record: A call is a record tied to a contact, an account or a lead. Direction, status, date, duration and note sit in their own fields; if the adapter is installed, this record is written from there when the conversation ends. - WhatsApp Team Inbox: The business's own Meta WhatsApp Business account is connected to the inbox; the conversation is recorded on the customer card, and canned responses and keyword rules run from the same record. Even if a member of staff leaves, the history stays with the business. - Queues and Assignment Rules: An incoming record drops into a queue; who it goes to is defined in the assignment rule (customer type, language, subject). The rule is built around your flow during setup. - Shifts and Reporting: The shift and working-hours calendar is defined; the number of calls, the average duration and the resolution rate come out of a shift-broken-down report on these records, and no spreadsheets are merged at the end of the day. - S: Which telephone systems does it work with? — C: Rapitek CRM offers a CTI adapter panel in the pattern of Salesforce Open CTI: your PBX vendor's adapter is embedded in the right-hand panel of the CRM and works over a documented bridge. We build the connection to particular PBX systems; there is no out-of-the-box module. The adapter is written to this protocol either by the PBX vendor or specifically for the project; its scope and cost are worked out in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. - S: Does the customer card open automatically on an incoming call? — C: Once the adapter is installed, yes. The adapter sends the incoming number to the bridge; on a single match it goes straight to that record, on more than one match a selection window opens, and when there is no match a new lead record filled in with the number can be opened. Without the adapter installed, this flow does not work. - S: Can we make calls from the browser? — C: Rapitek does not make a softphone. Your PBX vendor's softphone adapter is embedded in the right-hand panel of the CRM; click-to-dial on the phone fields depends on that adapter and becomes active when the adapter enables it. - S: How do we run an outbound calling campaign? — C: A call list can be defined as a stepped sequence: the target list, the steps, the number of attempts and the outcome code (no answer, appointment, sale, refusal) are defined during setup. The agent sees their turn from the list, dials by clicking on the phone field, and closes every call as a Call Record. We do not offer an automatic dialer; if you have such a system on the PBX side, it is connected over the adapter. - S: Can I keep KVKK compliant call recordings? — C: The voice recording is taken on the PBX side — we do not offer call recording out of the box. The adapter can pass the recording link to the call record. On the CRM side, the call itself and the customer's consent status are kept as fields, access is limited by role-based permissions, and your retention period policy can be defined. Data is hosted in the EU (Finland); for transfer abroad, explicit consent is taken under Article 9 of the KVKK. ### [Camping CRM: Pitch Bookings and Group Requests | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/camping-crm) Every pitch, caravan space and cabin is its own record; a booking is tied to that unit with its arrival and departure dates, and a clash shows as the second booking is opened. - Keep pitches, caravan spaces and cabins as separate unit records, and tie the booking directly to the unit by date range - See seasonal and nightly stays in the same calendar, and catch clashing dates while the record is being opened - Move school, club and company group requests through quote stages, and write the number of people and the extra services onto the record - Send a message to last season's campers when the season opens, and record their replies and the departure survey - Pitch and Unit Record: Every pitch, caravan space and cabin is a separate record; capacity, electricity and water connection and price class sit in its fields. - Booking: A booking is a record with an arrival and a departure date; it is tied to the unit, and a clash on the same dates shows while the second record is being opened. - Group Request: A school or club request is an opportunity record; the number of people, the accommodation type and the extra services are fields, and the card moves on as the stage changes. - Camper History: A returning camper is a record; their past stays and their preferred pitch build up under it, and the pre-season list comes out of there. - S: How do we stop the same pitch being promised twice, for the season and for a weekend? — C: Every pitch is a separate unit record, and the booking is tied to that unit with its arrival and departure dates; when a second record is opened for the same date range, the clash shows on the record, and seasonal use takes up space in the same calendar. - S: Can we manage a thirty-person school group's request separately from an accommodation booking? — C: Yes. The group request moves through quote stages as a separate record with fields for the number of people, the accommodation type and the extra services; once agreement is reached, the relevant pitch and cabin bookings are opened under that record. - S: How do we reach last season's campers when the season opens? — C: A returning camper is a record; their past stays and their preferred pitch build up under that record. The pre-season message list is pulled out by filtering on those fields, and the replies that come back are recorded on the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a campsite? — C: When choosing a CRM for the camping sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your camping process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a camping CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out in the camping sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the camping sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your camping process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a campsite? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Car Rental CRM: Fleet Availability and Reports | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/car-rental-crm) Every vehicle is a record; status, location and rental dates are its fields. In Rapitek CRM the difference between the check-out and check-in report gives the extra charge. - Follow the location, status and availability of all vehicles live from a single screen - Drop booking requests coming in from the web form straight onto a record, and send the confirmation message from that same record - Record the check-out and check-in mileage, the fuel level and the damage photos on the report; let the person taking delivery sign on the signature screen in the mobile application - Track damage records, insurance processes and their cost per vehicle - Let the whole team answer from a single business number, with conversations assigned by the rule you define and followed by managers - Fleet and Availability Management: Every vehicle is a record; status, location and rental dates are kept in its fields, and availability is read from the list and calendar view of those records. - Online Booking: A request coming in from the web form can be set to drop straight in as a record; the confirmation message and the follow-up task are tied to that form during setup. - Vehicle Check-out and Check-in Report: At check-out and at check-in, the mileage, the fuel level and the existing scratches are written into the fields of the report record; photos sit as attachments, and the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile application. The extra charge after the rental comes out of the difference between those two reports, rather than staying on a separate piece of paper. - Damage and Insurance Tracking: A damage record is tied both to the vehicle and to the rental; thanks to the cost field, total damage expense per vehicle appears in the report. - Rental Extension Request: An extension asked for before the return day is a request tied to the rental record; the new return date, the extra day charge and the approval status sit in fields, and a clash with that vehicle's next booking is seen from the same record. - S: If a rental extension request clashes with the next booking, will I see it? — C: Yes. An extension is a request tied to the rental record; the new return date, the extra day charge and the approval status sit in its fields. A clash with that same vehicle's next booking is seen from this record, and the calendar does not change until approval is given. - S: How do we document the difference between handover and return? — C: At check-out and at check-in, the mileage, the fuel level and the existing scratches are written into the fields of the report record, and the photos sit as attachments; the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile application. The extra charge after the rental comes out of the difference between those two reports. - S: How long does setup take for car rental? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your car rental process needs becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and any fee for it are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems for car rental? — C: In car rental, a request coming in from the web form dropping straight in as a record can be set up during setup. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: Can several people use the same WhatsApp number for car rental? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned by the rule you define. Managers can follow the conversations and the response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Car Wash CRM: Plate, Allowance Balance and Fleet](https://rapitek.com/en/car-wash-crm) A package is a record; the number bought and the allowance left sit in its fields, and each wash lands as a line. Search the plate and the remaining allowance and fleet agreement appear together. - Call the vehicle up by its plate; see the remaining package allowance, the last wash date and the price applied on the same card - Decrement the allowance of a customer who bought a wash package at every transaction and remind them by SMS before it runs out - Gather all transactions of fleet and corporate customers within the period under the account and produce their summary - Record the member of staff who did each wash and read the count per person and the bonus earned from the report - Package and Allowance Balance: A package is a record; the number bought and the allowance remaining sit in its fields, and every wash lands as a line attached to that record. - Vehicle Card by Plate: A vehicle is a unique record opened by its plate and attached to the customer; the model, the colour and the special instruction note are fields on the card. - Fleet Account and Period Summary: A fleet customer is an account record; the transactions within the period are attached to that account, and the summary is a list of those same lines by date range. - Staff Count and Bonus: Every transaction record has a field for the member of staff who did the work; the number of washes per person is read from the report grouped by that field. - S: How do we see a customer's remaining wash allowance at the till? — C: The package is a record attached to the customer card; when the plate is searched, the number bought, the number used and the allowance remaining appear together. Because every wash lands on that record as a line, the balance is not updated by hand. - S: Can we produce a single summary for a fleet customer at the end of the period? — C: Because transactions are attached to the fleet account, at the end of the period how many times each plate was washed gathers in a single list and the summary comes out of it. Issuing the invoice stays on the accounting side; we build the connection to your pre-accounting program, there is no out-of-the-box module, and the transfer is built specifically for each project over a REST API or export. - S: Where do we get the number of washes a member of staff has done for the bonus? — C: Every transaction record has a field for the member of staff who did the work; the number of washes per person is read from the report grouped by that field. The bonus calculation is not rebuilt at the end of the month, it comes out of the same records. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a car wash? — C: When choosing a CRM for a car wash you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your wash process, we migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a car wash CRM system cost? — C: In a car wash every transaction record has a field for the member of staff who did the work, so the people at the bay are defined in the system. We keep our current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the car wash sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the car wash sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your wash process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a car wash? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Haulage and Transport CRM: Crew and Vehicle | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/cargo-shipping-crm) The distance, volume, floor and extra services entered at the survey are fields on the quote line; when the quote changes, the job's plan changes too. Crew and vehicle sit on the same record. - Enter the distance, goods volume, floor situation and extra services onto the quote line after the survey; have the total calculated from the price list - Record the incoming request and produce the quote from the same record; run home removals, office moves and intercity jobs separately - Assign the right crew and vehicle to each moving job, and see clashes falling on the same day in advance - Record moving-day status updates and keep the customer informed as they happen - Send quote, date confirmation and moving-day notifications over WhatsApp - Request and Quote Management: An incoming request is opened as a record; the job type (home removal, office, intercity) is a field, and the quote is produced under the same record. - Crew and Vehicle Assignment: A job is a record with crew and vehicle fields; because jobs falling on the same day appear side by side in the calendar, a clash is noticed in advance. - Operations Tracking: Moving-day updates are written onto the same job record; the information going to the customer goes from that record, and who told them what and when leaves a trace. - Price Calculation: Distance, volume, floor and extra services are fields on the quote line; unit prices come from the price list, and the total comes out on the quote card. - Goods Inventory and Delivery Report: The list of goods drawn up at the survey is the line items of the job; the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile application, the damage photo is attached to the same record, and a damage claim raised later is compared against those lines. - S: Is the price calculation automatic? — C: Distance, goods volume, floor situation and extra services are fields on the quote line; unit prices come from the list you defined in advance, and the total is calculated from those fields. Your team enters the values at the survey; once they are entered, the calculation does not have to be repeated and two different figures do not come out for the same job. - S: Can I manage intercity and home removals separately? — C: Yes. The service type (home removal, office move, intercity) is a field on the job record; each type uses its own stage flow and its own price list, and reports are taken separately by that field. - S: Is customer referral tracking done? — C: Yes, which customer came from whom is a field on the record; the share of work coming in by referral is reported from that field. - S: How long does setup take for haulage and transport? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your haulage process needs becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and any fee for it are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. ### [Catering CRM: Headcount, Equipment and Capacity | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/catering-crm) An event is a single record with date, time, address, headcount and menu fields. In Rapitek CRM, when the headcount changes the quote lines are recalculated from that same record. - Run every event in a single record with its date, headcount, menu and delivery time - Produce the quote line by line according to the menu and the headcount, and follow the revisions - Tie equipment and staff assignments to the event record - See events falling on the same day in the calendar and catch capacity clashes in advance - Keep corporate customers' repeat events together with their history - Event Record: An event is a single record with date, time, address, headcount and menu fields. When the headcount changes, the quote lines are updated from that same record. - Quote and Revision: The quote is produced with its line items under the event; each revision is kept with its own date, and which version was approved sits on the record. - Equipment and Staff: Equipment and assigned staff are each a field; the same piece of equipment falling on two events appears in the list, and the rule is defined during setup. - Daily Capacity: Events are gathered in the calendar by their date field; the total headcount falling on one day comes out in a report, and the decision to accept is made by looking at it. - Corporate Customer History: A company is an account record; its past events, the menus it chose and its agreed price build up under the card, and reach the new quote from there. - S: What happens to the quote if the headcount changes on the last day? — C: The headcount is a field on the event record; when you change it, the quote lines are recalculated from that same record and the previous version is kept with its date, so which version was approved is not lost. - S: How do I see that two events have fallen on the same day? — C: Events are gathered in the calendar by their date field; the total headcount falling on that day and the equipment assigned come out side by side in a report, and the capacity decision is made by looking at that. - S: How much does a catering CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations carried out on the catering side? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in catering? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your catering process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for catering? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The application is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The application does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Ceramics CRM: Batch, Calibre and Project Records | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/ceramics-crm) An order carries batch and calibre fields alongside the product code; which batch went to which project is read from the record, and a later shortfall request attaches to the same record. - Record the order with batch and calibre fields, and read from the record which batch went to which project - Link the project to the dealer who entered it first, so that the existing record appears in the list when the same site is entered a second time - Attach the shade sample sent to the architect to a task together with the batch it came from, and drop the ones with no answer into a list - Produce the quote with both the square metre and the box equivalent, and track the quantity sent to site and the quantity invoiced from the same line - Batch and Calibre: An order is a record that carries batch and calibre fields alongside the product code; a later shortfall request attaches to the same record. - Project Record and Dealer: A project is a record and it is linked to the dealer who entered it first; when the same site is entered again the existing record appears in the list. - Shade Batch Sample: A shade sample sent to an architect or a dealer is a task; the batch it came from and its reply date sit in its fields, and the ones with no answer drop into a list by date. - Square Metres and Boxes: A quote line carries both the square metre and the box equivalent; the quantity shipped and the quantity invoiced are read from the same line. - S: Can we find the batch that went to the site later on? — C: Yes. Batch and calibre are fields on the order, and the order is linked to the project record; how many square metres went to which project from which batch is read from the record. Because a shortfall request that arrives months later is opened on the same record, which batch is being looked for is not guessed. - S: How do we see that two dealers are tracking the same project? — C: A project is a record and it is linked to the dealer who entered it first. When the same site is about to be entered a second time, the existing record appears in the list; which dealer recorded it and when, and what stage the conversation is at, are read from the record, and the decision is made before the price is discussed. - S: Can we see that no answer has come back on a shade sample we sent? — C: Yes. A shade sample sent to an architect or a dealer is a task; the batch it came from and the expected reply date are in that task's fields. Samples that are past their date and have not been closed stay in a list sorted by date; which project, to whom and from which batch they were sent are read from the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for ceramics? — C: When choosing a CRM for the ceramics industry you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your ceramics process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a ceramics CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the ceramics industry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the ceramics industry? — C: We start with a discovery call: we map out your ceramics process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for ceramics? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Chemical CRM: Sample Trials and Batch Tracking | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/chemical-crm) The lot number is a field on the order line; when a complaint comes in about a batch, every customer shipped from that lot is gathered in a list filtered on that field. - Move the sample request, the trial conditions and the approval decision forward on a single opportunity record - Link the shipped batch number to the customer order, and filter the affected customers from that field when a complaint comes in - Attach the technical data sheet and the safety data sheet to the record and track which version went to whom - See the number of returnable drums and IBCs held at the customer on the account record, and open the collection task from there - Sample and Trial: A sample request is a stage on the opportunity record; the trial condition and its result are in the card's fields, and the approval decision stays on the same record. - Batch Tracking: The lot number is a field on the order line; every customer shipped from that batch is gathered in a list filtered on that field. - Product Documents: The technical data sheet and the safety data sheet are attachments linked to the record; because sending leaves a trace in the record history, versions do not get mixed up. - Returnable Packaging: The number of drums and IBCs held at the customer is a field on the account record; collection is opened as a task linked to that field. - S: Can we find from the CRM which customer a shipped batch went to? — C: Yes. The lot number is a field on the order line; when a complaint comes in about a batch, every customer shipped from that lot is listed with a single filter. Because a notification task can be opened from the same list, who was contacted also stays on the record. - S: How are the safety data sheet and the technical data sheet sent to the customer? — C: The documents are attached to the product and customer record; because sending is written into the record history, which version went to whom and on what date can be read afterwards. When a document is updated, the list of customers it has to be sent to again comes out of the same records. - S: Where do we track the returnable drums and IBCs held at the customer? — C: The number of drums and IBCs at the customer is a field on the account record; collection is opened as a task linked to that field, and how many containers are left at which customer is read from the list on the same field. - S: Which is the best CRM software for the chemical industry? — C: When choosing a CRM for the chemical industry you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your chemical process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a chemicals CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the chemical industry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the chemical industry? — C: We start with a discovery call: we map out your chemical process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for chemicals? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Cinema CRM: Group Tickets and Corporate Quotas | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/cinema-crm) A corporate screening is an opportunity record; the film, session date, screen and headcount are its fields. The run-end date is a field too, so expired quotes gather in a separate list. - Track private screening, group ticket and corporate requests through stages from first contact to contract - Track the ticket quota assigned to a company and the number used on the account record, and open the renewal task when the quota runs out - Build up each company's past screenings, contacts and the terms discussed on a single card - Report which type of request came in during which period and at which stage the quotes have stalled - Group Ticket Booking: A school or company group booking is its own record; the group size, the requested session and the deposit status sit in its fields; bookings that are not confirmed are listed by the time left until the session day. - Corporate Ticket Quota: The ticket quota assigned to a company and the number used are fields on the account record; when the remaining quota runs out, a renewal meeting task is opened under the same account. - Private Screening Session: A corporate screening is an opportunity record; the film, the session date, the screen and the headcount are in its fields; because the date the film comes off release is a field too, expired quotes gather in a separate list. - Pre-Show Advertising Sales: An advert to run in the auditorium is a contract record; the advertiser, the broadcast period and which screens it will run on are in its fields, and taking delivery of the advertising material is a task under the same record. - Distributor Release Record: Each film is a release record linked to the distributor account; the release start, the print delivery status and which screens it was given to sit in its fields, and a task for the screen plan is opened before the run ends. - S: Can we see in advance the quotes that rest on a film about to come off release? — C: Yes. A corporate screening is an opportunity record; the film, the session date and the date the film comes off release are its fields. Quotes whose run end is approaching and that are still waiting for an answer are gathered in a separate list with a filter on that field; that way the conversation is renewed before the ground the quote stands on drops off the box office. - S: How long does setup take for a cinema? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your cinema operation process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems for cinema? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person on the cinema team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the cinema side, private screening and group ticket requests land with different people through different channels, so a shared place is needed. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Cleaning Services CRM: Scope and Site Sign-Off | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/cleaning-services-crm) Every customer site is an account record; the scope, the frequency, the monthly fee and the renewal date are its fields. Extra work outside the scope is a separate record, listed at month end. - Keep each site's contract scope, frequency and monthly fee on the account record, and drop recurring work onto the calendar as tasks - Define team shifts and working hours, and take site check-in from the mobile app with location verification - Have the customer's representative sign the completion form on the signature screen in the mobile app, and write the consumables used onto the same task - Collect out-of-scope requests in separate records and produce the breakdown of work done outside the contract at month end - Site and Contract Scope: Every customer site is an account record; the scope, the frequency, the monthly fee and the renewal date sit in its fields. - Recurring Work: Recurring cleaning is a task; it falls onto the calendar according to its frequency, and a task that is not done stays open in the list. - Site Confirmation: Team check-in is taken from the mobile app and the location is verified; the customer's representative signs the completion form on the signature screen in the mobile app. - Out-of-Scope Request: Work that is not in the contract is a separate request record; it is linked to the site, and whether or not it was charged sits in its field. - S: How do I record extra work that is not in the contract? — C: An out-of-scope request is a separate record and is linked to the site; who asked for it, when it was done and whether or not it was charged sit in its fields. Because a list of these records is produced at the end of the month, the renewal meeting is entered with a breakdown of the work done outside the contract. - S: How do I verify that the team actually went to the site? — C: Site check-in is taken from the mobile app, the location is verified, and fake location reporting is detected. At the end of the job the customer's representative signs the form on the signature screen in the mobile app; the signed form and the check-in record sit under the same task. - S: Does recurring work that was not done at a site show up in the list? — C: Yes. Recurring cleaning is a task and falls onto the calendar according to its frequency; a task that is not closed stays open in the list, and which job is missing at which site is seen during the day. - S: Which is the best CRM software for cleaning services? — C: When choosing a CRM for the cleaning industry you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your cleaning process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a cleaning services CRM system cost? — C: In cleaning, because the check-in of the team going to the site is taken from the mobile app, the people in the field are defined in the system as well. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the cleaning industry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the cleaning industry? — C: We start with a discovery call: we map out your cleaning process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for cleaning services? — C: In cleaning, team check-in is taken from the mobile app and the location is verified; the customer's representative signs the completion form. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Clinic CRM: No-Show and Follow-Up Tracking | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/clinic-crm) The follow-up date is derived from the treatment protocol; the appointment, the WhatsApp thread and the balance due sit on the same patient card. A due follow-up reserves a calendar slot. - Gather allergies, medication in use, past visits and uploaded test results on a single patient card, and limit access by role - Combine online booking, the doctor's calendar and room assignment; set a rule for a reminder to go out 24 hours before the appointment - Let WhatsApp conversations be linked to the patient record and template messages be managed centrally - Run package sales, instalment payments and collection tracking on a single record; we build the connection to the e-invoice side, there is no out-of-the-box module - Set up the 1-week, 1-month and 3-month follow-ups as tasks tied to the treatment date, according to the treatment protocol - Patient Card and Medical History: A patient is a single card; personal details, allergies, medication in use, past visits, payment lines and uploaded test results are the fields and attachments of that card, and which role sees which field is defined in the permission set. - Appointment Management and No-Show Tracking: An appointment is a record; the doctor's calendar, the room and the time sit in its fields. You set a rule at setup for a WhatsApp or SMS reminder to go out 24 hours before the appointment; confirmation and rescheduling are written onto the same appointment record, and a missed appointment stays open in the list. - WhatsApp Conversation: The WhatsApp conversation with the patient sits in the team inbox and is linked to the patient record; template messages, voice notes and images build up under the same record, and even if staff change the history stays on the card. - Payment and Invoicing: Package sales, instalments and invoice records are lines linked to the patient card; the outstanding balance sits in a field and an overdue line drops into a list. The connection to the e-invoice side is built for each project; there is no out-of-the-box module. - Follow-Up Appointment Calendar: Follow-up steps (1 week, 1 month, 3 months) are tasks tied to the date of the treatment record; the steps are defined at setup according to your own protocol, a step that falls due reserves a slot in the calendar and a notification is sent to the patient. - S: What is a clinic CRM and why should I use one? — C: A clinic CRM is a system that brings patient records, appointments, WhatsApp communication, invoicing and follow-up processes together on a single platform. Instead of moving between Excel, a diary and the phone, you manage the whole patient journey from one place. Missed appointments, follow-up steps and collections sit on the same patient card; you see how much each of them has improved from your own report. - S: Is it compliant with KVKK and health data rules? — C: Rapitek CRM stores your data in a separate database of your own; up-to-date TLS encryption is used in transit, and critical credentials such as passwords and 2FA are encrypted at rest. For health data, role-based access, audit logs and KVKK privacy notice templates come ready. Hosting is in the European Union: the database is in Finland and media files are in Frankfurt. Under Article 9 of the KVKK this counts as a transfer abroad; that is why we run the privacy notice and explicit consent processes. - S: Is it suitable for specific clinics such as dermatology, dental, ophthalmology or obstetrics? — C: Yes. Customisation is done for each speciality on top of the general clinic template: a photo archive in dermatology, a treatment plan diagram in a dental clinic, dioptre tracking in an eye centre, gestational week tracking in an obstetrics clinic. We also have separate sector pages. - S: How do you migrate our existing patient data? — C: We carry out the one-off data migration from Excel, from older clinic software (Medisoft, Hekim Bilişim, Mediport and the like) or from paper forms. After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields and how many stages your patient history, your appointment calendar and your invoice records need becomes clear in that call. The scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Cloud Services CRM: Renewals and Health Score | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/cloud-crm) A subscription is a record with start, renewal date and monthly amount fields. In Rapitek CRM, MRR and ARR come out of those fields, and the health score out of the threshold you define. - Calculate MRR, ARR and churn metrics from the amount and date fields on the subscription records - Define the components of the health score and its threshold yourself, and move accounts that fall below the threshold to the top of the list - Send the task tied to the time left until the renewal date to the account owner, and produce the quote from the same record - Open an upgrade opportunity for accounts whose quota and module usage rates cross the threshold - Subscription Record: A subscription is a record with start, renewal date and monthly amount fields. MRR and ARR are calculated from the sum of those fields, and churn from the proportion of cancelled records. - Customer Health Score: You define the components of the score and its threshold; login frequency, the modules used and open support tickets are fields on the account record, and an account that falls below the threshold moves to the top of the list. - Renewal Task: The renewal date is a field on the subscription record; a task tied to the time left until that date goes to the account owner, and the quote is produced from the same record. - Expansion Opportunity: Quota and module usage rates are fields on the account record; an upgrade opportunity is opened for an account that crosses the threshold, and feeding those fields from your product is set up over the REST API or webhooks. - S: Can MRR/ARR be tracked? — C: Yes. MRR, ARR and churn are calculated from the amount and date fields on the subscription records, and the period comparison comes out of the report on those records. - S: Does it integrate with billing systems? — C: We build the connection to Stripe, iyzico or your bank; there is no out-of-the-box module, and collections do not land in the CRM by themselves. The connection is built for each project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope and cost in writing in the discovery call. When this connection is not built, subscription, collection and usage information is entered into the CRM manually or by file import; MRR, ARR, the renewal date and the health score run on those records. - S: How do we see the accounts whose renewal date is approaching? — C: The renewal date is a field on the subscription record; a task tied to the time left until that date goes to the account owner, the renewal quote is produced from the same record, and accounts with a low health score stand out in that list. ### [Construction CRM: Tender Files and Site Reports | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/construction-crm) Every project is a record; the client, subcontractor, contract and site report build up under it. A subcontractor's past performance is seen from the same card when a new assignment is made. - Open every project as a separate record and link clients, subcontractors and contracts under it - Prepare tender and quote files quickly with standard templates - Enter photos and progress reports from the site instantly with the mobile app (the app is live on both the App Store and Google Play) - Build the connection to accounting software such as Logo, Netsis and SAP for your own project with the REST API and webhooks - Run site and office messaging as a team from a single WhatsApp number, and let the history stay on the project - Project Record: Every project is a record; the client, the subcontractor, the contract and the site report build up under this record, and a subcontractor's performance on earlier projects is seen from the same card when a new assignment is made. - Quote and Tender: The quote is produced with its line items linked to the project; because the standard template is fed from the fields on the record, the tender file is not compiled from scratch. - Site Entry: Photos, progress notes and reports entered from the site are written from the mobile app onto the same project record; the app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. - ERP Connection: We build the Logo, Netsis and SAP connection; there is no out-of-the-box module, the connection is built for each project over the REST API, OAuth2 and webhooks, and the scope is shared in writing in the discovery call. - Site Material Request: A material request coming from the field is a request linked to the site record; the item, the quantity, the date requested and the approver sit in its fields, and that the request was opened from the site is confirmed with location verification in the mobile app. - S: How can I track construction projects in the CRM? — C: In Rapitek CRM you can create each project as a separate record and link the relevant clients, subcontractors and documents to the project. The project timeline and its stages move forward on the same record. - S: How is subcontractor management done? — C: You can manage subcontractors as a separate account type, track their performance and assign them to projects. Communication history and contracts are kept in a single place. - S: How long does setup take for construction? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your construction process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Can more than one person on the construction team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the construction side, site and office messaging is run as a team from a single number and the history stays on the project record. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Consulting CRM: Proposal Replies and Man-Days | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/consulting-crm) The stage and close probability are fields on the opportunity record and the weighted value comes from those two; in Rapitek CRM each visit writes a line drawing down the contracted man-days. - Weight each opportunity by the probability tied to its stage and read the monthly close forecast on a single screen - Keep the proposal's send date and expected reply date in fields; let proposals whose reply is overdue drop into a list and make the call from that list - Set up the 3rd, 6th and 12th month contacts after a project closes as tasks tied to the closing date - See how full each consultant is and assign the new project accordingly - Set up a shared WhatsApp inbox on a single business number and assign conversations to consultants - Weighted Pipeline: The opportunity's stage and close probability are fields on the record; the weighted value is calculated from those two fields, and the monthly close forecast is the sum of that value across open opportunities. - Proposal Reply Date: A proposal is a record linked to the opportunity; the send date and the expected reply date sit in its fields, proposals whose reply is overdue drop into a list, and the follow-up task is opened from that list. - Recurring Client Contact: The project closing date is a field on the record; the 3rd, 6th and 12th month contacts are opened as tasks tied to that date and drop into the owner's list. - Consultant Capacity Map: The projects a consultant is assigned to and the number of days build up under the person record; who is full in which week is read from the calendar and report views of those records. - Man-Day Usage Record: The number of days defined in the contract is a field on the project record; each consultant visit writes a line drawn down from that field, and when the remaining days run low a task goes to the project owner. - S: What makes a CRM different for consulting firms? — C: A long sales cycle, high project value, relationship-driven selling. The CRM tracks every opportunity with its stage, keeps the proposal's reply date in a field, and opens recurring contact points as tasks. - S: How does proposal tracking work for consulting? — C: A proposal is a record sitting under the opportunity; the send date and the expected reply date are kept in fields, proposals whose reply is overdue drop into a list, and the follow-up task is opened from that list. There is no read receipt tracking whether the client opened the document or how long they looked at it, and we do not say there is. - S: How accurate is pipeline forecasting? — C: A probability is defined for each opportunity (e.g. proposal stage 30%, negotiation 70%). The weighted pipeline value is the sum of the opportunity amounts multiplied by those probabilities, and the monthly forecast is read from there. - S: Can I see how much of the man-days in the contract has been used? — C: The number of days defined in the contract is a field on the project record; each consultant visit writes a line drawn down from that field, and when the remaining days run low a task goes to the project owner. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for consulting? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Cosmetics CRM: Shelf Checks and Shade Variants | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/cosmetics-crm) A point of sale is an account and every visit a task linked to it; location is verified on the task, the shelf photo and note written onto it. Shade and batch sit on the order line. - Plan point-of-sale visits as tasks, close them with location verification and write the shelf observation onto the same record - Keep shade, size and packaging variants on separate product records and build the dealer order from those records - Filter which product is left at which point by batch number and expiry date - Define dealer and chain store campaigns as records, and verify the points where they were applied from the visits - Point of Sale Visit: A visit is a task linked to the account; the location is verified on the task, and the shelf photo and the observation note are added to the same task. - Variant Management: Shade, size and packaging are fields on the product record; the order line is fed from that card, and which variant went where stays on the record. - Batch and Expiry Date: The lot number and the expiry date are fields on the order line; shipments whose date is approaching are filtered from that field. - Dealer Campaign: A campaign is a record; the products and the points it covers are linked to it, and whether it was applied is read from the visit tasks. - S: Is this page for a cosmetics brand or for a beauty salon? — C: This page is for the side that manufactures, imports or distributes the product; the dealer network, point-of-sale visits and variant management run from here. If you work on the service side, the appointment and session flow on our beauty salon CRM and beauty centre CRM pages is closer to your business. - S: How are the field team's store visits verified? — C: A visit is a task linked to the point-of-sale account; when the field representative closes the task from their phone the location is verified and fake location reporting is detected. Because the shelf photo and the observation note are added to the same task, head office reads the outcome of the visit from the record and not from a message group. - S: Can I see which point is holding a product whose expiry date is approaching? — C: Yes. The lot number and the expiry date are fields on the order line; shipments whose date is approaching are filtered from that field, and which point of sale they went to is read from the same line. The same filter also gives which variant is left at which dealer. - S: Which is the best CRM software for cosmetics? — C: When choosing a CRM for the cosmetics industry you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your cosmetics process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a cosmetics CRM system cost? — C: In cosmetics, because the state of a point as seen by the field team is written onto the record the head office team reads, the people in the field and at head office enter the system together. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the cosmetics industry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the cosmetics industry? — C: We start with a discovery call: we map out your cosmetics process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for cosmetics? — C: In cosmetics a point-of-sale visit is a task; it is closed with location verification and the shelf observation is written onto the same record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Courier CRM: Proof of Delivery and Assignment | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/courier-crm) A shipment is a record; recipient, address, attempt count and failed-delivery reason are its fields. The second attempt opens under the same record, where the proof of delivery sits too. - Keep every shipment on a single record with recipient, address, attempt count and failed-delivery reason fields - Take the proof of delivery from the mobile app; let the person receiving it sign on the signature screen, and let the photo and location verification be written onto the same record - Drop the shipment into the queue of an available courier in the area with the shift and the assignment rule defined at setup - Open sending companies' complaints and queries as request records and track their closure - Shipment Record: A shipment is a record; the recipient, the address, the attempt count and the failed-delivery reason are in its fields, and the second attempt is opened under the same record. - Proof of Delivery: Delivery is a task with signature and photo fields; the person receiving it signs on the signature screen in the mobile app, the location verification is written onto the record, and fake location detection is part of that verification. - Courier Shift and Assignment: A shift is a record; the assignment rule defined at setup drops the shipment into the queue of an available courier according to the area and shift fields. - Sender Account: The sending company is an account record; the agreed unit price sits in a field on the account, and complaints and queries are opened as request records linked to that account. - S: How do we track undelivered shipments? — C: The failed-delivery reason and the attempt count are fields on the shipment record. The second attempt is opened as a new task under the same record; the list filtered by reason shows in which area and in which time window the returns are concentrated. - S: Can signature and location be kept as proof of delivery? — C: Yes. The person receiving it signs on the signature screen in the mobile app, the photo stays as an attachment, and the location verification at the moment of delivery is written onto the same record; the verification also covers fake location detection. The amount collected at the door also sits in a field on that record. - S: Where is the sending company's question "what happened to that shipment" tracked? — C: The sending company is an account record; the agreed unit price sits in a field on the account, and complaints and queries are opened as request records linked to that account. Which shipment the request relates to is linked on the record; its closure leaves a trace, and when the same question is asked a second time the history is on the same screen. - S: Which is the best CRM software for couriers? — C: When choosing a CRM for the courier industry you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your courier process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a courier CRM system cost? — C: On the courier side the assignment rule defined at setup drops the shipment into the queue of an available courier according to the area and shift fields; it is this courier workforce that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the courier industry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the courier industry? — C: We start with a discovery call: we map out your courier process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for couriers? — C: In courier work the person receiving the delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app, and the location verification is written onto the same record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Coworking Space CRM: Member Risk and Occupancy | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/coworking-crm) Check-in records are dated lines under the membership record; you define which drop counts as a risk, and a member crossing the threshold falls into the risk list where the contact task opens. - Flag members as at risk according to the drop threshold you set yourself (for example, members whose check-ins have fallen over the last two weeks) and reach out before the cancellation - Define your hot desk day threshold (for example 20 days); let members crossing it drop into a list and open the dedicated desk suggestion task from there - Tie the hours your meeting rooms are left empty to corporate campaigns open to the outside - Produce introduction and event invitation lists from the industry and area of interest fields on the member record - Set up a shared WhatsApp inbox on a single business number that the whole team answers from - Cancellation Risk Threshold: Check-in records are dated lines under the membership record; you define which drop counts as a risk, members crossing the threshold fall into the risk list, and the contact task is opened from that list. - Upsell Threshold: The number of days a member spends at a hot desk is a field on the membership record; you set the day threshold that triggers the dedicated desk suggestion (for example 20 days), members crossing the threshold drop into a list and the suggestion task is opened. - Meeting Room Occupancy: A meeting room booking is a record with room, date and time fields. The hours left empty are read from the calendar view of those records, and the corporate campaign list to be opened up outside is built around those gaps. - Member Profile and Matching: Industry and area of interest are fields on the member record; members in the same industry are filtered on those fields and produced as a list, the event invitation is sent from that list, and the contact is written onto the member's record. - Virtual Office Mail Record: Official notices and parcels arriving for a virtual office member are mail lines linked to the member record; the arrival date, the sender and the delivery status sit in fields, informing the member is opened as a task, and it closes once the item is collected. - S: Why does a CRM matter for coworking spaces? — C: In a coworking space the occupancy signal sits in operations and the membership conversation in sales; when the two do not come side by side, the cancellation is noticed after the fact. Rapitek CRM gathers check-in frequency, membership history and conversations on the same membership record; you define the risk threshold, the upsell suggestion and the empty meeting room campaign, and the system produces tasks and notifications according to those rules. - S: How is cancellation risk predicted? — C: Check-in records sit as dated lines under the membership record; you define which drop counts as a risk (for example, members whose usage has fallen by 50% over the last two weeks). Members crossing the threshold fall into the risk list; sending the satisfaction survey and the contact task are produced from that list. - S: How is community interaction supported? — C: Industry and area of interest are fields on the member record; existing members in the same industry as a new arrival are filtered on those fields and produced as a list. The introduction or the event invitation is sent from that list and the contact is written onto the member's record. There is no community notification that goes out to a member by itself; you define which list gets a message and when. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for a coworking space? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Customs CRM: Declaration Files and Missing Docs | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/customs-crm) The declaration number, the GTİP code and the bonded warehouse entry date are the file's own fields; a missing document is a task, and who it was asked from and when sits on the same file. - Gather every shipment on a single file record with the declaration number, the GTİP code and the bonded warehouse dates, and see which stage the file is waiting at - Open a missing document as a task, record who it was requested from and on what date, and send the reminder by WhatsApp or SMS from the same screen - List the open files of importing and exporting companies under a single account, and report pending work by client - Write the per-file fee and the costs to be passed on onto the record, and produce the month-end invoicing list from the files - Customs File: Every shipment is a record; the declaration number, the GTİP code, the bonded warehouse entry date and the delivery date are the fields of that record. - Missing Document: Every document requested is a task; the document name, the person it was requested from and the date sit in its fields, and documents that do not arrive stay in the open task list. - Client Account: The importing company is an account record; the power of attorney validity date and the agreed per-file fee are kept in fields on the account. - Bonded Warehouse Period: The bonded warehouse entry date is a date field on the file record; files whose period, calculated from that date, is close to running out drop into a list and a notification goes to the person responsible. - S: Can I track documents that have not come from the client in the CRM? — C: Yes. Every document requested is a separate task under the file; the name of the document, who it was requested from and the request date sit in fields, the ones that do not arrive stay in the open task list, and the reminder is sent by WhatsApp or SMS from the same screen. - S: Where do the declaration and bonded warehouse details sit in the CRM? — C: The declaration number, the GTİP code and the bonded warehouse entry date are fields on the file record; this information is not pulled automatically from customs systems — the person following the file enters it, or it is loaded by import. Once it has been entered, files whose period is approaching drop into a list based on the date field. - S: Where do I see the clients whose power of attorney is about to expire? — C: The importing company is an account record; the power of attorney validity date and the agreed per-file fee are kept in fields on that account, and powers of attorney approaching the end of their validity come out of the list on that date field. - S: Which is the best CRM software for customs brokerage? — C: When choosing a CRM for the customs industry you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your customs process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a customs CRM system cost? — C: On the customs side the notification for a file that drops into the list goes to the person responsible; the users of the system are this brokerage team. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the customs industry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the customs industry? — C: We start with a discovery call: we map out your customs process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for customs? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Cybersecurity CRM: Authorisation and Reports | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/cybersecurity-crm) The date the written authorisation was received is a field on the project record; while that field is empty, the rule defined at setup stops the record moving to the testing stage. - Keep the test scope, the environment and the test window dates in fields on the project record, and set a rule so the stage does not move on before the written authorisation arrives - Track report delivery and the retest date as fields, drop the ones whose deadline is approaching into a list and open a task for the person responsible - Limit access to the report and its attachments with role-based authorisation, and determine from the role definition which user can see the record - Keep monitoring and subscription renewal dates under the account, and queue the request opened on an incident notification and route it with the assignment rule defined at setup - Test Project: A test is a project record; the number of assets in scope, the environment and the start and end dates of the test window sit in its fields. - Written Authorisation: The client's written authorisation is a date field; while the field is empty, the record moving to the testing stage is blocked by the rule defined at setup. - Retest Date: Report delivery and the retest are each date fields; files whose deadline is approaching drop into a list and a task is opened for the person responsible. - Report Access: The record and its attachments are subject to role-based authorisation; which user sees the report is read from the role definition. - S: Can the system stop a test from starting before written authorisation arrives? — C: The date the client's written authorisation was received is a field on the project record; while that field is empty, the rule that stops the record moving to the testing stage is defined at setup. You decide at which stage it becomes mandatory, and the record does not move on until that condition is met. - S: How do we avoid missing the retest period for the findings? — C: The report delivery date and the period given for the retest are each date fields. Files whose deadline is approaching drop into a list by date and a task is opened for the person responsible; the reminder to go to the client is also planned from the same record. - S: Can we limit who inside the company can see the vulnerability report? — C: Yes. The report is an attachment on the test project record, and the record is subject to role-based authorisation; which user sees the record and its attachments is determined by the role definition. Who changed which field and when also sits field by field in the change history. - S: Which is the best CRM software for cyber security? — C: When choosing a CRM for the cyber security industry you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your cyber security process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a cyber security CRM system cost? — C: In cyber security, because which user sees the report is read from the role definition, people are defined in the system with their roles. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the cyber security industry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the cyber security industry? — C: We start with a discovery call: we map out your cyber security process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for cyber security? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Defense Industry CRM: RFQs and Access Control | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/defense-crm) A request for quotation is an opportunity record; the deadline, the specification items and which unit will prepare the reply are its fields, and a task opens as the date approaches. - Track opportunities in the long procurement cycle stage by stage, and do your forecasting over those stages - Gather the communication history and notes of organisation and supply chain contacts on a single customer record - Keep the end date of the non-disclosure agreement on the organisation record and limit the user group that can see the file from the record itself - Connect a single WhatsApp business number to the team inbox, and let conversations be assigned to the person responsible by the rule you define - Measure sales performance and team productivity through reports - Request for Quotation File: A request for quotation coming from the prime contractor is an opportunity record; the deadline, the specification items requested and which unit will prepare the reply sit in its fields, and a task opens as the date approaches. - Program and Platform Field: Every job carries which program and platform it belongs to in its own field; jobs on different programs of the same organisation are separated by that field, and when the file passes to another engineer the technical correspondence stays on the same record with its attachments. - Non-Disclosure Agreement and Access: The parties to the non-disclosure agreement signed with the organisation and its end date are fields on the organisation record; which user group can see a job sits in the record's access setting, and agreements that have expired drop into a list by date. - Qualification Process: Every job that goes to the prime contractor is a record; sample submission, qualification approval and the quote are separate stages of that record, and when the stage changes its date and owner are updated on the same record. - Approved Supplier Card: Each of the sub-suppliers that make part of the work is its own record; which part family they are approved in, the expiry date of their approval certificates and the note left at the site audit are fields on that record; a supplier whose certificate has expired drops into a list by date, and which supplier is linked to the request for quotation file is read from the same record. - S: Can we see the organisations whose non-disclosure agreement has expired? — C: Yes. The parties to the non-disclosure agreement and its end date are fields on the organisation record; agreements that have expired or are about to expire are gathered in a list sorted by date. Because which user group can see a job also sits in the record's access setting, permission is managed from the same place as the agreement itself. - S: How long does setup take for the defense industry? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your defense industry process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems for the defense industry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for the defense industry? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Dental Clinic CRM: Check-Ups and Treatment Plans | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/dental-clinic-crm) The last treatment date is a field on the patient record; patients reaching six months drop into a list, and the 48, 24 and 1 hour reminders tie to the same appointment record. - Drop patients who reach six months from their last treatment date into a list, and tie the check-up reminder steps to that list - Track treatment plans left half-finished and send reminders for the remaining sessions - Reduce missed appointments with 48, 24 and 1 hour pre-appointment reminder steps - Keep the satisfaction score on the patient record; send a Google review link to the list of those who gave a high score - Gather correspondence with patients on a single WhatsApp business number so the whole team sees the same history - 6-Month Check-Up Reminder: The last treatment date is a field on the patient record; patients who reach six months drop into a list and the reminder is sent to that list. - Treatment Plan Tracking: A treatment plan is a record linked to the patient record; sessions that have not been completed stay open as tasks linked to the plan, and the session reminder is sent to that list. - Missed Appointment Prevention: Reminder tasks at 48, 24 and 1 hour before are tied to the appointment date; confirmation and rescheduling are written onto the same appointment record, and a patient who does not turn up stays open in the list. - Google Review Request: The post-treatment satisfaction score is a field on the patient record; those who give 4 and 5 are sent a review link, and those who give a low score an in-clinic feedback form. - Prosthetics Laboratory Dispatch Record: An impression or prosthetic job sent to the laboratory is a dispatch record linked to the patient record; the dispatch date, the laboratory name and the expected return sit in fields, and if the return is late a task goes to the person responsible for the appointment. - S: Why does a CRM matter for dental clinics? — C: In the dental sector patient loyalty is critical: the six-month check-up cycle, treatment continuity and referral management. The CRM takes these out of memory and ties them to fields on the record; which patient is to be called and when is read from a list. Because the number of patients a reminder was sent to and the number who came back sit on the same records, you report its effect from your own data. - S: How does the 6-month reminder work? — C: The last treatment date is a field on the patient record; patients who reach six months are filtered on that field and drop into a list. You set a rule at setup for when and how many times the message goes to that list (for example at 6 months, 6 months 1 week, 6 months 2 weeks); when the patient books an appointment their record comes off the list and the steps stop. - S: How are Google reviews increased? — C: The post-treatment satisfaction score is a field on the patient record. A Google review link is sent to the list of those who gave 4 and 5, and an in-clinic feedback form to the list of those who gave 1 to 3; you define at setup which message goes to which score, and the send is written onto the patient record. - S: Can more than one person on the dental clinic team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the dental clinic side, correspondence with patients is gathered on a single business number and the whole team sees the same history. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Dental Implant Clinic CRM: Staged Treatment Plans | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/dental-implant-clinic-crm) Each stage of implant treatment — extraction, placement, temporary and permanent prosthesis — is a separate appointment on the plan; instalment dates and insurance approval are fields on the card. - Schedule the extraction, implant placement, temporary and permanent prosthesis stages separately according to healing time - Upload panoramic X-ray, DICOM and 3D model files to the patient card and open them chairside - Run the consultation, travel, accommodation and check-up steps of a patient coming from abroad on a single roadmap - Track treatment instalments, private insurance payments and SGK approvals with their due dates over the records entered in the CRM - Open the 6-month and annual check-ups as tasks tied to the treatment end date; set the reminder as a rule together with the panoramic X-ray renewal - Multi-Stage Treatment Plan: All-on-4, All-on-6, sinus lifting and bone augmentation are each treatment plan records; every stage sits on the plan with its own appointment, X-ray and approval step, and a stage that is not completed stays open in the list. - Panoramic X-Ray and Model Archive: X-ray images and 3D model files (DICOM, JPG) are uploaded to the patient card as files; the dentist opens each file from the same record. There is no out-of-the-box module for the imaging device — files are added manually or by bulk upload. - Overseas Patient Roadmap: Consultation, travel plan, treatment, accommodation and check-up steps are tasks linked to the patient record; the patient's language and time zone are fields on the record, and reminders are produced according to those fields. - Instalment and Insurance Tracking: Treatment instalments, private insurance payments and SGK approval are lines linked to the patient record; a line that falls due drops into a list and the reminder task is opened from that list. There is no out-of-the-box module for SGK MEDULA and insurance companies — this information is entered by import file or by hand. - 6-Month and Annual Check-Up: The treatment end date is a field; the 6-month and annual check-up appointments and the panoramic X-ray renewal task are tied to that date. - S: How are long treatment processes such as All-on-4 or All-on-6 managed? — C: Rapitek CRM supports multi-stage treatment plans. Every stage (extraction, implant placement, temporary prosthesis, permanent prosthesis) is a separate appointment tied to the plan; the next appointment is suggested according to the patient's healing time, and a stage that is not completed stays open in the list. - S: What features are there for implant patients coming from abroad? — C: Along with multilingual lead management (Turkish, English, German, Russian), the airport transfer, accommodation, interpreter coordination and consultation video call steps are opened as a 'travel package' task list linked to the patient record; the clinic team carries out the steps. There is no out-of-the-box module for airlines, hotels or transfer providers — booking details are written onto the record by hand. - S: Is there SGK and private insurance integration? — C: We build the connection to SGK MEDULA or to private insurance companies; there is no out-of-the-box module, and we have no product called a "compatible module" either. The connection is built for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, authorisation and approval details are entered by import file or by hand; the approval status, the amount paid and the patient's contribution are still kept in the CRM, and reminders for instalments falling due are produced from there. - S: How do post-implant check-up reminders work? — C: The date of the implant placement is a field; the 1st week, 1st month, 3rd month, 6th month and annual check-up tasks are opened on the card tied to that date, and the ones approaching their date drop into a list. You set a rule at setup for how many days in advance and through which channel the patient is reminded. At each check-up the patient note, the X-ray and the dentist's comment are written onto the same record. ### [Dermatology Clinic CRM: Lesion Photo Archive | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/dermatology-clinic-crm) Lesion photos, pathology reports and prescription history sit in one patient record in date order; for chronic diagnoses the 1, 3 and 6-month follow-ups open in the calendar. - Store the lesion and rash photographs taken during examinations in date order and compare before and after - Keep chronic diagnoses such as acne, psoriasis, eczema and vitiligo in a field on the patient record; open the 1, 3 and 6-month follow-ups in the calendar as dated tasks tied to that field - Attach laboratory and pathology result reports to the patient card as files and review them together with the examination history in suspicious lesions - Keep prescription history on the patient card and run repeat prescription reminders and side effect notifications - For follow-up consultations paste the Zoom or Google Meet link you opened yourself into the link field on the appointment record, and review the photographs the patient sent in advance before the consultation - Dermatology Photo Archive: Every lesion, mole and rash photograph taken during an examination is added to the patient record with its date; before and after are read side by side on the same card. - Chronic Disease Follow-up: The acne, psoriasis, eczema and vitiligo diagnosis is a field on the patient record; the 1, 3 and 6-month follow-ups fall into the calendar as dated tasks tied to that field. - Biopsy and Pathology Result Archive: The laboratory result report is attached to the patient record as a file; in suspicious lesion diagnoses the pathology report is read next to the lesion record. We build the connection to the laboratory system ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module — it is set up specifically for the project over REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and where it is not built the clinic staff upload the report themselves. - Prescription and Medication Follow-up: Prescription history sits on the patient card as a list; the repeat prescription reminder is a dated task and the side effect note is written under the same record. - Telemedicine Meeting Link: There is a meeting link field on the appointment record; you open the Zoom or Google Meet meeting in your own account and paste the link into this field, and the reminder message carries this link. There is no out-of-the-box Zoom/Meet module. - S: How is skin lesion follow-up done? — C: A separate record is opened for each lesion. Size, colour and border pattern are fields on that record and are updated at every examination. You define which change counts as suspicious; lesions that pass the threshold fall into a list, and you set the alert going to the dermatologist as a rule during setup. - S: How is acne treatment followed? — C: There is a standard follow-up template for acne patients. The active lesions on a face map, the products used and the treatment duration are recorded. The treatment start date is a field; the 1st, 3rd and 6th month follow-ups open as tasks tied to that date, and the ones whose date is approaching fall into a list. - S: Can pathology results be seen on the patient card? — C: Yes, once the report is attached to the patient record as a file; the doctor reviews the result on the card together with the examination history and sends the patient a message. We build the connection to the laboratory system ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope and cost in writing at the discovery meeting. Where this connection is not built, the clinic staff who receive the result from the laboratory upload the report to the patient record themselves; the person who uploaded it and the date are written into the record, and a result that has not been uploaded does not appear on the card. - S: How are telemedicine appointments arranged? — C: We build the Zoom and Google Meet connection on request; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope and cost in writing at the discovery meeting. Without this being built you use the meeting link field on the appointment record: you open the meeting in your own account, you paste the link into this field, and the reminder that goes to the patient carries this link. The patient sends the photographs 24 hours before the appointment and the doctor reviews them before the consultation. ### [Dietitian CRM: Measurement History and Packages | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/dietitian-crm) Weight and circumference measurements are dated records on the client card, never overwritten; each revision of the nutrition programme is kept with its date; last session date is a field. - Record each client's measurement history session by session and follow the change on a chart - Keep the nutrition programme and its revisions version by version on the client card - Track session packages, remaining consultation entitlement and payments from one place - Send appointment reminders and keep the client who did not turn up on a list - List the clients who have taken a two-week break and get in touch with them - Measurement Records: Every measurement is a dated record tied to the client card; the weight, circumference and body analysis fields are not overwritten, and because they accumulate, the change is read from the same card. - Programme and Revision: The nutrition programme is a separate record tied to the client; every revision is kept with its own date, and what changed in which programme can be seen afterwards. - Package and Remaining Sessions: The package is a record; the total and used sessions sit in fields, the remaining entitlement is calculated from that record, and a reminder task opens before it runs out. - Meal Diary: The meal form the client fills in turns into a dated record tied to the client card; at the follow-up session these records are read side by side with the measurement rows, and the programme revision rests on both. - List of Clients on a Break: The last session date is a field; clients who pass the threshold are gathered with a filter. You set the threshold during setup. - S: How do I follow a client's measurement history? — C: Every measurement sits under the client card as a dated record. Because weight and circumference measurements are not overwritten, the change between the first session and today appears side by side on the same card. - S: Can I go back to earlier versions of the nutrition programme? — C: Yes. Every revision is kept as a separate record with its own date; which programme was given on which date and what changed stays in the history. - S: How much does a dietitian CRM system cost? — C: We keep the current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done on the dietitian side? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the other side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work on the dietitian side? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your client follow-up process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is not a matter of capacity, it is a choice. - S: Can a dietitian use a mobile CRM? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Digital Agency CRM: Scope Creep and Quotes | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/digital-agency-crm) Every out-of-scope extra request is a separate record tied to the project record; its added time and cost sit in their own fields, and approval is recorded as a stage change. - Produce a monthly revenue projection with weighted deal value and stage-based forecasting - Keep the quote's sent date and expected reply date in a field; let quotes whose reply is overdue fall into a list and make your calls from that list - Record every extra request separately, keep the change cost in its own field and record the client's approval as a stage change - Set up annual maintenance, server renewal and update reminders as tasks tied to the date field of delivered jobs - Reply as a team from a single WhatsApp business number, assign conversations by the rule you define and monitor response times - Weighted Sales Forecast: The amount and the stage of the opportunity are fields; the monthly projection comes out of a weighted report on those two fields, and no separate spreadsheet is kept. - Quote Tracking: The quote sits under the opportunity; the sent and reply dates are held in fields, and a follow-up task is opened for quotes whose reply is overdue. - Scope Creep Control: Every extra request is a separate record tied to the project record; its amount sits in its own field, and approval is recorded as a stage change. - Post-Delivery Revenue: A finished job is a closed record but it is not deleted; the maintenance and renewal reminder is set up as a task tied to the date field of that record. - Account Authorisation Line: The permissions opened to the agency on the client's control panel, server and ad account are lines tied to the project record; which account, who was authorised and on what date sit in fields, and when the job ends, revoking the permission is opened as a task. - S: Why does a web agency need a CRM? — C: Agency sales have a long cycle; the decision spreads over several weeks and regular follow-up is essential in that time. A CRM also makes it possible to create maintenance revenue from existing clients. - S: How does quote tracking work for digital agencies? — C: The quote is a record that sits under the opportunity; the sent and reply dates are held in fields, quotes whose reply is overdue fall into a list, and the follow-up task is opened from that list. - S: Can I see that the client opened the quote? — C: No — there is no read receipt tracking whether the quote PDF was opened, and we do not say there is. Follow-up is built on the sent date and expected reply date fields: quotes whose reply is overdue fall into a list, and you make the call from that list. - S: How is scope creep managed? — C: Every change request is a separate record tied to the project record; the extra cost and time sit in their own fields, the client's approval is recorded as a stage change, and project profitability stays visible while the work is still running. - S: Will we remember to revoke our permissions on the client's panels when the job is finished? — C: The permissions opened to the agency on the control panel, server and ad account are lines tied to the project record; which account, who was authorised and on what date sit in fields, and when the job closes, revoking the permission is opened as a task. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number at a digital agency? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Digital Marketing Agency CRM: Campaign Budgets | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/digital-marketing-agency-crm) A campaign is a record tied to the client account; budget and metrics sit in fields. No publishing task opens before the content approval round is complete; workload is read from a task report. - Keep every client's active campaigns, budget and performance metrics on a single screen - Track prospects through the First Meeting, Analysis, Quote and Contract stages - Produce monthly revenue and campaign performance reports per client from the platform - Track who is working on which client, the workload distribution and the delivery dates - Let the whole team reply from a single WhatsApp number and keep the correspondence with the agency - Client and Campaign Management: A campaign is a record tied to the client account; budget and metrics sit in its fields, and the same client's campaigns accumulate under the card. - Quote Pipeline: The stages (First Meeting, Analysis, Quote, Contract) are defined in the sales pipeline; every opportunity follows this pipeline and those waiting in a stage appear in the report. - Monthly Reporting: Because revenue and performance fields sit inside the records, the monthly report is taken by selecting a date range, with no manual compilation needed. - Team and Task Management: A job is a task; its owner, its client and its delivery date are in fields, and the workload distribution is read from the per-person task report. - Content Approval Round: The visual and text going live is an approval round tied to the campaign record; which round it is, who approved it and the planned publication date sit in fields, and the publishing task does not open until the approval arrives. - S: Can we stop the publishing task from opening before the content approval arrives? — C: The visual and text going live is an approval round tied to the campaign record; which round it is, who approved it and the planned publication date sit in fields, and the publishing task does not open until the approval field is filled. This condition is defined during setup. - S: Can I see whose week is full when I hand out new work? — C: A job is a task; its owner, its client and its delivery date are in its fields. The workload distribution is read from the per-person task report, and when three clients' delivery dates fall into the same week, it shows in that report. - S: How long does setup take for a digital marketing agency? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your agency process requires becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems at a digital marketing agency? — C: On the digital marketing agency side, campaign budgets sit in ad panels and quotes sit in e-mail. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number at a digital marketing agency? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Driving School CRM: Lessons and Exam Tracking | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/driving-school-crm) A driving lesson appointment is one record carrying the instructor, vehicle and student fields. Exam result and attendance sit on the student's record, and stalled candidates fall into a list. - Track the student's whole life cycle, from prospective student to active enrolment, in a single record - Keep the instructor, the vehicle and the student in the fields of the same appointment record; define the rule that blocks a second record for the same hour during setup - Track theory and practical exam results and attendance status as they happen - Report each instructor's number of students, pass rate and schedule - Send appointment reminders and exam notifications over WhatsApp - Student Record Management: From prospective student to active enrolment, the same record moves through the stages; how many candidates are waiting at which step is read from the stage report. - Driving Lesson Appointment System: The appointment is a record with instructor, vehicle and student fields. The rule that prevents a second record being opened for the same hour is defined during setup. - Exam and Attendance Tracking: The exam result and attendance status are fields on the student record; those with missing attendance are gathered in a single list. - Instructor Performance Tracking: Lesson and exam records carry an instructor field; the number of students and the pass rate come out of a breakdown report on that field. - Trainee File Documents: The medical report, the criminal record certificate and the education certificate are separate fields on the trainee record; those with missing documents are gathered in a single list, and the task to complete them is opened from that list before the exam application. - S: Are there modules specific to a driving school? — C: There is no out-of-the-box driving school module; what there is, is configuration, and we do it ourselves. The driving lesson appointment is set up as a record with instructor, vehicle and student fields; the exam result and attendance status are defined as fields on the student record, and the rule that prevents a second appointment being opened for the same hour is written during setup. - S: Can I migrate my existing student data? — C: Yes, we migrate all your student data from Excel or from your existing system ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. - S: How long does setup take for a driving school? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your driving school process requires becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Can I see a trainee's missing documents before the exam application? — C: Yes. The medical report, the criminal record certificate and the education certificate are separate fields on the trainee record; trainees whose field is empty are gathered in a single list, and the completion task is opened from that list. - S: Can I manage more than one branch for a driving school? — C: Yes, with multi-branch support you can manage all your locations from a single panel. ### [Drone Services CRM: Flight Plans and Permits | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/drone-services-crm) A flight is a task record; the site coordinates, the permit expiry date and the assigned pilot are fields on the same card. Postponing changes the record's date; the previous one leaves a trace. - Keep the flight task in a single record together with the site coordinates, the planned date and the assigned pilot - Track the validity dates of flight permits and pilot certificates and open a warning task before they expire - Update a flight date changed by the weather on the record and notify the client from the same place - Have the team out in the field mark the flight record from the mobile app with location verification - Flight Task: A flight is a task record; the site coordinates, the planned date and the pilot are in its fields, postponing changes the date of the same record, and the previous date leaves a trace on the card. - Permit and Certificate Validity: The permit document and the pilot certificate are fields with an expiry date; those whose date is approaching fall into a list, and the warning task is opened for that list. - Field Verification: The team marks the job from the mobile app; the location verification is written into the record, and fake location detection can be switched on during setup. - Delivered Output: The orthophoto, the video and the survey report are attachments on the flight record; what was delivered to the client and the delivery date are read from the same card. - S: How do I track flights postponed because of the weather? — C: A flight is a task record; postponing changes the date of the record, and the previous date stays on the card as a trace. Because the notification to the client is sent from the same record, both sides see the same day. - S: Does the system remind me when flight permits and pilot certificates expire? — C: The document expiry date is a field; records whose date is approaching fall into a list, and a warning task is opened for that list. How many days in advance each document warns is defined during setup. - S: Can I see from the record that the flight really was carried out in the field? — C: The team marks the job from the mobile app and the location verification is written into the flight record; the orthophoto, video or survey report delivered sits as an attachment on the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for drone services? — C: When choosing a CRM for the drone sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your flight and field process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce period; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a drone CRM system cost? — C: On the drone side the flight task carries the site coordinates, the planned date and the pilot fields; it is this flight team that uses the system. We keep the current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the drone sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the drone sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your flight and field process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is not a matter of capacity, it is a choice. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for drone work? — C: In drone work the team out in the field marks the flight record from the mobile app; the location verification is written into the record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Dry Cleaning CRM: Item Barcodes and Pick-up | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/dry-cleaning-crm) Each item is tracked by its own barcode label; whose it is and which process it is waiting in sit in the record. An item not scanned at handover is marked missing and opens a task. - Print a unique barcode label for every item and see at once which customer it belongs to and which process it is in - Tie door-to-door pick-up and delivery requests to the courier's daily pick-up and delivery list and write the payment taken at handover into the same record - Set the threshold on the digital loyalty card yourself; let customers who pass the threshold fall into a list and tie the discount to that list as a rule - Create a purchase request when consumables such as solution, hangers and covers reach the critical level - Compare daily turnover, customer and item numbers by branch and track item transfers between branches - Item Tracking (Label + Barcode): Every item gets a unique barcode label. Which customer it belongs to, on which date and which process it went through (dry cleaning, pressing, stain removal, tailoring) is visible in the record. The number of items is a field on the delivery record; an item not scanned at handover is marked missing and opens a task. - Door-to-Door Pick-up and Delivery Management: The customer opens a pick-up request over WhatsApp or the web; the request is tied to the courier's pick-up and delivery list for that day, and you arrange the order yourself. As the steps are completed the status moves on in the record and a message goes to the customer from the same card. The amount collected at handover and the payment method are written onto the line. - Loyalty Card and Campaigns: The loyalty card is tied to the customer record; total spend and number of items are its fields. You set the threshold: customers who pass the threshold fall into a list, and the discount and the birthday and seasonal campaign message are tied to that list as a rule. - Stock and Consumables: Stock tracking for consumables such as dry cleaning solution, stain remover, hangers, plastic covers and steam water. Opening a purchase request when the critical level is reached can be defined during setup. - Multi-Branch and Consolidated Reporting: If you have more than one branch, each branch's daily and monthly turnover, customer and item report and their comparison. Tracking of item transfers between branches. - S: Why is dry cleaning CRM software needed? — C: In dry cleaning the biggest problems are mixed-up items, losses and losing customers. In the CRM every item is recorded with its own barcode; whose it is and which process it is waiting in sit in the record, and an item not scanned at handover is marked missing and opens a task. The history and favourite services are kept on the customer card, you set the loyalty card thresholds yourself, and door-to-door pick-up requests are tied to the courier list. Because visit frequency and spend accumulate on the customer card, you measure the effect of a campaign from your own data. - S: Is it compatible with a barcode label printer? — C: The label is produced in the CRM as printable output and sent to the printer defined on your computer or your network through the operating system's own printer driver; this flow is tried out together with the printer you use during setup. There is no out-of-the-box module for particular printer brands. If a connection beyond that is needed, our professional services team sets it up specifically for the project over REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and its scope and cost are shared in writing at the discovery meeting. At handover the barcode is scanned, the item is marked as delivered and the invoice record is created from the same screen. - S: Is there a courier app for the door-to-door service? — C: Couriers use the mobile app made for field teams: the day's pick-up and delivery list, addresses, customer contact, item confirmation photo and a delivery record with location verification. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play; the web interface also works on a phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. There is no optimisation engine that orders the route by itself — you arrange the order yourself. The amount taken at handover and the payment method are written into the record; there is no out-of-the-box module for taking payment by card or POS device, and if it is needed the connection is set up specifically for the project over REST API and webhooks. There is no live map tracking opened to the customer either; the customer is informed by the message that goes out from the record as the status changes. - S: Does it support multiple branches? — C: Yes. Each branch has its own staff, prices, stock and reports. A customer can bring an item to one branch and collect it from another; the transfer between branches is written onto the item's record as a line, and which branch the item is in is visible from the record when the barcode is scanned. The head office team manages all the branches with a consolidated report. ### [E-commerce CRM: Cart Recovery and RFM | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/ecommerce-crm) Web, app and marketplace records merge on the same customer card through e-mail and phone; the last purchase date, the frequency and the amount are fields on that card. - Merge website, app and marketplace data into a single customer record - Let an abandoned cart fall in as a record; set as a rule how long afterwards the e-mail, SMS and push notification goes out - Measure customer value on the recency, frequency and monetary (RFM) axis - Compare the performance of marketplace, web and mobile channels side by side - Connect a single WhatsApp number to the team inbox and have conversations assigned by the rule you define - Single Customer Record: Web, app and marketplace records are merged on the same customer card through e-mail and phone; duplicate records are reduced to a single card with a merge operation. - Abandoned Cart Recovery Flow: An abandoned cart falls in as a record and opens a follow-up task; how long afterwards the e-mail and WhatsApp message goes out is set as a rule during setup. The store connection is built specifically for the project over the API. - RFM Segmentation: The last purchase date, the frequency and the amount are fields on the customer card; the segment comes out of lists filtered on these fields. - Channel Performance Analysis: The channel is a field on the order; the comparison of turnover and conversion by channel is taken from the report on that field. - Returns and Exchange File: A return request is a file tied to the order's own record; the reason, the shipping tracking number and the decision sit in fields, and the notification going to the customer and the confirmation coming from the warehouse accumulate under the same file. - S: How do we reduce the same person's records from the site and the marketplace to a single record? — C: Web, app and marketplace records are merged on the same customer card through e-mail and phone; duplicate records are reduced to a single card with a merge operation, and the order history is gathered under that card. - S: Can a message go to a customer who abandoned their cart? — C: When the abandoned cart falls into the CRM as a record, a follow-up task is opened; you set as a rule during setup how long afterwards the e-mail or WhatsApp message goes out. The connection that carries the cart data from your store platform into the CRM does not come out of the box; it is built specifically for the project over REST API and webhooks, and its scope is determined at the discovery meeting. - S: Can we tell the customer which stage their return request is at? — C: The return request is a file tied to the order's record; the reason, the shipping tracking number and the decision sit in fields. Because the notification going to the customer and the confirmation coming from the warehouse accumulate under the same file, the latest status is read from one place. - S: How long does setup take for e-commerce? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your e-commerce process requires becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems for e-commerce? — C: In e-commerce, web, app and marketplace records are merged on the same customer card through e-mail and phone. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the other side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The same applies to your store platform and your marketplace accounts. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for e-commerce? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [EdTech CRM: Pilot Classes and Licences | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/edtech-crm) The teacher, the administration and the IT officer are separate contact records tied to the same school record; the end of the pilot class and the licence renewal day are fields on that record. - Split school and institution opportunities into stages and follow which one is nearing a decision in a visual pipeline - Keep the end of the pilot class and the licence renewal day on the institution record and see the schools to call back before the term closes in a single list - Gather the meetings and notes with all the contacts at the same institution in a single customer record - Report how many opportunities are waiting at which stage and the progress per team member - Run the correspondence with institution contacts from a single business number; let the conversation history stay in the record even when staff change - School Contact Cards: The teacher, the administration and the IT officer are separate contact records tied to the same school record; which promise was given to whom sits in a note on their own contact card, and the whole situation of the school is read from the institution record. - School Year and Licence Renewal: The end of the pilot class deployment and the licence renewal day are fields on the institution record; the schools that need to be called back before the term closes are gathered in a single list by these dates. - School Support Request: A usage problem coming from a school is a request record; which school it came from and which module it concerns sit in its fields. The resolution note is written onto the request, and when the same question comes again, it is read from the records of the earlier requests. - Budget Line and Approval Step: Which budget line the school will pay from and which approval step the quote is waiting at are fields on the opportunity record; the quote, the management approval and the order are separate stages, and which institution is stuck at which step is read from a single list. - Teacher Training Session Record: The usage training given to an institution is a session tied to the institution record; the teachers who attended, the date and the trainer sit in fields, the post-session survey is tied to the same record, and which subject department has not had the training is seen from a list. - S: Can we see what we answered before to the same usage question from a school? — C: Every support request is a record; which school it came from and which module it concerns sit in its fields. Because the resolution note is written onto the request, when the same question comes again the answer is read from the records of the earlier requests. - S: How do we see which schools we need to go back to before the pilot period ends? — C: The end of the pilot class deployment and the licence renewal day are fields on the institution record; the list filtered by these dates gathers in one place the schools that need to be called back before the term closes. - S: How long does setup take for education technology? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your sales process requires becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems in education technology? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the other side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person on an education technology team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the education technology side, correspondence with institution contacts runs from a single business number; even when staff change, the history stays in the record. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Electricity Distribution CRM: Fault & Outage | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/electrical-crm) Requests and fault records meet under the same subscriber; class, opening time and outage duration are fields, and quality indicators come from their periodic report. - Run new connection, capacity increase, tariff and complaint requests from a single panel and track response times - Classify fault notifications by the rule you define, assign them to field crews and monitor resolution time - Set up the task plan for meter reading, maintenance and repair crews and measure their performance - Keep service quality indicators and outage statistics ready for regulatory reports - Subscriber Request Management: A request is opened as a record; its type and opening time are among its fields, and the response time is calculated from those dates and appears in the report. - Fault and Outage Management: A fault record carries a class field; the assignment rule is bound to that field during setup, and the resolution time follows from the record's dates. - Field Operations Coordination: Meter reading, maintenance and repair jobs are tasks assigned to a person; how much work each crew closed is read from the task report. - Regulatory Reporting: Outage duration and customer count are fields on the fault record; quality indicators are produced from the periodic report of those fields. - S: Can subscriber management be done for electricity distribution companies? — C: Yes. Subscriber records, tariff management and request tracking are held in a structure that does not require keeping a separate table as the number of subscribers grows. - S: Is there integration with the outage notification system? — C: We build the connection to SCADA and outage management systems ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing during the discovery call. Until that connection is built, outage information is entered with an import file or by hand; subscriber requests, fault records, field tasks and outage duration fields are still held in the CRM, and quality indicators are produced from those records. - S: Can I see an overdue subscriber request in time? — C: The request's type and opening time are fields on the record; the response time is calculated from those dates, and requests that pass the threshold collect in their own list. The threshold is defined during setup. - S: Which is the best CRM software for electricity distribution? — C: When choosing a CRM for the electricity distribution sector, you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your distribution process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an electricity distribution CRM system cost? — C: In electricity distribution, meter reading, maintenance and repair are tasks assigned to a person; the whole field crew is in the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not write figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together during the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the electricity distribution sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your distribution process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After that call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for electricity distribution? — C: Yes — the electricity distribution crew in the field can update the meter reading, maintenance and repair tasks assigned to them from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you wrote is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Electronics CRM: Dealer Prices and Warranty | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/electronics-crm) Dealers and distributors are account records; the price list they are tied to is a field on the account. A sold device is a record with its own serial number and the warranty dates are its fields. - Keep the dealer, the distributor and the corporate buyer in separate accounts and tie each one to its own price list - Record the device sold with its serial number; follow the warranty start and end from the device record - Run faulty product return and service requests stage by stage on the record and see recurring faults - Keep the status of discontinued models and replacement products on the product record and prevent an old model being selected on a quote - Channel and Price List: The dealer and the distributor are each an account record; the price list they are tied to is a field on the account, and the quote line takes its price from that list. - Serial Number and Warranty: A device sold is a record with its own serial number; the warranty start and end dates are fields on that record, and its owner is tied to the account. - Fault and Return Process: A fault report is a request record; because it is tied to the device record, how many times the same device has come in is read from the history of the card. - Product Range Status: Active, discontinued and replacement product are values of the status field on the same product record; which products can be selected on a quote is tied to that field. - S: Can I keep the dealer price and the corporate buyer price separate in the same system? — C: Yes. Every account is tied to a price list and the quote line takes its price from the list the account is tied to; the lists, and who can see which one, are defined during setup. - S: Can I track the warranty through the serial number? — C: Yes. A device sold is a separate record with its serial number; the warranty dates sit on that record, and when a fault report comes in, the device's sales and service history is seen from the same card. - S: Can we prevent a discontinued model being selected on a quote? — C: Active, discontinued and replacement product are values of the status field on the same product record; which products can be selected on a quote is tied to that field, and the condition is defined during setup. - S: Which is the best CRM software for electronics? — C: When choosing a CRM for the electronics sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your electronics sales process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce period; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an electronics CRM system cost? — C: We keep the current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the electronics sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the electronics sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your electronics sales process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is not a matter of capacity, it is a choice. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for electronics? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Elevator CRM: Maintenance and Fault Requests | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/elevator-crm) Every elevator car is a separate record: the building, the capacity and the contract end date are its fields. Maintenance tasks, fault requests and annual inspections accumulate under the same card. - Keep every elevator as a separate record; let the building, the capacity, the year of installation and the contract status sit on its card - Tie monthly maintenance visits to a periodic task and let the technician close the form from the mobile app with location verification - Turn fault calls into request records and read from the history which elevator they recur on - Write the non-conformities found at the annual inspection and the re-inspection date into the record, and let the task fall in before the time runs out - Elevator Asset Record: Every car is a separate record; the building, the capacity, the year of installation and the contract status are its fields, and its history accumulates on that card. - Periodic Maintenance Task: Maintenance is a task; the date and the technician are its fields, the field team closes it from the mobile app and the location verification is written into the record. - Fault Request: A fault call is a request record; it falls into the queue, the assignment rule defined during setup routes it to the technician in that area, and its closure stays in the elevator's history. - Annual Inspection and Non-Conformity: The inspection result and the label issued are fields on the elevator record; the task tied to the re-inspection date falls into the list before the time runs out. - S: Can I see in advance which buildings' maintenance contracts are about to end? — C: Yes. The contract end date is a field on the elevator record; a task tied to the time left before it ends falls into the list, and you go to the renewal meeting with that building's maintenance and fault history. - S: Can I verify that the technician really carried out the maintenance at the building? — C: When the maintenance task is closed from the mobile app, location verification is carried out and fake location reporting is detected; the building manager also signs on the signature screen in the same app. - S: How do I track that a non-conformity found at the annual inspection has been closed? — C: The inspection result and the label issued are fields on the elevator record; the task tied to the re-inspection date falls into the list before the time runs out, and the closure of the non-conformity stays in the history of the same car. - S: Which is the best CRM software for the elevator sector? — C: When choosing a CRM for the elevator sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your process in the elevator sector, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce period; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an elevator CRM system cost? — C: On the elevator side the maintenance task carries the date and technician fields and is closed by the field team; it is this crew that uses the system. We keep the current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the elevator sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the elevator sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your process in the elevator sector, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is not a matter of capacity, it is a choice. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used in the elevator sector? — C: In the elevator sector periodic maintenance is a task; the field team closes it from the mobile app and the location verification is written into the record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Energy CRM: Plant Maintenance and Field Records | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/energy-crm) A record entered from the field is written into the same database at head office; the plant is a record, and periodic maintenance recurs through a task tied to its date field. - Gather the record entered by the field team in the same database at head office, with no separate transfer step - Track plants, projects and periodic maintenance calendars in a single list - Let technicians enter updates, photos and reports from the mobile app - Follow maintenance history, fault records and the periodic maintenance calendar with tables and summary reports; periodic maintenance recurs by itself through a task tied to the date field - Turn a single WhatsApp number into a team inbox and have conversations assigned by the rule you define - Field-to-Head-Office Flow: A record entered from the field is written directly into the same database at head office; because there is no intermediate file and no manual transfer, data is not lost on the way. - Project and Plant Tracking: The plant is a record; projects and maintenance jobs are tied to it, and periodic maintenance recurs through a task tied to its date field. - Mobile Field Use: The technician enters the update, the photo and the note into the same record from a phone; the app is live on both the App Store and Google Play, and the web interface works on tablet and phone. - Reports and Dashboards: Because measurement and maintenance data sit in record fields, deviations show up in a date-range report and on a dashboard; the thresholds are set by your own measure. - Connection Point and Site Survey Record: The facility's connection point, its current consumption and the obstacles on site are fields on the site survey record; that the surveying team is on site is confirmed by location verification in the mobile app, and the quote lines are produced from these fields. - S: How does field-to-head-office integration work in the energy sector? — C: We build the connection to external systems such as SCADA, meter reading systems and other measurement software ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. Such a connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing at the discovery meeting. The field-to-head-office flow, however, is not an external system matter: your field team enters the record from Rapitek CRM's own mobile app and that record is written into the same database at head office, with no separate transfer step in between. As long as the connection to external systems is not built, the measurement values there are entered with an import file or by hand; the plant, the maintenance date and the fault record are still kept in their own fields in the CRM and the reminders are produced from there. - S: Is it suitable for renewable energy projects? — C: Yes, you can track all your energy projects, including solar and wind power plants. You can create per-plant performance analyses and maintenance calendars. - S: How long does setup take for energy? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your energy process requires becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Can more than one person on an energy team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the energy side, correspondence between the field and head office is gathered in the team inbox and conversations are assigned by rule. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Engineering CRM: Man-Hours and Win Rate | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/engineering-crm) The task time written against quote preparation accumulates on the opportunity record; reported together with the quote's outcome field, the hour cost of lost quotes comes out separately. - Accumulate the engineer hours spent on quote preparation on the opportunity record and measure how many orders each customer gives against how many quotes - Keep the compliance answers given to specification clauses and the assumptions on the quote record and compare them between revisions - Follow the hours spent on a fixed-price project side by side with the contract budget and set a warning for projects nearing a budget overrun - Keep warranty end and maintenance contract renewal dates on the project record and gather those that are due in a list - Quote File: Every request for a quote is an opportunity record; the specification attachment, the assumptions and the compliance answers sit on the same card, and the revisions are lined up in the record history. - Man-Hour Record: The time spent is written against the task; because tasks are tied to the opportunity and to the project, the quote cost and the project cost are added up from the same place. - Win Rate: The outcome of the quote is a field on the opportunity record; how many quotes were given per customer and how many of them were won is reported from that field. - Maintenance Contract Renewal: The warranty and contract end date is a field on the project record; those whose date is approaching fall into a list and are opened as a new opportunity. - S: Can I see how many engineer hours we spent on quotes we did not win? — C: Yes. The time written against the tasks in quote preparation accumulates on the opportunity record; when it is reported together with the quote's outcome field, the hour cost of the lost quotes comes out separately. - S: Can I notice a budget overrun on a fixed-price project before the work is finished? — C: Yes. The contract budget is a field on the project record; when the total hours coming from the tasks approach that field, the project is flagged in the list and a notification goes to the person responsible. - S: Who gives the reminder for warranty and maintenance contract renewal? — C: The warranty and contract end date is a field on the project record; those whose date is approaching fall into a list and are opened as a new opportunity. Because the project's history sits on the same record, the renewal meeting does not start from scratch. - S: Which is the best CRM software for engineering? — C: When choosing a CRM for the engineering sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your engineering process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce period; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an engineering CRM system cost? — C: On the engineering side the work of more than one engineer goes into a single quote file; it is this office team that uses the system. We keep the current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the engineering sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the engineering sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your engineering process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is not a matter of capacity, it is a choice. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for engineering? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Enterprise Banking CRM: Limits and Collateral | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/enterprise-banking-crm) A company is an account record; its subsidiaries hang on the same tree, and limit allocation end and collateral type are its fields. Renewals coming due fall into a list from the date field. - Tie the parent company and its subsidiaries in a parent-child account relationship and see the group's total relationship with the bank in a single list - Keep limit allocation end and collateral renewal dates as fields and tie renewals coming due to a task - Write the company visit, the person met and the product discussed into the visit record; let the history stay with the organisation when a portfolio is handed over - Mark products such as cash management, foreign trade and payroll in an account field and open a contact task for companies missing a product - Group and Subsidiary Structure: A company is an account record; the parent company and its subsidiaries are tied together in a parent-child account relationship, and the group total is read from the report on that tree. - Relationship Manager Assignment: The owner of the account is a field; the assignment rule defined during setup drops a new company to the relevant manager by segment and region, and on handover the field changes while the history stays. - Limit and Collateral Calendar: The allocation end and the collateral type are fields on the account; dates coming due fall into a list, and missing documents are tracked as a request record. - Product Ownership and Visit Record: The products owned are a field on the account; a company visit is a task, and the person met and the product discussed are written into the same record. - S: How do we link different companies of the same holding in the CRM? — C: The parent company and its subsidiaries are tied together in a parent-child account relationship; each company keeps its own record, and the group total and group-level product ownership are reported from that tree. The relationship manager assignment can be kept separately per company. - S: Does the system remind me about limit allocation and collateral renewals? — C: The allocation end date and the collateral type are fields on the account. Dates coming due fall into a list according to the day threshold you define, and the renewal task is opened for the owner of the account; missing documents are tracked as a separate request record. - S: When the relationship manager changes, do past meetings stay with the organisation? — C: Yes. The owner of the account is a field; on handover only that field changes, and the visit and meeting notes go on sitting under the account. Because the products owned are also marked in a field on the account, the new manager reads the company's total relationship with the bank from the same record on day one. - S: Which is the best CRM software for enterprise banking? — C: When choosing a CRM for the enterprise banking sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your corporate banking process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce period; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an enterprise banking CRM system cost? — C: On the enterprise banking side the owner of the account is a field; the assignment rule defined during setup drops a new company to the relevant manager by segment and region, and it is this portfolio team that uses the system. We keep the current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the enterprise banking sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the enterprise banking sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your corporate banking process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is not a matter of capacity, it is a choice. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for enterprise banking? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Cooperative CRM: Dues and General Assembly | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/enterprise-cooperative-crm) A member is a person record; the share count, dues lines and transfer history sit on the same card. Who the general assembly notice reached and who attended by proxy is read from the event record. - Keep member records on a single card together with the share information, the payment history and the communication consent - Process dues and instalment movements per member and see overdue payments in a single list - Send the general assembly notice to members by SMS and WhatsApp and follow attendance and proxy status on the same record - Record membership transfers together with their date and read from the history who held the share in which period - Member Record: A member is a person record; the number of shares, the membership status and the date of joining are its fields, and the payment lines accumulate under the card. - Share and Dues Movement: Accrual and payment are lines tied to the member record; the balance is calculated from those lines and overdue ones fall into a list. - General Assembly: The general assembly is an event record; the sending of the notice, attendance and proxy status are held in fields tied to it. - Membership Transfer: A transfer is a record with a date field; it is tied to the cards of the transferring and the receiving member, and the history of the share is read from these records. - S: How are membership transfers and share history kept in the CRM? — C: A transfer is a dated record linking the transferring and the receiving member; the number of shares on the member card is updated with that record. Who held the share in which period is read afterwards from the list of transfer records, and you are not left dependent on the former board's folder. - S: Can the general assembly notice and the attendance list be prepared? — C: The general assembly is opened as an event record; the notice is sent to the member list over SMS and WhatsApp, and who the sending reached stays in the record. Because attendance and proxy status are marked on the same record, the attendance list is formed during the meeting. - S: Can I see overdue dues per member in a single list? — C: Yes. Accrual and payment are lines tied to the member record; the balance is calculated from those lines and overdue amounts fall into a single list. When you open a member's card, their share, payment history and communication consent sit on the same screen. - S: Which is the best CRM software for cooperatives? — C: When choosing a CRM for the cooperative sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your cooperative process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce period; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a cooperative CRM system cost? — C: We keep the current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the cooperative sector? — C: In a cooperative, payment movements are entered by hand or by import; a connection to the bank side is built if it is requested. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the cooperative sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your cooperative process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is not a matter of capacity, it is a choice. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for a cooperative? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Enterprise Manufacturing CRM: Plants and Samples | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/enterprise-manufacturing-crm) The plant, channel and price list are fields on the account record; a quote line's unit price is not typed by hand but comes from these fields. Sample and framework contract have their own records. - Define dealer, distributor and direct corporate buyer as separate channels and tie each channel to its own price list - Gather the requests of several plants in a single pool and track from the record which job is tied to which plant - Run the sample request through its own stages; keep the approval or the reason for rejection on the customer record - Keep the annual commitment and the end date of framework contracts as fields and tie renewals coming due to a task - Multi-Channel Customer Structure: Dealer, distributor and direct buyer are different channel values of the same account object; the price list is tied to that field and comes onto the quote from there. - Multi-Plant Request Distribution: An incoming request is a record; the plant field and the assignment rule defined during setup drop the request to the team of the relevant plant, and the jobs waiting in the queue are read from a list. - Sample and Approval Process: A sample request is a record with its own stages; the dispatch date, the result and the reason for rejection are its fields, and the history stays on the customer card. - Framework Contract Tracking: A contract is a record tied to the account; the annual commitment, the price validity and the end date are fields, and endings coming due fall into a list. - S: We sell the same product to the dealer and to a direct buyer at different prices — how is this set up in the CRM? — C: The channel is a field on the account record and a separate price list is tied to each channel. The unit price on the quote line comes from the list according to the customer's channel; deviation from the list is tied to a permission, and discount approval is defined as a separate step. - S: We have more than one production plant; can we separate requests by plant? — C: Yes. The plant is a field on request and opportunity records; the assignment rule defined during setup drops an incoming request into the queue of the relevant team by plant and product group. Reports are taken separately per plant, and the head office total is read from the same records. - S: Can I be notified when the end date of a framework contract approaches? — C: Yes. A contract is a record tied to the account; the annual commitment, the price validity and the end date are its fields. Endings coming due fall into a list from the date field and the renewal task is opened for the owner of the account; how much of the commitment has been fulfilled is read from the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for enterprise manufacturing? — C: When choosing a CRM for the enterprise manufacturing sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your production process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce period; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an enterprise manufacturing CRM system cost? — C: We keep the current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the enterprise manufacturing sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the enterprise manufacturing sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your production process, which fields and which stages are needed, together. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is not a matter of capacity, it is a choice. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for enterprise manufacturing? — C: Yes. The field and branch team can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Event Management CRM: Date Options and Site Surveys | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/event-management-crm) The requested event day, the option expiry date and the scope discussed are fields on the same record; sponsorship packages and guest confirmations are rows linked to that record. - Track the brief, proposal, date confirmation and contract stages in a visual flow - Keep sponsorship packages as line items and see in one list who is late with logos and materials - Plan the venue survey as a task and record measurements and constraints on site, with arrival shown by location verification - Report which type of enquiry was won and at which stage the others were lost - Handle incoming enquiries as a team from a single business number, with conversations assigned by the rule you define - Site Survey Visit: The venue survey is a task closed from the mobile app; the visit date, the measurements taken and constraints such as the goods lift sit in the same task, and the team's arrival on site is recorded with location verification. - Date Option Record: Every enquiry is a record; the requested event day, the date the option expires and the scope discussed sit in its fields; when the date is confirmed the same record moves to the contract stage. - Sponsorship Package Line: The event's sponsorship packages are line items linked to the record; which brand took which package, the stand area and the logo delivery day sit in the line's fields, and sponsors whose material has not arrived are gathered into a single list. - Guest List and Attendance Confirmation: The event's guests are contact rows linked to the record; the date the invitation was sent, the confirmation received and the attendance scanned at the door sit in the row's own fields, and the post-event survey is sent to the same list. - Supplier Engagement Record: Sound, lighting, stage and catering suppliers are engagements linked to the event record; the site entry time, the set-up duration and the person responsible sit in fields, and the rehearsal and the strike are each separate tasks. - S: Can we be notified before the date option we granted expires? — C: The date the option expires is a field on the enquiry record; records whose date is approaching drop into a list, and the contact task is opened from that list. How many days in advance it warns you is defined during setup. - S: Can we see sponsors whose material has not arrived in a single list? — C: Sponsorship packages are line items linked to the event record; the logo delivery day is a field on the line, and sponsors whose date has passed without material arriving are gathered into a single list based on that field. - S: How long does setup take for Event Management? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your event process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared with you in writing. - S: Does Event Management integrate with my existing systems? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the other side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Event Management? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Eye Center CRM: Refraction and LASIK Tracking | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/eye-center-crm) Sphere, cylinder and axis for each eye are written to the same patient card at every visit; the dioptre's direction over the years is read from those rows. Lens renewal dates sit on the same card. - Record sphere, cylinder and axis for the right and left eye at every examination and track the change over the years on a chart - List LASIK candidates with their pre-assessment result based on corneal thickness, pupil width and the dry eye test - Run LASIK, PRK, LASEK, cataract and implantation processes in the same flow, from pre-preparation through to post-operative care - Track the lens brand, diameter, base curve and renewal date on the patient card, and drop those whose renewal date is approaching into the call list - Plan the post-operative day 1, week 1, month 1, month 3 and year 1 check-ups as tasks tied to the surgery date - Refraction History: The dioptre, cylinder and axis values for the right and left eye are dated rows written to the patient record at every examination; because the rows sit on the same card, the rate of change is read from a chart. - LASIK Pre-Assessment: Corneal thickness, pupil width and the dry eye test are fields on the patient record; the eligibility result is written from those fields according to the rule defined during setup, and eligible candidates come out of that field's list. - Surgery Process: LASIK, PRK, LASEK, cataract and implantation are each a surgery record; pre-preparation, the day before, the day of surgery and the steps that follow are tasks tied to that record's date, and a step that is not completed stays open on the list. - Contact Lens and Spectacle Prescription: The lens brand, diameter, base curve and renewal date are fields on the patient record; patients whose renewal date is approaching are filtered by that field and drop into the call list. A spectacle order is a separate row linked to the same card; which optician the patient was referred to sits in its field. - Post-Operative Check-Up Schedule: The day 1, week 1, month 1, month 3 and year 1 check-ups are tasks tied to the surgery date; the steps are defined during setup according to your own protocol, and at every check-up visual acuity is written to the same patient record. - S: How is LASIK eligibility assessed in the CRM? — C: Corneal thickness, pupil width, dioptre and the dry eye test are fields on the patient record; the eligibility result is calculated from those fields according to the rule defined during setup and marked as 'eligible', 'conditionally eligible' or 'not eligible', and the physician makes the final decision. - S: How are refraction values tracked? — C: At every examination the sphere, cylinder, axis and near addition values for the right and left eye are written to the patient record as dated rows. Because the rows sit on the same card, the change in dioptre is tracked on a chart over the years. - S: Is there contact lens sales and follow-up? — C: Yes. The lens brand in use, its measurements and the renewal date are fields on the patient record; patients whose renewal date is approaching are filtered by that field and drop into the call list. If you want the reminder message to go out based on that date, you tie it to a rule during setup. Lens stock counts can be kept on the product record. - S: How does the post-LASIK schedule work? — C: The check-ups 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, 3 months and 1 year after the day of surgery are opened as tasks tied to the surgery date; you define the steps during setup according to your own protocol. At every check-up visual acuity and the state of recovery are written to the same patient record. ### [Facility Management CRM: Charges & Maintenance | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/facility-management-crm) A unit is a record; service-charge lines sit under it period by period, an overdue line drops into a list, and the resident's fault report links to that same unit. - Create service-charge accruals unit by unit; let overdue lines drop into a list and tie the late-payment reminder to that list with a rule - Receive residents' faults, complaints and suggestions digitally and follow the resolution through until it is closed - Set up the periodic maintenance calendar and manage technical staff assignments job by job - Produce monthly and annual income-expense reports and share them transparently with residents - Service Charge Management: A unit is a record; service-charge lines are kept under it period by period, and an overdue line drops into a list. - Resident Request Management: A request is opened as a record and linked to the unit; it stays in the list until it is closed, the resolution time comes out of the record dates, and earlier requests from the same unit are listed under the card. - Maintenance and Repair Planning: Periodic maintenance is a recurring task tied to a date field; the technical staff assignment sits on that same task. - Income and Expense Reporting: Because income and expense lines sit inside the records, monthly and annual reports are taken by selecting a period, and the same output is shared with residents. - S: Can residents pay their service charges online? — C: Payment records are matched with the unit and the resident record; transactions arrive either through an import or through a connection built for the specific project over the API. We build the connection to the bank side ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. Payment statuses are updated either way. - S: How is a resident reminded about an overdue service charge? — C: Service-charge lines are kept under the unit record period by period, and each line's due date is a field; the overdue ones drop into a list. During setup you tie to a rule how many days after the due date the reminder message goes out and through which channel; the send is recorded on the unit record. - S: Can we manage more than one residential complex or block from the same panel? — C: Yes, you can manage different complexes and blocks from a single CRM panel and report separately for each of them. - S: Can we see that the same fault has been reported a second time? — C: Yes. A request is a record and is linked to the unit; earlier requests opened from the same unit are listed with their dates under the card. Because an open request stays in the list until it is closed, the second report sits on top of the first; requests opened under the same subject heading are also counted in a single list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for facility management? — C: When choosing a CRM for the facility management sector, you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your facility management process, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training to your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a facility management CRM system cost? — C: In facility management, the technical staff assignment sits on the periodic maintenance task; that team is who uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not write figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the facility management sector? — C: In facility management, payment transactions are matched to unit records; transactions are entered by hand or through an import. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built for the specific project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the facility management sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your facility management process together, along with which fields and which stages are needed. After the call, we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we deliver the training to your team in Turkish. On our support line there is no call centre. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for facility management? — C: In facility management, periodic maintenance is a recurring task tied to a date field; the technical staff member assigned to it sees that task in the field from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is held on the device for 24 hours. ### [Farming CRM: Harvest Commitments and Parcel Records | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/farming-crm) A buyer is an account record; the quantity, price and delivery period discussed sit on the record linked to it. In Rapitek CRM commitments whose period is approaching drop into a list. - Keep buyers on an account record and write down the quantity, price and delivery period discussed before the harvest - Link the parcel and the crop variety to the record and trace which field's produce went where - Define the seasonal crew's shifts and take field check-in from the mobile app with location verification - Send delivery and dispatch information to the buyer by SMS or WhatsApp from the same record - Buyer Account: The broker, the supermarket and the wholesaler are each an account record; the agreed price and quantity sit in the account's fields, and deliveries accumulate under the card. - Harvest Period Commitment: The delivery period is the record's date field; commitments whose period is approaching drop into a list, and the preparation task is opened from that list. - Parcel and Crop: The parcel and the crop variety are fields on the record; which field's produce went to which buyer is read from the report on those fields. - Seasonal Crew Shift: Shifts and working hours are defined in the system; field check-in is taken from the mobile app, the location is verified and mock location detection is active. - S: How do we track the quantities discussed with buyers before the harvest? — C: Every buyer is an account record; the quantity, price and delivery period discussed are written to the record linked to that account. As the period approaches the commitments drop into a list, and the total promised is compared against the crop in hand in the same report. - S: Can we record which parcel the seasonal crew worked on? — C: Yes. Shifts and working hours are defined, field check-in is done from the mobile app, and mock location detection works through location verification; at the end of the day which crew was on which parcel is read from the record. - S: Can I trace which buyer received the produce from which field? — C: The parcel and the crop variety are fields on the record; because the delivery is linked to that record, which field's produce went to which buyer is read from the report on those fields. - S: Which is the best CRM software for farming? — C: When choosing a CRM for the farming sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your farming process, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a farming CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the farming sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the farming sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your farming process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for farming? — C: On a farm the seasonal crew's field check-in is taken from the mobile app with location verification. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Fashion CRM: Season Calendar and Channel Split | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/fashion-crm) A season is a record; the showing, order-taking and delivery dates are its fields. A return record carries a style and a channel field, and the breakdown is read from those two. - Set the collection season up with calendar steps, so that a task drops to the person responsible as the showing, order-taking and delivery dates approach - Send the lookbook and collection showing to the buyer from the shared inbox and read the WhatsApp and SMS correspondence on the same card - Keep store and online channels separate on the account record and see which channel a style is working in during the season - Total return records by style and channel field and base the next collection's decisions on that difference - Season Calendar: Every collection season is a record; the showing, order-taking and delivery dates are its fields, and a step whose date is approaching drops into the task list of the person responsible. - Collection Showing Despatch: The lookbook link that goes to the buyer goes out from the shared inbox; the WhatsApp and SMS correspondence sits in the same flow on the buyer's card. - Channel Separation: Store and online sales are separated by the channel field on the account record; the same style's sales in the two channels are totalled separately according to that field. - Return Difference by Style: A return record carries a style and a channel field; which style comes back more often through the online channel is read from the breakdown of those two fields. - S: Can I track the showing and delivery dates of a collection season from the system? — C: Yes. A season is a record; the showing, order-taking and delivery dates are its fields, and a step whose date is approaching drops into the task list of the person responsible. - S: Can I see the return difference between the store and the online channel for the same style? — C: Yes. A return record carries a style and a channel field; the breakdown of the two fields lists which channel a style comes back from more often. - S: Where do we see which showing went to a buyer and when? — C: The lookbook link that goes to the buyer goes out from the shared inbox; the WhatsApp and SMS correspondence sits in the same flow on the buyer's card. Who was sent what and when is read on a single screen together with the season record's dates. - S: Which is the best CRM software for fashion? — C: When choosing a CRM for the fashion sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your fashion process, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a fashion CRM system cost? — C: On the fashion side, a step in the season calendar whose date is approaching drops into the task list of the person responsible; it is that team who uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the fashion sector? — C: On the fashion side, store and online sales are separated by the channel field on the account record, and the same style's sales are totalled channel by channel. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the fashion sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your fashion process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for fashion? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Finance CRM: Loan Applications and Missing Documents | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/finance-crm) The application moves through its own stages; the documents requested are rows linked to it, and the file does not move to the next approval step until the missing ones are closed. - Bring each customer's financial profile, product holdings and transaction history together on a single screen - Run the loan application through its stages and block the move to the next step until the missing document line is closed, with a rule defined during setup - Build the reports required for BDDK, SPK and other regulatory bodies from templates - Drop cross-sell and upsell opportunities into a list based on the products-held field - Connect a single WhatsApp number to the team inbox and have conversations assigned according to the rule you define - Suitability Form Validity Record: The suitability form the customer fills in is a form linked to the customer record; the answers, the date it was completed and the validity period sit in fields, and before the period expires a renewal task drops to the portfolio manager. - Application and Collection Tracking: The application moves through its own stages; the approval step and who will approve it are tied to permissions during setup, and collection lines are kept under the record. - Compliance and Reporting: The fields needed for notification are made mandatory on the records; periodic listings are taken from the reports. Institutional connections are built specifically for the project; there is no out-of-the-box module. - Cross-Sell Opportunities: The products held are a field; customers missing a product are gathered in a list filtered by that field and a contact task is opened. - Missing Document Line on a File: The documents requested for an application are rows linked to the application record; which document is missing, who it was requested from and the date it arrived sit in fields, and the file does not move to the next approval step until the missing ones are closed. - S: Is financial data secure? — C: Each customer's data is kept in a separate database; TLS 1.3 is used in transit, passwords and two-step verification secrets are encrypted at rest, and access is limited by role-based permissions. - S: Can regulatory reports be produced? — C: Yes, you can produce the reports required for BDDK, SPK and other bodies from a single screen. You can also define custom report templates. - S: How do the approval steps of a loan application work? — C: The application moves through its own stages; who approves which step is tied to permissions during setup. The documents requested are rows linked to the application record, and the file's move to the next step until the missing line is closed is blocked by a rule defined during setup. There is no engine that runs the steps by itself; you define the rule, and the system makes what is missing and what is late visible. - S: Does it integrate with existing banking systems? — C: We build the connection to core banking systems and ERP software ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared with you in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, customer, product holding and collection data are entered from an import file or by hand; the application stages, missing document lines and suitability form validity period are still kept in the CRM and the reminders are produced from there. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Finance? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Fintech CRM: Integration Process and Volume | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/fintech-crm) Integration is a record linked to the account with its own stages; the test environment, key handover and go-live are stages, and a customer who is waiting shows up on the list. - Track the enterprise customer's integration process through its own stages and see which step it is waiting at on a single list - Attach the signed version of contracts and privacy notices to the customer record - Accumulate the go-live date and the periodic transaction volume that follows it under the same account - Record applications coming through business and solution partners together with their source and run commission tracking - Integration Process: Integration is a record linked to the account with its own stages; the test environment, key handover and go-live are each a stage, and the person responsible for each stage is a field. - Document and Signature: The contract and the privacy notice are attachments on the customer record; the signature date sits in a field, and accounts with an unsigned file drop into a list. - Volume and Revenue Tracking: The go-live date is a field; periodic volume lines accumulate under the account and the customer-by-customer trend is read from the report. - Partner Channel: A partner is an account record; the applications they bring in point to that account in their source field, and the commission calculation comes out of those records. - S: Can I track customers whose contract is signed but whose integration is not finished separately? — C: Yes. Integration is a separate record linked to the account and moves through its own stages; customers who have not gone live are gathered in a list filtered by that stage. - S: Do you build connections to banking and payment infrastructures? — C: Yes, we build the connection ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The CRM tracks your customer's integration process as a record; the connection to your own systems is built specifically for the project via REST API, OAuth2 and webhooks, and its scope is set out in writing in the discovery call. - S: Can I see accounts with an unsigned contract in a single list? — C: The contract and the privacy notice are attachments on the customer record; the signature date is a field, and accounts where that field stays empty are gathered in their own list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for fintech? — C: When choosing a CRM for the fintech sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your fintech process, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a fintech CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the fintech sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the fintech sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your fintech process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for fintech? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Fitness and Gym CRM: Absence and Renewals | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/fitness-gym-crm) The membership end date and the last entry date are fields on the same member record; a member who comes less often drops into a list at the threshold, and the renewal task opens before the date. - Keep the membership end date in a field and tie reminder and loyalty offer tasks to it at 60, 30 and 15 days out - Send a motivational message to a member who has not come in for two weeks and a special offer to one who has been away a month - Suggest a PT package and supplement campaign based on the member's fitness goal - Track the campaign you define for members who bring a friend, together with the referral chain - Have the whole team reply from a single WhatsApp number, with conversations assigned by the rule you define - Membership Renewal Tracking: The membership end date is a field; the 60-30-15 day steps are opened as tasks tied to that date, and the loyalty offer is linked to the same record. - Early Intervention on Absence: The last entry date is a field on the member card; those who pass the two-week and one-month thresholds drop into separate lists, and the message goes to those lists. - PT and Supplement Sales: The fitness goal is a field on the member record; suitable packages are filtered by that field and the offer is opened from the member's card. - Bring a Friend Campaign: The new member's source field points to the member who brought them; the referral chain is followed through that link and the campaign reward is recorded on the record. - Group Class Capacity Record: Every group class session is its own record; the instructor, the time and the capacity sit in fields, the member's booking is linked to that record, and a member who does not turn up is marked on the same class record. - S: Why does a CRM matter for gyms? — C: In a gym the revenue breaks on the member's renewal decision, and the sign of that decision shows weeks earlier in how often they come. When the membership end date and the last entry date are fields on the same member record, a member who is coming less often drops into a list and the win-back task is opened before the renewal day. - S: How is absence tracked? — C: We build the connection to the turnstile and access control system ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module, and the entry record at the turnstile does not reach the CRM by itself. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope and cost with you in writing in the discovery call. When that connection is not built, the last entry date is a field on the member card and is updated by importing the turnstile report or by hand at reception; as the field is updated, a member who has not come for 2 weeks drops into the 'we missed you' message list, one who has not come for 1 month into the win-back offer list, and one who has not come for 3 months into the to-be-called list. - S: How can PT sales be increased? — C: The fitness goal is a field on the member record; members with weight-loss and muscle-building goals drop into separate lists, and the PT introductory offer is opened from those lists through the member's card. If you want to take an offer to a new member at the end of their first week, a task tied to the registration date is defined. - S: Can more than one person in the gym team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the gym side, the whole team replies to member correspondence from a single number; conversations are assigned according to the rule. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Fleet Management CRM: Contract Expiry and Handover | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/fleet-management-crm) A contract is a record linked to the customer account; the start and end dates are its fields, and the renewal task opens off the end date. The vehicle is linked to the same contract. - Keep the lease contract's end date in a field, have those approaching expiry drop into a list, and tie the renewal task and the reminder to a rule from that list - See which customer has each vehicle, its maintenance history and the contract detail on a single screen - Track corporate fleet quotes by negotiation stage and close rate - Write the number of vehicles, the term and the service package onto the quote line and have the total calculated from the price list - Have the whole team reply from a single WhatsApp number and keep conversations under manager oversight - Customer Contract Management: A contract is a record linked to the customer account; the start and end dates are its fields, and the renewal task is opened off the end date. - Vehicle-Level Customer Tracking: A vehicle is a record and is linked to the contract; who has which vehicle and when it is due for service is answered from the vehicle card in a single step. - Sales Pipeline Management: Corporate quotes move along the pipeline as opportunity records; the waiting time at a stage and the close rate come out of the report on those records. - Quote Preparation: The number of vehicles, the term and the service package are fields on the quote line; the total is calculated on the quote card from the values coming out of the price list. - Driver Assignment and Handover Report: Which driver has the vehicle is a field on the vehicle record; at handover the mileage, the damage note and the equipment list are opened as a report, and the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. - S: How can we track fleet leasing contracts? — C: In Rapitek CRM you can define every contract at customer and vehicle level. The start and end dates are fields on the contract record; contracts approaching expiry drop into a list based on that field and the renewal task is opened for the person responsible. You tie how many days in advance the reminder goes out to a rule during setup, and you create the renewal quote from the same screen. - S: How can we manage the vehicle-customer relationship? — C: You can relate each vehicle record to the relevant customer, contract and maintenance history. You can see all of a customer's vehicles, or a vehicle's whole history, on a single screen. - S: How long does setup take for Fleet Management? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your fleet process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared with you in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Fleet Management? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Florist CRM: Sender, Recipient and Card Message | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/florist-crm) The sender is a customer record and the recipient's name and address are fields on the order; in Rapitek CRM the delivery time window and the second attempt run from that same order record. - Keep the sending customer and the delivery recipient apart; write the card message into the order's field and, for anonymous sending, leave the sender's name out of the card text - Write the delivery time window onto the order; have the courier close the delivery from the mobile app with location verification, have the person taking delivery sign on the signature screen, and open a second attempt task when the recipient cannot be found - Put work that must close the same day, such as funeral wreaths and ceremony orders, into a separate queue, set its owner with the assignment rule you define during setup, and notify the team as the status changes - Run the pre-order window before a special day with stepped follow-up tasks; turn the lists from hotel, office and agency accounts into quotes at their own agreed prices - Separating Sender and Recipient: The sender is a customer record; the recipient's name, address and phone number sit in the order's own fields. When the recipient later places an order of their own they become a separate customer record, so the two histories do not get mixed up. - Card Message and Anonymous Sending: The card text is a field on the order and passes to the delivery task along with the address; when the sender wants to stay anonymous their name is not written into the card text and stays only on the order record. - Narrow Delivery Window and Second Attempt: An order carries a time window, not just a day; the courier closes the delivery with location verification and the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. If the recipient is not at the door the outcome is recorded on the task, and the time for the second attempt is agreed with the recipient from the shared WhatsApp or SMS inbox. - Corporate Pre-Order Window: Hotels, offices and agencies give their lists weeks before a special day; that list is opened as a pre-order under the account, turns into a quote at the price defined for that account, and is split into individual tasks on the delivery day. - S: Can I track the sender and the recipient separately on a flower order? — C: Yes. The sender stays as a customer record, while the recipient's name and delivery address are in the order's own fields. That way orders the same customer sends to different people accumulate in a single history, and next year's reminder is set up for the right person. - S: How do I plan deliveries on busy days like Valentine's Day? — C: Deliveries are opened as tasks; because the delivery time and the address sit in fields, the day's list is sorted by time, distributed to the couriers, and the delivered confirmation is marked from the mobile app. - S: How do we handle corporate lists before a special day? — C: The list given by hotels, offices and agencies is opened as a pre-order under the account; it turns into a quote at the price defined for that account and is split into individual tasks on the delivery day. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a florist? — C: When choosing a CRM for the florist sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your florist process, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a florist CRM system cost? — C: On the florist side the courier who closes the delivery also works on the same record; the system is used by the shop and the distribution staff. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the florist sector? — C: On the florist side, the list that hotels, offices and agencies give before a special day is opened as a pre-order under the account. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the florist sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your florist process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for a florist? — C: At a florist the courier closes the delivery with location verification, and the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Food CRM: Channel Pricing and Shelf Visits | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/food-beverage-crm) The price for a chain supermarket, a wholesaler and a hotel kitchen sits in the account record's own field; the order takes it from there. A field visit is a task, closed on site from the app. - Manage chain supermarket, wholesaler, HORECA and export customers as separate account types and apply each its own price and discount terms - Plan field sales visits, see that the representative reached the point with GPS verification, and have shelf and stock notes written onto the visit record - Track the listing negotiation and sample despatch as a staged opportunity and see which product is at which step with which chain - Link a product complaint to a case record by batch number and gather complaints for the same batch into a single list - Channel-Based Pricing: Chains, wholesalers and HORECA are separate account types; the agreed price and discount sit in the account's field and pass from there to the order. - Point of Sale Visit: A visit is a task; the date, the representative and the point of sale are its fields; the representative closes it at the supermarket from the mobile app, the location is verified by GPS, and shelf and stock notes are written to the same record. - Listing Process: Getting a product into a chain is an opportunity record; the negotiation, the sample and the paperwork are each a stage, and every stage has its own date. - Batch and Complaint: A complaint is a case record; the batch number is carried in its field, and cases belonging to the same batch appear in a single list. - S: We sell the same product to different channels at different prices — how does the CRM hold that? — C: The price and discount terms are in a field on the account record; because chain supermarket, wholesaler and HORECA customers are separate account types, when an order is opened the price comes from that account's terms rather than being entered by hand. - S: How do I verify that the field team really visited the supermarket? — C: A visit is planned as a task and the representative closes it on site from the mobile app; the location is verified by GPS, mock location reporting is detected, and shelf and stock notes are written to the same visit record. - S: Can I see complaints about the same batch in a single list? — C: A complaint is a case record and the batch number is carried in that record's field; cases belonging to the same batch appear in a single list, and which channel the product went to is read from the account record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for food? — C: When choosing a CRM for the food sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your food process, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a food CRM system cost? — C: On the food side the visit task carries the date, representative and point of sale fields; it is that field staff who uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the food sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the food sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your food process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for food? — C: In food a field visit is a task; the representative closes it at the supermarket from the mobile app, and shelf and stock notes are written to the same record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Footwear CRM: Size Runs and Pre-Orders | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/footwear-crm) An order line carries a model and a size field; a model's size spread is read from those lines. In Rapitek CRM a warranty case opens with a defect type and recurring defects gather in a list. - Record dealer pre-orders with a model and size run breakdown and look at the production plan from the same list - Record in-season demand as a separate type from the pre-order and see in the report which size sells out early - Open warranty and return cases with a defect type; have the resolution note written on the case, so later cases opened with the same defect type are read from those records - Tie subcontracting workshop work to a task with its deadline date, and have the person taking delivery sign on the signature screen in the mobile app - Size Run: An order line carries a model and a size field; a model's size distribution and the difference from dealer to dealer are read from those lines. - Pre-Order and In-Season Demand: Both are order records linked to the same account; the type is separated in a field, and the season report is split in two by that field. - Warranty Case and Defect Type: A warranty case is a record; the model, the defect type and the decision given are its fields. The resolution note is written on the case, and later cases opened with the same defect type are read from those records. - Subcontracting Workshop Deadline: Work given to a workshop is a task; the deadline date and the quantity are its fields, and as the deadline approaches the task moves up the list. - S: Can I keep the size run on the order? — C: Yes. An order line carries a model and a size field; the size distribution of the same model is read from the lines, and the dealer-level size run report comes out of that breakdown. - S: Can I see a defect recurring on the same model across warranty cases? — C: On the case record the model and the defect type are each a field; the model-level list shows how many times a defect has recurred. The resolution note is written on the case, and later cases opened with the same defect type are read from those records. - S: Will I know when the deadline for work given to a subcontracting workshop is approaching? — C: Work given to a workshop is a task; the deadline date and the quantity are its fields, and as the deadline approaches the task moves up the list. A handover record is opened at delivery and the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. - S: Which is the best CRM software for footwear? — C: When choosing a CRM for the footwear sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your process in the footwear sector, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a footwear CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the footwear sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the footwear sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your process in the footwear sector, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for footwear? — C: In footwear, subcontracting workshop work is a task with a deadline date; the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Franchise CRM: Franchisee Audits and Turnover | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/franchise-crm) Every item on the audit form becomes an action with an owner and a date; an item left open comes up open at the next visit, and the turnover declaration is linked to the franchisee account. - Score franchise applications against your own assessment criteria and move them through the approval steps - Compare each franchisee's sales and target achievement on the same screen - Plan field visits and fill in the audit form on mobile with photos, tying each item to an action - Send campaign, announcement and training information to the whole network in one go - Reply as a team from a single WhatsApp number, so correspondence does not stay on personal phones - Franchise Application: A candidate application is a record; the assessment criteria and the score awarded are its fields, the approval steps move along as stages, and which candidate is waiting where is read from the list. - Franchisee Performance: Every franchisee is an account record; sales, target and actual sit in that account's fields, and the franchisee-level comparison is taken from the report. - Brand Standards Audit: A field visit is an audit form filled in from the mobile app; every item on the form becomes an action with an owner and a date, and an item left open comes up open at the next visit. - Central Communication: Announcements, campaigns and training information are sent to the franchisee list; who was sent what and when leaves a trace on the despatch record. - Royalty and Turnover Declaration: A franchisee's periodic turnover declaration is a declaration record linked to the franchisee account; the period, the amount declared and the royalty calculated sit in fields, and when the declaration does not arrive on time a task is opened for the regional manager. - S: How are franchisee applications assessed? — C: You can define customisable assessment criteria for every application, score candidates, and tie the approval steps to the flow defined during setup. - S: How are field audits carried out? — C: You can fill in field audit forms from the mobile app, attach photos, and open an action with an owner and a date for every item. An item left open comes up open at the next visit. - S: Can franchisee performance reports be produced? — C: Yes. Because sales, target and actual sit in the fields of the franchisee account, the franchisee-level performance and brand compliance report is produced from those fields. - S: Can more than one person in the franchise team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the franchise side, franchisee correspondence does not stay on personal phones but is run by the team from a single number. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Funeral Services CRM: Transfer and Burial Files | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/funeral-services-crm) Every funeral service is a single record: transfer, washing and burial are its stages. In Rapitek CRM, while the burial permit field is empty the file does not move to the next step. - Run the transfer, washing and burial arrangements step by step on a single process - Record every conversation with the family on the same record, so it is clear who has taken over the process - Track municipal, hospital and institutional contracts together with their scope and service breakdown - Send process updates to the family over WhatsApp in measured language - Service File: Every funeral service is a single record; the transfer, washing and burial steps are its stages, a completed step is recorded onto the same record, and whoever takes over the shift reads from the record where the process stands. - Family Communication History: Every conversation with the family is an activity written onto the service file; who said what and when sits on the record, so the information does not change from person to person. - Corporate Contract: A municipality or a hospital is an account record; the contract scope and the agreed price are its fields, every service given is linked to that record, and the monthly breakdown comes out of it. - Burial Permit and Transfer Document: The death certificate, the burial permit and the out-of-city transfer permit are separate fields on the service file; a file with a missing document does not move to the next step, and which document is waiting with whom sits there as a task. - S: Can municipal and institutional contracts be managed? — C: Yes, you can manage corporate contracts, special pricing and monthly service reports through the CRM. - S: How is data privacy ensured? — C: Each customer's CRM data is kept in a separate database allocated to them, and access authorisation is granted on a role basis. Hosting is in the European Union: the database in Finland, the media files in Frankfurt. Under KVKK Article 9 this counts as a transfer abroad; that is why we run the disclosure and explicit consent processes. - S: Can we stop a file progressing because of a missing document? — C: The death certificate, the burial permit and the out-of-city transfer permit are separate fields on the service file; the rule defined during setup stops a file with a missing document from moving to the next step, and which document is waiting with whom sits there as a task. - S: How long does setup take for Funeral Services? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your funeral services process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared with you in writing. ### [Furniture CRM: Fabric Choice and Installation | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/furniture-crm) Fabric, colour and dimensions are fields on the order line; the choice is entered at the point of sale and production reads it from the same record. Installation is a task tied to the order. - Record a made-to-measure order together with the fabric, colour and dimension choices - Track the production, dispatch and installation stages on the order record - Plan the installation appointment around team availability and notify the customer - Keep the price agreements of dealers and project customers on the account card - Link post-delivery warranty and service requests to the same order - Order Configuration: Fabric, colour and dimensions are fields on the order line; the choice is entered onto the record at the point of sale and production reads it from the same record, without asking a second time. - Production and Delivery Stages: Production, dispatch and installation are stages of the same order; which order is waiting where is read from the stage report. - Installation Team Calendar: Installation is a task tied to the order; the team, the date and the address are its fields. Because installations falling on the same day sit side by side in the calendar, giving a second job to the same team is visible on the record, and the notification to the customer goes out from that task's date. - Dealer and Project Pricing: Dealers and project customers are each an account record; the agreed price list is linked to the account and comes from there onto the quote. - Warranty and Service: A service request is linked to the relevant order; which product, which fabric and when the problem arose are tracked from the order record. - S: How does the fabric and colour the customer chose show up in production? — C: Fabric, colour and dimensions are fields on the order line. Because they are entered at the point of sale, production reads them from the same record; no scrap of paper and no asking a second time. - S: How do I plan the installation appointment? — C: Installation is a task with team and date fields, and it is tied to the order. Installations falling on the same day appear side by side in the calendar, and the notification to the customer goes out from the same record. - S: How much does a furniture CRM system cost? — C: On the furniture side the installation task carries the team, date and address fields; it is that installation staff who uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the furniture sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in furniture? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your furniture process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for furniture? — C: In furniture, installation is a task tied to the order; the team, the date and the address are its fields, and the installation team sees the task on their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Gaming CRM: Support Cases and Release Calendar | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/gaming-crm) A support case is opened with version, platform and region fields; reports carrying the same symptom gather into one list, and how many players are affected is read from its count. - Open player support cases with version, platform and region fields and gather records reporting the same bug into a single list - Write the answer to frequently raised problems into the case's resolution note, so later cases opened with the same symptom are read from those records - Keep publisher, store and localisation partners on an account record, and leave the contract date and conversation history with the company - Run content creator and sponsorship conversations as a contact sequence tied to the launch calendar - Support Case Record: A case is a record with version, platform and region fields; it is linked to the player record, and reports with the same symptom are filtered by those fields. - Resolution Note: A recurring answer is written into the case's resolution note field; later cases opened with the same symptom are read from those records, so the text is not written from scratch every time. - Partner Account: The publisher, the store and the localisation company are each an account record; the contract start and end dates sit in fields, and the renewal task is tied to that date. - Release and Launch Calendar: A release is a dated record; the tasks linked to it are opened as content creator outreach and support preparation, and that week's load is visible from this list. - S: Can we gather players reporting the same bug in one place? — C: Yes. Because version, platform and region are each a field on the case record, reports carrying the same symptom are gathered into a single list with a filter; how many players are affected is read from that list's count, and the order of the fix is discussed on that basis. - S: Does in-game purchase and store data flow into the CRM by itself? — C: We build the connection to the store and purchase side ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. Purchase and player data are connected via the REST API covering 183 business objects, webhooks and import; the scope is worked out in the discovery call. Once connected, the player's spending history appears alongside the support case. - S: Can I be notified when the publisher contract's end date arrives? — C: Yes. The publisher, the store and the localisation company are each an account record; the contract start and end dates sit in that record's fields. Because the end date is a field, contracts approaching expiry drop into a list, and it is defined during setup so that the renewal task is opened for the person responsible. - S: Which is the best CRM software for gaming? — C: When choosing a CRM for the gaming sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your game studio process, we migrate your data, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a gaming CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the gaming sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project via our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the gaming sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your game studio process, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we deliver the training for your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for gaming? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Glass CRM: Measurement Card, Tempering, Breakage | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/glass-crm) A job is a single record holding the measurement, thickness and edgework fields. In Rapitek CRM a broken pane becomes a separate record under that job, and breakage is reported by job and crew. - Write the measurement taken at the survey, with thickness and edgework detail, to the job record from the mobile app and attach the photo - Follow the cutting, tempering and fitting stages on the job record and see which job is waiting where - Plan the fitting appointment as a task with crew and time fields, and close it from the field with location verification - Record panes broken in transport and fitting under the job, and report breakage broken down by job and by crew - Measurement and Processing Card: A job is a record on which the measurement sits together with thickness, edgework and hole detail as fields; the survey photo is attached to the same card. - Production Stage: Cutting, tempering and packing are stages of the job record; jobs waiting at a stage are gathered in a list filtered on that field. - Glass Fitting Appointment: The day the glass is to be fitted is a task tied to the job record; crew, address and time are in its fields, and it is closed from the mobile app with location verification. - Breakage and Waste Record: A broken pane is a separate record under the job; the cause and stage fields are filled in, and the total is read from a report broken down by job and by crew. - S: How does the glass measurement taken at the survey reach the workshop? — C: The measurement, thickness and edgework are written from the mobile app into the fields of the job record; the workshop looks at the same record, and because the survey photo is attached to the card, the measurement is not passed on by word of mouth a second time. - S: Can we track glass broken during fitting? — C: Yes. The broken pane is opened as a separate record under the job concerned, with cause and stage fields; the remake task is started from there, and the breakage total is reported broken down by job, crew and period. - S: Can I see which job is waiting at cutting and which at tempering? — C: Cutting, tempering and packing are stages of the job record; jobs waiting at a stage are gathered in a list filtered on that field, and jobs with an approaching fitting appointment stand out in the same list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for Glass? — C: When choosing a CRM for the glass sector you should look at industry workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your process in the Glass sector, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much do Glass CRM system prices cost? — C: In glass, the fitter who takes the measurement and the workshop that does the cutting look at the same job record, so people in the field and people in the workshop become users together. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Glass sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Glass sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your process in the Glass sector together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for Glass? — C: In glass, the measurement taken at the survey and the edgework detail are written to the job record from the mobile app, and the photo stays attached. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Government CRM: Application Record, Unit Routing | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/government-crm) An application is a record; its channel, subject and responsible unit are fields. Every handover accumulates on the same card with its date, and those past the response target gather in one list. - Gather applications arriving by letter, web form, e-mail and WhatsApp into a single record structure - Route an application to the right unit with assignment rules defined during setup, and see waiting and overdue work in one list - Send notifications to citizens over SMS and WhatsApp, and leave a trace of the sending on the record - Keep who made each change to a record and when, for audit purposes - Application Record: An application is a record; the channel it came in on, its subject and the unit responsible are in its fields, and every handover accumulates on the same card as a date. - Unit Routing: Routing is an assignment rule defined during setup; based on the subject field the record drops into the queue of the relevant unit, and work with no owner assigned stays on a list. - Response Time: The target date by which an application must be answered is a field on the record; applications approaching and past their deadline gather in lists filtered on that field. - Audit Trail: Field changes are kept in the record's history; which user changed what and when is read from the record itself. - S: How are citizen applications arriving from different channels distributed to units? — C: The subject of the application and the channel it came in on are each fields on the record; the assignment rules defined during setup look at those fields and drop the record into the queue of the relevant unit. Because applications with no owner assigned stay on a separate list, no request ever becomes invisible on a single desk. - S: Where is institutional data stored? — C: Data is kept within the European Union: the CRM database is on servers in Finland, and files and media are hosted in Frankfurt. This is a transfer abroad; we plan the disclosure and explicit consent obligations under KVKK together on the institution's side. A separate database is used for each tenant, and TLS 1.3 is applied in transit. - S: Can I see how many days an application has been waiting in which unit? — C: Every handover accumulates on the application record together with its date; the target date by which it must be answered is also a field on the record. Applications approaching and past their deadline gather in lists filtered on that field. - S: Which is the best CRM software for Government? — C: When choosing a CRM for the public sector you should look at industry workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your public sector process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much do Government CRM system prices cost? — C: In the public sector an application drops into the queue of the relevant unit according to its subject and is assigned to an owner, so how many units will use the system varies from institution to institution. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the public sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the public sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your public sector process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for Government? — C: Yes. Field and branch staff can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Graphic Design CRM: Briefs and Revision Rounds | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/graphic-design-crm) Every amendment request drops under the project with its version, and which round of revisions you are on is counted. The hours the designer logs sit beside the quote amount on the same card. - Keep the brief, the delivery date and the approval status of every job on a single project record - Record amendment requests, keep the version history, and follow how much of the agreed revision allowance has been used - Prepare the quote per project; record client approval as a stage change and transfer it to an invoice with a ready-made conversion action - Keep client correspondence, meeting notes and design files in the same place - Communicate quickly and share files over WhatsApp, with the whole exchange staying in the CRM - Project and Brief Management: A job is a project record; the brief, the delivery date and the approval status sit in its fields, and files are attached to the same card. - Revision Tracking: Every revision request is a separate record tied to the project; which round of revisions it is gets counted, and going over the agreed number shows up on a list. - Quoting and Invoicing: The quote is produced under the project with its line items; approval is recorded as a stage change, and the transfer to an invoice is done with a ready-made record action. - Client Communication History: Correspondence, meeting notes and files accumulate under the client card; the question of who promised what is answered from a single record. - Designer Hours Breakdown: The hours a designer logs against a job sit line by line under the project; because the quote amount and the total of those lines come side by side on the same card, the profit on the job is visible before the project closes. - S: Is there a file sharing feature? — C: Yes, you can create client-specific file areas, share design files and manage approval processes. - S: Can freelancers use it too? — C: Rapitek CRM is an enterprise solution aimed at teams of 5 or more users. It suits agency and studio structures. - S: Can I get profitability reports per project? — C: Yes, you can produce detailed profitability reports for each project on the basis of time spent, cost and revenue. - S: Does an invoice get created on its own once the quote is approved? — C: The quote is produced under the project with its line items; client approval is recorded as a stage change. To turn an approved quote into an invoice you run the ready-made conversion action on the record; the line items and totals carry over as they stand on the quote. There is no flow that issues an invoice by itself at the moment of approval — your team starts that step. - S: How long does setup take for Graphic Design? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your graphic design process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Greenhouse and Nursery CRM: Production Plan | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/greenhouse-crm) A supermarket chain, a landscaping firm and a dealer are each an account record; species preference and order history accumulate there, and next season's production plan comes out of those records. - Keep the order history and species preferences of supermarket chains, landscaping firms and dealers per customer - Follow the balance between orders and stock on the same screen and update your production plan accordingly - Keep plant species, price and stock information up to date and share it with your customers - Send campaigns and offers to the target customer group during planting and sowing seasons - Send new product announcements and order confirmations over WhatsApp - B2B Customer Management: A supermarket chain, a landscaping firm and a dealer are each an account record; species preference is in a field, and order history accumulates under the card. - Order and Production Planning: Orders and stock are tied to the same product record; open orders and the quantity on hand appear side by side in a single list. - Product Catalogue Management: Species, price and stock are fields on the product record; the list shared with the customer is produced from that card, and no separate catalogue is kept. - Seasonal Campaigns: A campaign is a record; the target group is filtered on customer fields, and because orders coming back are tied to the campaign, the result is measured. - Plant Passport Tracking: For every batch that goes out for dispatch, the plant passport number and its date of issue are fields on the batch record; a batch whose paperwork is not complete does not close the dispatch task, and which batch went to which customer is read backwards from the same record. - S: Can I manage wholesale and retail sales separately? — C: Yes, you can use different price lists, payment terms and order modules for B2B and B2C customers. - S: Is there a seasonal planning module? — C: Yes, you can forecast seasonal demand from previous years' data and adjust your production plan accordingly. - S: Is logistics tracked? — C: Yes, you can follow order picking, packing and dispatch processes through the CRM. - S: How long does setup take for Greenhouse and Nursery? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your greenhouse and nursery process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Grocery and Corner Shop CRM: Store Credit | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/grocery-store-crm) Store credit lines sit under the customer record; the balance drops the moment a payment is entered, and the reminder comes from that balance. The same card carries points and purchases. - Keep the store credit balance per customer, see the payment history and send a reminder notification - Reward customers who collect points and gather frequent shoppers in a separate group - Track product stock, get an alert for items that fall to a critical level and start the order from the same screen - Compare the best-selling products and profitability in daily, weekly and monthly sales - Let the whole team reply from a single WhatsApp number, with the messaging staying on the customer record - Store Credit Tracking: Store credit lines are kept under the customer record; the balance is calculated from those lines, and the payment history stays on the same card. - Home Order Delivery: An order that comes in by phone or WhatsApp is a record; the delivery address, the person taking the order out and the delivered flag are fields on that record; if it was put on store credit, the line falls to the same customer card. - Supplier Rep Visit Day: Which supplier's sales rep comes on which day is a field on the supplier record; the missing items to be ordered that day are filtered from the product records and tied to the same visit task. - Sales Reports: Because sales records sit with their date and their product, daily, weekly and monthly comparisons are taken by changing the report range. - Expiry Date Tracking: The expiry date is a field on the product record; items whose date is approaching are filtered by that field, and the shelf check is a task produced from that list. - S: Can I see an order sent to a home and its store credit in the same place? — C: An order that comes in by phone or WhatsApp is a record; the delivery address, the person taking the order out and the delivered flag are fields on that same record. If it was put on store credit, the line falls to the same customer card and the balance is calculated from there. - S: How do we catch products whose expiry date is approaching? — C: The expiry date is a field on the product record; items whose date is approaching are filtered by that field, and the shelf check is opened as a task produced from that list. - S: How long does setup take for a grocery or corner shop? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your shop's process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for a grocery or corner shop? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person on a grocery or corner shop team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the grocery and corner shop side the whole team replies to order messages from a single number, and the messaging stays on the customer record. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even when staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Hair Transplant Centre CRM: Graft Plan and Transfers](https://rapitek.com/en/hair-transplant-center-crm) The patient journey is six stages on a single record: first enquiry, hair analysis, quote, preparation, the operation and follow-up spread over twelve months; each stage opens its own task. - Route patient enquiries arriving in different languages by language, and answer them with the reply templates defined during setup for each language - Keep consultation and hair analysis photos, the follicular graft count and the placement plan together on the patient card - Plan the international patient's hotel booking, airport transfer and travel to the clinic from the same record - Open the week 1, month 1, 3, 6 and 12 follow-ups as tasks tied to the procedure date, and tie the WhatsApp or e-mail reminder to those tasks as a rule - Direct satisfied patients to a Google review and follow the new patients coming in through the referral programme - Multilingual Lead Management: Language is a field on the prospective patient record; routing and reply templates are matched on that field. The interface is fully translated in Turkish and English; in other languages, untranslated text appears in English. - Hair Analysis Photo Archive: Photos are attachments on the patient record; the graft count and the placement plan are fields on the same card, and comparison is done on a single screen. - Accommodation and Transfer Coordination: Hotel, transfer and travel to the clinic are tasks tied to the patient file; who took on which step is visible on the record. - Post-Operative Follow-Up: Follow-up steps are opened as tasks tied to the procedure date; whether the reminder goes out over WhatsApp or e-mail is tied to a rule, and the sending is recorded on the card. - Review and Referral Management: The satisfaction marker is a field on the patient card; the review invitation and referral tracking run on tasks tied to that field, and an incoming patient shows the referral in their source. - S: How is the patient journey managed with a CRM in hair transplant centres? — C: The patient journey is six stages on a single record: first enquiry, hair analysis, quote, pre-operative preparation, the day of surgery and post-operative follow-up. The stage is a field on the record; when the stage changes, which checklist and which WhatsApp template come into play is tied to a rule during setup. How many patients are waiting at which stage is read from the stage report. - S: Is there language support for patients coming from abroad? — C: Yes. The prospective patient's language is a field on the record; requests arriving in Turkish, English, Arabic, German and Russian are routed on that field. A separate reply template, consultation form and follow-up message sequence is defined for each language during setup. The interface is fully translated in Turkish and English; in other languages, untranslated text appears in English. - S: Are leads from Instagram, Google Ads and WhatsApp recorded automatically? — C: The Meta Lead Ads connection that would cover Instagram lead forms is not live, so it cannot be set up today. On the Google Ads or the WhatsApp side we build the connection; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and its scope and cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, prospects coming from advert forms are entered with an import file or by hand; the source, the campaign and the first message are still fields on the prospective patient record, and which channel turned into an operation is counted from those fields. On the WhatsApp side the shared inbox is a capability of the product itself: your own Meta WhatsApp Business account is connected during setup, incoming messages drop into the team inbox and are recorded on the patient card. - S: How do post-operative photo follow-up and Google reviews work? — C: The procedure date is a field on the patient record; the day 1, week 1, month 1, month 3, month 6 and month 12 follow-ups are opened on the card as tasks tied to that date, and photos are uploaded as attachments to the same record. Which month's reminder goes out through which channel is tied to a rule during setup. Once the satisfaction marker has been recorded on the card, the Google review invitation is sent from a task tied to that field; there is no survey that goes out by itself. ### [Healthcare CRM: Appointment Reminders and Consent](https://rapitek.com/en/healthcare-crm) The appointment is tied to the patient's own file; the timing and channel of the reminder are set per patient, and referral and follow-up are opened as tasks in the same chain. - Gather the patient's treatment history, appointments and notes on a single record - Tie how many hours before an appointment the SMS, e-mail or WhatsApp reminder goes out to a rule, and bring down your no-show rate - Open the follow-up appointment of a referred patient as a task tied to the referral record; let those left unclosed stay on a list - Keep patient data on infrastructure where access is limited by role and the data sits in a separate database that belongs to you - Let the whole team answer from the clinic's single WhatsApp number; have conversations assigned by the rule you define and response times visible to managers - Patient Management System: Treatment history, appointments and notes accumulate under the patient card; the question of who called and when is answered from the same record. - Appointments and Reminders: The reminder is sent tied to the appointment date; confirmation and cancellation are recorded on the same record, and no-shows stay on a list. - Data Security and KVKK: Access is limited by role-based permissions, each tenant's data sits in a separate database, and transfer is done with TLS 1.3. Hosting is in the EU (Finland); for transfer abroad, explicit consent is obtained under KVKK art. 9. - Referral and Follow-Up Management: A referral is a record and is tied to the patient card; the follow-up appointment is opened as a task tied to that record, and those left unclosed stay on a list. - Consent Form Signature Record: The informed consent taken before a procedure is a form tied to the patient record; which procedure it is for, who signed it and when sit in fields, and the person giving consent signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. - S: Is health data safe? — C: Each customer's data is kept in a separate database; TLS 1.3 is used in transit, passwords and two-step verification secrets are encrypted at rest, and access is limited by role-based permissions. Hosting is in the European Union (Finland); for transfer abroad, the disclosure and explicit consent process under KVKK art. 9 is carried out. - S: Does it integrate with our existing patient information system? — C: We build the connection to HBYS products; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, patient information is entered with an import file or by hand; treatment history, appointment and follow-up tracking are still kept in the CRM and reminders are produced from there. - S: How do appointment reminders work? — C: The date and time of the appointment are fields on the record; how many hours before that date the reminder goes out, through which channel (SMS, e-mail or WhatsApp) and how many times, is tied to a rule during setup. The sending is recorded on the same appointment record; the patient's confirmation or cancellation drops onto that record too, and no-shows stay on a list. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Healthcare? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [HealthTech CRM: Pilot Installs and Tender Tracking](https://rapitek.com/en/healthtech-crm) A hospital is an account record; the clinician, IT and procurement are separate contacts tied to that same account. Who raised which objection sits in the notes on the opportunity record. - Follow the clinician, IT and procurement as separate contacts under the same opportunity, and tie each one's objection to the record - Run the pilot installation as a chain of tasks with dates and exit criteria, and see which institution is at which stage - Follow the tender and quote calendar with submission deadlines, and attach specification and technical document versions to the opportunity - Record integration requests with their scope and areas of responsibility, and move the go-live process forward under the same account - Multi-Stakeholder Selling: A hospital is an account record; the clinician, IT and procurement are contacts tied to that account, and objections sit in the opportunity's notes. - Pilot Installation Tracking: The pilot is a chain of tasks with a start and end date; the exit criterion is written in a field, and its outcome is tied to the opportunity. - Tenders and Specifications: A tender is an opportunity record; the submission deadline is in a field, and versions of the specification and technical documents are kept as attachments. - Permissions and Visibility: Fields relating to patient data are tied to permission level; which role sees which field is defined on the record type. - S: Can we exchange data with our hospital information management system? — C: We set up the data exchange with your hospital information management system — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because every hospital's system and field structure is different, the connection is built specifically for the project over the REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2 and webhooks; which fields flow in which direction is defined in the discovery call and shared in writing. - S: In a hospital sale that runs for months, how do we track who objected to what? — C: The clinician, IT and the procurement department are separate contacts tied to the same account; the note from every meeting and whether the objection has been met sit on the opportunity record, and even if the representative changes, the history stays on the record. - S: Where do we keep tender submission deadlines and specification versions? — C: A tender is an opportunity record; the submission deadline is a field on that record, and tenders whose date is approaching drop onto a list. Every version of the specification and the technical document is kept as an attachment on the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for HealthTech? — C: When choosing a CRM for the HealthTech sector you should look at industry workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your healthtech process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much do HealthTech CRM system prices cost? — C: In HealthTech, because which role sees which field is defined on the record type, users are set up individually with their roles. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the HealthTech sector? — C: In HealthTech the counterpart the CRM will talk to is the hospital's information system. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the HealthTech sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your healthtech process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for HealthTech? — C: Yes. Field and branch staff can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Holding Company CRM: Consolidated Group Reporting](https://rapitek.com/en/holding-company-crm) Each subsidiary is a separate unit; a record carries in a field which company it belongs to. When the same customer is opened at two subsidiaries the records match and the histories sit side by side. - Define each subsidiary as a separate unit and run it with its own sales process and pipeline stages - Consolidate the sales, pipeline and customer data of the group companies on a single dashboard - Let users see only their own company's data while opening all of the data to holding management - Route a customer won at one subsidiary to the other group companies as an opportunity - Have the whole team answer from a single WhatsApp business number and assign conversations in the team inbox - Multi-Company Management: Each subsidiary is defined as a separate unit; records carry in a field which company they belong to, and sharing between companies is set up over that field. - Consolidated Holding Reporting: Because the data sits in one place, the group report is taken by grouping on the company field; there is no need to collect files from the subsidiaries. - Subsidiary-Based Access Permissions: Visibility is set up with role-based permissions; a user sees the records of their own company, while the holding role sees all of them. - Cross-Selling Opportunities: An account won at one subsidiary can be opened as a new opportunity at another company; because the source record stays linked, which company it came from is tracked. - Intra-Group Request Handover: A request one subsidiary cannot meet is handed over to another company's queue with its source preserved; the handover date, the transferring unit and the person taking it on sit in fields, and the response after the handover is followed from the same record. - S: Can we manage the different companies within a holding in a single CRM? — C: Yes. With its multi-company architecture, Rapitek CRM defines each subsidiary as a separate unit. Data isolation, a shared customer pool and consolidated reporting at holding level are offered on a single platform. - S: Can the same CRM be used for subsidiaries in different sectors? — C: Absolutely. You can define different sales processes, pipeline stages and custom fields for each subsidiary. Companies in different sectors such as textiles, energy and logistics use their own workflows. - S: How long does setup take for Holding Companies? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many units, how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your holding structure needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Holding Companies? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Home Healthcare CRM: Verified Visits and Care Plans](https://rapitek.com/en/home-healthcare-crm) A visit is a record with carer, patient and time fields — its start is recorded with time and location verification. A care plan item that is skipped stays open on the visit. - Match the most suitable carer to the patient's needs - Plan the daily visit schedule and verify the time and location of the visit at the moment it is recorded - Record the detail of every visit and produce a periodic progress report - Send the daily care report and visit notification to the patient's family over WhatsApp - Follow visit timing and care quality scores per carer - Patient-Carer Matching: Needs and competencies are fields on the patient and carer records; a suitable carer is chosen from a list filtered on those fields, and the assignment is recorded. - Visit Planning and Tracking: A visit is a record with carer, patient and time fields; the start and end are kept together with their times, and the plan is visible on the calendar. - Family Communication Centre: A patient's relative is a contact record tied to the patient card; who was told what and when leaves a trace on the same card. - Care Quality Reporting: Because the note from every visit sits on its own record, the periodic progress report is compiled from those records and no separate logbook is kept. - Medication Times and Care Plan: The patient's medication times and care plan items are sub-lines on the patient record; each item is ticked off one by one during the visit, and an item that is skipped stays open on the visit record and drops onto the office's list. - S: Is carer performance tracked? — C: Yes, each carer's visit timing, patient satisfaction and care quality scores are tracked. - S: Is patient data safe for Home Healthcare Services? — C: Each customer's data is kept in a separate database; TLS 1.3 is used in transit, passwords and two-step verification secrets are encrypted at rest, and access is limited by role-based permissions. Hosting is in the European Union: the database in Finland, media files in Frankfurt. This counts as a transfer abroad under KVKK art. 9; that is why we run disclosure and explicit consent processes. A small number of sub-processors operate outside the EU; we list each of them and where they process the data one by one in our privacy policy. - S: Is there SGK and insurance integration? — C: We build the connection to SGK or private insurance companies; there is no out-of-the-box module, and we have no product called a “compliant module” either. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, authorisation and entitlement information is entered with an import file or by hand; visit records, medication times and care plan items are still kept in the CRM, and invoicing, payment tracking and reminders are produced from there. - S: How long does setup take for Home Healthcare Services? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your home healthcare process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Hosting & Domain CRM: Domain and SSL Expiry | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/hosting-crm) Package, domain and SSL certificate are each a record; the expiry date sits in a field on them, upcoming expiries fall into a list, and the reminder task is opened from that list. - Keep hosting package, domain and SSL renewal dates in a record field; let upcoming expiries fall into a list and tie the reminder to that list as a rule - Follow a customer's history from the first record to today and see the risk of losing them early - Split support tickets into categories and run them by priority and committed response times - List customers eligible for a higher package by the package field and open the opportunity record from that list - Subscription and Renewal Tracking: The package, the domain and the certificate are each a record; the expiry date sits in a field on them, upcoming expiries fall into a list and a reminder task is opened. - Customer Lifecycle Management: Every transaction from the first record to today accumulates under the customer card; thinning contact and a downgraded package show up in the report on that history. - Technical Support Ticket Management: A ticket is a record; category, priority and opening time are its fields, and the ones that exceed the response time you have committed to are collected in a report. - Upsell and Cross-sell Opportunities: The package owned is a field; customers eligible for a higher package are gathered in a list filtered on that field and opened as opportunities. - S: Is there a WHMCS or Plesk integration? — C: If you use WHMCS, cPanel or Plesk, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: the connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and its scope and cost are shared in writing during the discovery call. Where it is not built, customer and subscription data is entered from the import file you take out of your panel or by hand; the package, domain and expiry date fields are held in the CRM either way, and reminders are generated from those fields. - S: Can we send bulk domain renewal reminders? — C: The expiry date is a field on the record of the package, the domain and the certificate; upcoming expiries fall into a list based on that field and the renewal task is opened from that list. How many days ahead and through which channel (email or SMS) the reminder goes out is set as a rule during setup; you can also send in bulk to that same list, and the send is written onto the customer record. - S: How do I find the customers who could move up to a higher package? — C: The package owned is a field on the customer record; customers eligible for a higher package are gathered in a list filtered on that field and the opportunity record is opened from that list. Because the support history sits on the same card, you can also see there which customer to take the offer to and when. - S: Which is the best CRM software for hosting and domain businesses? — C: When choosing a CRM for the hosting and domain sector, pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set Rapitek CRM up, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your hosting and domain process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a hosting and domain CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not write figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the hosting and domain sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your hosting and domain process together, which fields and which stages are needed. After that call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for hosting and domain businesses? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Hotel CRM: Corporate Contracts and Guest Preferences](https://rapitek.com/en/hotel-crm) A corporate agreement is a contract tied to the account record; the term, the room allocation and the negotiated nightly rate sit in fields. A renewal task drops before the contract ends. - Gather corporate agreements, group reservations and meeting package sales on a single dashboard - Record room preferences and stay notes on the guest card, and have the team alerted when a VIP guest arrives - Keep the date of the last stay in a field; set up the post-checkout thank-you message and the win-back campaign months later as tasks tied to that date - Follow wedding, conference and launch enquiries from the first meeting through to the contract - Corporate Room Allocation and Contract: An agreement made with a company is a contract tied to the account record; the term, the room allocation and the negotiated nightly rate sit in fields, and a renewal task drops to the sales manager before the contract ends. - Guest Preference Tracking: Room preference and stay notes are fields on the guest card; the VIP marker is a field too, and the team sees it on the same card when a reservation is opened. - Loyalty and Repeat Stays: The date of the last stay is a field; the thank-you message is set up as a task tied to check-out and the win-back campaign as a task tied to that date. - MICE and Event Sales: An event enquiry is an opportunity record; it moves through its stages from the first meeting to the contract, and the quote is produced under it. - In-Room Fault Request: A fault reported by a guest is a request tied to the reservation; with the queue rule defined during setup it drops to technical services or housekeeping, and the resolution time and closing note sit on the same request. - S: What does a CRM do in the hotel sector? — C: The PMS manages the operation: it knows who is staying in which room that night. The CRM, on the other hand, manages corporate sales, guest preferences and the loyalty relationship. The two complement each other; the agreement, the contact person and the renewal date sit on the CRM record. - S: How are guest preferences used? — C: Room preference, dietary notes and special requests are fields on the guest card; when a reservation is opened the team sees them on the same card, and the room is prepared from the record rather than by asking the guest. The VIP marker is a field too; at check-in a task drops to the relevant team. - S: How are the post-checkout thank-you and win-back messages set up? — C: The date of the last stay is a field on the guest record. You set up the thank-you message tied to check-out and the win-back campaign that comes into play months later as tasks tied to that field; you define during setup which message goes out how many days later and through which channel, and the sending is recorded on the guest card. - S: How is corporate sales managed? — C: The agreement per company, the room allocation, the negotiated nightly rate and the contact people are kept in a contract tied to the account record. Because the contract end date is a field, the annual review and renewal task is produced from that date. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Hotel? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [HR and Recruitment CRM: Talent Pool and Interviews](https://rapitek.com/en/hr-recruitment-crm) Every candidate is a record; the CV, the position applied for and the interview score sit on one card. A rejected candidate is not deleted — mark the pool field and they return for the next opening. - Gather CVs arriving from careers sites and e-mail into a single candidate database, by hand or with a bulk import - See the candidate flow of every open position step by step, and measure how many candidates were rejected at which point - Digitise the interview calendar and the assessment forms, and tie the scoring to the candidate card - Take rejected but qualified candidates into the talent pool, and look there first for a new position - Run correspondence with candidates over a single business number and the team inbox, so the history stays on the record even when staff change - Candidate Record: Every candidate is a record; the position applied for and the application source sit in its fields, and the CV file is attached to the same record; past applications accumulate under the same card. - Recruitment Stages: A position is a record and candidates are tied to it; the stage is a field, and how many candidates were rejected at which step is read from the report on that field. - Interviews and Assessment: An interview is an activity tied to the candidate record; the date, the interviewer and the score are in its fields, and the assessment form is recorded on the same record. - Talent Pool: A rejected candidate is not deleted; once the pool field is marked, they appear on a list filtered on that field when a new position opens. - Offer Letter and Acceptance Record: The job offer made to a candidate is an offer tied to the candidate record; salary, start date and validity period sit in fields, the candidate who accepts signs on the signature screen in the mobile app, and the reasons for rejected offers accumulate on the same record. - S: Can it pull CVs in automatically? — C: We connect your careers site and your e-mail inbox to the CRM — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure of every careers site is different, the connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. Even without this connection, the candidate record and the CV file are added to the candidate card by hand or with a bulk import; after that, the position stages, the interview form, the scoring and the talent pool all run on the same card. - S: How are interview assessments done? — C: You can create customisable assessment forms and gather interviewer notes and scores digitally. - S: Is it KVKK compliant for Human Resources? — C: The storage and processing of candidate data is carried out in line with KVKK requirements. Because the application date is a field on the candidate record, candidates whose retention period has expired drop onto a list on that field; you close the list out with a bulk deletion or anonymisation step. There is no deletion engine that runs by itself; you define the period and the step, and the operation leaves a trace in the change history. Hosting is in the European Union: the database in Finland, media files in Frankfurt. This counts as a transfer abroad under KVKK art. 9; that is why we run disclosure and explicit consent processes. - S: Can more than one person in the Human Resources team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the Human Resources side, correspondence with candidates runs from a single business number; even when staff change, the history stays on the record. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [HVAC / Ventilation CRM: Duct Take-off and Installation](https://rapitek.com/en/hvac-crm) The duct take-off and equipment list from the survey go into the quote lines; a change on site is kept dated on the same project record. The maintenance period is a field on the account. - Set out the duct take-off and equipment list measured at the survey as quote lines, and keep the revision on the same project record - Set up the installation calendar and make crew assignments, and follow site progress from the record - Keep the maintenance period in a field on the customer record; let those whose period has run out drop onto a list, and tie the filter change and duct cleaning reminder to that list as a rule - Add up the material, labour and overhead lines of every project and measure profitability - Duct Take-off and Survey Record: The duct take-off, the suspended ceiling height and the equipment list measured at the survey go into the project's quote lines; when the take-off changes on site, the revision is kept under the same project record with its own date. - Installation Crew Coordination: Installation jobs are tasks tied to the project; crew and date are in their fields, and site progress is read from the task list. - Maintenance Contract Management: A maintenance contract is a record tied to the customer account; filter changes and cleaning tasks are opened again and again according to the period field. - Project Profitability Analysis: Materials, labour and overheads are line items on the project; profitability is visible on the project card over the total of those lines. - S: Can the quoting process for ventilation projects be managed from the CRM? — C: Yes, you can run the whole process through Rapitek CRM, from the customer enquiry to the technical survey, and from preparing the quote to signing the contract. - S: Are periodic maintenance reminders sent automatically? — C: The maintenance period and the last maintenance date are fields on the customer account; customers whose period has run out drop onto a list on those fields, and the filter change, duct cleaning and general inspection tasks are opened from that list. How many days in advance the reminder goes to the customer, and through which channel, is tied to a rule during setup. - S: What happens to the quote and the cost if the take-off changes on site? — C: The duct take-off, the suspended ceiling height and the equipment list measured at the survey go into the project's quote lines; when the take-off changes on site, the revision is kept under the same project record with its own date, and because the material and labour lines change, profitability is updated on the project card. - S: Which is the best CRM software for Ventilation? — C: When choosing a CRM for the ventilation sector you should look at industry workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your ventilation process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much do Ventilation CRM system prices cost? — C: On the ventilation side, installation jobs are tasks carrying crew and date fields; it is this field workforce that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Ventilation sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Ventilation sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your ventilation process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for Ventilation? — C: Yes. Field and branch staff can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [AC and Boiler Service CRM: Device History, Maintenance](https://rapitek.com/en/hvac-service-crm) Air conditioners and boilers are each a record with their serial number; brand, model and warranty expiry are their fields, and every service done accumulates under the same record. - Keep every device in its own record with brand, model, serial number and warranty expiry, and accumulate the service history beneath it - Distribute incoming fault requests to technicians with the queue and the assignment rules defined during setup, and drop the day's job list onto the field team's phones - Have the service form signed on the spot from the signature screen in the mobile app, and write the spare part used and the location verification of the visit onto the record - Draw up a renewal list from the end dates of annual maintenance contracts and send the reminder by SMS and WhatsApp - Device Record: Air conditioners and boilers are each a record; brand, model, serial number and warranty expiry are in fields, and services accumulate under that record. - Request Distribution: A fault report is a request record; the queue and the assignment rules defined during setup drop it to a technician, and jobs that have not been closed stay on a single list. - Service Appointment: An appointment is a task; the technician, the address and the time sit in fields; when the job is done the customer signs the service form on the signature screen in the mobile app, the technician's location is verified, and the spare part fitted is written onto the same task. - Device Maintenance Agreement: The agreement is a record attached to the device record; the maintenance interval, the parts left out of scope and the end date are in its fields; devices whose end date is approaching collect in the renewal list. - S: Is the service history attached to the address or to the device? — C: To the device. Air conditioners and boilers are each a separate record with their serial number; when the owner of the home or the workplace changes, the device's history stays where it is. Before going out to site, the technician sees from the record which part was fitted to that same device before. - S: How is it verified that the technician actually did the job on site? — C: The visit is a task record; when the technician closes the job from their phone, location verification is carried out and spoofed location reports are detected. The customer signs the service form on the spot, on the signature screen in the mobile app; the spare part used is written onto the same task. - S: Where do I see the devices whose maintenance contract is about to end? — C: The agreement is a record attached to the device record; the maintenance interval, the parts left out of scope and the end date are its fields. Devices whose end date is approaching collect in the renewal list, and the reminder is sent from that list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for air conditioning and boiler service? — C: When choosing a CRM for the air conditioning and boiler service sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your air conditioning and boiler service process, we migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an air conditioning and boiler service CRM system cost? — C: In air conditioning and boiler service the fault request drops to the technician through assignment rules, so the technicians in the field are defined in the system too. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the air conditioning and boiler service sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it - we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does moving to a CRM system work in the air conditioning and boiler service sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your air conditioning and boiler service process together, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product - this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for air conditioning and boiler service? — C: In air conditioning and boiler service the service form is signed on the spot from the signature screen in the mobile app, and the location verification is written onto the record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you wrote is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Import Export CRM: Freight Costs and Batch Allocation](https://rapitek.com/en/import-export-crm) A shipment batch is a record with its own line items; freight, customs duty and demurrage invoices are added to those lines as they arrive, and the batch's cost is read from the total. - Keep the samples and quotes coming in from several overseas suppliers for the same product on a single comparison - Run every shipment batch on its own record, and add the freight, duty and demurrage items to the batch's lines as they arrive - Follow which customer the arriving goods were allocated to from the batch record, and match them with waiting orders - Gather the correspondence, the documents and the payment schedule on both the supplier and the buyer side under the same accounts - Supplier Comparison: Every overseas supplier is an account record; the sample result, the lead time and the minimum order quantity sit in its fields. - Shipment Batch: A batch is a record with its own line items; freight, customs duty and demurrage are added to those lines, and the cost is read from the total. - Allocation: Arriving goods are tied to customer orders under the batch record; which quantity was set aside for whom is seen from that link. - Document File: The invoice, the packing list and the bill of lading are attachments on the batch; a missing document is visible from the record's checklist. - S: Import costs are only settled later; how do we track that? — C: Every shipment batch carries its own line items; freight, customs duty and demurrage invoices are added to those lines as they arrive, and the batch's current cost is totalled on the record, with the comparison against the sale price made from the same card. - S: Can we compare quotes from different suppliers for the same product? — C: Yes. Every supplier is a separate account record; because the sample result, the unit price, the lead time and the minimum order quantity are kept in fields, the quotes are seen side by side on the same list, and the chosen quote is tied directly to the order record. - S: Where do I see which customer the arriving goods were set aside for? — C: Arriving goods are tied to customer orders under the batch record; which quantity was set aside for whom is seen from that link, and matching against waiting orders is done on the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for Import Export? — C: When choosing a CRM for the import export sector you should look at industry workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your import export process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much do Import Export CRM system prices cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Import Export sector? — C: In the import export business the counterpart the CRM will talk to is your customs broker's or your freight forwarder's system. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Import Export sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your import export process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for Import Export? — C: Yes. Field and branch staff can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Independent Accountant CRM: Tax Return Calendar](https://rapitek.com/en/independent-accountant-crm) The tax regime is a field on the taxpayer record; VAT, withholding, corporate and provisional tax dates are opened as tasks on that field, and work left unclosed stays on the list. - Set up each client's VAT, withholding, corporate, tax-at-source and provisional tax calendar according to their tax regime, and get an alert seven days before the date - Open the month-end document expectation as a task per client, keep the incomplete ones on a list, and tie the reminder to that task - Keep the monthly fee and additional service lines under the client card, and follow overdue ones from a list - Archive the e-Beyanname, e-Defter and e-Fatura submission confirmation on the client record with its date and time - Follow your clients' KOSGEB support and incentive entitlement dates and put a quote together when the time comes - Tax Return Calendar: The tax regime is a field on the taxpayer record; the VAT, withholding, corporate, tax-at-source and provisional tax dates are opened as tasks on that field, and the alert period is defined during setup. - Document Collection Process: The monthly document expectation is a task tied to the taxpayer; because a task left incomplete does not close, it stays on the list, and the reminder is tied to that task. - Client Collections Tracking: The retainer and additional service lines sit under the taxpayer card; a line past its due date drops onto a list. Bank reconciliation is built specifically for the project; there is no out-of-the-box module. - Trainee and Staff Management: A trainee is a user record; which taxpayer's file they look after sits in the assignment field, and working hours are totalled from the task records. - KOSGEB and Incentive Tracking: The entitlement date is a field on the taxpayer record; those falling due drop onto a list and are opened as a quoting opportunity. - Submission Archive: The e-Beyanname, e-Defter and e-Fatura submission confirmation is added to the taxpayer record with its date and time. The GİB connection is built specifically for the project; there is no out-of-the-box module. - S: Do I have to set up the tax return calendar separately for every client? — C: No. The tax regime is a field on the taxpayer record; the VAT, withholding, corporate, tax-at-source and provisional tax tasks are opened on that field. You define the alert periods once during setup, and when a new taxpayer is added the calendar builds itself. - S: Does it work with accounting software such as Logo, Mikro and Luca? — C: We build the connection; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. The same applies on the GİB side: the submission confirmation is recorded on the record by hand, and there is no automatic connection that returns it. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can I see which trainee looks after how many taxpayers? — C: Yes. A trainee is a user record, and which taxpayer's file they look after sits in the assignment field. When taxpayers are grouped on that field, the number of files per person is read from a report; because the number of open tasks appears in the same breakdown, it is clear where the load is building up during tax return week. - S: Which is the best CRM software for Independent Accountants? — C: When choosing a CRM for the independent accountancy sector you should look at industry workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your accountancy process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much do Independent Accountant CRM system prices cost? — C: On the independent accountancy side a trainee is a user record; which file they look after is written into the assignment field. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the independent accountancy sector? — C: On the independent accountancy side the e-Beyanname, e-Defter and e-Fatura submission confirmation is added to the taxpayer record. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the independent accountancy sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your accountancy process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for Independent Accountants? — C: Yes. Field and branch staff can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Insurance Agency CRM: Policy Renewal Tracking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/insurance-agency-crm) The policy expiry date is a field; the 60-30-15-7 day steps open as tasks tied to that date, and all of a customer's lines sit on a single card. - Keep the policy expiry date in a field; let policies 60-30-15-7 days from expiry drop into a list, and tie the renewal message to that list with a rule - See a customer's existing policies on a single card and report the missing coverages; do not miss the moment to quote, with a task tied to the renewal date - Track every quote you give with its stage; tie the follow-up task to the time waiting in that stage - Tie a rule so that the customer is notified when a claim file changes stage; keep who was told what and when on the record - Connect your single WhatsApp business number to a team inbox and monitor response times under manager oversight - Policy Renewal Tracking: The policy expiry date is a field; the 60-30-15-7 day steps open as tasks tied to that date, and the steps are defined during setup. - Cross-Sell Lists: The lines a customer holds are a field on the customer card; customers with a missing line collect in a list filtered on that field and a quote opportunity is opened. - Quote Pipeline Management: Every quote is an opportunity record; time waiting in a stage is calculated from the record dates, and the follow-up task is tied to the stage. - Claim Process Tracking: A claim file is a record attached to the policy; as the stage changes the customer is informed, and who was told what and when stays on the record. - Endorsements and Coverage Changes: An endorsement made on a policy is a change line attached to the policy record; the changed coverage, the effective date and the premium difference sit in fields, and the notice sent to the customer is attached to the same line. - S: What does a CRM give an insurance agency? — C: Policy renewal tracking, cross-sell opportunities, quote management and customer communication on one platform. Contact steps tied to the renewal date open as tasks; which step renewed how many policies is reported from your own data. - S: How do renewal reminders work? — C: Every policy's expiry date is a field on the record; policies 60, 30, 15, 7 and 1 day from expiry drop into a list based on that field. During setup you tie to a rule which step sends a message through which channel (WhatsApp, SMS or e-mail); the template takes the customer name, the policy type and the new premium from the record, and the send is written onto the same policy. - S: We work with more than one insurer, is that a problem? — C: No. It works in a multi-insurer structure. Each insurer's policies are tracked separately but the customer card is single. You see all of a customer's policies on one screen. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for an insurance agency? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and every message appears in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta bills you directly - we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [InsurTech CRM: Pilot Tracking, Compliance Review | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/insurtech-crm) Evaluation, compliance review, pilot and contract are stages of the same opportunity record; how long each stage waited is calculated from the record dates and shows in the report. - Track insurer and agency opportunities in their own long sales pipeline - Tie the technical evaluation, compliance review and pilot steps to the opportunity - Keep the different decision makers at the same organisation on a single account card - Follow the scope and delivery steps of integration projects - See contract renewal and usage growth opportunities in time - Long-Cycle Sales Pipeline: Evaluation, compliance, pilot and contract are stages of the same opportunity record; the time waiting in a stage is calculated from the record dates and shows in the report. - Multi-Stakeholder Account: The people on the technical, compliance and business side are contact records attached to the same account; who said what stays in the account's history even when the representative changes. - Pilot Tracking: The pilot is a stage and carries its own tasks; the start and end dates sit in fields, and pilots that drag on collect in a list. - Integration Scope: An integration project is a record attached to the opportunity; the scope items and delivery steps are kept there. The connection is built specific to the project; there is no out-of-the-box module, it is built over the API. - Renewal and Growth: The contract end date is a field on the account record; the ones coming up drop into a list and the contact task is tied to that date. - S: How do I track a long sales cycle? — C: Evaluation, compliance review, pilot and contract are stages of the same opportunity record. How long each stage waited is calculated from the record dates, so where the opportunity is really stuck shows in the report. - S: How do I manage different people at the same organisation? — C: The people on the technical, compliance and business side are separate contact records attached to the same account. Whoever a meeting note comes from, it stays in the organisation's history; when the representative changes, the information stays with the organisation. - S: How much does an InsurTech CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done on the InsurTech side? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it - we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does moving to a CRM system work on the InsurTech side? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your insurtech process together, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product - this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for InsurTech? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you wrote is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Interior Design CRM: Concept Versions and Product Selection](https://rapitek.com/en/interior-design-crm) Every revision is a dated record under the project record; the approved version shows in the current-version field. In Rapitek CRM, an item whose supplier delivery date slips drops into a list. - Keep concept revisions version by version under the project record; take the customer's approval on the signature screen in the mobile app and mark the signed version as current - Attach the chosen products to the record item by item and track the supplier delivery date in the item's field - Plan the installation and delivery appointment as a task and send the customer's reminder from the same record - Report the site visit from the mobile app and add the photos of the space and the measurements to the project - Concept Versions: Every revision is a dated record under the project record; when the customer approves on the signature screen in the mobile app, that version shows in the current-version field, and the next change opens a new version. - Product Selection List: The chosen products are items attached to the project; brand, code and quantity sit in fields, and a changed selection is added as a new line without deleting the old item. - Supply Tracking: The supplier delivery date is a field on the item; items whose date has passed drop into a list, and the task to inform the customer is opened from there. - Curtain and Accessory Installation: The day the curtains, lighting and furniture are fitted is a task attached to the project record; the team, address and time are in fields, the item list under the task carries the products to be fitted that day, and the reminder sent to the customer is generated from that date. - S: How do we prove which design the customer approved? — C: Every revision is stored under the project record with its own date; the customer gives approval on the signature screen in the mobile app and the signed version is marked on the record as the current version, while later changes open a new version. - S: Do we hear about it if a chosen product is delayed at the supplier? — C: Every product is an item attached to the project and the supplier delivery date sits in a field on the item; when the date passes, the item drops into a list, and the task to inform the customer and the alternative product line are opened from the same record. - S: Where does the team see which products are to be fitted on installation day? — C: Installation day is a task attached to the project record; the team, address and time are in fields and the item list under the task carries the products to be fitted that day. The reminder sent to the customer is also generated from that date. - S: Which is the best CRM software for interior design? — C: When choosing a CRM for the interior design sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your process in interior design, we migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an interior design CRM system cost? — C: In interior design the person who goes out on the site visit writes the measurements and the photos into the project from the mobile app, so the field side is a user of the system too. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the interior design sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it - we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does moving to a CRM system work in the interior design sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your process in the interior design sector together, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product - this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for interior design? — C: In interior design the site visit is reported from the mobile app; photos of the space and measurements are added to the project. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you wrote is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [IT Services CRM: Support Requests and Contracts | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/it-services-crm) Every incoming support request is a record; its category, priority and the promised response time are its fields. The support hours the customer bought come down with every request closed. - Keep project stages, team assignments and the hours spent on the project in one place - Sort incoming support requests by category and priority and track them against the response time you promised - Follow maintenance contract and licence renewal dates together with the revenue forecast - Have the solution note written onto the request so that later requests opened with the same type are read from those records - Let the whole team reply over a single business number, with conversations assigned according to the rule you define and visible to the manager - Project and Resource Management: A project is a record; the stage and team assignment sit in its fields and the hours spent sit in the lines beneath it; which job an engineer booked how many hours to is read from those lines. - Support Request System: Every incoming support request is a record; its category, its priority and the response time target you promised your customer are fields on that record; requests past their target time collect in a single list by date and drop to the person responsible as a task. - Contract and Licence Tracking: The maintenance contract and the licence are records attached to the customer account; the renewal date and the amount are in fields, the ones with a date approaching drop into a list, and the revenue forecast comes out of that list. - Solution Note: The solution note is written onto the request and later requests opened with the same fault type are read from those records; technical notes specific to a customer sit on that customer's account record. - Support Hour Package Counter: The support hours the customer bought are a field on the contract record; the time booked to each closed request comes off that field, and a renewal task is opened for the person responsible before the package runs out. - S: Where do we find the solution when the same problem comes in a second time? — C: The solution note is written onto the request; later requests opened with the same fault type are read from those records. Because the request's category and priority are fields too, similar requests collect in a single list. - S: How long does setup take for IT Services? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range - how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your IT services process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for IT Services? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it - we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for IT Services? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and every message appears in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta bills you directly - we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [IVF Clinic CRM: Cycle and Embryo Records | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/ivf-clinic-crm) Every day of the stimulation cycle is a line attached to the patient card; hormone values, ultrasound appointments and embryo records move in order in the same file. - Write the daily FSH, LH, estradiol and progesterone values onto the record in every cycle; let values outside the thresholds you define be flagged in the list - Record the embryos' quality score, cell count and day progression, and attach the transferred and frozen ones to the patient card - Run requests from patients coming from abroad on the same screen as accommodation, transfer and interpreter planning - Plan psychologist sessions according to the phases of the process, and start the support steps after a negative result through the rule you define - Open the beta hCG check as an appointment on day 12, and move onto the 40-week pregnancy schedule on a positive result - Stimulation and Hormone Tracking: Every cycle is a record; the daily FSH, LH, estradiol and progesterone values are entered into its fields, and values that fall outside the thresholds you define are flagged in the list. - Embryo and Laboratory Tracking: Every fertilised embryo is its own record; the quality score, the cell count and the day progression (day 3, day 5 blastocyst) sit in its fields, and transferred and frozen embryos are attached to the patient card. - International Patient Record: The patient's language of communication is a field on the record and the correspondence template is chosen according to that field; accommodation, transfer and interpreter planning are tasks attached to the same record. The interface is fully translated into Turkish and English; in other languages, untranslated text appears in English. - Psychological Support Plan: A psychologist session is an appointment attached to the patient record; cycle records with a negative result drop into a list and the support steps are opened according to the rule you define. - Pregnancy Confirmation and Follow-up: The beta hCG check opens on day 12 as an appointment tied to the transfer date; when the result field is marked positive, the patient moves onto the 40-week pregnancy schedule. - S: How many days does an IVF cycle take and how does the CRM manage it? — C: It takes 28-45 days from the start of stimulation to the embryo transfer. Rapitek CRM attaches every day to the patient card: hormone injection reminders, ultrasound appointments and laboratory tests are dated lines on the cycle record; lines whose date has come drop into a list. During setup you tie to a rule which step sends the patient a notification through which channel. - S: Are there special features for patients coming from abroad? — C: The patient's language of communication is a field on the record and the correspondence template is chosen according to that field; accommodation, flight coordination and interpreter planning are tasks attached to the same record. Follow-up messages during the 12-day wait after the transfer also go out from this record. The interface is fully translated into Turkish and English; in other languages, untranslated text appears in English. - S: What happens after unsuccessful IVF attempts? — C: Cycle records whose result field is marked negative drop into a separate list; the suggestion of a psychologist appointment, the rest-period reminders and the preparation calendar for the next cycle are opened from that list according to the rule you define. - S: Is there embryo freezing and storage tracking? — C: Yes. For every frozen embryo, the quality, the freezing date, the storage tube number and the annual payment date are recorded. Embryos with an approaching payment date drop into a list based on that field; during setup you tie to a rule how many days in advance and through which channel the annual renewal notice goes out. ### [Jewelry CRM: Custom Orders and Gram Weight Lines | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/jewelry-crm) On every quote line the carat, the gram weight and the workmanship charge are separate fields; when the customer returns days later, which figure was given on which weight is read from the line. - Collect the customer's contact history, meeting notes and records on a single card - Keep the quote's validity date in a field; let quotes nearing expiry drop into a list, and open the follow-up task from that list - Track open opportunities stage by stage and see which amount is waiting where - Measure sales performance, customer behaviour and team productivity with reports - Let the whole team reply on WhatsApp from a single business number; have conversations assigned according to the rule you define, with manager oversight kept - Reports and Dashboards: Because sales, contact and opportunity data sit in record fields, the performance report is taken directly with a breakdown by date and by person. - Carat and Gram Weight Line: On every line of the quote the item's carat, its gram weight and the workmanship charge are separate fields; when the customer consults their family and comes back days later, which figure was given on which gram weight is read from the line. - Tasks and Reminders: A follow-up is a task; its date and its owner are in fields, and the reminder tied to the quote validity date is defined during setup. - Sales Pipeline Tracking: An opportunity moves through its stages; which amount is waiting at which stage is read from the Kanban and the stage report. - Custom Manufacturing Order Slip: Wedding bands and sets made to order are their own manufacturing record; the ring size, the carat, the stone type and count, and the dates the piece went to the workshop and is due back are fields on that record; until the piece returning from the workshop is written onto the record, the order stays in an open stage and drops to the person responsible as a task. - S: Where do I see a wedding band made to order while it is at the workshop? — C: Custom manufacturing is its own record; the ring size, the carat, the stone type and count, and the dates the piece went to the workshop and is due back are fields on that record. Until the piece returning from the workshop is written onto the record, the order stays in an open stage and drops to the person responsible as a task. - S: When the customer comes back days later, where do we see which price we discussed? — C: On every line of the quote the item's carat, its gram weight and the workmanship charge are separate fields; which figure was given on which gram weight is read from the line. Because the quote's validity date is a field, quotes nearing expiry drop into a list and the follow-up task is opened from that list - it does not stay in anyone's memory. - S: How long does setup take for jewelry? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range - how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your jewelry process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for jewelry? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it - we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person on a jewelry team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the jewelry side, correspondence with the buyer is collected on a single business number; conversations are assigned according to the rule, and manager oversight is kept. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and every message appears in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta bills you directly - we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Jewelry Store CRM: Special Dates, Certified Stock | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/jewelry-store-crm) Every piece is tied to one record by its certificate number; which supplier it came from and which customer it went to come out of one search. Special dates are fields on the customer card. - Keep the customer's birthday, wedding anniversary and their family's special days in a date field; let the approaching ones drop into a list, and tie the campaign contact 7-14 days ahead to that list with a rule - Match every product in stock together with its certificate number, gram weight, carat and stone properties - Write the customer's style, carat, stone and brand preference onto the profile; when a suitable product arrives, tie the notification with a rule to the list filtered on those fields - Stage the custom design order from draft to delivery and track the time with the designer and craftsman assignment - Enter the current gold gram price into the rate record and compare profit/loss against past sales' own price field - Important Date Reminder: The customer's birthday, wedding anniversary and the special days of their spouse and children are date fields on the customer record; the ones with a date approaching drop into a list, and the campaign task is opened from that list. - Certified Stock Management: Every product is a unique record with its certificate number; the gram weight, the carat (24K/22K/18K) and the stone's carat and cut are fields on that record, and the stock-certificate match is read on a single screen. - Customer Preference Profile: Style, carat, stone and brand preference are fields on the customer record; when a new product arrives, a list filtered on those fields is drawn up and the notification is tied to that list. - Model and Casting Stages: A custom design order carries the draft, wax model, casting, stone setting and delivery stages in its own field; the designer and craftsman assignment are fields on the record, and how many jobs are waiting at which stage is read from the list. - Loyalty and Referral Programme: Family connections (mother, daughter, daughter-in-law) are kept as relationships between customer records; because the spending total accumulates in a field, the special card and the referral bonus are given by filtering on that field. - Gold Gram Price Field: The current gram price is a rate record that you update; every sale stores that day's gram price in its own field, and the profit/loss comparison is read across those two fields. - S: Does it provide traceability for every certified product? — C: Yes. Every certificate number is found with a single search: which supplier it was bought from, which customer it was sold to, and the carat/stone/gram weight details. Critical for warranty claims. - S: Can I do stock valuation against the live gold price? — C: The current gram price sits in the CRM in a rate record that you update; there is no out-of-the-box price feed module. We set up the feeding of that field from your own price source: the connection is built specific to the project over REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and its scope is shared in writing in the discovery call. Stock valuation and the historical profit/loss comparison are done over that field. - S: How do we make contact without missing the customer's special day? — C: Birthdays, wedding anniversaries and the family's special days are date fields on the customer record; customers with an approaching date drop into a list based on those fields and the campaign task is opened from that list. During setup you tie to a rule how many days ahead (7 or 14) and through which channel the reminder goes out; the contact made is written under the same card. - S: How do you model family connections? — C: Customer-to-customer relationships (spouse, mother-daughter, daughter-in-law and mother-in-law) are managed as a tree. One family member's purchase turns into suggestions on the others' profiles. - S: What about KVKK and the confidentiality of certificate numbers? — C: Every customer's data is held in a separate database of your own, hosted in the European Union (Finland); it is encrypted in transit with current TLS, and critical credentials such as passwords and 2FA are stored encrypted at rest. Because the hosting is outside Turkey, this counts as a transfer abroad under KVKK art. 9; that is why we run disclosure and explicit consent processes. Certificate numbers are protected with role-based access - only authorised employees see them. ### [Label and Sticker Manufacturer CRM: Revisions | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/label-company-crm) Which revision was approved sits on the order record; the material card and work order attach to the same order, and a purchase request for out-of-stock material opens from there. - Collect the order, the designer assignment, the customer approval and the revision history in a single flow; let a notification go out at every step - Keep thermal, vinyl, coated, opaque, transparent and holographic materials on separate cards; tie the opening of a purchase request for material not in stock to a rule during setup - Sort orders by priority and assign machine and staff, and get a warning for jobs running late - Enter the carrier and the tracking code onto the dispatch record on shipping day and inform the customer from the same record - Keep the customer's previous design and order history under their account, and open the new order by copying from the same card - Order and Design Approval Flow: An order is a record coming in from the web form or from WhatsApp; designer assignment, design upload, customer approval and revision are stages of the same record. Which version the approved revision is sits on the record, and a notification drops at every stage transition. - Print Type and Material Management: Thermal, vinyl, coated, opaque, transparent and holographic labels are each a material record; each card's price schedule and production time are in its fields. The order is attached to that card, and a purchase request for material not in stock is opened from the same order. - Production Planning and Work Order: A work order is a record with priority, machine, staff and estimated production time fields. The daily and weekly plan is a list of these records, and jobs past their delivery date stay open on the list. - Shipping and Logistics: The carrier, the dispatch date and the tracking code are fields on the order record; the day's bulk dispatch list and the customer notification come out of here. We build the connection to the courier companies ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. - Re-ordering: The customer's previous design and order history sit under their account; a new order is opened by copying from the same card, and the price comes from the price list the customer is attached to. - S: Why is a label company CRM better than Excel? — C: In Excel the design revision history cannot be kept, material stock is not connected to production, and customer approval cannot be tracked. With a CRM the order, the design, the approval, the production and the dispatch are connected in a single flow. Because which version the approved design is sits on the record, an argument over a wrong print does not stay without evidence; you track the number of errors and delays from your own records. - S: Does it support different label types such as thermal, vinyl and coated? — C: Yes. For every label type a separate material card, price schedule, production time and machine assignment is set. When an order is taken it is assigned to the right production line according to the rule you define. - S: How do we manage orders coming in from WhatsApp? — C: On the label and sticker manufacturer side, an order coming in from WhatsApp is a record; approval and revision are stages of the same record. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module, the account linking is done during setup. Incoming messages drop into the team inbox and are written onto the customer card. The order form, the design PDF and the payment receipt are added to the same card as attachments, and the record is converted into a CRM order from a single screen. Meta bills you directly - we do not sell message packages or credits. If a connection beyond this is needed, it is built specific to the project over our REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and fee are shared in writing in the discovery call. - S: Is it integrated with courier companies? — C: We build the connection to Yurtiçi, Aras, MNG, UPS, DHL or Sürat Kargo ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and its scope and fee are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, the tracking code is taken from the courier company's own screen and entered onto the dispatch record by hand, or uploaded in bulk with an import file; the carrier, the dispatch date and the tracking code are fields on the order record, and customer notification and the tracking of undelivered items are generated from those fields. ### [Laboratory CRM: Sample Tracking and Calibration | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/laboratory-crm) A sample is a record with its unique code; intake, analysis and approval stages are written onto the same record with their owner and time. The time from intake to result is calculated from it. - Take every sample onto a record with a unique code and see which stage it is at at any moment - Define a different process flow by test type, and attach the analyst responsible and the estimated time to the record - Tie to a rule that a notification goes to the customer when the result stage is reached; keep who was informed when on the record - Keep the contracts and agreed prices of hospital, clinic and industrial customers on the customer card - Send the sample collection confirmation and the result notification over WhatsApp - Sample Intake and Tracking: A sample is a record with its unique code; which stage it is at sits in a field, and the time elapsed from the intake hour to the result is calculated from the record. - Test Process Management: Every test type uses its own stage flow; the analyst responsible and the estimated time are kept as fields on the record. - Result Notification System: A notification is sent when the result stage is reached; who was informed when leaves a trace on the sample record. The trigger is defined during setup. - Retained Sample Storage and Disposal: The retained sample left over from the analysis is a separate line attached to the main sample record; the cabinet and shelf position where it is stored, the end day of the storage period and the person who carried out the disposal are fields on that line; retained samples whose period has expired drop into a list by date and the disposal task is opened for the person responsible. - Instrument Calibration Calendar: Every instrument is a record; the last calibration date and the interval sit in its fields, the maintenance task is opened before the period expires, and which test was done on which instrument is read from the sample record. - S: Can I manage different test types? — C: Yes. Medical, food, environmental and industrial tests are defined as separate record types; different fields and different stage flows are configured for each during setup. - S: Is accreditation document tracking done? — C: Yes. The documents and periodic processes you keep for accreditation are defined as records, fields and tasks; which fields are made mandatory is determined during setup according to your own accreditation scope. - S: Does the customer get word when the result is ready? — C: Which stage the sample is at is a field on its record; during setup you tie to a rule that a notification is sent when the result stage is reached. You define which channel (e-mail or WhatsApp) and which template it goes out with; who was informed when leaves a trace on the sample record. - S: Is laboratory data safe? — C: Your CRM data is held in a separate database of your own, and access is limited on a role and permission basis. The hosting is in the European Union: the database in Finland, the media files in Frankfurt. This counts as a transfer abroad under KVKK art. 9; that is why we run disclosure and explicit consent processes. - S: How long does setup take for a laboratory? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range - how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your laboratory process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Landscaping CRM: Maintenance Visits, Site Verification](https://rapitek.com/en/landscaping-crm) The visits in the maintenance contract open at the start of the season as dated tasks; the field team closes the task from the mobile app, and location check and photo sit on the same record. - Run the installation job with its stages on a single record, from the site survey to the quote and from the design to the handover - Open the periodic visits in the maintenance contract as tasks up front, according to the seasonal calendar - Let the field team close the visit with a location check; have the photo of the work done and the signature of the person receiving it added to the same record - Keep plant warranty periods and contract end dates on the record and start the renewal conversation in time - Installation Project: The site survey, the quote, the installation and the handover are stages of a single project record; the plant list and the irrigation plan sit as attachments to that record. - Maintenance Contract and Visit Tasks: The contract is a record with a start and an end date; the visits inside it are dated tasks, and the season's plan is the list of those tasks. - Site Verification: The visit task is closed from the mobile app; the location check, the photo attachment and the signature the person receiving the work gives on the signature screen in the mobile app all collect on the same task record, and spoofed location reports are detected. - Warranty and Renewal Tracking: The plant warranty period and the contract end date are each a field; the ones approaching expiry drop into a list, and the renewal conversation is started from that list. - S: How do we verify that the maintenance team actually went to the site? — C: Every periodic visit is a task record and the field team closes that task from the mobile app; at the moment of closing a location check is carried out and spoofed location reports are detected. The photo of the work done and the signature of the person receiving it stay under the same task. - S: Where do we see whether a plant that has died is covered by the warranty? — C: The plant warranty period is a field on the installation record; because the handover date and the period are kept together, whether the cover still runs is read from the record. And because the same customer's maintenance visits are listed underneath, what was done on the last visit can be seen. - S: Can we plan the season's maintenance visits up front? — C: Yes. The maintenance contract is a record with a start and an end date; the visits inside it are opened as dated tasks at the start of the season. Which team goes to which site in which week is read from that task list, and a visit that is not closed stays on the list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for landscaping? — C: When choosing a CRM for the landscaping sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your landscaping process, we migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a landscaping CRM system cost? — C: In landscaping the field team closes the maintenance visit itself, so the team in the garden goes into the system just as much as the people in the office. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the landscaping sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it - we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does moving to a CRM system work in the landscaping sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your landscaping process together, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product - this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for landscaping? — C: In landscaping the field team closes the maintenance visit from the mobile app; the location check and the photo sit on the same record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you wrote is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Language School CRM: Trial Lessons and Exam Tracking](https://rapitek.com/en/language-school-crm) The person who comes to a trial lesson is a candidate record; the 24, 48 and 72 hour follow-up steps are tasks attached to that record. Level and target exam date sit as fields on the same card. - Follow up a student who has come to a trial lesson with 24-48-72 hour steps over WhatsApp, e-mail and SMS - Track level progression from A1 to C2, level-up tests and achievement reports - Set up a countdown against the TOEFL/IELTS target date and see mock test results and weak topics on one screen - Manage online lessons on the same calendar as the face-to-face lessons at the branch; the meeting link sits in a field on the lesson record - Draw up upper-course lists from existing students' level and course history fields; tie the offer message to that list with a rule - Trial Lesson and Enrolment Conversion: The person who comes to a trial lesson is a candidate record; the 24, 48 and 72 hour follow-up steps are dated tasks attached to that record and are sent over WhatsApp, e-mail or SMS. - Level Tracking: The student's A1-C2 level is a field on the student record; the result of the level-up test is written into the same field, and the progress report comes out of that field. - TOEFL/IELTS Exam Tracking: The target exam date is a field on the student record; reminder tasks at 3, 2 and 1 month before are tied to that date, and mock test results and weak topics accumulate on the same card. - Online and Face-to-Face Hybrid Management: A lesson is a record in the CRM; the meeting link for an online lesson is written into a field on the record and sits on the same calendar as the branch-based face-to-face lessons. We build the connection to video lesson tools ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. - Conversation Club and Upselling: The conversation club, private lessons and the intensive course are each a quote item; students who are a fit drop into a list according to their level and course history fields. - Bring a Friend Programme: The referring and the referred student are kept in two separate fields on the same record; bonus tracking is read from that link and the offer task is opened from that list. - Level Completion Certificate Record: The certificate of a student who has completed a level is a certificate record attached to the student record; the level, the issue date and the document number sit in fields, and certificates not yet handed over stay open on the list. - S: Why is a CRM critical for language schools? — C: In education sales the decision process is 1-4 weeks. If you do not follow up regularly with the person who came to the trial lesson during that time, you lose them. A CRM is also essential for selling upper courses to existing students and for the referral programme. - S: How does TOEFL/IELTS student tracking work? — C: Every student's target exam date is a field on the record. Reminder tasks at 3, 2 and 1 month before the exam are tied to that date; mock test results and weak topics accumulate on the same card. - S: Is there placement test integration? — C: We build the connection to online placement test tools ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and fee are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, the test results are entered with an import file or by hand; the student's level, target exam and recommended course package are still kept on the student record, and the next-step reminders are generated from there. - S: How do you manage online and face-to-face lessons? — C: We build the connection to Zoom, Google Meet or another video lesson tool on request; there is no out-of-the-box module. A lesson is a record in the CRM: the meeting link for the online lesson is written into a field on the lesson record, it appears on the same calendar as the face-to-face lessons at the branch, and attendance is written onto the student record. If you want a connection with the meeting tool, it is built specific to the project over our REST API, OAuth2 and webhooks; its scope and fee are shared in writing in the discovery call. - S: How is an upper-course offer taken to an existing student? — C: The student's level, target exam and course history are fields on the record; students suited to the conversation club, private lessons or the intensive course are filtered on those fields and drop into a list. During setup you tie to a rule when and through which channel the offer message goes to that list. - S: How long does setup take for language schools? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range - how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your language school process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your existing student data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for language schools? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and every message appears in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta bills you directly - we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Laser Hair Removal Center CRM: Session Balance | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/laser-hair-removal-center-crm) A package is an area-based record on the customer record; every session is written under it and sessions left are calculated from it. The next appointment derives from the repeat interval field. - Open each customer's package area by area and see the sessions used and the sessions left at any moment - When the area's repeat interval comes due, plan the appointment around device and staff availability - Send a WhatsApp and SMS reminder 24 hours before the appointment, and reduce confirmation and postponement to a single step - Tie the loyalty points on package completion and the discount for a customer who came by referral to a rule during setup - Report which device was used in which session and the number of sessions per member of staff per day - Package and Session Balance Tracking: A package is an area-based record attached to the customer record; every session is written under it, and the sessions left are calculated from that record. - Area-Based Appointment Management: The area's repeat interval is a field; the next appointment date is derived from that field, and device and staff availability are checked on the appointment record. - Appointment Reminder: The reminder is sent based on the appointment date; confirmation and postponement are processed over the same record, and no-shows stay on the list. - Loyalty and Referral Programme: Points and referrals are fields on the customer card; when a package is completed, the discount definition is set up during setup tied to those fields. - Device and Staff Performance Report: The session record carries a device field and a staff field; the daily session count and a broken-down comparison come out of a report on those fields. - S: How is customers' package balance tracked? — C: On every customer card, the packages purchased, the areas each package covers and the numbers of sessions left are visible at any moment. Packages whose remaining sessions fall below the threshold drop into a list; the renewal offer is drawn from that list, and during setup you tie to a rule how many sessions ahead the reminder goes out. - S: How do you reduce appointment no-shows? — C: A reminder is sent over WhatsApp and SMS 24 hours before the appointment. The customer can confirm or postpone in a single step; both are processed onto the same appointment record, and those who do not turn up stay on the list. You define how many hours ahead and how many times the reminder goes out. - S: Is there session tracking per device? — C: Yes. For every session the device used, the member of staff performing it, the duration and the customer satisfaction score are recorded. The device's maintenance timing and how heavily it is used are read from a report on those fields. - S: What can I do with the WhatsApp Business API? — C: We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; appointment reminders, post-session feedback surveys, package renewal offers, campaign announcements and referral programme messaging all run from here. Every message is written onto the customer card. Meta bills you directly - we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Leather CRM: Batch Shade, Samples, Quality Grade | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/leather-crm) Batch number, shade and quality grade are fields on the order record; the approved sample is written onto the same card, and the square-decimetre price comes from the account field. - Write the batch number, the shade that came out and the quality grade onto the order record; see which buyer approved which batch - Record the approval status of the leather sample sent to the customer and any objection that comes back - Keep the unit price per square decimetre and the discount that varies by quality grade on the customer account, and carry them into the quote from there - Track shoe, furniture and garment buyers in separate segments and put a quote to each with their own quality expectation - Batch and Shade Tracking: The batch number and the shade that came out are fields on the order record; because the approved batch is written onto the card, it is read from the same record on the next order. - Sample Approval: A sample that has been sent is a stage of the order; the approval date and the note that came back sit on the same record, and samples left unanswered drop into a list. - Quality Grade and Price: First and second grade are separate price lines; the unit price per square decimetre sits in a field on the customer account and comes into the quote from there. - Export Buyer: An overseas buyer is an account record with its own currency field; the shipment and collection lines accumulate under that account. - S: Can I record that the same colour comes out differently in different batches? — C: Yes. The batch number and the shade that came out are fields on the order record; which batch the customer approved is written onto the card and is looked up on that record for the next order. - S: Can I price leather per square decimetre? — C: Yes. The unit price and the discount tied to the quality grade are kept in fields on the customer account; the quote line takes the price from those fields, so no manual calculation is done on every quote. - S: Can we see it on a list when no answer comes back to a sample we sent? — C: A sample that has been sent is a stage of the order; as long as the approval date field stays empty, the record stays on the list of unanswered samples and the follow-up task is opened from that list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for leather? — C: When choosing a CRM for the leather sector, you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your leather process, we migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a leather CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the leather sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it - we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does moving to a CRM system work in the leather sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your leather process together, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team ourselves in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product - this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for leather? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you wrote is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Legal CRM: Hearing Calendar and Time Records | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/legal-crm) Every case file is a record attached to the client; the hearing date is a field on it. Time worked is a line attached to the file and activity, and draft invoice items come out of those lines. - Collect every file on a single record together with its documents and process steps - Keep the hearing date in a field on the file; let upcoming ones appear on the shared calendar and on a list, and tie the reminder to that date with a rule - Record your working time line by line on a file and activity basis; build the draft invoice items from those lines - Send the client a notification when the file's stage changes, and keep every piece of information sent under the file - Connect a single WhatsApp number to the team's shared inbox, with conversations assigned according to the rule you define - Case File Record: Every case file is a record attached to the client; the case number, the court and the stage are in fields on that record, and the documents sit as attachments to the same record. - Hearing Calendar: The hearing date is a date field on the file; upcoming hearings appear on the shared calendar and on a list, and the reminder is tied to that date. - Time Record: Time worked is a line attached to the file and the activity; if an hourly rate is defined, the draft invoice items are built from the total of those lines. - Client Notification: The file's stage is a field; when the stage changes, the notification that goes to the client is tied to that field during setup, and every piece of information sent leaves a trace under the file. - Power of Attorney and Authority Record: The power of attorney taken from the client is a record attached to the file; its scope, the date it was drawn up and which files it was used in sit in fields, and a dismissal or a withdrawal leaves a trace with its date on the same record. - S: How is file tracking done? — C: You can create every file attached to a client, upload the relevant documents, define the process steps and add the hearing dates. The whole communication history is recorded on the file. - S: How does time tracking feed into invoicing? — C: You record the time you work line by line on a file and activity basis. If your hourly rate is defined, the draft invoice items are built from the total of those lines; the draft is generated when you start it and is edited before it is issued. - S: What is done so that a hearing date is not missed? — C: The hearing date is a date field on the file; upcoming hearings appear on the shared calendar and on a list. During setup you tie to a rule how many days ahead and to whom the reminder goes; there is no connection that pulls the dates from an external system such as UYAP - your team enters the date or imports it. - S: When a client asks "what is the state of my case", where do we give the answer from? — C: The file's stage is a field on the record; everyone in the office sees it from the same card. When the stage changes, the notification that goes to the client is tied to that field during setup, and every piece of information sent leaves a trace under the file. - S: Can more than one person on a legal team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the legal side, client correspondence is collected in the team's shared inbox and conversations are assigned according to the rule. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and every message appears in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta bills you directly - we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [LegalTech CRM: Pilot and Data Processing Review | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/legaltech-crm) The pilot is an opportunity record with its own stages; duration, user count and objections are its fields. The privacy review sits in the same record as a separate approval step. - Collect demo requests in a single queue and drop them to the relevant sales owner through the assignment rule defined during setup - Run the pilot in a record with its own stages; keep the duration, the user count and the objections raised on the same card - Define the privacy and data processing review as a separate approval step and track which clause it is waiting on - Keep the firm's lawyer and licence counts in account fields and open the renewal task tied to the contract end date in advance - Firm and Legal Department Account: The buyer is an account record; the number of lawyers, the licence count and the contract end date are its fields, and the renewal amount is calculated from them. - Pilot Management: The pilot is an opportunity record with its own stages; the start and end date, the number of pilot users and the objections sit on the same card. - Privacy and Data Processing Review: The review is an approval step; its owner and the pending clause are fields, and the document sent stays attached to the record. - Post-Demo Contact Tasks: Contacts after a demo request are opened as tasks; each step's date and owner are its fields, and when a reply arrives the remaining tasks are closed and the record falls to its owner. - S: Can we track the pilot separately from the opportunity? — C: The pilot is opened as a record with its own stages: the start and end date, the number of pilot users and the objections raised are its fields. Because it sits under the same opportunity, how far the pilot has stretched and which objection has not been closed are visible in the report. - S: How do we track the customer's privacy and data processing review? — C: The review is defined as a separate approval step; the person responsible, the pending clause and the document sent are kept as fields on the record. That way the sentence "legal is still looking at it" turns into which clause has been waiting and for how many days. - S: Can I see the renewal in advance when the firm's number of lawyers changes? — C: Yes. The number of lawyers, the licence count and the contract end date are fields on the account record; the renewal amount is calculated from those fields and the renewal task tied to the end date is opened in advance. The change shows up on the record itself, not while the invoice is being issued. - S: Which is the best CRM software for LegalTech? — C: When choosing a CRM for the LegalTech sector, you should pay attention to sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your LegalTech sales process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a LegalTech CRM system cost? — C: On the LegalTech side, demo requests are collected in a single queue and land on the relevant sales owner through the assignment rule defined during setup; it is this sales team that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the LegalTech sector? — C: On the LegalTech side, how many users actually logged in during the pilot sits on the product side, while the objections sit in e-mail. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the LegalTech sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your LegalTech sales process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for LegalTech? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Logistics CRM: Route Pricing and Delivery Proof | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/logistics-crm) Route, tonnage and vehicle type are fields on the quote line; the price comes from a predefined list. Each incoming request lands in the same pool as a record, along with its channel. - Collect and manage requests coming from e-mail, telephone and the website in a single request pool - Keep route, tonnage and vehicle type in the fields of the quote line; have the unit price calculated from a predefined price list - Split your customer portfolio into segments and identify your most profitable customers - Track and report service level commitments on a per-customer basis - Collect incoming WhatsApp conversations on a single business number and distribute them within the team according to the rule you define - Request Management Centre: Requests coming from e-mail, telephone and the website land in the same pool as records; because the source is written in its field, what each channel brought is visible in the report. - Route-Based Pricing: Route, tonnage and vehicle type are fields on the quote line; the price comes from a predefined list, so no manual calculation is made for each quote. - Customer Portfolio Analysis: Segment is a field on the account record; because revenue and trip count accumulate under the card, the most profitable customers are ranked in the report. - Service Level Tracking: The delivery time you promised your customer is a field on the record; it is compared with the dates of the trip records and delays are collected in the report. - Delivery Confirmation and Signature Record: Who the load was delivered to and at what time sit in the fields of the trip record; the person receiving it signs on the signature screen in the mobile app, and that the delivery was made at the right point is confirmed by location verification. - S: How does a quote go out quickly? — C: Route, tonnage, vehicle type and additional services are fields on the quote line; the unit price comes from the price list you have defined in advance, and the line total is calculated from those values. That way the quote goes out with the same figure even when the person who knows the calculation is not at their desk; there is no engine that updates the price by itself — you set the list values. - S: Does it integrate with my vehicle tracking system? — C: If you use a vehicle tracking system, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for your project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, location and trip information is entered with an import file or by hand; route, tonnage, vehicle type and delivery time are still kept in the fields of the trip record in the CRM, and reminders are generated from there. - S: Is there multi-branch management? — C: Yes, you can manage all your branches on a single platform, run branch-based performance analysis and get central reporting. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for logistics? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even when staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Manufacturing CRM: Quote Revisions, Due Dates | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/manufacturing-crm) Every revision of the quote is a separate version; price, due date and send date are its fields, earlier versions are not deleted, and the order is born from the due date field. - Record the incoming request together with the technical drawing and the specification, and produce the quote directly from that record - Keep every revision of the quote as a separate version; see retrospectively on which date it was sent, with which price and which due date - Keep the delivery date given to the customer in a field on the quote so that sales and planning read the same date - Tie spare part and warranty requests to the order number and gather the whole history of the same job on one card - Request and Technical File: The customer request is a record; quantity, material and tolerance are its fields, and the drawing and the specification attachment sit on the same card. - Quote Revision: Every revision is a separate version of the quote; price, due date and send date are its fields, and earlier versions are not deleted. - Due Date Field: The delivery date is a field on the quote; the order is born from that field, and a change of date is written to the record as an update. - After-Sales Request: Spare part and warranty applications are request records; the order number is carried in a field, and the history of the job is collected in a single list. - S: We are on the fifth revision of the same quote; can we see retrospectively which price was sent on which date? — C: Yes. Every revision is stored as a separate version of the quote; price, quantity, due date and send date are fields on that version. Because earlier versions are not deleted, when the customer brings up an old figure, what was written on which date is read from the record. - S: The delivery date sales gave the customer does not match planning's date; how does the CRM solve this? — C: The due date is a field on the quote record, and the order is born from that field. When the date is to be changed, this is written to the record as an update and a task falls to the relevant person; so the date told to the customer and the date discussed internally are read from the same record. - S: Can we tie spare part and warranty applications to the relevant order? — C: Yes. Spare part and warranty applications are request records and carry the order number in a field; the quote, the order and the later requests for the same job are collected in a single list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for manufacturing? — C: When choosing a CRM for the manufacturing sector, you should pay attention to sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your production process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a manufacturing CRM system cost? — C: In manufacturing, because sales and planning read the delivery date from the same record, people from both departments log into the system together. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the manufacturing sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the manufacturing sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your production process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for manufacturing? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Marina CRM: Winter Storage and Documents | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/marina-crm) Berthing, winter storage and haul-out requests are separate records; boat length, period and block position are their fields. Insurance and seaworthiness expiry sit on the boat record. - Gather every boat owner's contact history and the team's notes on a single customer card - See opportunities stage by stage, and measure where the sales cycle stretches along with the forecast - Keep insurance and seaworthiness certificate expiries on the boat record and see the expired ones in a single list - Compare sales performance, customer behaviour and team productivity through reports - Connect a single WhatsApp business number to the team inbox and move messaging off personal phones - Berthing and Winter Storage Request: Every berthing or winter storage request is its own record; the boat's length, the period requested and the stage the request is waiting at sit in the record's fields; when the season closes, the boat owners who did not come back are filtered from those same fields. - Transit Boat Arrival: A separate record is opened for a transit boat arriving for a short stay; the arrival and departure date, the boat's length and the services taken sit in its fields; the boat owners to be called before the season are filtered from those dates. - Boat Service History: Every boat is its own record; engine maintenance, paint and technical service jobs accumulate under that record with their dates. Because the same owner's two boats sit in separate records, what the harbour office and the technical team said about which boat does not get mixed up. - Insurance and Document Term: The expiry day of the boat insurance and of the seaworthiness certificate are fields on the boat record; boats whose term has run out are collected in a single list by date, and the message written to the owner is recorded against the same record. - Haul-Out and Lift-Ashore Work Order: A separate work order record is opened for every boat hauled ashore; the haul-out date, the boat's length and tonnage, the block position where it stands ashore and the launch date are fields on that record; the antifouling paint and underwater hull work to be done while the boat is ashore are task lines tied to the same work order. - S: Where do we track the work done while the boat is ashore? — C: A separate work order record is opened for every boat hauled ashore; the haul-out date, the boat's length and tonnage, the block position where it stands ashore and the launch date are fields on that record. Antifouling paint and underwater hull work are task lines tied to the same work order; which job has been finished is read from the list. - S: Can I see in advance the boats whose insurance or seaworthiness certificate is expiring? — C: Yes. The expiry day of both documents is a field on the boat record; boats whose term has run out are collected in a single list by date, and the message written to the owner is recorded against the same record. - S: How long does setup take for a marina? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your marina process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for a marina? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person on the marina team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the marina side, messaging with the boat owner moves off personal phones and is gathered in the team inbox. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even when staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Maritime CRM: Port Calls and Shift Handover | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/maritime-crm) A port call's preparation steps — provisions, paperwork, survey — are dated tasks on the shipowner account; open ones show in one list at handover, messaging in a shared inbox. - Keep the shipowner and the agency on an account record, and the voyage and the port call on records tied to that account - Split the port call preparation steps into dated tasks and see from the list at shift handover who still has one open - Follow freight and service quotes through their stages, and accumulate notes from past port calls under the same account - Gather the messaging in a shared inbox and set up the watch rota with shift and working hour definitions - Voyage and Port Call: The port call is a record with ship, port and date fields, tied to the shipowner account, and earlier port calls are listed under that same account. - Preparation Tasks: Provisions, paperwork and survey steps are dated tasks tied to the port call; the ones left open are visible in a single list at shift handover. - Shared Inbox: The messaging sits not in a personal mailbox but in the shared inbox under the account; the assignment rule defined during setup drops it to the team on watch. - Quote Stages: A freight or service quote is a record that moves through its own stages; its validity date is a field, and quotes whose term has run out fall into a list. - S: How do we hand over the jobs left open at shift handover? — C: The port call's preparation steps are dated tasks; at handover the person taking the watch looks at the list of open tasks, and because the messaging also sits in the shared inbox, where the conversation stands does not depend on a personal mailbox. - S: Can we see what happened on earlier voyages with the same shipowner? — C: Yes. Every voyage and port call is a record tied to the shipowner account; past port calls, the tasks opened at those calls and the messaging are listed under the same account, and this history is looked at while a new quote is being prepared. - S: Do expired freight quotes get overlooked? — C: The quote's validity date is a field; quotes past their date fall into a list by that field, and which shipowner's and which port call's quote it is, is read from under the same account. - S: Which is the best CRM software for maritime? — C: When choosing a CRM for the maritime sector, you should pay attention to sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your maritime process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a maritime CRM system cost? — C: In maritime, because the messaging sits in the shared inbox and drops to the team on watch, the people on shift are defined in the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the maritime sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the maritime sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your maritime process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for maritime? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Media CRM: Ad Break Bookings and Media Plans | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/media-crm) A booking is a record with inventory unit, air date and status fields. Because bookings on the same date appear in one list, a clash is noticed before the sale closes. - Keep the brand and the agency representing it on separate account records and tie the commission rate to the agency record - Track ad break, page or impression bookings through the option, confirmed and aired statuses - See bookings falling on the same air date in a single list and catch the clash before the sale closes - Write post-broadcast performance values to the campaign record and draw the period report from those records - Advertiser and Agency Split: The brand and the agency are separate account records and are linked to one another; the commission rate is a field on the agency record and reaches the quote from there. - Inventory Booking: A booking is a record; the inventory unit, the air date and the status (option / confirmed / aired) are its fields, and bookings falling on the same date appear in a single list. - Media Plan: A campaign is a record; the booking lines tied to it make up the plan, and the budget and the discount sit on the campaign card. - Post-Broadcast Reporting: The post-broadcast result values are written to the fields of the campaign record; the period breakdown is taken from the report of those records. - S: Both a brand and its agency work with us; how is that set up? — C: The brand and the agency are separate account records and are linked to one another. Whichever one the quote is given through, the commission rate comes from a field on that record; the brand's total investment is read from the report of the linked records. - S: How do we stop the same ad break or page being sold twice? — C: A booking is a record with inventory unit, air date and status fields. Its status is kept as option, confirmed or aired; because records falling on the same date appear in a single list, a clash is noticed at the quote stage, and an option whose term has run out drops off the list. - S: When a campaign ends, what do we draw the period report from? — C: A campaign is a record; the booking lines tied to it make up the media plan, and the budget and the discount sit on the campaign card. Post-broadcast values are written to the fields of the same record, and the period breakdown is taken from the report of those records. - S: Which is the best CRM software for media? — C: When choosing a CRM for the media sector, you should pay attention to sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your media sales process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a media CRM system cost? — C: In media, because the booking sits on a shared record rather than in the salespeople's own spreadsheet, the whole sales team looks at the same list. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the media sector? — C: In media the counterpart the CRM will talk to is the broadcast management system or the ad server. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the media sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your media sales process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for media? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Medical Centre CRM: Specialty Calendars, Referrals | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/medical-center-crm) A referral is a job with its own record, tied to the patient card; the history and the test result are seen from the same card in the new specialty, and open referrals stay on the list. - Set up a separate calendar for each doctor; define the specialty rules (cardiology 30 min, internal medicine 20 min) and the room assignment, and let clashes and overloading be prevented by the rule set during setup - Run cross-specialty referral inside the CRM on a single record; because the patient card, the medical history and the test results are tied to the same record, they appear on the screen of the physician in the new specialty, and let incomplete referrals stay open on the list - Upload laboratory and imaging results to the patient card as PDF and image files and open them from the doctor's screen - Issue the invoice to the right specialty, with each specialty's own price list, package and contracted institution rate - Gather the patient's appointment, report and invoice history on a single card; tie a new incoming request to the same record and assign it to its owner - Multi-Specialty Doctor Calendar: Every doctor carries their own calendar; the appointment length and the room are defined in the specialty's fields, and the clash rule is set up during setup. - Referral Within and Across Specialties: A referral is a record; because it is tied to the patient card, the medical history and the test result are seen from the same card in the new specialty, and referrals that are not closed stay on the list. - Laboratory and Imaging Results: The result file is an attachment on the patient record and is opened from the doctor's screen. We build the connection to the device, LIS, PACS or RIS side; there is no out-of-the-box module, the connection is built specifically for your project over the REST API, and until it is built the results are added with an import file or by hand. - Specialty-Based Invoicing: Each specialty's price list and contracted institution rate are defined separately; because the procedure record carries a specialty field, the invoice is produced from the right list. - Patient Card History: The appointment, report and invoice history sits on the patient card; a new incoming request is tied to the same record and assigned within the team according to the rule you define. - S: From a CRM point of view, what is the difference between a medical centre and a single-specialty clinic? — C: A medical centre is a multi-specialty, multi-doctor, multi-floor structure — it needs cross-specialty referral, a shared laboratory and shared reception management. It involves more complex flows, clash management and report flow than a single-specialty clinic. Rapitek CRM suits both. - S: Does it integrate with laboratory and imaging systems? — C: We build the connection to LIS, PACS, RIS or your local laboratory software; there is no out-of-the-box module, and we do not claim HL7 or DICOM protocol support. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; which system covers what, the scope and the cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, results are added with an import file or by hand; the result file sits as an attachment on the patient record, which test is still pending is kept in the CRM, and follow-up reminders are generated from there. - S: Is there contracted institution (SGK, private insurance) integration? — C: We build the connection to the SGK MEDULA or the private insurance side; there is no out-of-the-box module, and we do not have a product called a "separate module" or a "compatible module" either. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing in the discovery call. As long as the connection is not built, authorisation and approval information is entered with an import file or by hand; the contracted institution definition, the price tariff per institution and the institution report are still kept in the CRM, and the institution tag on the patient card is processed according to that definition. ### [Medical Device CRM: Calibration and Demo Tracking | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/medical-device-crm) Every unit in the hospital is a separate record carrying a serial number; installation, warranty expiry and calibration period are its fields, and service calls accumulate on that number. - Keep every unit installed in a hospital on a separate record with its serial number; see the installation date, the warranty expiry and the responsible technician on the same card - Track which clinic a demo or consignment device is in, with whom and since when, and tie the expected return day to a task - Keep the calibration period and the periodic maintenance scope as fields, and run contracts whose end is approaching from a single list - Tie the service call to the unit's serial number; let the technician close the job from the mobile app and the person receiving it sign on the signature screen in the mobile app - Installed Device Inventory: Every unit in the hospital is a record with a serial number; the installation date, the warranty expiry and the responsible technician are its fields, and it sits under the account. - Demo and Consignment Tracking: A device left on loan is the same kind of record; the clinic it is in, the date it went out and the expected return day are fields, and returns past their day fall into a list. - Calibration and Maintenance Contract: The contract is a record tied to the account; the scope, the period and the end date are fields, and an approaching end turns into a task. - Service Call: A fault report is a request record; the serial number is carried in a field, and all the calls for the same unit are collected in a single list. - S: Can we track where the devices we left at the hospital for demo are? — C: Yes. A demo device is also a record with a serial number; the hospital it is in, the representative who delivered it, the date it went out and the expected return day sit in its fields. Units past their return day are collected in a separate list and a follow-up task is opened for each one. - S: Can I see all the service and calibration history of the same device over the years in one place? — C: Yes. Because service call and calibration records are tied to the unit's serial number, when the device card is opened the history appears chronologically; which part was replaced and when also stays on the same record. - S: Can we see in advance the hospitals whose maintenance contract is ending? — C: Yes. The maintenance contract is a record tied to the hospital account; the scope, the period and the end date are its fields. Those whose end is approaching fall into a list, and the renewal conversation is opened as a task from the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for medical devices? — C: When choosing a CRM for the medical device sector, you should pay attention to sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your medical device process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a medical device CRM system cost? — C: In medical devices, because the technician responsible for each unit is written on the record, the people in the service team are defined separately in the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the medical device sector? — C: In the medical device business the counterpart the CRM will talk to is the ERP or the hospital information system. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the medical device sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your medical device process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for medical devices? — C: In the medical device business the technician closes the service call from the mobile app; the person receiving it signs on the signature screen. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Metal Industry CRM: Cutting Lists and Quotes | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/metal-industry-crm) Material and labour are separate quote lines; which grade was priced at what sits on the line. When the same part is asked for again, the old quote is opened and the unit price updated. - Record the request with the material type, the grade and the cutting list; split the quote into material and labour lines and have the total calculated from the line items - On a repeat order of the same part, open the previous quote from the record and update only the unit price that has changed - Track subcontract work such as cutting, bending and welding as stages of the job record, and see from the list which job is waiting at the machine - Keep the scrap and remnant length record per job and price the next quote on actual consumption - Request with a Cutting List: The request is a record; the material type, the grade and the thickness are its fields, and the cutting list sits as an attachment on the same record. - Line-Item Quote: Material and labour are separate lines on the quote; the unit price comes from the product record, and the total and the margin are calculated from those lines. - Repeat Order of the Same Part: The previous quote sits under the customer card; when the same part is asked for again, the record is copied, the cutting list and the labour lines come across as they are, and only the material unit price is updated. - Scrap and Remnant Length: The scrap rate is a field on the job record; when that field of closed jobs is reported, the scrap allowance in the next quote comes from the record rather than from an estimate. - S: How do I find the old price I gave a customer who is ordering the same part for the second time? — C: The previous quote is recorded under the customer card; you copy the record and change only the current material unit price — the cutting list and the labour lines come across as they are. - S: How do I tie a price I gave by the kilo to an order that comes in by the piece? — C: On the quote line the unit weight and the quantity are separate fields; the total weight is calculated from those two fields, and even if the order is opened by the piece, the price is read from the kilo line. - S: Do we give the scrap allowance in the next quote by estimate? — C: The scrap rate is a field on the job record; when that field of closed jobs is reported, the scrap allowance in the next quote comes from the record rather than from an estimate. Subcontract work such as cutting, bending and welding are also stages of the job record, so which job is waiting at the machine is read from the list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for the metal industry? — C: When choosing a CRM for the metal sector, you should pay attention to sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your metal working process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a metal industry CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the metal sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the metal sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your metal working process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for the metal industry? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Mining CRM: Lot Grades and Licence Calendar | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/mining-crm) A shipment lot is a record; the assay result, the weighing and the grade range agreed with the buyer are fields on the same card. Lots outside the range are collected in a filtered list. - Keep every shipment lot on a single record with the assay result, the weighing and the agreed grade range as fields - Open the buyer's objection as a request record tied to the lot and track which assay the price cut came from - Keep licence, permit and contract end dates as fields and tie approaching renewals to a task - Enter site visits and contractor audits from the mobile app; let the form, the photograph and the location verification be written to the record - Shipment Lot: The lot is a record; the assay result, the weighing and the agreed range are its fields, and the laboratory report stays attached. - Buyer Contract: The buyer is an account record; the grade range, the moisture limit and the price formula are fields on the contract record, and shipments are assessed against those fields. - Licence and Permit Calendar: Licences and permits are records; the end date is a field, approaching dates fall into a list, and the renewal task is opened for its owner. - Site and Contractor Audit: An audit is a task; the form and the photograph are its fields, and when it is entered from the mobile app the location verification is written to the record. - S: Can we keep the assay result of a shipment lot in the CRM? — C: Yes. The lot is a record; the grade, moisture and weighing values are entered as fields, and the laboratory report stays attached. Because the range agreed with the buyer sits on the contract record, lots that fall outside the range are collected in a filtered list. - S: Does the system remind us of licence and permit renewals? — C: Licences, permits and environmental obligations are each records with an end date field. According to the day threshold you define, approaching dates fall into a list and the renewal task is opened for its owner; the documents sent stay attached to the same record. - S: Can I show which assay the buyer's price cut objection came from? — C: Yes. The objection is opened as a request record tied to the shipment lot; the lot's assay result, its weighing and the grade range in the contract are fields on the same card. Because the price formula also sits on the contract record, which value the cut came out of is read from the record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for mining? — C: When choosing a CRM for the mining sector, you should pay attention to sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your mining process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a mining CRM system cost? — C: In mining, because site and contractor audits are entered from the mobile app, the team at the pit also becomes a user of the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the mining sector? — C: In mining the counterparts the CRM will talk to are the ERP and the laboratory systems. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the mining sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your mining process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for mining? — C: In mining the site visit and the contractor audit are entered from the mobile app; the form, the photograph and the location are written to the record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Home Removals CRM: Inventory of Belongings | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/moving-company-crm) A booking is a record with date and deposit fields; when the date changes, the previous value stays in the history. The inventory of belongings is tied to the same job as photographed lines. - Record the booking with the deposit amount and the confirmed date; when the date changes, let the old and the new date both leave a trace on the same record - Add the pre-loading inventory of belongings to the record with its photographs and answer a damage claim on the basis of a dated record - Track the entry and exit dates and the number of waiting days for belongings that go into interim storage, and draw the storage charge from the record - Record the outcome of the quotes you gave and measure at which price range, and after how delayed a reply, you lost the job - Booking Record: A booking is a record with date and deposit fields; when the date changes, the previous value stays in the record history, and the calendar is set to the new date. - Inventory of Belongings: The inventory is a set of lines tied to the job record; each line has a condition note and a photograph attachment, and its state before loading is kept with its date. - Damage File: A damage claim is a request record tied to the job; it is matched with the inventory line, and the resolution step and the amount paid sit on the same record. - Storage Tracking: The entry and exit dates for storage are fields on the record; the number of waiting days is calculated from those two fields, and the charge line is produced from there. - S: If the moving date changes, is the old booking information lost? — C: No. The date is a field on the record and the change stays in the record history with its own date; the old date, the new date and who entered the change can be read afterwards. - S: On what basis can I answer a damage claim that comes in after the move? — C: The photographs of the belongings taken before loading and the condition notes sit on the inventory lines with their dates; the damage request is matched with that line, and the resolution and the amount paid are written to the same record. - S: When belongings wait in storage, what do we base the storage charge on? — C: The entry and exit dates for storage are fields on the record; the number of waiting days is calculated from those two fields and the charge line is produced from the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for home removals? — C: When choosing a CRM for the home removals sector, you should pay attention to sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your removals process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a home removals CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the home removals sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the home removals sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your removals process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for home removals? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Music School CRM: Timetables and Make-Up Lessons | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/music-school-crm) A lesson is a record with instructor, room and time fields. When a postponement is made, the affected lessons are listed; a missed lesson moves to awaiting make-up. - Track which stage each student is at, from the trial lesson through to firm enrolment - Plan individual and group lessons together with instructor availability and room/studio assignment - See each instructor's instrument, weekly timetable and student load in a single list - Track monthly fees, course package and instrument sale payments on an instalment basis - Send lesson reminders, timetable changes and concert announcements over WhatsApp - Student Enrolment Management: From the trial lesson to firm enrolment, the same student record moves through its stages; how many candidates are waiting at which step is read from the stage report. - Lesson Timetable Planning: A lesson is a record with instructor + room + time fields; the clash rule is defined during setup, and the timetable appears on the calendar. - Instructor Management: An instructor is a user record; the instrument and the weekly availability sit in its fields, and the student load comes out of the number of lesson records. - Payment and Instalment Tracking: Membership fee, package and instrument sale lines are kept under the student card; the remaining balance is calculated from those lines. - Make-Up Lesson Entitlement: A missed lesson moves to awaiting make-up on its own record; the student's accumulated make-up entitlement is the number of those records, and when the make-up is given the same record is closed, so the entitlement is not left to verbal follow-up. - S: Can I manage different instrument disciplines? — C: Yes. Piano, guitar, violin, vocals and the other disciplines are a field on the lesson record; a separate timetable and a separate report for each discipline are filtered by that field, and the student distribution is reported from the same field. - S: Is there trial lesson tracking? — C: Yes. From the trial lesson to firm enrolment the same student record moves through its stages; because those who convert to enrolment and those who do not are counted separately, which discipline's taster lesson works can be measured. A follow-up task stays open for a candidate who does not enrol. - S: Is there concert and event management? — C: Yes. A concert is an event record; the participating students are linked to it, and the ticket fees collected are written to the payment lines on the student card. We do not build a separate ticketing system. - S: How long does setup take for a music school? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your music school process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Nonprofit CRM: Donor and Volunteer Records | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/nonprofit-crm) A donor is a person record; donation lines accumulate under the card, and the same person is tied to that record through their volunteering and event attendance too. - Keep donors' giving history and contact preferences on a single record, and tie the thank-you message to the rule you define - Take volunteer applications through a form, assign them by skill and track participation - Plan fundraising evenings, awareness events and meetings, and manage attendance from the same place - Track and report the performance of your donation campaigns while the campaign is still running - Let the whole team reply from a single WhatsApp number, with conversations assigned in the team inbox according to the rule you define - Donor Management System: A donor is a person record; donation lines accumulate under the card, the contact preference is a field, and it is respected on sends. - Volunteer Coordination: A volunteer application is a record and can be defined to come in from a form; the skill fields are used as a filter when assigning, and participation leaves a trace on the task record. - Event Management: An event is a record; attendees are linked to it, and the invitation and attendance status are tracked from the same record. - Campaign Tracking: Because donations are tied to the campaign, the amount collected and the number of donors are visible in the report while the campaign runs. - Aid Application File: A household asking for support is an application record; the item of need, the outcome of the field assessment and the aid given previously accumulate under the file, and repeat applications from the same person are merged into a single file. - S: How is donor tracking done? — C: Every donor is a separate person record; donation lines accumulate under the card, the contact preference sits in a field and is respected on sends. If you want the thank-you message to go out when a donation line is opened, you tie this to a rule during setup; the message goes out over the connected channel and is written to the card. - S: How does volunteer management work? — C: A volunteer application is a record and can be defined to come in from a form; the skill fields are used as a filter when assigning, and participation leaves a trace on the task record. If the same person is also a donor, the two roles come together on a single record. - S: Is there special pricing for nonprofits? — C: We have no published nonprofit discount; we do not announce a discount that does not exist. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read two different prices in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. - S: Can more than one person on a nonprofit team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the nonprofit side the whole team replies to donor and volunteer messages from a single number, and conversations are assigned in the team inbox. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even when staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Notary CRM: Appointments and Journal Numbers | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/notary-crm) A transaction is a record; the missing document, the stage and the journal number are its fields. An institution's regular business accumulates under its own account. - Take online appointments by transaction type, spread the day's load across the hours and shorten the waiting time - Track from a single record which document is missing on each transaction, which stage it is at and when it will be completed - Gather the regular transactions of banks, companies and law firms under a corporate account - Keep all correspondence with the client and past transactions on the same card - Send the appointment reminder and the document-ready notification over WhatsApp - Appointment Management System: An appointment is a record with transaction type and time fields; the day's load is read from the calendar view, and the quota per hour is defined during setup. - Document and Transaction Tracking: A transaction is a record; the missing document and the stage sit in its fields, and the completion time is calculated from the record dates. - Corporate Account Management: A bank, a company and a law firm are each account records; their regular transactions accumulate under the card, and the authorised people are linked to it. - Client Contact History: Because the correspondence and past transactions sit on the same card, the detail of an earlier job is found without searching. - Journal Number and Copy Request: Every transaction's journal number and date are fields on the record; a copy request that arrives years later is found from that number and is opened as a new record tied to the original transaction. - S: Is there an online appointment system? — C: Yes, clients can book an appointment by transaction type through the website. The queue number and the estimated waiting time are notified from the appointment record; you define the quota per hour. - S: Is there a special module for corporate clients? — C: There is no separate out-of-the-box module; banks, law firms and companies are opened as account records and their regular transactions accumulate under that account. The authorised people are linked to the account, and bulk transactions and the invoice breakdown are taken from the same record. - S: Is it KVKK compliant for a notary? — C: Your CRM data is kept in a separate database belonging to you, and access is authorised on a role basis. Hosting is in the European Union: the database is in Finland and the media files in Frankfurt. Under KVKK art. 9 this counts as a transfer abroad; that is why we run the disclosure and explicit consent processes. - S: How long does setup take for a notary? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your notarial process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [OB-GYN Clinic CRM: Pregnancy Week Tracking | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/obgyn-clinic-crm) The last menstrual period date is a field; the weekly checks and the screenings are opened as tasks tied to that date. Ultrasound images are dated attachments on the pregnancy record. - On every pregnancy record, open the week 4, 11, 20, 28 and 36 checks, the screening tests and the ultrasound appointments as tasks tied to the last menstrual period date - Keep the trimester ultrasound images and videos as dated attachments on the pregnancy record; make the comparison between trimesters on the same card - Plan routines such as Pap smear, HPV, mammography and bone density according to the patient's age range - Keep the mode of delivery, the anaesthesia and the breastfeeding preferences on the patient card and plan the week 6, month 3 and month 6 checks as tasks tied to the birth date - Link the newborn's information to the mother's card and send vaccination follow-up and nutrition advice over WhatsApp - 40-Week Pregnancy Tracking: The last menstrual period date is a field; the weekly checks and the screenings are opened as tasks tied to that date. The schedule is defined during setup according to your own protocol. - Ultrasound and Imaging Archive: Images and video are attachments on the pregnancy record; because they sit with their dates, comparison between trimesters is done on the same card. - Gynaecology Routine Tracking: The date of birth and the date of the last procedure are fields on the patient record; the routine call lists are drawn up by filtering on those fields. - Birth Plan and Postnatal Follow-Up: The mode of delivery, the anaesthesia and the breastfeeding preference are fields on the patient card; the week 6, month 3 and month 6 checks are tasks tied to the birth date. - Baby and Mother Communication: The newborn record is linked to the mother's card; the vaccination steps are tasks tied to the birth date, and the message goes out from the team inbox and is written to the card. - S: How is pregnancy follow-up done in the CRM? — C: The last menstrual period date is a field on the patient record; the 40-week schedule is opened as tasks tied to that date. At each check appointment the required ultrasound, test and examination items are listed; a notification is sent to the expectant mother and to the physician. - S: Can I track IVF treatment? — C: Yes. For the IVF process, hormone tracking, the embryo transfer date, the beta HCG results and the handover to the pregnancy week are kept on a single record, in fields defined during setup. - S: How are gynaecological routines reminded? — C: The date of birth and the date of the last procedure are fields on the patient record; the call lists for the routine tests needed by age range are drawn up by filtering on those fields. The annual appointment suggestion is sent to the patient over WhatsApp. - S: Is there postnatal service follow-up? — C: Yes. The week 6, month 3 and month 6 checks after the birth are opened as tasks tied to the birth date; you define the steps during setup according to your own protocol. The baby's vaccination schedule, breastfeeding support for the mother and depression screening are also items on the same calendar. ### [Oil and Gas CRM: Dealer Network and Field Visits | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/oil-gas-crm) A station is an account record; its region, period volume target and actual figure sit in its fields. Those below target gather in one list, and the visit task opens from that record. - Open every dealer as a separate account; see the sales target, performance and contract term in a single list - Track bulk fuel contracts, price agreements and renewal dates so that they warn you in advance - Let the field team enter the inspection form, the photo and the maintenance request from the mobile app during the visit - Build the accounting connection on the Logo, Netsis or SAP side over a REST API, specifically for your project - Run dealer correspondence from a single business number with a team inbox, so conversations stay on record independently of staff - Station Network Management: A station is an account record; the region it belongs to, its period volume target and the actual figure sit in its fields; stations below target gather in a single list and the visit task opens from a record on that list. - Contract and Quote Management: A contract is a record attached to the account; the price agreement and the renewal date sit in its fields, and approaching expiries drop into a list. - Field Operations Tracking: A visit is a task; the inspection form, the photo and the maintenance request are entered into the same record from a phone, and the app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. - ERP Connection: We build the Logo, Netsis and SAP connection ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for each project over a REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2 and webhooks; the scope is shared in writing at the discovery call. - Tank and Pump Calibration Tracking: The tanks and pumps at a station are equipment lines attached to the station record; the last calibration date and the next date sit in fields, and a task is opened for the regional team for equipment whose due date is approaching. - S: How can we manage our dealer network in the CRM? — C: In Rapitek CRM you can define each dealer as a separate account and track their sales performance, contract terms and visit history. Manage your network efficiently with dealer-based reporting. - S: Can we digitise field inspections? — C: Yes. With the mobile app, field teams can enter inspection forms, photos and reports into the system instantly. The entire inspection history is stored centrally. - S: How long does setup take for Oil and Gas? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your oil and gas process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Can more than one person on the Oil and Gas team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the oil and gas side, dealer correspondence runs from a single business number and conversations stay on record independently of staff. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Optician CRM: Prescriptions and Renewals | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/optician-crm) Every eye test is a dated record attached to the customer card; the right and left prescription sit in fields and are never overwritten. The last test date produces the renewal list. - Gather every customer's prescription history, frame and lens preference on a single card - Run eye test and collection appointments on one calendar and keep no-shows on a list - Track frame and lens stock by brand, model and prescription - Attach warranty and lens exchange rights to the sale record and send a reminder before they expire - List the customers due for a prescription renewal and set up a win-back contact - Prescription and Test History: Every eye test is a dated record attached to the customer card; the right and left prescription sit in fields and are never overwritten, so the change between two tests is visible on the same card. - Frame and Lens Preference: Brand, model and lens type are fields on the sale line; seen from the customer card, what the customer chose in the past comes out as a list. - Appointment Calendar: An appointment is a record with a staff field and a time field. Eye test and collection are separate types, and the clash rule is defined during setup. - Warranty and Right of Exchange: The warranty start and the right of exchange are fields on the sale record; those approaching expiry drop into a list and a reminder task is opened. - Renewal List: The last test date is a field; customers for whom the period you define has passed are gathered by a filter, and contact runs from that list. - S: Can I see a customer's previous prescription and frame? — C: Yes. Every eye test and sale accumulates with a date under the customer card; the right/left prescription, lens type, frame brand and model appear side by side on the same card. - S: How is the prescription renewal reminder set up? — C: The last test date sits in the record as a field. Customers for whom the period you set (24 months, for example) has elapsed drop into a list based on that field; during setup you tie to a rule whether the reminder goes out over WhatsApp or SMS and how many days in advance, and the send is recorded on the customer card. - S: How much does an optician CRM system cost? — C: On the optical and eyewear side an appointment record carries a staff field; the users of the system are that store team. We keep our current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in optics? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in optics? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your optical process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for opticians? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Organic Farming CRM: Certificates and Batches | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/organic-farming-crm) A certificate is a record with an expiry date field; those nearing their date drop into a list. The batch number links the shipment to the grower account, and the source is read back from the record. - Keep your own certificate and every contract grower's document expiry date in the record and gather those nearing their date in a single list - Open the inspection and certification body's audit appointments as tasks and follow the closing of outstanding findings - Record the shipment with a batch number and read back which batch from which grower went where - List growers in conversion separately from certified ones and plan when which product can be sold as organic - Certificate Validity: A certificate is a record with an expiry date field; those nearing their date drop into a list, and the renewal step is a task attached to that record. - Contract Grower: Every grower is an account record; the conversion year, the parcel details and the certificate status sit in its fields, and the shipment is attached to that account. - The Grower Behind a Batch: The batch number is a field on the shipment record; because the batch is attached to the grower account, which parcel of which grower it came from and which certificate was valid on that date are read back from the record afterwards. - Audit Findings: An audit is a record; findings stay open as tasks until they are closed, and the closing date and the supporting documents are kept on the same card. - S: Can I see the certificate terms of my contract growers in one place? — C: Yes. The certificate expiry date is a field on the grower record; growers whose term is approaching gather in a shared list and the renewal task is attached to that record. - S: When a buyer asks about the source of a batch, can I answer after the fact? — C: Yes. The shipment record is attached to the grower account by the batch number; from the batch you can read which grower it came from and which certificate was valid on that date. - S: How do we follow whether the findings from an audit have been closed? — C: An audit is a record; every finding stays open as a task until it is closed, and the closing date and the supporting documents are kept on the same card. Because growers in conversion are listed separately from certified ones, when which product can be sold as organic is planned from those same records. - S: Which is the best CRM software for organic farming? — C: When choosing a CRM for organic farming you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your organic production and sales process, we migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does an organic farming CRM system cost? — C: We keep our current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in organic farming? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in organic farming? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your organic production and sales process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for organic farming? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Orthodontic Clinic CRM: Wire Appointments, Instalments](https://rapitek.com/en/orthodontics-clinic-crm) Treatment is a single timeline; the note, photo, aligner set and payment from each monthly appointment build up on one patient record. When it ends, the record moves to the retention phase. - Build up the note, photo and payment from every monthly appointment on the same treatment record and follow progress as a percentage - Track the set number, the change date and the patient's wear compliance in clear aligner treatments - Derive the 4-6 week tightening appointment from the treatment date in fixed wire treatments and offer the patient alternative times from the calendar - Keep the 18, 24 or 36 month instalment plan together with the payment history and produce a reminder for a payment that falls due - Long-Term Treatment Tracking: An 18-36 month treatment is a record; the note, photo, payment and patient comment from every monthly appointment build up under that record, and the progress percentage is turned into a chart from those lines. - Aligner Set Management: In clear aligner treatments every set is a line; the set number, wear period, change date and patient compliance note sit in that line's fields, and sets whose change date is approaching drop into a list. - Monthly Wire Tightening Planning: In fixed wire treatments an appointment every 4-6 weeks is opened, derived from the date on the treatment record; the hours the patient is available are chosen from the calendar. - Instalment and Payment Plan: The 18, 24 or 36 month instalment lines sit under the treatment record; the payment history stays on the same card, and an overdue line drops into a list. - Patient Satisfaction Survey: The survey is sent at the interval you define, tied to the treatment record; low scores create a notification for the clinic manager and open a follow-up task. - S: How does an orthodontic treatment start and end in the CRM? — C: At the start of treatment a 'Diagnosis and Plan' record is created and it is updated at every monthly appointment. As treatment ends the 'Retention Phase' begins: six-monthly and yearly check-up appointments are opened on the calendar according to the rule you define during setup. - S: How is Invisalign or ClearCorrect treatment tracked? — C: Every aligner set is a line under the treatment record; the set number, start date, expected change date and patient compliance note are fields on that line. Sets whose 14-day period is up drop into a list based on that date; during setup you tie to a rule how many days in advance and over which channel the patient is reminded. - S: Are there different features for child patients? — C: Yes. For child patients a separate notification is sent to the parent, appointment times are proposed according to the school calendar, and a special template is used for 'tooth change tracking'. - S: How does the orthodontic photo archive work? — C: At every appointment intraoral, profile and smile photographs are taken and uploaded to the patient card. The start of treatment and the current state are shown side by side, and progress is presented as a chart. ### [Packaging CRM: Proof Approval and Revision History](https://rapitek.com/en/packaging-crm) The die number, the print proof approval and the quantity left on the annual agreement sit on the same customer record; in Rapitek CRM every shipment is opened as a line on the agreement. - Write the dimensions, material weight, number of colours and die number into the fields of the packaging record and produce the quote from those values - Attach the print proof approval to the record; let the approved version, the approval date and the person who approved stay in the card's history - Open the annual agreement as a record and attach batched shipments to it, following the remaining quantity from a single list - Queue sample and price requests and distribute them to the relevant sales engineer with the assignment rule defined during setup - Packaging Specification: A job is a record with fields for dimensions, material weight and number of colours; the die number also sits on the same card and is read from there on a repeat order. - Proof Approval: The print proof is a task; the approval date and the person who approved sit in its fields, and the approved file stays as an attachment on the record. - Annual Agreement and Batched Shipment: An agreement is a record; every shipment is a line attached to it, and the remaining quantity is visible from the total of those lines. - Revision History: A design change is not written over the record, it goes into its history; which version was approved and when is read from that trail. - S: Can I keep the approved print proof in the system? — C: Yes. Proof approval is a task; the approved file sits as an attachment on the record, and the approval date and the person who approved sit in its fields, so a repeat order is opened straight from that card. - S: How do I see the quantity left on the annual agreement? — C: An agreement is a record and every batched shipment is opened as a line attached to it; the difference between the total shipped and the agreed quantity is read from that same record. - S: Can I prove afterwards which design version was approved? — C: Yes. A design change is not written over the record, it goes into its history; which version was approved on which date and by whom is read from that change trail. - S: Which is the best CRM software for packaging? — C: When choosing a CRM for the packaging sector you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your process in the packaging sector, we migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a packaging CRM system cost? — C: We keep our current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the packaging sector? — C: On the packaging side the approval sits in an e-mail, the die details in production and the quantity left on the annual agreement in the accountant's spreadsheet. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the packaging sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your process in the packaging sector and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for packaging? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Paper CRM: Weight-Based Quotes and Allocation](https://rapitek.com/en/paper-crm) A quote line carries fields for grade, weight, size and reel or sheet; the validity date is a field on the quote, and those that have expired gather in a separate list. - Prepare the quote with grade, weight, size and reel-or-sheet lines, and carry the same lines from a past order into a new quote - Keep the quote validity date in a field, separate expired quotes out of the list and reprice them - See from the record which customer a batch in stock has been promised to, and do not commit the same batch twice - Read the repeat buying interval from the customer's history and open a follow-up task, attaching shipment and delivery note details to the order - Specification-Based Quote: A quote line is more than a product; the grade, the weight, the size and whether it is reel or sheet sit in the line's fields. - Price Validity: The validity date is a field on the quote; quotes past their date gather in a separate list, and the repricing task is opened from there. - Batch Allocation: A stock batch is a record; which order it is attached to is seen from that record, and the unattached quantity stays free. - Buying Rhythm: The customer's order history sits on their own record; when the interval lengthens, a follow-up task drops into the list and is assigned to a representative. - S: The price of paper changes often; how do we manage the validity of a quote we have given? — C: The validity date is a field on the quote; expired quotes gather in a separate list and a repricing task is opened, and the new price that goes to the customer is followed as a revision of the same record. - S: When the customer says "the same paper as last time", how do we reach the right specification? — C: Every order sits on the customer's record with its grade, weight, size and reel-or-sheet details; the past order is opened and a new quote is created with the same lines, so cutting the wrong size is prevented at source. - S: How do we stop the same stock batch being promised to two customers? — C: A stock batch is a record; which order it is attached to is seen from that record, and the unattached quantity stays free. That way the commitment is visible when the promise is made, not on the loading day. - S: Which is the best CRM software for paper? — C: When choosing a CRM for the paper sector you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your paper process, we migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a paper CRM system cost? — C: In paper, because the follow-up task for a customer whose buying interval has lengthened is assigned to a representative, representatives are defined individually in the system. We keep our current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the paper sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the paper sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your paper process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for paper? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Patent CRM: Files, Oppositions and Renewals](https://rapitek.com/en/patent-office-crm) Renewal, opposition and annual fee dates are separate fields on the file; the task tied to each date is opened for the person responsible before it expires and stays listed until closed. - Keep every trademark and patent file under the client account with its application number, country and class - Enter the renewal, opposition and annual fee dates as fields; let a reminder task be opened before the deadline - Build up the notification sent to the client and the instruction received under the file, and see files waiting for instructions on a separate list - Show the official fee and the attorney fee as separate items on the quote and follow collection file by file - File Record: A trademark or patent application is a record with fields for the number, the country and the class, attached to the client account. The portfolio is the list of files under that account. - Deadline Fields and Reminders: The renewal, opposition and annual fee dates are separate fields on the file; the task attached to each field is opened before the date, assigned to the person responsible, and stays on the list until it is closed. - Notification and Instruction History: Information sent to the client and the answer that comes back are recorded as activities under the file; files waiting for instructions are a filter on that status. - Official Fee and Attorney Fee: The official fee and the service charge are separate line items on the quote; the collection status file by file is read from those lines. - S: What does the system do so that renewal and opposition deadlines are not missed? — C: Every deadline is a separate date field on the file record, and the reminder task attached to the field is assigned to the person responsible before the date. It stays on the list as long as it is not closed; so the follow-up is attached to the record itself, not to a person's diary. - S: Do registry notifications land on the file by themselves? — C: We build the connection to the registry side ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. Notifications are entered on the file by hand, or carried by a flow built specifically for each project over import and a REST API. Once the date field has been entered, the system runs the reminder chain. - S: Can I see files waiting for instructions from the client separately? — C: Yes. The notification sent to the client and the answer received are recorded as activities under the file; the file's status is also a field. Files waiting for instructions are opened as a separate list by filtering on that field, and files approaching their deadline are sorted by date on that list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for patent work? — C: When choosing a CRM for the patent sector you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your trademark and patent attorney process, we migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a patent CRM system cost? — C: In patent work, because the task tied to each deadline field is assigned to a person responsible, the attorneys looking after the files are defined individually in the system. We keep our current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the patent sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the patent sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your trademark and patent attorney process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for patent work? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Pet Grooming CRM: Animal Card and Grooming History](https://rapitek.com/en/pet-grooming-crm) The species, breed, allergies and clipping preference sit on the animal's own record; because the treatment time is defined by coat type, the calendar fills by real workload, not by queue. - Keep a separate profile card for every animal, with the species, breed, allergies and grooming preferences - Take appointments online, assign the job to a suitable groomer and balance the load through the day - Record the details of every visit and leave the note for the next grooming on the same card - Keep the grooming period and the last visit date in a field; let those whose period is up drop into a list and tie the reminder to that list with a rule - Send appointment confirmations, grooming-completed notifications and reminders over WhatsApp - Animal Profile Cards: Every animal is a separate record attached to its owner; the species, the breed, the allergies and the grooming preference sit in its fields. - Treatment Duration by Coat Type: The treatment duration is a field defined on the service record according to the animal's breed and coat type; the slot opened on the calendar is produced from that duration, and a short-haired cat and a long-haired dog cannot be booked into the same slot. - Grooming History Tracking: The note from every visit builds up with a date under the animal's card; at the next grooming it is read from that same card. - Periodic Reminders: The grooming period is a field; those whose period is up according to the last visit date drop into a list and a reminder task is opened. - Vaccination Date Check: The date of the last rabies and combination vaccination is a field on the animal record; animals whose date has passed are flagged on the appointment list, and asking the owner for the document is opened as a task from that flag. - S: Can separate tracking be done for different animal species? — C: Yes, you can set up separate grooming procedures, price lists and time planning for dogs, cats and other pets. - S: Where do we see the customers whose grooming is due? — C: The grooming period and the last visit date are fields on the animal record; animals whose period is up drop into a list based on those fields, and the reminder task is opened from that list. During setup you tie to a rule how many days in advance and over which channel the message goes out; it is not a general message going to everyone but a list produced from that animal's own period. - S: Can I manage more than one branch for Pet Grooming? — C: Yes, with multi-branch support you can manage all your pet grooming salons from a single panel. - S: How long does setup take for Pet Grooming? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your pet grooming process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Pet Shop CRM: Food Preference and Recurring Orders](https://rapitek.com/en/pet-shop-crm) A pet is a record attached to the customer; the food brand, the pack size and the daily consumption are its fields, and the estimated finish date is derived from them and drops into a list. - Keep the customer's pet, its species and its food preference on their card - Produce a reminder list based on the consumption period before the food runs out - Run recurring orders and deliveries from a single screen - Track product stock by brand and pack size and catch the critical level - Direct loyalty points and campaigns to regular customers - Animal and Preference Record: A pet is a record attached to the customer; the species, the age and the food preference sit in its fields and are read from that same card on the second purchase. - Consumption Period: The pack size and the daily consumption are fields on the product and the animal record; the finish date is derived from them and those approaching drop into a list. - Recurring Order: Customers whose period has come are gathered by a filter; the order record is opened from that list and the delivery task is attached to it. - Brand and Pack Size Variant: The brand and pack size variants of the same food are separate lines on the product record; when the quantity of a variant falls below the threshold, the animal records that regularly buy that variant are seen from the same list, and the task of letting them know is opened from there. - Loyalty and Campaign: Points are a field on the customer card; campaigns are built from lists filtered by purchase frequency. - S: How do I remember which food the customer buys? — C: A pet is a record attached to the customer, and the food preference is a field on it. On the second purchase the brand, the pack size and the previous purchase date appear on the same card. - S: How is the reminder set up before the food runs out? — C: The pack size and the daily consumption sit in the record as fields; the estimated finish date is derived from them. Customers whose time is approaching drop into a list, and the reminder goes to that list over WhatsApp or SMS. - S: How much does a pet shop CRM system cost? — C: We keep our current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done on the pet shop side? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in a pet shop? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your pet shop process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a pet shop? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Pharmaceutical CRM: Doctor Visits, Prescription Data](https://rapitek.com/en/pharmaceutical-crm) The visit, the samples left with the doctor and the budget spent build up under the same doctor record; the region's history stays even when the rep changes. Prescription data sits there too. - Follow the field team's daily visits and route plan as they happen - Record the samples and promotional material left with the doctor together with the budget used - Analyse which doctor prescribes which product and build the field target accordingly - Produce the report and the transaction trail required in a regulatory audit from the system itself - Open a single WhatsApp number to the whole team with a team inbox, and have conversations assigned according to the rule you define - Doctor Visit: A visit is a task; the representative, the doctor and the date sit in its fields, the visit note and the location are written to the same record, and the region's history stays in the record even when the team changes. - Samples and Promotion: The samples and promotional material left with the doctor are lines attached to the visit record; the quantity and the budget spent sit in fields, and the regional budget is read from the total of those lines. - Prescription Data: The doctor record carries product-based prescription fields; which doctor turned to which product comes out of the report on those fields, and the field target list is built from there. - Audit Trail: Field changes on records are stored with their date and their user; the transaction trail required in a regulatory audit is not compiled after the fact, it is taken from those records. - Scientific Meeting Attendance Record: A congress or scientific meeting the doctor attended is an attendance record attached to the doctor record; the meeting name, its date and the items covered sit in fields, and the invitation and the internal approval step leave a trace on the same record. - S: What happens to the doctor history when a representative changes region? — C: A visit is a task; the representative, the doctor and the date sit in its fields, and the visit note builds up under the doctor record. Because the samples left and the budget spent are also attached to the same record, the region's history stays in place even when the team changes. - S: How long does setup take for Pharmaceuticals? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your pharmaceutical process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for Pharmaceuticals? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Pharmaceuticals? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Pharmacy CRM: Pack Tracking and SGK Provision](https://rapitek.com/en/pharmacy-crm) The pack finish date is a field on the customer record; when the date approaches a reminder task is opened. Packs close to expiry gather in one list by the expiry date field. - Keep the pack finish date for chronic medication on the customer record; let those approaching their date drop into a list and tie the reminder to that list with a rule - Identify regular customers with points and special discounts and follow their return - See products approaching their expiry date, running low on stock and selling the most on the same screen - Make the fields required for provision mandatory on the sale record and take SGK and insurance statements from the report - Let the whole pharmacy team reply from a single WhatsApp number, so correspondence does not stay on personal phones - Customer Loyalty Programme: Points and discounts are fields on the customer card; a regular customer appears in a list filtered on their purchase dates. - Medicine Reminder System: The pack finish date is a field on the customer record; when the date approaches a reminder task is opened and the message is sent from the same card. - Packs Close to Expiry: The expiry date is a field on the product record; packs with fewer than the set number of days left gather in a single list, and the decision to return them or to push them is handled from the card on that list. - SGK and Insurance Processes: The fields required for provision are made mandatory on the sale record, and the statements are taken from reports. The SGK and insurance connection is built specifically for each project; there is no out-of-the-box module. - Medicine Supply Request: A request opened for a pack that is not on the shelf is a request attached to the customer record; which warehouse it was requested from, the expected date and the task of letting the customer know sit on that request, and the correspondence in the inbox is attached to the same request. - S: Does the system bring a customer whose chronic medication has run out in front of me by itself? — C: The pack finish date is a field on the customer record; when the date approaches a reminder task is opened and the message is sent from the same card. How many days in advance it warns is defined during setup. - S: Can we follow a customer who asks for a pack that is not on the shelf? — C: The request is a separate record attached to the customer record; which warehouse it was requested from, the expected date and the task of letting the customer know sit on that request, and the correspondence in the inbox is attached to the same request. - S: How long does setup take for a Pharmacy? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your pharmacy process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for a Pharmacy? — C: In a pharmacy the fields required for provision are made mandatory on the sale record and the statements are taken from reports. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module; the same applies to SGK, insurance and pharmacy automation. Because access and field structure on the other side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. When no connection is built, the provision fields are entered on the sale record by hand and the statements are taken from the report. - S: Can more than one person on the pharmacy team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the pharmacy side customer correspondence does not stay on personal phones; the whole pharmacy team replies from a single number. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Photography CRM: Deposits and Selection Delivery](https://rapitek.com/en/photography-crm) A shoot is a record with fields for the date, the time and the deposit status. The selection, album approval, printing and delivery are each tasks; those waiting with the client gather in one list. - Record the shoot date together with the deposit status; keep a confirmed date apart from one that was only enquired about - Advance the post-shoot steps of selection, album approval, printing and delivery as tasks - Follow the selections waiting with the client and the uncollected balance from the same list and send reminders - Attach the signed version of the contract and the image usage consent to the customer record - Date Reservation: A shoot is a record with date and time fields; the deposit status sits on the same card, and unconfirmed dates appear in a separate list. - Steps After the Shoot: The selection, the album approval, the printing and the delivery are each tasks; the owner of each task and the party it is waiting on sit in fields, and those waiting with the client gather in a separate list. - Package and Balance: The package chosen and the amount are fields on the customer record; the deposit and the remaining balance sit under it as lines, and the uncollected balance is read from the report. - Usage Consent: The image usage consent and the contract are attachments to the record; the signature date sits in a field, and jobs without consent stand separately on the list. - S: Can I see from the system what to tell a second client asking for the same date? — C: Yes. The shoot record holds the date and the deposit status together; because dates with no deposit taken sit in a separate list, which day is confirmed is read from the calendar. - S: Can I follow the selections waiting with the client after the shoot? — C: Yes. The selection is a task and the party it is waiting on is written in its field; jobs waiting with the client gather in a single list, and the reminder is sent to that list. - S: Can I see afterwards which frame can be published where? — C: The image usage consent and the contract are attachments to the record; the signature date and the scope of the consent sit in fields, and jobs without consent stand separately on their own list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for photography? — C: When choosing a CRM for the photography sector you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your shoot and delivery process, we migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a photography CRM system cost? — C: In photography, because the selection, album approval and printing steps have separate owners, the people in the studio are defined separately in the system. We keep our current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the photography sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and its cost at the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the photography sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your shoot and delivery process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for photography? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablets and phones. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Physiotherapy CRM: Session Entitlement, SGK Provision](https://rapitek.com/en/physiotherapy-crm) The total sessions on the doctor's report and its validity date are fields on the patient record; each session is deducted from that number and a renewal task opens before it runs out. - Run online booking, reminders and recurring session planning on a single calendar - Create a treatment plan for every patient and record the session progress step by step - Enter SGK and private insurance provision details on the record and follow patient payments from that same record - Produce comparative progress reports from before and after treatment - Send appointment reminders and home exercise programmes over WhatsApp - Patient Appointment Management: An appointment is a record with fields for the patient, the therapist and the time; recurring sessions are opened as a series, and the reminder is tied to the date. - Treatment Programme Tracking: The treatment plan is a record attached to the patient card; the note from each session builds up under it, and which step has been reached is visible on the card. - Insurance and Payment Tracking: The payment and provision details are fields on the session record; the remaining balance is totalled on the patient card and the statements are taken from the report. There is no out-of-the-box module for SGK and insurance companies — these fields are filled in by hand or with an import file. - Patient Progress Reports: Because measurements build up as dated fields, the before-and-after comparison is produced from those same records and no separate file is kept. - Referral Report and Session Entitlement: The total number of sessions written on the doctor's report and the report's validity date are fields on the patient record; every session performed is deducted from that number, and a renewal task is opened before the entitlement runs out or the date expires. - S: Is there SGK integration? — C: We build the connection to SGK or to private insurance companies ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module, and we have no product called a "compatible module" either. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and its cost are shared in writing at the discovery call. As long as no connection is built, provision details are entered with an import file or by hand; the session entitlement on the referral report, the remaining balance and the collections are still kept in the CRM, and report renewal reminders are produced from there. - S: Can I manage more than one therapist? — C: Yes, you can follow all your physiotherapists' schedules, patient loads and performance from a single panel. - S: Is patient data safe for Physiotherapy? — C: Every customer's data is kept in a separate database; TLS 1.3 is used in transit, passwords and two-factor authentication secrets are encrypted at rest; access is limited by role-based authorisation. Hosting is in the European Union: the database is in Finland and media files are in Frankfurt. This counts as a transfer abroad under KVKK Article 9; that is why we run the notification and explicit consent processes. A small number of sub-processors operate outside the EU; we list each of them and where they process the data one by one in our privacy policy. - S: How long does setup take for Physiotherapy? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your physiotherapy process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Pilates CRM: Reformer Quota and Class Type | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/pilates-yoga-crm) In equipment classes the quota is not a head count but the number of reformers; capacity sits in the class type field, and when a machine goes for maintenance that day's capacity drops. - Set up private, duo and group classes as separate class types; define capacity and price separately for each type - Tie the quota in equipment classes to the number of reformers; when a machine goes in for maintenance, reduce capacity and move the overflow booking to the waiting list - Define as a rule whether a late cancellation costs a class credit, and notify the member on the waiting list when a place opens up - Keep the restriction note and the programme end date of a member referred by a physiotherapist on the record, so every instructor who takes the class sees the same note - Private, Duo and Group Class Types: The class type is a field on the class record; capacity is defined separately for each type, and the price sits on its own line in the price list for each type. - Quota per Machine: In a mat class capacity is a head count; in an equipment class it is the number of reformers. When a machine goes in for maintenance that day's capacity is reduced and the overflow booking moves to the waiting list. - Restriction Note and Physiotherapy Referral: Injury, pregnancy and doctor's restrictions are fields on the member record; for a member who comes with a post-injury programme, the referring person and the end of the programme sit on the same card. - Instructor Certification Level: The certification level is a field on the instructor record; which class types the instructor can teach is read from that field, and an instructor whose level is not sufficient is not assigned to that class in the calendar. - S: Is a member's injury information lost when the instructor changes? — C: It is not lost. The restriction note is a field on the member record, not an entry in an instructor's notebook; because the class is attached to the member, whoever takes the class that day sees the same note. When the note is updated, every subsequent class shows its current version. - S: Can the system decide whether a last-minute cancellation costs a class credit? — C: Yes. A rule is defined that looks at how long before the class time the cancellation was made; if the rule says the credit is forfeited, the deduction is written to the record, otherwise the credit is returned. At the same time the first member on the waiting list is notified that a place has opened up. - S: Can we prevent an instructor without the required certification level from being assigned to a class? — C: Yes. The certification level is a field on the instructor record, and which class types the instructor can teach is read from that field. During setup we define that an instructor whose level is not sufficient is not assigned to that class type when the calendar is filled in; the decision is then not left to the memory of whoever is on duty. - S: Which is the best CRM software for pilates? — C: When choosing a CRM for the pilates sector you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your pilates studio process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Pilates CRM system cost? — C: In pilates, which instructor can teach which class is determined by the certification level field, so instructors are defined separately in the system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the pilates sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the pilates sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your pilates studio process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for pilates? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Plastics CRM: Tiered Pricing and Annual Draw | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/plastics-crm) A quote carries fields for its validity date and the raw material price it rests on. When the resin line moves, expired quotes gather in one list and the revision call opens as a task from it. - Write the validity date and the raw material price it rests on onto the quote, and gather expired quotes in a separate list - Show the different unit prices for one thousand, ten thousand and fifty thousand pieces on the line items of the same quote - Attach the monthly draws of the annual agreement to orders and follow how much of the agreed quantity is left - Write the shipment batch to the record; when a complaint comes in, attach the case to the batch concerned and to the customers affected - Quote Validity Field: The quote is a record with fields for its validity date and for the raw material price it rests on; the ones that have expired gather in a single list through the filter on that date. - Tiered Pricing by Quantity: The quantity tiers are the line items of the quote; each line holds a quantity field and a unit price field, and the price applied to the order comes from that line. - Annual Agreement and Draws: The agreement is a record and the monthly draws are order lines attached to it; the remaining quantity is the difference between the agreed quantity and the total of those lines. - Injection Batch: The shipment batch is a field on the order record; a complaint is opened as a case record and attached to the batch that was moulded, and the other customers shipped from the same batch are listed through the filter on that field. - S: How do we find which quotes need updating when the raw material price changes? — C: On the quote record the validity date and the raw material price it rests on are separate fields; quotes that have expired or that were given before a certain date are gathered in a single list through a filter. The revision call is opened as a task on the records in that list. - S: When a complaint comes in, can we see which batch the product came out of? — C: Because the shipment batch is a field on the order record, the complaint case is attached directly to that batch. The other customers shipped from the same batch are listed through the filter on the same field; they are informed from that list rather than by calling one by one. - S: Where do we see how much of the annual agreement is left? — C: The annual agreement is a record of its own; the monthly draws sit as order lines attached to it. The remaining quantity is the difference between the agreed quantity and the total of those lines, and it is read off the agreement record; no separate spreadsheet is kept. - S: Which is the best CRM software for plastics? — C: When choosing a CRM for the plastics sector you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your plastics production process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Plastics CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the plastics sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the plastics sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your plastics production process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for plastics? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Plumbing CRM: Emergency Call and Site Visit Quote | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/plumbing-crm) The site visit turns into a quote record; materials and labour are separate line items. An emergency call is a case record with a priority field and sits on the same day list as planned jobs. - Prepare the quote that comes out of the site visit with separate material and labour line items, and take the customer's approval from the signature screen in the mobile app - Drop emergency calls to a plumber according to priority, using the queue and the assignment rules defined during setup, and see them on one day list together with the planned jobs - Build up the plumbing history of every address on the record and attach a call that comes back within the warranty period to the first job - Keep the management of blocks of flats and housing estates on an account record and follow the flat-by-flat jobs and collections under the same account - Site Visit and Quote: The site visit turns into a quote record; materials and labour are separate line items, and the customer's approval is taken from the signature screen in the mobile app and stays on the record. - Emergency Call: The call is a case record; it has a priority field, the queue and the assignment rules defined during setup drop it to a plumber, and calls that have not been closed stay in a single list. - Address History: The work carried out accumulates under the address record; the warranty end date is a field, and a new call from the same address is attached to the first job. - Managing Agent Account: The management of a block of flats or a housing estate is an account record; the individual flats are records attached to it, and the work and the collections gather under the same account. - S: When an emergency call comes in, can I see how the planned jobs are affected? — C: Yes. The call is a case record with a priority field, and the queue rules drop it to a plumber; because the planned work orders sit on the same day list, which job has been pushed back is visible in the list and the notification to that customer is sent from the same record. - S: How do I prevent an argument between the price said at the site visit and the amount at the end of the job? — C: The site visit turns into a quote record; materials and labour are written as separate line items and the customer's approval is taken on site, from the signature screen in the mobile app. If the scope changes during the job, the new line item is added to the same record and approved again, so which amount rests on what can be read afterwards. - S: If a call comes from the same address again within the warranty, can I attach it to the first job? — C: Yes. The work carried out accumulates under the address record and the warranty end date is a field; a new call from the same address is attached to the first job, and which job has come back is read from the report on that link. - S: Which is the best CRM software for plumbing? — C: When choosing a CRM for the plumbing sector you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your plumbing process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Plumbing CRM system cost? — C: In plumbing an emergency call reaches the plumber through assignment rules, so the plumbers who share the planned work and the calls are defined in the system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the plumbing sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the plumbing sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your plumbing process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for plumbing? — C: In plumbing the customer's approval of the quote that comes out of the site visit is taken from the signature screen in the mobile app and stays on the record. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [PR Agency CRM: Media List and Coverage Record | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/pr-agency-crm) Journalists and editors are contact records; the subject they cover, the outlet they belong to and the last contact date sit in fields. Coverage is attached to the client and that contact. - Keep journalists and editors on the record together with the subject they cover, the outlet they belong to and the last contact date - Send the release not to a fixed list but to a list of contacts filtered by subject, and collect the replies under the contact - Attach every published story to the client and to the contact approached, so the monthly coverage report comes out of the record - Run launch and press conference invitations, attendance status and the follow-up tasks afterwards from a single record - Media Contact Record: The journalist and the editor are each a contact record; the subject they cover, the outlet they belong to and the last contact date sit in fields, and the relationship stays with the firm. - Release Distribution: Distribution is a series of contacts made to a list of people filtered by subject; the send and the reply that comes back are written as activities under the contact. - Coverage Record: A published story is a record attached to the client and to the contact approached; the publication date and the link sit in its fields, and the monthly report is the list of these records. - Event and Invitation Tracking: A launch is an event record; the guests are contacts attached to it, and the attendance status and the follow-up task afterwards are run from the same record. - S: Are journalist relationships lost when someone leaves the team? — C: They are not lost. Every journalist and editor is a contact record in the agency's own database; the subject they cover, past correspondence and the last contact date sit under that record. Because it is kept by the firm rather than in a personal phone book, the handover happens through the record rather than by sharing a list. - S: Can we produce the monthly coverage report without collecting it by hand? — C: Every published story is written as a record attached to the client and to the contact approached; the publication date and the link sit in fields. At the end of the month the report comes out by listing these records over a date range, and which contact turned into a story is read from the same link. - S: Can we track who came to the launch and who was called afterwards? — C: Yes. The launch is an event record; the guests are contact records attached to it and the attendance status is a field. Post-event follow-up tasks are opened from the same record; because who was called, who was not called and the reply received all accumulate under the contact, the list shows who has been waiting how many weeks. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a PR agency? — C: When choosing a CRM for the PR agency sector you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your PR agency process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a PR Agency CRM system cost? — C: In a PR agency the journalist relationship sits on the firm's record rather than in team members' phone books, so the whole team goes into the system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the PR agency sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the PR agency sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your PR agency process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for a PR agency? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Pre-Accounting CRM: Balance and Cheque Due Date | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/pre-accounting-crm) The balance, the due date and the risk limit are fields on the customer record; an account over its limit is flagged as the order is opened. A payment promise is a dated task. - Keep the balance, the due date and the risk limit as fields on the customer record and flag accounts over their limit in the list as the order is opened - Record the payment promise with its date, so that customers who have passed the promised date gather in their own list and a follow-up task is opened - Bring cheque and promissory note due dates together in one calendar and set an alert for the ones approaching their date - Build up the invoice, delivery note and collection trail under the customer card and produce the month-end list for the accountant from there - Account Card: The customer is an account record; the balance, the due date and the risk limit sit in its fields, and because the sales team looks at this card too, an overrun of the limit is visible at the moment the order is placed. - Payment Promise: A promise to pay is a task with a date; because the task does not close when the date passes, it stays in the list, and who took the promise is written on the record. - Cheque and Promissory Note Due Dates: Every cheque is a record with a due date field; the ones approaching their due date gather in a single list, and when it is collected the status field changes. - Accounting Program Connection: The mapping of the account and invoice fields is set up specifically for the project; there is no out-of-the-box module, the connection is made over the REST API and webhooks, and its scope is set out in writing at the discovery stage. - S: Can the sales team see the customer's balance and risk limit? — C: Yes. The balance and the limit are fields on the customer record; when the permission is given, the sales team sees them on the same card and an account over its limit is flagged as the order is opened. - S: Can I follow cheques falling due and the payment promises given from a single place? — C: Yes. Cheques are attached to the customer record with a due date field and payment promises as dated tasks; both gather in the list of items approaching their date. - S: What do we produce the month-end list for the accountant from? — C: The invoice, delivery note and collection trail accumulate under the customer card; the list taken for a chosen period is produced from those records. Official e-document generation is not done in the CRM; we build the connection to the accounting program. - S: Which is the best CRM software for pre-accounting? — C: When choosing a CRM for pre-accounting you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your pre-accounting process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Pre-Accounting CRM system cost? — C: In pre-accounting the sales team looks at the same account card as much as the accounting side does, so the people on both sides go into the system together. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in pre-accounting? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in pre-accounting? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your pre-accounting process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for pre-accounting? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Preschool and Nursery CRM: Places and Instalments | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/preschool-crm) The application is an opportunity record and the instalment plan sits line by line on the enrolment card; an overdue line drops into the report, and whoever collects the child is a record. - Bring all correspondence with the parent together in a single channel and keep the message history on the record - Follow the application, pre-registration and final enrolment steps together with the available places - Share the daily activity, meal and sleep information with the parent during the day - Follow monthly payments, instalment plans and delays from a single list - Send announcements, reminders and daily reports over WhatsApp - Parent Communication Centre: The parent is a contact record and is attached to the child record; the WhatsApp correspondence and the call note accumulate on the same card, and the history stays even when the teacher changes. - Enrolment and Places Management: The application is opened as an opportunity record; it moves through the pre-registration and final enrolment stages, and occupancy by class is read from the stage report. - Daily Activity Reporting: Notes taken during the day are written to the child record; what the parent sees is produced from that record, and which piece of information was passed on and when can be traced. - Payment and Instalment Tracking: The instalment plan is kept line by line on the enrolment card; an overdue line drops into the report, and the reminder task is tied to that condition during setup. - Collection Authority and Departure Record: The people allowed to collect the child are separate contact records attached to the parent card; every departure is written to the child record with the member of staff who handed the child over and the time, and when someone not on the list arrives, the departure is not processed and an approval task drops to the person in charge. - S: Is there a parent portal? — C: The daily activity, the announcements and the payment status are produced from the child's record and sent to the parent over WhatsApp or e-mail; if you wish, a user account with limited permissions is opened for the parent in the CRM and they see only their own child's record. We do not have a separate branded parent portal product — what they see is the CRM itself, as far as their permissions go. Which piece of information was passed on and when stays on the record either way. - S: Is it KVKK compliant for a preschool and nursery? — C: Child and parent data are held in a separate database set aside for each institution, and access is limited by role-based permissions. The hosting is in the European Union: the database is in Finland and the media files are in Frankfurt. Under article 9 of KVKK this counts as a transfer abroad; that is why we run the disclosure and explicit consent processes. - S: Can I manage more than one branch for a preschool and nursery? — C: Yes, with multi-branch support you can manage all your nurseries and preschools from a single panel. - S: How long does setup take for a preschool and nursery? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your preschool and nursery process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Printing CRM: Proof Rounds and Reprint Records | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/printing-crm) Every proof is a line attached to the job record; which round it is and what changed in the quantity and the paper type sit on that line. The move to print is made on the last approved round. - Bring each customer's past jobs, the prices given and the call notes together on a single card - Attach recurring print jobs to the record with their cycle, and call up the previous quantity and plate number from the same record - Line up open quotes by stage and see on the pipeline which of them have turned into work - Plan the shipment as a task; have the person receiving the goods sign on the signature screen in the mobile app, and write any short delivery to the same record - Handle the price enquiries that come in on a single WhatsApp number as a team, with every conversation written to the record - Print Work Order Record: Every job taken to print is a work order record of its own; the quantity, the size, the paper type and weight, the number of colours and the post-press operations such as lamination and cutting are fields on that record; which machine and which delivery date the job is tied to sit on the same record. - Reprint Cycle: Catalogue, label and packaging jobs that recur during the year sit on the customer record with their own cycle; the quantity, the paper type and the plate number of the previous job are called up from the same record, and the job whose turn has come drops into the list by date. - Proof and Revision Round: Every proof that goes to the customer is a line attached to the job record; which round it is, what changed in the quantity and the paper type, and who gave the approval on what date sit on that line; the move to print is made on the last approved round. - Delivery and Acceptance Signature: Shipping the printed job is a task attached to the record; the delivery address, how many boxes went out and the person receiving them sit in its fields; the person receiving them signs on the signature screen in the mobile app, and a note of a short delivery stays under the same task. - Print File Version Control: Every print file that comes from the customer is added to the work order with a version number; the result of the bleed, resolution and font embedding checks sits in the fields of that line; a file whose check is not complete holds the job at the waiting stage and drops as a task to the person responsible. - S: When the customer says "the price you gave us last time", how do we find which quote they mean? — C: The quote history sits in order under the customer card; in every version the quantity, the paper type and the delivery time stay in fields. Which figure was given last and on what terms is visible the moment the record is opened; quotes that have not turned into work wait at the open stage. - S: Does the system hold the file check before the job goes to print? — C: Every print file that comes from the customer is added to the work order with a version number; the result of the bleed, resolution and font embedding checks sits in the fields of that line. A file whose check is not complete holds the job at the waiting stage and drops as a task to the person responsible. - S: How long does setup take for a print shop? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your printing process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems for a print shop? — C: In a print shop every job taken to print is a work order record of its own; which machine and which delivery date it is tied to sit on the same record. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person in the print shop team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the print shop side, price enquiries coming in on a single number are handled as a team and every conversation is written to the record. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all the messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can follow the conversations and the response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Private School CRM: Parent Tracking and Enrolment | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/private-school-crm) The parent who comes on a school tour is attached to one file together with the source; the document status, the payment plan and the bus stop stay in fields on the same file after enrolment. - Bring the parents who come on a school tour and those who ask for information together in a single list and follow them step by step until they turn into an enrolment - Keep the online enrolment forms, the document completion status and the payment plans in the same parent file - Filter by class, form or custom groups and send bulk or individual SMS, e-mail and WhatsApp messages - Build an alumni database and win new enrolments through referral programmes - Open the school's single WhatsApp number to the whole enrolment team; have conversations assigned according to the rule you define, and the message history stay even when staff change - Prospective Parent Tracking: A school tour and a request for information are each a lead record; the source sits in a field, and it moves through its stages until it turns into an enrolment. - Enrolment File: The entry coming from the application form can be defined to drop straight into the parent file; the document status and the payment plan sit in fields on the same file. - Parent Communication Centre: The class and the form are fields on the parent record; a bulk send goes to the list filtered by those fields, and the send is written to the card. - Alumni and Referrals: An alumnus record is not deleted, its status changes; because a candidate who arrives on a referral shows the alumnus in the source field, the chain can be followed. - Bus Route and Stop Record: The bus the pupil takes, the stop and the drop-off time are fields on the pupil record; a change of route is entered from that field, and the new stop drops as a task to the person responsible for the buses. - S: How is prospective parent tracking done? — C: You can record every parent who joins a school tour or asks for information in the system, plan the follow-up steps and follow the conversion process. - S: Will it integrate with our existing student information system for a private school? — C: We build the connection to the school management system or the student information system; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and its fee are shared in writing in the discovery call. When no such connection is built, pupil and parent information is entered in bulk with an import file or by hand; in either case the parent file sits in the CRM as a single record. - S: How is bulk communication with parents done? — C: You can filter by class, form or custom groups and send bulk SMS, e-mail or WhatsApp messages. You can use personalised templates. - S: Can more than one person in the private school team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the private school side, the school's single number is opened to the whole enrolment team; the message history stays even when staff change. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all the messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can follow the conversations and the response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [PropTech CRM: Portfolio Migration and Approvals | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/proptech-crm) The portfolio manager, finance and IT are separate contact records under the same organisation; what each objected to sits in a note on their own card and is handed over with the organisation. - Follow the demo, pilot and contract stages on a visual pipeline and produce a forecast - Keep the estate agency, developer and portfolio owner records in one place together with the history of the meetings - Keep head office and the branch on separate account records and read from the record which approval the opportunity is waiting for - Report which customer type drops out at which stage and measure the productivity of the sales team - Have the whole team reply from a single WhatsApp number, with conversations assigned according to the rule you define - Developer Project Calendar: For a property developer that is your customer, every housing project is a record of its own under the account; the project's launch, sales office opening and handover dates are fields on that record; which project the software will go live on is attached to the opportunity through that project record, and projects with a launch coming up drop into the list by date. - Office User Licences: The number of user licences given to an estate agency and the renewal day are fields on the account record; when the office increases the number of agents, the request for extra licences is opened as a new opportunity record under the same account. - Decision Maker's Objection Note: The portfolio manager, finance and IT are separate contact records attached to the same estate agency organisation; what each of them objected to sits in a note on their own contact card, and when the salesperson changes those notes are handed over together with the organisation's record. - Franchise Head Office Approval: In estate agencies belonging to a chain, whether the decision will come from head office or from the branch is a field on the opportunity; head office and the branch are separate account records, and the fact that a conversation running at the branch is waiting for head office approval is read from the same opportunity. - Pilot Portfolio Migration Record: How many of the listings of an estate agency running a pilot have been migrated is a migration record attached to the opportunity; missing fields and error notes sit on that record, and who corrected what in the second round is seen from the same place. - S: Where do we see that a conversation running at a branch is waiting for head office approval? — C: In estate agencies belonging to a chain, head office and the branch are separate account records, and where the decision will come from is a field on the opportunity. That a conversation running at the branch is waiting for head office approval is read from that field; opportunities waiting for approval are gathered in a single list through the filter on the same field. - S: How long does setup take for proptech? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your property technology process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Will it integrate with my existing systems for proptech? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for proptech? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all the messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can follow the conversations and the response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Psychology Clinic CRM: Session Notes and Balance | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/psychology-clinic-crm) A recurring session is set up as a single plan; a group session is one record, every client who attends is attached to it as a separate line, and the places are read from that record. - Keep client information and session notes in a single system whose access is set therapist by therapist - Set up the online appointment and the recurring session plan together; tie the timing of the reminder to a rule, and paste the meeting link into the field on the appointment record yourself - Build up the note of every session in the same client file and read the progress from beginning to end - Keep the session fee and the package lines on the client card; have the remaining balance calculated from those lines and overdue ones dropped into the list - Send appointment reminders over your WhatsApp Business account connected during setup and keep the communication on a corporate channel - Client Access Permissions: Access is limited by role-based permissions; a therapist can be authorised to see only their own clients. Each tenant's data sits in a separate database, and transfer is done with TLS 1.3. - Appointment and Session Planning: An appointment is a record with therapist and time fields; recurring sessions are opened as a series and the reminder is tied to the date. For an online session the meeting link is a link you paste into a field on the record; the Zoom and Meet connection is built specifically for the project, there is no out-of-the-box module. - Session Note: The session note accumulates under the client record with its date; the progress is read from beginning to end on the same card. - Payment and Package Balance: The fee and package lines sit under the client card; every session takes one use off the package, the remaining balance is calculated from those lines, and an overdue line drops into the list. - Group Session Attendance: A group session is a single record; every client who attends is attached to that record as a separate line, and who came to which sitting and whether the group's places are full are read from the same record. - S: Is client information safe? — C: Each customer's data is held in a separate database; TLS 1.3 is used in transfer, passwords and two-step verification secrets are encrypted in storage, and access is limited by role-based permissions. Authorisation is done therapist by therapist. The hosting is in the European Union: the database is in Finland and the media files are in Frankfurt. Under article 9 of KVKK this counts as a transfer abroad; that is why we run the disclosure and explicit consent processes. A small number of sub-processors work outside the EU; we list each of them and where they process the data one by one in our privacy policy. - S: Can I manage online therapy appointments? — C: You plan face-to-face and online sessions from the same calendar; we build the Zoom and Google Meet connection as well, there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope and its fee in writing in the discovery call. When this is not built, you use the meeting link field on the appointment record: you open the meeting in your own account, paste the link into that field, and the reminder that goes to the client carries that link; if the field is left empty, the reminder goes out with the time only. - S: How are the session fee and the package balance followed? — C: The fee and package lines sit under the client card; every session takes one use off the package and the remaining balance is calculated from those lines. An overdue payment line drops into the list; you tie when and through which channel the reminder goes out to a rule during setup. It is not a module that issues invoices; the collection trail is kept on the record. - S: Can group therapy sessions be tracked? — C: Yes. A group session is a single record; every client who attends is attached to that record as a separate line. Who came to which sitting and whether the places are full are read from the same record; individual sessions sit separately on the client's own record. - S: How long does setup take for a psychology clinic? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your psychology clinic process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Psychology and Psychotherapy CRM: Session Notes | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/psychology-crm) The session note sits inside the session's own record and is visible to no one but the psychologist who wrote it; appointment, collection and invoice are attached to the same client card. - Keep every client's reason for referral, the therapy approach applied and the session history on a single card open only to you - Have the date and the duration written to the record on their own while you fill in the session note with the CBT, EMDR, ACT and couples therapy templates defined during setup - Turn the request that comes from the booking form you placed on your website into a session record and paste the meeting link into the field on that record - Keep the sale of session packages and the invoice record in the CRM; have overdue payments drop into a list and tie the reminder to that list by a rule - Keep the case notes you open to supervision in a separate field and follow session continuity through anonymous reports - Client Card and Access: The client is a record of their own; the reason for referral, the therapy approach applied, the session history and the payments are its fields. Notes are visible only to the psychologist who is logged in; access is limited by role-based permissions. Because the hosting is in Finland, the processing counts as a transfer abroad under article 9 of KVKK; that is why we run the disclosure and explicit consent processes. - Session Note Template: The session note sits inside the session record; separate templates for CBT, EMDR, ACT and couples therapy are defined during setup, and the date and the duration are written to the record on their own. - Online Appointments and Video Sessions: The booking form is placed on your website; the request that comes in is turned into a session record, and the reminder runs off that record. The meeting link is a field on the record; you open the meeting in your own Zoom or Google Meet account, paste the link into that field, and the reminder carries that link. - Invoicing and Collection: The sale of a session package, the payment and the invoice record are kept inside the CRM; overdue payment lines drop into a list and the reminder is tied to that list by a rule. The payment provider and e-invoice connection is built specifically for the project; there is no out-of-the-box module, and until it is built the collection is entered by hand on the payment line. - Supervision Note: A case note opened to a supervisor is a separate field and is shared independently of the session note; session continuity and anonymous case statistics come out of the report on these records. - S: Is a CRM essential for a psychologist? — C: Even for a psychologist working alone, a CRM simplifies client tracking, invoicing and appointment processes and saves hours. If you run a clinic or a centre it is already essential — it prevents several psychologists from clashing over the same client and applies the confidentiality rules. - S: Can other psychologists see the session notes? — C: No. Every session note is by default visible only to the psychologist who wrote it. There are separate, opt-in fields for supervisor sharing and case discussion. The hosting is in the European Union: the database is in Finland and the media files are in Frankfurt. Under article 9 of KVKK this counts as a transfer abroad; that is why we run the disclosure and explicit consent processes. - S: Can I hold online video sessions? — C: We build the Zoom and Google Meet connection; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope and its fee in writing in the discovery call. Without this being built you use the meeting link field on the session record: you open the meeting in your own Zoom or Google Meet account and paste the link into the field; the e-mail and WhatsApp reminders that go to the client (24 hours and 1 hour before) carry that link. The invoice record after the session is opened inside the CRM. - S: How do I add the online appointment system to my website? — C: The booking form is added to your website, your Instagram bio or your Linktree page with a single line of embed code; the client sees your available hours, fills in the form, and the request reaches you as an appointment request that you then turn into a session record in the calendar. To take payment on the form, we build the payment provider connection; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is built specifically for the project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope and its fee in writing in the discovery call. Without this connection being built, the collection is entered by hand on the payment line on the client card. ### [Real Estate Development / Contractor CRM | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/real-estate-development-crm) Whether a unit is available, on option or sold is a field on the unit's own record — as is who holds the option and since when. Down payment and instalments sit line by line under the sale record. - Keep projects, blocks and units on one screen together with their available, on option and sold statuses - Segment prospective buyers by budget, location and unit type preference - Keep down payment and instalment lines with their due dates; let overdue ones drop onto a list, and tie the late-payment reminder to that list as a rule - Watch which salesperson ran how many tours and closed how many sales from a live dashboard - Let your whole sales team answer customers over a single WhatsApp number - Project and Unit Management: A unit is a record, tied to a block and the block to a project; available/on option/sold is a field, and stock is read from the list of that field. - Unit Type Preference Matching: A prospective buyer's budget, preferred floor and unit type are fields on the prospect record; when a unit whose option has lapsed goes back on sale, prospects matching those fields are filtered and a contact task falls to their consultant. - Payment Plan Tracking: Down payment and instalments sit line by line under the sale record; a line past its due date drops onto a list, and the notification task is tied to that. - Sales Team Performance: Tour and sale records carry a representative field; who ran how many tours and closed how many sales is read from the dashboard of that field. - Key Handover Report: The handover of a unit is a report tied to the sale record; the handover date, the snag list the buyer dictates and the person handing over the keys sit in fields, and the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. - S: Can the same unit be put on option for two buyers at once? — C: A unit is a record, and its available/on option/sold status is a field on that record; who was given the option and on what date sits on the same record. Because the whole team looks at the same list, the status is seen before a second option is given. - S: Which prospective buyers can I offer a unit to when its option lapses? — C: A prospective buyer's budget, preferred floor and unit type are fields on the prospect record. When the unit goes back on sale, prospects matching those fields are filtered and a contact task falls to their consultant. - S: How do we see a buyer whose instalment is late without waiting for the end of the month? — C: Down payment and instalments sit line by line under the sale record; each line's due date and paid status are in its fields. Lines past their due date drop onto a list according to those fields, and the call task is opened from that list. How many days late a buyer has to be, and through which channel the reminder goes, is set as a rule during setup. - S: How long does setup take for Real Estate Development / Contractor? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your real estate development process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for Real Estate Development / Contractor? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Real Estate Development / Contractor? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Recycling CRM: Containers and Buyer Quotes | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/recycling-crm) Every container in the field sits under the waste producer's account with its last collection date. Ticket number and tonnage are written to the same record as the task closes. - Keep waste producer companies and the number of containers on site on the account record, and see fill status and the last collection date - Open the collection request as a task, assign the vehicle and driver, and close arrival on site from the mobile app with GPS verification - Issue quotes with a validity date to buyers of processed material, and close the old quote's validity when the price changes - Track the expiry dates of licences, permits and transport documents, and create the renewal task in advance - Waste Producer Accounts: The factory handing over its waste is an account record; contract start, waste code and the number of containers on site sit in that record's fields. - Collection Request: Every collection is a task; it sits in vehicle, driver and address fields, and the weighbridge ticket number and tonnage are written to the record as the task closes. - Buyer Quote: A sales quote is a record with a validity date; tonnage and unit price sit in line items, and once the date passes the quote drops off the open list. - Document Tracking: Licences and permits are date fields on the account record; documents approaching expiry drop into a list and the renewal task is opened from there. - S: Can I see from the CRM which containers in the field are full? — C: The container sits under the waste producer's account together with its count and last collection date; when the driver closes the emptying from the mobile app the date updates, and points that have not been collected for a long time move to the front of the list. - S: Which record are the weighbridge ticket and tonnage written to? — C: As the collection task closes, the weighbridge ticket number, the tonnage and the waste code are written to that task's fields; this way how much material came from which company in which month is read from the account record's history. - S: Can I be warned before licences and permits expire? — C: Licences and permits are date fields on the account record; documents approaching expiry drop into a list and the renewal task is opened from that list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for recycling? — C: When choosing a CRM for the recycling sector you should look at sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself — we do: we configure the fields, stages and reports around your recycling process, we migrate your data, and we train your team. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in the Salesforce era; we bring that experience to the setup. - S: How much does a recycling CRM system cost? — C: On the recycling side every collection is a task with vehicle, driver and address fields; it is this field crew that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. Price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and any setup fee are worked out together in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. The Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are items priced separately. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the recycling sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built per project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them with you in writing. - S: How does migrating to a CRM work in the recycling sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your recycling process together, which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for recycling? — C: In recycling a vehicle and driver are assigned to the collection task, and arrival on site is closed from the mobile app with GPS verification. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface also works on tablet and phone. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Renovation CRM: Site Survey and Trade Scheduling | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/renovation-crm) The survey note and photo are attachments to the quote, and every revision is kept with its own date. Budget and actual cost are lines on the same project record; the gap shows during the work. - Attach the site survey note and the photo to the quote, and write every revision and approval step to the record - Keep a material list per project and compare the budgeted cost with the actual cost side by side - See which tradesman is on which project and on which day in a single schedule - Follow the stage, the photo diary and the handover date of every project - Send progress photos and status updates to the customer over WhatsApp - Project Quote Management: The site survey note and photo are attachments to the quote; every revision is kept with its own date, and the approval is written to the record as a stage change. - Material and Cost Tracking: The budget and the actual cost are line items on the project; the difference appears on the project card as the total of those lines. - Tradesman and Team Coordination: Jobs are tasks assigned to a person; which tradesman is where on which day is read from the calendar and the task list. - Project Progress Tracking: The stage, the handover date and the photo diary sit on the project record; progress is followed from the same card without keeping a separate file. - Snagging List at Handover: Every item found missing at the handover of the keys is a separate task; the person responsible and the closing date sit on the task, and the project file does not count as complete until all of these tasks are closed. - S: How does the site survey and quoting process work? — C: Record the customer's request, plan a site survey appointment, take photos and notes on site, then create a detailed quote. The whole process is followed in the CRM. - S: Can I track material costs? — C: Yes, you can carry out a profitability analysis by comparing the material list per project, the supplier prices and the actual costs. - S: Can I manage more than one project at the same time? — C: Yes, you can see and manage all your active projects, their priorities and their team assignments from a single panel. - S: How long does setup take for renovation work? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your renovation process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Restaurant CRM: Bookings and No-Show Records | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/restaurant-crm) A booking is a record with date, time, party size and table fields, attached to the guest card. The no-show is a field, so repeated cancellations are read from the history. - Take the booking onto the record with date, time, party size and table fields, and schedule the confirmation message from that record - Mark the guest who did not turn up on the record and see repeated cancellations in the history on the guest card - Send a satisfaction survey after service, turn a negative reply into a case record and drop it to the person responsible - Gather corporate guests on an account record, build up the bills over the month and produce the month-end invoice from there - Booking Record: A booking is a record with date, time, party size and table fields; it is attached to the guest card, and the evening's list comes out of it. - No-Show Information: A guest who does not turn up is marked in a field on the record; repeated cancellations are visible in the history on the guest card. - Satisfaction and Complaints: The survey after service is sent to the guest; a negative reply opens a case record and stays in the list until its owner closes it. - Corporate Account: A company is an account record; the bills over the month accumulate under the account, and the month-end invoice is compiled from those records. - S: What does tracking no-shows actually give you in practice? — C: The no-show is a field on the booking record and it is written to the guest card. How many times the same person has failed to turn up without warning is read from the history; and because the confirmation message is scheduled off the booking record, you hear back before the table is left empty. - S: What is done so that a guest's complaint does not stay with the service staff? — C: A negative reply to the satisfaction survey sent after service opens a case record; it does not leave the list until an owner is assigned and it is closed. How many times the same issue has recurred is also visible from the report on these records. - S: How do we produce the month-end invoice for corporate guests? — C: A company is an account record and the bills over the month accumulate under that account. The month-end invoice is compiled not by collecting receipts one by one, but by listing the records under the account over a date range; which person came on which day sits in the same list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a restaurant? — C: When choosing a CRM for the restaurant sector you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your restaurant process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Restaurant CRM system cost? — C: We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the restaurant sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the restaurant sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your restaurant process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for a restaurant? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Retail CRM: Store, Website and Marketplace Records | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/retail-crm) Store sales, online orders and return cases accumulate under one customer record, and duplicate cards are merged. Every store is a unit, with the target and the actual in its fields. - Bring the store, website and marketplace records together on a single customer card, matching duplicate records and merging them down to one card - Compare the target, the actual sales and staff performance store by store and region by region in the same report - Gather return, exchange and complaint cases in a single channel-independent queue and route them with the assignment rule defined during setup - Send campaign and loyalty communication from a single customer segment rather than from channel lists - A Single Customer Record: The customer is a single record independent of the channel; the store sale and the online order are attached beneath it, and duplicate records are merged down to a single card. - Store Unit and Target: Every store is a unit record; the target and the actual sales sit in its fields, and the regional comparison is the report in which these units are grouped. - Case Queue and Assignment: Returns and complaints are case records; the channel they came in from sits in a field, and the assignment rule defined during setup drops the case to the store concerned or to the head office team. - Segments and Communication: A segment is a filter defined on the customer fields; SMS and WhatsApp sends go to that filter, and no separate channel lists are kept. - S: How do we bring the same person who shops in store and online down to a single record? — C: The customer record is opened for the person, not for the channel; duplicate records that match on fields such as the phone number and the e-mail address are merged and the history is gathered on a single card. After the merge the store sale and the online order appear side by side in the same history. - S: Can we compare the performance of dozens of stores from one place? — C: Because every store is a separate unit record, the target, the actual sales and the number of cases are kept store by store; the regional and chain totals come out of the report in which these units are grouped. A store manager can be authorised to see only their own unit's data. - S: When an item bought online is returned to a store, who does the case go to? — C: The return or the complaint drops into a single case queue together with a field for the channel it came in from. The assignment rule defined during setup drops the case to the store concerned or to the head office team; whichever channel the case comes in from, it appears under the same customer record, so the store sale and the online order are not closed without seeing each other. - S: Which is the best CRM software for retail? — C: When choosing a CRM for the retail sector you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your retail process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Retail CRM system cost? — C: In retail a case drops to the store concerned or to the head office team, so the people in the store and at head office are defined in the same system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the retail sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the retail sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your retail process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for retail? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, the note and the follow-up task from their phones. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Robotics CRM: Commissioning and Cell Records | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/robotics-crm) A cell is a project record; the part weight, the reach and the target cycle time sit in its fields. After handover the same cell lives on as an equipment record. - Write the part weight, the reach and the target cycle time into the fields of the project record and attach the site survey photo - Follow feasibility, commissioning, the acceptance test and operator training as separate stages and see which project is waiting where - Keep every cell you have handed over on an equipment record and write the software version loaded and any later change to that record - Put the case opened at a line stoppage into the queue and route it to the engineer on duty with the assignment rule defined during setup, then close the site visit with location verification - Application Feasibility: A cell is a project record; the part weight, the reach and the target cycle time sit in its fields, and the site survey photo is attached to it. - Commissioning Stages: The acceptance test, the operator training and the handover report are stages of the project record; the steps still waiting are filtered by that field. - Installed Cell Record: A cell that has been handed over is an equipment record; the software version and any later changes are written to that record with their dates. - Line Stoppage Case: A line stoppage is a case record; it drops into the queue, its owner is set by the assignment rule defined during setup, and the site visit is closed with a location-verified task. - S: How are the cycle time and the part weight taken at the site survey attached to the quote? — C: These measurements — the part weight, the reach and the target cycle time — are fields on the project record, and the quote is produced under that record. When one of the measurements changes, the quote is prepared again and the previous version stays on the record with its date; which figure was given on which assumption is not lost. - S: Can we find the software version of a cell we handed over afterwards? — C: Yes. A cell that has been handed over is not deleted when the project closes, it stays as an equipment record; the version loaded and every change made later are written to that record with their dates. A fault report that comes in years later is attached to the same record, so the history accumulates in one place. - S: Which engineer does the case opened at a line stoppage go to? — C: A line stoppage is a case record and it drops into a single queue; the assignment rule defined during setup determines its owner. Because the case is attached to the equipment record of whichever cell it belongs to, the engineer on the way reads the software version and the past interventions en route; the visit is closed from the mobile app with location verification. - S: Which is the best CRM software for robotics? — C: When choosing a CRM for the robotics sector you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your robotics process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Robotics CRM system cost? — C: In robotics a line stoppage case is routed to the engineer on duty, so the people on the service side are defined in the system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the robotics sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the robotics sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your robotics process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for robotics? — C: In robotics the site visit made for a line stoppage is closed with a location-verified task. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Security Services CRM: Shift Plan and Patrol Record | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/security-services-crm) Every customer site is an account record; the headcount in the contract, the shift pattern and the monthly fee sit in its fields. Certificate and ID card expiry are dates on the staff record. - Keep the customer sites and the number of people to work at each site on an account record, and build the shift plan with working hour definitions - Have patrols and site checks marked from the mobile app and confirm the location with GPS verification - Have the incident report written on site, attach it to the site record and send a push notification to the person responsible - Follow staff certificate, ID card and contract renewal dates and drop the ones coming up into the list - Service Site: Every customer site is an account record; the headcount in the contract, the shift pattern and the monthly fee sit in the fields of that record. - Shift Plan: The guard duty is set up with shift and working hour definitions; who goes to which site is determined by the assignment rules defined during setup, and any change is read from the plan. - Patrol Record: The patrol round is marked from the mobile app; the location is verified by GPS and spoofed location reports are detected. - Document Expiry Dates: Certificate and ID card expiry are date fields on the staff record; the ones coming up drop into the list, and the renewal task is opened from there. - S: Can I see from the CRM which officer is at which site and on which shift? — C: Yes. The site is an account record and the plan is built on shift and working hour definitions; the assignment rules defined during setup determine who goes where, and a change made during the day is read from the same plan. - S: Can patrols and incident reports be recorded on site? — C: The patrol round is marked from the mobile app and the location is verified by GPS, with spoofed location reports detected; the incident report is written on site and attached to the site record, and a push notification is sent to the person responsible. - S: Where do I see the staff whose certificate or ID card is about to expire? — C: Certificate and ID card expiry are date fields on the staff record; the ones coming up drop into the list on that field and the renewal task is opened from there. The contract renewal date is a date field in the same way. - S: Which is the best CRM software for security services? — C: When choosing a CRM for the security sector you should look at sector-specific workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set Rapitek CRM up yourself, we set it up: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your security process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Security CRM system cost? — C: On the security side, who stands guard at which site is determined by the assignment rules; it is this body of staff that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read two different prices in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and the ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the security sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access rights and the field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the security sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: together we work out your security process and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that built and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can a mobile CRM be used for security services? — C: In security the patrol round is marked from the mobile app; the location is verified by GPS and spoofed location reports are detected. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Skincare Center CRM: Skin Analysis & Sessions | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/skincare-center-crm) Skin type, allergies and goals are fields on the client record; the package's remaining sessions and end date sit on the same card, and the renewal offer comes from there. - Record skin type, allergies and goals at the first consultation and attach the device analysis results as files to the same card - See the number of sessions, the session interval and the remaining sessions in a package on the client record; let those nearing their end drop into a list - Recommend home care products suited to the skin type at the end of a session and post the sale to the same record - Segment seasonal campaigns such as summer sun protection or winter dryness by skin type and send them over WhatsApp and email - Archive the standard-angle photographs taken at each session and compare the change over 3-6 months - Skin Analysis and Type Assessment: Skin type (dry, oily, combination, sensitive), allergies and goals are fields on the client record; the image and report from the device analysis sit as attachments on the same card. - Care Package and Session Tracking: A package is a record; the number of sessions, the interval between sessions, the remaining sessions and the end date are its fields, and a renewal task drops into the list according to the time left until it ends. - Product Recommendations and Sales: The home care product recommended at the end of a session, the sales record and the product history are fields on the client record; the e-commerce connection is set up specifically for your project, there is no out-of-the-box module. - Season and Campaign Segmentation: The campaign list is filtered on the skin type field; summer sun protection, winter dryness and holiday campaigns are built onto that list and sent over WhatsApp and email from the same record. - Before and After Photo Archive: The standard-angle photograph taken at each session is an attachment on the client record; because it is stored with its date, the change over 3-6 months is compared from the same card. - S: How does the skin analysis system work? — C: We build the connection to devices such as VISIA or a dermatoscope ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The image and report the device produces are added to the client record as files; skin type, allergies and goals are fields on the same card. If a device connection is wanted, it is set up specifically for your project by our professional services team over our REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and its scope and cost are shared in writing at the discovery meeting. When the analysis is repeated every 3-6 months, the comparison is made on the same card. - S: How are session packages sold and tracked? — C: An upfront payment is taken for each package; the number of remaining sessions and the package expiry date are fields on the package record and are visible on the client card. Packages nearing their end drop into a list according to those fields; you set a rule at setup for how many sessions or how many days ahead the renewal offer appears. - S: Are home care product sales integrated? — C: We build the connection to Shopify, WooCommerce or another e-commerce platform ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is set up specifically for your project by our professional services team over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and its scope and cost are shared in writing at the discovery meeting. Until the connection is in place, store orders are entered with an import file or by hand; the product recommendation that comes out of the skin type at the end of a session, the sales record and the client's product history are still kept in the CRM, and renewal reminders are produced from there. - S: How does the loyalty programme work? — C: Each package and product bought is written to the sales record; you define at setup how many points a given amount corresponds to, and the points accumulate in a field on the client record. The points are used on the next session or product; because the spending total sits in a field, the VIP campaign list is filtered from that field. ### [Smart City Technologies CRM: Tender Calendar | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/smart-city-crm) A tender is an opportunity record: decision date, specification and bid sit on one card; municipal and private-sector lines run in separate stages, commissioning ties to the project. - Track every tender on a single opportunity record with its own bid stages, decision date and documents - Set up separate sales processes with different stages and rules for municipal and private-sector customers - Record every meeting held with municipal officials, project stakeholders and technical teams - Prepare bids that match the tender requirements and run the contract process digitally - Let the whole team answer from a single WhatsApp number, with the conversation history staying on the record even when staff change - Tender and Project Tracking: Every tender is an opportunity record; the bid stages, the decision date and the tender documents sit on the same card. Stage names are named to fit your own process at setup. - Public-Private Sector Pipeline: Two separate sales lines are defined; municipal and private-sector opportunities move through their own stages and are seen both separately and together in the report. - Stakeholder Relationship Management: The authorised contact, the stakeholder and the technical team are each a person record linked to the organisation card; whoever a meeting note comes from, it stays in that organisation's history. - Bid and Contract Process: The bid is produced with its line items under the opportunity; the contract stage moves along on the same card, and the signature and revision steps are defined at setup. - Field Commissioning Record: Pole, sensor and camera installations are commissioning records tied to the project; the number of points, the installation date and the authority's acceptance status sit in fields, and the team being on site is confirmed with location verification in the mobile app. - S: How can we track public tenders in the CRM? — C: In Rapitek CRM you can define each tender as a separate opportunity and track the bid preparation stages, the decision dates and the related documents. With tender calendar reminders, do not miss a single opportunity. - S: Can we manage municipal and private-sector customers separately? — C: Yes. In Rapitek CRM you can create different sales pipelines for different customer segments. The public sales process and the private-sector process are managed with separate stages and rules. - S: How long does setup take for Smart City Technologies? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your process on smart city projects needs becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Can more than one person on a Smart City Technologies team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the Smart City Technologies side the whole team answers stakeholder correspondence from a single number, and the history stays on the record. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Software Development CRM: Proposals and Support Records](https://rapitek.com/en/software-development-crm) Support requests, bug reports and development requests land in the same queue; the type field separates them, and the licence renewal date is a field on the customer card. - Produce a proposal from the customer request, track its stages, measure the conversion rate - Collect support requests, bug reports and development requests in a single queue and separate them by type - Run project-based invoices, monthly licence tracking and payment reminders - Move potential projects forward through the Request, Analysis, Proposal and Contract stages - Let the whole team answer the customer from a single WhatsApp number - Project Proposal Management: A request is opened as an opportunity record; the proposal is produced under it with its line items, and the conversion rate comes out of the stage report. - Customer Support Tracking: Support requests, bug reports and development requests land in the same queue as records; because the type is written in its field, separating them is done with a filter. - Revenue And Invoice Tracking: Licence and project lines sit under the customer card; a reminder task is opened based on the renewal date field. - Pipeline Management: The Request, Analysis, Proposal and Contract stages are defined on the sales pipeline; the time spent waiting at a stage is calculated from the record dates. - Scope Change Request: An additional request arriving on an ongoing project is a change request linked to the project; the delivery date it affects, the additional fee and the customer's approval sit in fields, and no development task is opened until the approval arrives. - S: How do we tell a bug report apart from a paid development request? — C: Support requests, bug reports and development requests land in the same queue as records; because the type is a field on the record, separating them is done with a filter, and billable work is collected in a separate list. - S: How is an additional request on an ongoing project managed? — C: An additional request is a change request linked to the project; the delivery date it affects, the additional fee and the customer's approval are its fields. No development task is opened until the approval arrives, so out-of-scope work does not quietly begin. - S: How long does setup take for software development? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your software sales and support process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration, and its cost if there is one, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for software development? — C: On the software development side, the proposal in sales, the incoming bug record and the monthly licence invoice most often sit in separate tools. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for software development? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can follow the conversations and the response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Solar Energy CRM: Bids and Grid Applications | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/solar-energy-crm) Roof area, consumption data and target installed capacity are fields on the project record; bid revisions are versioned, and a price past its validity date drops off the open list. - Run rooftop and ground-mount projects through separate processes, and keep consumption data and target installed capacity on the opportunity record - Version the bid together with its revisions, and stop a price past its validity date from staying on the open list - Track connection application and contract dates as fields, and list the files awaiting an answer by date - Set up a follow-up task and reminder sequence for projects that have been inactive for a long time - Project Opportunity: Every solar project is an opportunity record; roof area, consumption data and target installed capacity sit in fields on that record. - Bid Version: A bid is a record with a validity date; revisions accumulate as separate versions, and a price whose term has expired drops off the open list. - Application Tracking: The distribution company application is a date field; the application date and the expected answer date are entered on the record, and overdue files drop into a list. - Follow-up Sequence: A contact sequence can be defined for a project that has gone quiet; when the number of days you set runs out, that definition supports opening a task for the person responsible and scheduling a message to the customer. - S: How does the CRM keep bid revisions and price validity? — C: Every bid is a record with its own validity date and revisions accumulate as separate versions; which price went to the customer last and on what date is read from the record, and a bid whose term has expired drops off the open list. - S: Can I track the applications made to the distribution company? — C: The application date and the expected answer date are fields on the project record; these dates do not arrive automatically from the distribution company's systems, your team enters them, but once entered, files whose answer is overdue drop into a list and a reminder goes to the person responsible. - S: Can I run a rooftop project and a ground-mount project through separate processes? — C: Every solar project is an opportunity record; roof area, consumption data and target installed capacity sit in fields on that record. Because the stages are set up to fit your process, rooftop and ground-mount projects move through separate stage sets and do not get mixed into the same list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for Solar Energy? — C: When choosing a CRM for the Solar Energy sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports to fit your solar energy process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Solar Energy CRM system cost? — C: On the Solar Energy side it is your project team that enters the grid application date onto the record; that team is who uses the system. We keep the current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Solar Energy sector? — C: On the Solar Energy side the distribution company application is a date field; your team enters the application date and the expected answer date. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Solar Energy sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your solar energy process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for Solar Energy? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer record, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Solar Panel Installation CRM: Survey to Commissioning](https://rapitek.com/en/solar-panel-installation-crm) Every installation is a work order record; crew, date and site address are its fields. Warranty expiry and periodic maintenance dates sit on the same record, and sites that are due drop onto a list. - Plan the survey, installation and commissioning steps on the work order record, and see crew and date clashes on the calendar - Add the roof measurement and site photos to the record from the mobile app, and confirm the crew's arrival on site with GPS verification - Have the handover report signed on site from the signature screen in the mobile app, and keep the signed document attached to the installation record - Keep warranty and periodic maintenance dates on the installation record, and let sites due for maintenance drop onto a list - Work Order: Every installation is a record; crew, planned date and site address are in its fields, and the stages from survey to commissioning move forward on that record. - Site Verification: The crew's arrival on site is marked from the mobile app; the location is verified by GPS and fake location reports are detected. - Handover Report: The person taking delivery signs the commissioning report on the signature screen in the mobile app; the signed document is attached to the installation record and read from there in a warranty dispute. - Maintenance Calendar: Warranty expiry and periodic maintenance are date fields on the installation record; sites that fall due drop onto a list, and the visit task is opened from that list. - S: How do I see that the installation crew went to site and finished the job? — C: The crew opens and closes the work order from the mobile app; arrival on site is verified by GPS, fake location reports are detected, and the photos taken and the measurement note accumulate as attachments on the same record. - S: Can I have the commissioning report signed on site? — C: Yes. The person taking delivery signs the report on the signature screen of the mobile app on a phone or tablet, and the signed document is tied to the installation record; when a warranty question comes up later, what was delivered on which date is read from the same record. - S: Where do I see the installations due for maintenance? — C: Warranty expiry and periodic maintenance are date fields on the installation record; sites that fall due drop onto a list and the visit task is opened from that list. A fault call, meanwhile, is opened as a request record tied to that installation. - S: Which is the best CRM software for Solar Panel Installation? — C: When choosing a CRM for the solar panel installation sector you should look at industry workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports around your solar panel installation process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before we built our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much do Solar Panel Installation CRM system prices cost? — C: On the solar panel installation side the work order carries crew, planned date and site address fields; it is this field workforce that uses the system. We keep current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. The Rapi AI credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Solar Panel Installation sector? — C: On the solar panel installation side the survey information stays on one person's phone and the dispatch of the material in another exchange of messages. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Solar Panel Installation sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your solar panel installation process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data and we train your team in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for Solar Panel Installation? — C: In solar panel installation the roof measurement and site photos are added to the record from the mobile app, and the crew's arrival on site is verified by GPS. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones too. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have typed is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Spa & Wellness CRM: Session Balance & Booking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/spa-crm) Remaining sessions, therapist availability and room assignment are fields on one appointment record; the package balance drops each session, and a voucher stays tied to buyer and user. - Put the booking link on your website and in your Instagram bio, and let the customer pick the therapist, the service and the time themselves - Draw down package sessions at every appointment; let those nearing zero balance drop into a list, and tie the renewal offer to that list with a rule - Keep therapist specialisms, availability and room assignment on the same calendar so no clashing appointment is created - Keep the points built up at each session in a field on the customer record; let those passing the threshold and those with a birthday coming up drop into a list, and tie the bonus to that list with a rule - Manage gift voucher and combo package sales, including corporate bulk purchases, from a single interface - Online Booking Widget: The booking link goes on the website, in the Instagram bio or on Linktree; the therapist, service and time the customer picks are written into fields on the appointment record and appear on the therapist's calendar. - Package and Session Balance: A package is a line linked to the customer record; the total sessions and the remaining sessions are its fields. Every completed appointment draws down the remainder, and packages whose balance is nearing zero drop into a list. - Therapist and Room Assignment: The therapist's specialisms and availability are fields on their own record; the appointment carries the therapist field and the room field together, so a second entry cannot be opened for the same hour. - Loyalty Points: Points are a field on the customer record and rise with every completed session; customers who pass the threshold you define drop into a list, and the birthday is a separate date field. - Gift Vouchers and Combo Packages: A voucher is a record carrying the buyer and the user in separate fields; when it is used it appears in both people's history. Combo packages are defined with a line-item list. - S: What are the Spa CRM features? — C: Spa CRM offers an online booking widget, package balance tracking, a therapist calendar, customer loyalty points, gift voucher sales and appointment reminders that go out from your own WhatsApp account. You define how many hours ahead the reminder goes. Because the package balance and the last visit date sit on the same customer card, no-show appointments and unrenewed packages are visible from the list; you report the effect from your own data. - S: Which types of spa is it suitable for: hamam, massage salon, day spa, hotel spa? — C: For a hamam (peeling-scrub-foam rotation), a massage salon (package-based) and a day spa (multi-service combo), the service durations, package definitions and therapist specialisms are defined as fields at setup. For a hotel spa we build the connection to the property management system (PMS) ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module — matching by room number or posting to the hotel bill is not a setting that works the same way in every installation. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope and cost in writing at the discovery meeting. When this connection is not in place, the hotel guest's appointment is held in the CRM on their own customer record, the room number is entered in a field or a note, and matching with the hotel bill is done separately in the hotel's own system. - S: How do we add online booking to Instagram? — C: The booking link created in the CRM is added to the Instagram bio. The customer clicks the link, picks therapist + service + time, and the appointment takes its place on the therapist and room calendar; a confirmation message goes out from the WhatsApp Business account connected at setup. This is a link share: messages and comments arriving on Instagram do not reach the CRM this way. - S: Are gift voucher sales integrated with the loyalty programme? — C: Yes. A gift voucher is a record carrying the buyer and the user in separate fields, and it is linked to the customer record of both. When the voucher is used it appears in both people's history and their point fields rise; you tie who the notification message goes to with a rule at setup. ### [Sports Club CRM: Licence Expiry & Dues | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/sports-club-crm) An athlete's licence, medical report and insurance expiry are date fields on the same person record; those nearing expiry drop into a list before the squad is filed. - Keep each branch's squad separately, and write the athlete's licence, medical report and insurance expiry dates into fields on the record - Drop documents nearing expiry into a list and open the renewal task, sending the reminder to the athlete and their parent by SMS or WhatsApp - Tie sponsorship contracts to a record with their term, fee and committed items, and start the conversation before the renewal date - Track club membership and dues collection on the member record, and draw the general assembly invitation from that list - Branch Squad: Every branch is a squad record; the athlete is linked to it as a person record, and squad changes during the season leave a trace on the card. - Licence and Medical Report Expiry: The licence, medical report and insurance expiry are date fields on the athlete record; those nearing expiry drop into a list, and the renewal task is opened from here. - Sponsorship Contract: A sponsor is an account record; the term, the fee and the committed items sit in its fields, and the renewal date is read from this record. - Membership and Dues: Club membership is a record; the dues lines are held under it period by period, and those past due drop into a list. - S: Can I see in advance which athlete is missing a document when filing the match squad? — C: Yes. The licence, medical report and insurance expiry are date fields on the athlete record; while the squad is being prepared, athletes whose documents have expired or are about to expire are listed with a filter, and the renewal task is opened from the same record. - S: How do we run an away trip inside the club? — C: An away trip is a record; the squad list and the transport and accommodation tasks are tied to it. Notification goes to the athlete, and to the parent of an athlete under eighteen, by SMS or WhatsApp from the same record, and who gave consent is visible on the card. - S: Can I see a sponsorship contract's renewal date in advance? — C: Yes. A sponsor is an account record; the term, the fee and the committed items sit in its fields. Contracts whose renewal date is approaching drop into a list, and the meeting task is opened from the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a Sports Club? — C: When choosing a CRM for the Sports Club sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports to fit your sports club process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Sports Club CRM system cost? — C: We keep the current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Sports Club sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Sports Club sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your sports club process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a Sports Club? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer record, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Staffing Agency CRM: Submissions & Fees | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/staffing-agency-crm) A submission is a record tying the candidate to the role; its date and the consultant who made it are its fields. On a placement, guarantee end and fee sit in the same chain. - Open every vacant role as a separate job record linked to the client account, and keep the salary range and the commission terms on the same card - Tie the submitted candidate, the submission date and the submitting consultant to the record, and prevent the same candidate going to the same company a second time - Log client feedback round by round and read from the role record which profile was rejected and why - Track the post-placement guarantee period and the fee date, and see approaching invoices on a single list - Open Role: A role is a job record linked to the client account; the salary range, the commission rate and the guarantee period sit in its fields. - Candidate Submission: A submission is a record tying the candidate to the role; the submission date and the submitting consultant are in fields, and a duplicate submission is seen from this record. - Feedback Rounds: Every reply from the client is a note tied to the submission; as the stage field changes, the candidate's status on the role is updated. - Placement and Fee: A placement is a record with a start date; the guarantee end and the fee amount are in fields, and approaching dates drop into a list. - S: How do we prevent the same candidate being submitted to the same company by two consultants? — C: A submission is a separate record tying the candidate to the role, and it carries the submitting consultant and the date; when the candidate card is opened, which company they were previously submitted to and by whom is visible, so a duplicate submission is noticed while the record is being created. - S: Can we track the post-placement guarantee period and the commission fee? — C: Yes. The start date, the guarantee period and the fee amount are fields on the placement record; records whose guarantee end and invoice date are approaching drop into a list, and if the candidate leaves within the guarantee, the process is reopened on the same record. - S: Where do I read which profile the client rejected and why? — C: Every reply from the client is a note tied to the submission, and as the stage field changes, the candidate's status on the role is updated. That way, in the second round, which profile was rejected and why is read from the chain on the role record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a Staffing Agency? — C: When choosing a CRM for the Staffing Agency sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports to fit your staffing agency process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Staffing Agency CRM system cost? — C: At a staffing agency, because every submission records the consultant who made it, the agency's consultants are each defined separately in the system. We keep the current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Staffing Agency sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Staffing Agency sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your staffing agency process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a Staffing Agency? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer record, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Swimming Pool CRM: Service Visits & Chemicals | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/swimming-pool-crm) Every pool is a separate record; volume, equipment model and installation date are its fields, and service visits and the chemicals used build up under the same card. - Keep every pool in a separate record with its volume, equipment models and installation date, and link it to the estate or hotel account - Hold the scope and end date of annual maintenance contracts as fields and run approaching renewals from a single list - Plan season opening, periodic maintenance and chemical resupply as tasks; see that the technician has reached the site through location verification - Move the construction process of survey, quote and revisions along on a single opportunity record, and tie the breakdown call to the pool record - Pool Record: Every pool is a separate record; the volume, the equipment model, the installation date and the linked account are in its fields, and the whole service history builds up under this record. - Seasonal Pool Agreement: The season agreement tied to the estate or hotel account is a record; whether opening and closing jobs fall within scope, the visit frequency and the season end date are in its fields; those nearing their end drop into the renewal list. - Service Visit: Maintenance and season opening are each a task; the technician, the date and the pool are in fields, the job is closed from the mobile app, the location is verified, and the customer signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. - Chemicals and Readings: The chemical used and the reading taken are lines on the visit record; the same pool's past values are compared from the record. - S: How do we plan maintenance appointments for hundreds of pools at the season opening? — C: Every pool is its own record and the visit frequency of the contract it belongs to sits in a field. Season opening jobs are opened from these records as bulk tasks and distributed by technician and date; because those left incomplete stay on a separate list, it is visible in the April pile-up which pool has not been visited. - S: Can we see which pump was fitted to a pool last season and which chemical was used? — C: Yes. The equipment model and the installation date are fields on the pool record; the chemical used and the reading taken at each service visit are written to that visit's lines. When the pool card is opened, all past visits are visible in chronological order. - S: Can we see in advance which estates and hotels have a season contract ending? — C: Yes. A season agreement is a record tied to the account; the scope, the visit frequency and the season end date are its fields. Those nearing their end drop into the renewal list and the meeting task is opened from there. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a Swimming Pool business? — C: When choosing a CRM for the Swimming Pool sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports to fit your pool construction and maintenance process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Swimming Pool CRM system cost? — C: In a swimming pool business the service task is opened with a technician field and closed from the mobile app, so the technicians are defined separately in the system. We keep the current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Swimming Pool sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Swimming Pool sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your pool construction and maintenance process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a Swimming Pool business? — C: In a Swimming Pool business, maintenance and season opening are each a task; the technician closes the job from the mobile app and the location is verified. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Telecom CRM: Commitment End & Line Inventory | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/telecom-crm) Every line and service carries its own commitment end date as a field; sites are separate records linked to the customer account, and those nearing their end drop into one list. - Keep a corporate customer's sites, and the lines and services at each site, in separate records linked to the account record - Track commitment end dates as fields, drop approaching renewals into a list, and open the meeting task from there - Plan field installation and circuit delivery jobs as tasks; take the location verification, and let the person taking delivery sign on the signature screen in the mobile app - Record sales coming through the dealer channel with their source and report on a single list which dealer brought in what - Customer and Site: A corporate customer is an account record; every site is a separate record linked to it, and the lines and services sit under the site. - Commitment Date: Every service's start, end and commitment end are its own date fields; those nearing their end are listed with a filter and the renewal task is opened. - Installation Task: Field installation is a task; the technician, the appointment time and the address are in its fields, the location is verified, and the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. - Dealer Channel: A dealer is an account record; the source of an incoming sale sits in a field on the opportunity record, and the commission is read from the report on that field. - S: How do I track dozens of lines for the same customer, each with its own commitment end? — C: The customer is an account record, the sites are linked to it, and every line carries its own commitment end date as a field. Services nearing their end come out on a single list with a date filter; you decide which range to look at, and the renewal task is opened from the list. - S: Can I see the sale coming from a dealer and the field installation in the same place? — C: Yes. The source of the sale is a field on the opportunity record, and the installation is a task tied to the same account; when the sale closes, the installation task drops to the field team through the assignment rule defined at setup, and everyone looking at the customer record sees which stage the job is at. - S: How do we record that the field installation was done on site and that delivery was accepted? — C: Field installation is a task; the technician, the appointment time and the address are its fields. When the technician closes the job from their phone, the location is verified, the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app, and the task leaves a trace on the customer record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for Telecom? — C: When choosing a CRM for the Telecom sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports to fit your telecom process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Telecom CRM system cost? — C: In telecom, because field installation is planned with technician and appointment fields, the field team enters the system just as much as the office side does. We keep the current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Telecom sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Telecom sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your telecom process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for Telecom? — C: In telecom, field installation is a task; the location is verified and the person taking delivery signs on the signature screen in the mobile app. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Textile CRM: Sample Tracking, Season & Export | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/textile-crm) Which sample went to whom, in which variant, and did approval come back — all three sit on the customer record. Orders stay tied to the sample they came from; exports in their own currency. - Measure sales by season and collection, and compare them against the previous season - Record who each sample went to, its approval status and the feedback that came back - Manage export customers in USD, EUR and GBP on records whose exchange rate updates automatically - Log the prospects you meet at a trade fair against that event and plan the follow-up steps - Let the whole sales team answer on WhatsApp from one business number; conversations are assigned by the rule you define and the correspondence stays with the company - Collection-Based Sales: A collection is a campaign record; products and sales are linked to it, and the season comparison comes out of the report on that link. - Sample Management: A sample is a stage on the customer record; who it went to, on what date and in which variant sit in fields, and the ones awaiting approval drop into a list. - Multi-Currency: Currency is a field on the record and rates update daily; an export customer's revenue is reported both in their own currency and in its equivalent. - Trade Fair and Event Tracking: A fair is an event record; the prospect records opened there are linked to that event, and follow-up tasks are opened from the same list. - Order Size Assortment: The size and colour breakdown on an order is made up of line items on the order record; each line's quantity and shipping date sit in fields, a size shipped short stays open on the same order and drops in as a completion task. - S: How can I manage collection seasons? — C: In Rapitek CRM you can define each collection as a separate campaign and link the relevant products and sales to that collection. This lets you compare performance from season to season. - S: How do I manage my customers abroad? — C: There is multi-currency support and reminders that respect different time zones; the interface is fully translated into Turkish and English, and text that has not been translated into other languages appears in English. An export customer's revenue is reported in their own currency together with its equivalent. - S: Is there a Logo/Netsis integration? — C: If you use Logo Tiger, Go, Wings or Netsis, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side change from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built per project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2 and webhooks; the scope and the cost for the account, stock and order fields are worked out in the discovery call and shared with you in writing. - S: Can more than one person on the textile team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: In textiles the whole sales team answers the buyer's messages from a single business number, and the correspondence stays with the company. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from one business number and every message appears in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Theater CRM: Season Subscriptions & Group Seats | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/theater-crm) The subscription end date is a field on the person record; a group booking moves through request, hold, deposit and confirmed stages, and expired holds show on the list. - Keep the season subscription's end date as a field and call subscribers entering the renewal period from a single list - Run school and company group bookings through request, hold, deposit and confirmed stages - Build up on each theatergoer's record which play they saw and when, and split the new production announcement by that history - Track venue conversations in tour cities, technical requirements and the revenue-share terms on a single record - Season Subscription: A subscription is a record linked to the person record; the package, the start date and the end date are in fields, and those nearing their end drop into the renewal list. - Group Seat Hold: A school or company request is a record with request, hold, deposit and confirmed stages; the seat count, the performance date and the deposit status are in its fields, and blocked seats whose hold period has expired appear on the list. - Audience History: Every play seen is a line under the person record; the announcement list is filtered on the genre and the date in that history. - Tour and Venue: The tour city and the venue are each a field; the technical requirements and the revenue-share terms sit on the same record and are compared with the previous season. - S: Does the system remind us of theatergoers whose season subscription is about to end? — C: The subscription end date is a field on the record; subscriptions falling within the number of days you set are gathered on a separate list, and a renewal call is opened as a task for each one. The announcement going to the subscriber is also sent by SMS or WhatsApp from the same list. - S: How do you track the deposit and the confirmation on school group bookings? — C: A group booking is a record that moves through request, hold, deposit received and confirmed stages. The seat count, the performance date and the teacher's contact details sit in fields; because bookings whose hold period has expired appear on the list, seats are not left blocked for nothing. - S: Can we send a new production announcement only to the relevant theatergoers? — C: Yes. Every play seen is a line under the person record; the announcement list is filtered on the genre and the date in that history, the message goes out by SMS or WhatsApp from the same list, and who received which message leaves a trace on the card. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a Theater? — C: When choosing a CRM for the Theater sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports to fit your theater process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Theater CRM system cost? — C: We keep the current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Theater sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Theater sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your theater process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a Theater? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer record, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Theme Park CRM: Group Entry & Daily Capacity | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/theme-park-crm) Every group booking is a record with visit date and headcount fields; those opened for the same day gather on one list, and the day's expected headcount is read from the total. - Gather school, company and agency group bookings on a single calendar with date, headcount and agreed price fields - See the bookings falling on the same day together and draw the staffing, catering and car park plan from that list - Track the end dates of season passes and corporate allocation agreements and send the renewal reminder by SMS or WhatsApp - Send the post-visit satisfaction survey from the record, tie an incoming complaint to a request record and assign it to the person responsible - Group Entry Booking: A booking is a record; the visit date, the headcount, the agreed entry price and the payment status sit in its fields, and which group is coming to the gate is known from this record. - Corporate Account: The school, the company and the agency are each an account record; the allocation agreement and the special price are in a field on the account and come to the booking from there. - Daily Capacity: Bookings opened for the same date gather on a single list from the date field; the day's expected headcount is the total of that list. - Season Pass: A pass is a record carrying an end date and is linked to its holder's person record; those nearing their end drop into a list, and the renewal task is opened from there. - Post-Visit Feedback: The survey is sent from the visit record; an incoming complaint turns into a request record, and the person responsible is determined by the assignment rule defined at setup. - S: Can I see in advance how many groups have been promised the same day? — C: Yes. Every group booking is a record with date and headcount fields; bookings opened for one day gather on a single list, and that day's expected headcount is read from the total of that list. You define the capacity threshold, and days that go over it are flagged on the list. - S: Do I have to renegotiate the special price in agency and school agreements every time? — C: No. The agency and the school are each an account record; the agreed allocation and price sit in a field on the account, and when a new booking is opened the price comes from that account. Because past visits also build up under the same account, you go into the conversation with the organisation's history. - S: Can we see in advance when a season pass is due for renewal? — C: Yes. A season pass is a record carrying an end date and is linked to the pass holder's person record; those nearing their end drop into a list, and the renewal reminder goes out by SMS or WhatsApp from the same record. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a Theme Park? — C: When choosing a CRM for the Theme Park sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and support quality. You do not set up Rapitek CRM, we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports to fit your theme park process, we migrate your data, and we give your team training in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects during its Salesforce years; we do the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a Theme Park CRM system cost? — C: In a theme park, because the person responsible for an incoming complaint is determined by an assignment rule, more than one owner is defined in the system. We keep the current plan prices in one place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page so that you never read a different price in two places. The price is set by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same on every project; the scope and the setup fee, if any, are worked out together at the discovery meeting and shared in writing. The Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the Theme Park sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the Theme Park sector? — C: We start with a discovery meeting: we work out your theme park process together, and which fields and which stages are needed. After the meeting we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves and we give your team training in Turkish. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a Theme Park? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer record, notes and follow-up tasks from their phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Tourism CRM: Guest Profile & Agency Records | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/tourism-crm) The guest's room preference and past stays sit on their own record; the agency allotment and its last cancellation date are a separate record, and a room left empty turns into a task. - Gather the guest's room preference, special requests and past stays into a single profile - Track corporate agreements, group booking requests and MICE events stage by stage as opportunity records - Bring returning guests into the loyalty programme and send them an offer that fits their history - See OTA, agency and direct bookings on the same screen and keep the channels coordinated - Answer as a team from a single WhatsApp number; let conversations be assigned by the rule you define and the history stay on the record - Guest Profile: A guest is a person record; the room preference, the dietary note and special requests are its fields, and past stays build up under the card. - Group and Corporate Sales: A company agreement and a group request are each an opportunity record; the quote stage, the stay date and the number of rooms sit in fields, and the season plan comes out of the report on these records. - Post-Stay Survey: The survey sent to a departing guest is linked to the guest record; the score given and the note written sit on the same card, and a low-scoring response drops to the person responsible as a task. - Multiple Channels: The channel a booking came through is a field on the record; OTA, agency and direct bookings are separated by that field on the same list. - Agency Allotment Record: The allotment granted to an agency and the last cancellation date are an allotment record linked to the agency account; the number of rooms used and the number left empty sit in fields, and a task is opened for the sales owner before that date for the allotment being released. - S: Does it integrate with PMS systems? — C: We build the connection to the property management system ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is set up specifically for your project over REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope in writing at the discovery meeting. - S: How are group sales tracked? — C: You can create a separate opportunity record for each group request and track the quote stages and the contract processes. - S: Is there integration with OTA channels? — C: We build the connection to the booking channels ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box channel manager module. The data transfer is set up specifically for your project over REST API, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; we share its scope in writing at the discovery meeting. - S: Can more than one person on a Tourism team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the tourism side, guest correspondence is answered by the team together from a single number and the history stays on the record. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Course Centre CRM: Attendance and Instalments | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/training-center-crm) A student is a person record; course selection, attendance and instalment lines sit under the same card. Absence and balance are read together, and an overdue instalment drops into a list. - Keep enrolment, course selection, absence and performance tracking on a single student card - Build instalment plans and track payment reminders and the balance - Manage teacher assignment, classroom capacity and lesson times in one schedule - Send absence notifications, exam results and announcements to the parent by SMS and WhatsApp - Let the whole team answer student and parent messages over a single WhatsApp number - Student Enrolment and Tracking: A student is a person record; course selection, absence and grade fields sit on the same card, and the term history accumulates without being erased. - Payment and Instalment Management: The instalment lines sit under the student record; an overdue line drops into a list, and the reminder task is tied to that condition. - Class Schedule and Classroom Management: A class is a record with teacher, classroom and time fields; capacity is kept in a field, and the clash rule is defined during setup. - Parent and Student Communication: A parent is a person record attached to the student record; announcements and notifications go out from here, and who was told what and when leaves a trace on the card. - Trial Lesson Record: A candidate who comes to a trial lesson is a lesson attached to the student record; which group they joined, the instructor's assessment and the parent's feedback sit in fields, and when no enrolment is opened the follow-up task stays open. - S: Can I see a student who has not come two weeks in a row before the payment falters? — C: Yes. Attendance and instalment lines are under the same student card; absence and balance are read on one screen. An overdue instalment drops into a list and the reminder task is tied to that condition, so the intervention does not wait for the end of the month. - S: What happens if a candidate who comes to a trial lesson does not enrol? — C: The trial lesson is a lesson attached to the candidate's student record; which group they joined, the instructor's assessment and the parent's feedback sit in fields. When no enrolment is opened, the follow-up task stays open and the candidate does not drop off the list. - S: How long does setup take for a course centre? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range - how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your course process needs becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its fee, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for a course centre? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it - we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the ERP side differ from installation to installation, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specific to the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the fee in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person on a course centre team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the course centre side, the whole team answers student and parent messages over a single number. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and every message appears in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the message history stays in the CRM. Meta bills you directly - we do not sell message packages or credits. ### [Translation Agency CRM: Language Pairs & Deadlines | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/translation-agency-crm) Every job is a project record; the language pair, the word count and the delivery date are its fields. Translation, editing and final check move as stages on that same record. - Keep every job on a single list with its language pair, word count, delivery date and current status - Keep freelance translators' specialisms, availability and past performance on record - Have the price calculated from the language pair and the word count and produce the quote from the same screen - Run translation, editing and final check as stages separate from one another - Send project status and delivery notifications to the customer over WhatsApp - Project Management: Every job is a project record; the language pair, the word count and the delivery date sit in its fields, and the status moves along on the same record. - Translator Pool Management: A translator is an account record; the specialism and the availability are in fields, and past jobs build up under the card. - Preparing a Quote: The unit price per language pair is in the price list; the amount multiplied by the word count comes out on the quote line, and the calculation is not repeated by hand. - Quality Control Process: Translation, editing and final check are stages of the same project; the owner and the duration of each stage are read from the record. - Notarisation and Apostille Step: Notarisation, assigning a sworn translator and the apostille are separate stages of the project; which document is waiting at the notary and on which day it will be collected sits on the project record as a task. - S: Can I include freelance translators in the system? — C: Yes, you can record your freelance translators in the system by their specialisms and language pairs, and assign projects through those fields according to the rule you define. - S: Is notarised translation tracked? — C: Yes, you can track notarised and sworn translation processes separately and report the document statuses to the customer. - S: Is there a current account for bulk customers? — C: Yes, you can open a dedicated current account for law offices, companies and institutions, and invoice monthly. - S: How long does setup take for a Translation Agency? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your translation agency needs becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. ### [Travel Agency CRM: Quotes & Visa Files | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/travel-agency-crm) WhatsApp, email, phone notes and web forms drop into the same request pool; the source is a field, and because a tour package is a product record the quote line feeds from it. - Combine requests from WhatsApp, email, phone notes and web forms in a single inbox - Template your tour packages as product records; write the date and headcount onto the quote line and have the total calculated from the price list - Keep the guest's past tours, preferences and budget on the record and build the next recommendation on that - Send early booking and last-minute campaigns to targeted lists - Answer as a team from a single business number, let conversations be assigned by the rule you define, and let the history stay even when staff change - Multi-Channel Request Centre: WhatsApp, email, phone notes and web forms are set up so that they drop into the same pool as records; because the source is written in a field, channel performance is visible in the report. - Fast Quotation: A tour package is a product record; the quote line feeds from it, and the total is calculated on the quote card according to the date and headcount fields. - Customer Travel History: Past tours build up under the customer card; because the budget and the preferences sit in fields, the next recommendation is built from that same card. - Season and Campaign Management: The target list is filtered on customer fields; because bookings are tied to the campaign, what each campaign brought in is measured. - Visa File Document List: A visa application is a file linked to the traveller record; the appointment date, the documents submitted and the outcome sit in fields, and a reminder task is opened for the traveller for a missing document. - S: Why is a CRM important for travel agencies? — C: Tourism is seasonal and demand peaks shift. With a CRM every request is caught, a quote is given quickly, and customers are brought back with campaigns in the low season. - S: How are requests coming from different channels managed? — C: WhatsApp, email, phone notes and web forms come together in a single inbox. The customer history is visible and communication stays consistent. - S: How does the quotation system work? — C: Tour packages are templated as product records. When a customer request comes in, the template is selected; because the date and the headcount are fields on the quote line, the total is calculated from those fields and the selected price list. You update the price list yourself; when you update it, new quotes open with the current value. - S: Can more than one person on a Travel Agency team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the Travel Agency side, traveller correspondence is answered by the team together from a single business number; the history stays even when staff change. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Tutoring Center CRM: Topic-Level Tracking | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/tutoring-center-crm) The curriculum tree is marked up under the student record; topics solved and topics struggled with build up there. The target exam date is a field and the mock plan ties to it. - Mark on each subject's curriculum tree the topics the student has solved and the topics they struggle with, and follow their progress on a chart - Tie the countdown, the mock exam calendar and the topic completion plan to the student card according to the LGS, TYT or AYT target - Set a rule for when the weekly or monthly progress report goes to the parent by WhatsApp or email; let the send be logged on the record - Open a parent contact task for a student who misses two lessons, and make contact before the term is over - Compare student success rates by teacher and see how effective the topic teaching is - Topic-Level Progress Tracking: The curriculum tree is a structure that can be marked up under the student record; the topics solved and the topics struggled with build up there, and the progress chart comes out of those marks. - Exam Calendar and Countdown: The target exam and its date are fields on the student record; the mock exam calendar and the topic completion plan are opened as tasks tied to that date. - Parent Reporting: The report is produced from the data on the student card; it is sent to the parent by WhatsApp or email, and the send leaves a trace on the record. - Absence Early Warning: Absence is marked on the lesson record; the number of consecutive lessons missed appears on the list and a parent contact task is opened. The threshold is defined at setup. - Teacher Performance Tracking: The lesson record carries a teacher field; student results are grouped through that field and compared in a report broken down by teacher. - Referral and Results Tracking: The result information sits on the student card; asking a satisfied parent for a referral is a task tied to that record, and who was asked and when is tracked. - One-to-One Lesson Hour Record: In a private lesson, every hour the teacher and the student meet is a lesson line tied to the student record; the duration, the topic covered and the fee sit in fields, and the end-of-month teacher payment and the parent invoice come out of those same lines. - S: Why is a CRM needed for a tutoring center? — C: Student success brings parent satisfaction, and parent satisfaction brings new enrolments. With a CRM you track student progress, keep the parent informed, and turn successful results into marketing. - S: How does topic-level tracking work? — C: A curriculum tree is defined for each subject. Which topics the student has worked through, which ones they struggled with, which topics they made mistakes on in mock exams — all of it sits under the same student record. - S: Is parent reporting automatic? — C: The report is produced from the data on the student card; you tie it to a rule at setup so that it goes to the parent by WhatsApp or email on a weekly or monthly cycle. You define the cycle and the channel; the send leaves a trace on the student record. - S: I have more than one branch, is there central management? — C: Yes. The branch is a field on the student and lesson record; performance comparison by branch, the breakdown by teacher and student success rates are taken from the report on that field. Who can see what is defined with permissions at setup. - S: How long does setup take for Tutoring Centers & Private Lessons? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your tutoring center process needs becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your existing student data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Can more than one person use the same WhatsApp number for Tutoring Centers & Private Lessons? — C: Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [University CRM: Application Tracking & Alumni | Rapitek CRM](https://rapitek.com/en/university-crm) An applicant is a record; diploma equivalence, the language certificate and the visa step are tasks tied to it, and who waits at which step is read from the list, no file opened. - Gather all student applications into a single pool and track the assessment stages - Follow an international applicant's document, visa and orientation steps on the application record - Set up an alumni database and run event invitations and donation campaigns from there - Connect a single institutional WhatsApp number to the team inbox, let conversations be assigned by the rule you define, and let the history stay with the institution even when staff change - Application Management System: An application is a record; the assessment steps move along as stages and the documents are attached to the same card. - International Student Tracking: The document, visa and orientation steps are tasks tied to the application record; which step is waiting with whom is visible on the list. - Multilingual Interface: The interface is fully translated into Turkish and English; in other languages, untranslated text appears in English. The applicant's language is held in a field on the record, and the correspondence template is matched to that field. - Alumni Relations: An alumni record is not deleted, its status changes; event invitations and donation campaigns go to a list filtered from those records. - Open Day Attendance Record: An applicant who signs up for a campus open day is an attendance line tied to the applicant record; the faculty they are interested in, the province they come from and their attendance status sit in fields, and the messages going out through the preference period are ordered by those fields. - S: How can I track international student applications? — C: With Rapitek CRM you can gather all international applications on a single platform, track document statuses, and correspond using templates selected according to the applicant's recorded language. - S: How does alumni management work? — C: You can keep your graduates in a database, follow their career progress, send event invitations and run donation campaigns. - S: Does it integrate with our existing student information system for a University? — C: We build the connection to your student information system ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export; its scope and cost are shared in writing at the discovery meeting. Until the connection is in place, applicant and student data is entered with an import file or by hand; the application stage and the document and visa steps are still held in the CRM and reminders are produced from there. - S: Can more than one person on a University team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the university side, applicant correspondence is gathered on a single institutional number; the history stays with the institution even when staff change. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Vehicle Inspection CRM: Digital Report, Vehicle History](https://rapitek.com/en/vehicle-inspection-crm) The inspection report is a record attached to the vehicle; on a second visit the previous measurements sit side by side. Appointments open by lift duration and the lifts free at that hour. - Create the photographed inspection report in the system and send it to the customer as soon as the inspection is finished - Open the past records of a vehicle inspected before on a single screen when it comes back - Take appointments online, send reminders and see the day's calendar along with how full it is - Send the inspection report to the dealer and the insurance company as a link or a PDF from the record - Let the whole team reply from a single WhatsApp number, so appointment and price messages go on record - Digital Inspection Report: The report is a record attached to the vehicle; the measurement values and the photos sit in its fields, the send to the customer is made from the same record, and who it went to and when leaves a trace. - Vehicle History Lookup: The chassis number is a field on the vehicle's record; when a vehicle inspected before comes back, the previous reports open under the same card in date order. - Lift Queue and Package Duration: The inspection package (engine, paint and body, full inspection) carries its own duration on the service record; the appointment is opened according to that duration and the number of lifts free at that hour, and a second vehicle is not booked onto the same lift. - Sharing with Dealers and Insurers: The inspection report is sent to the dealer and the insurance company as a link or a PDF from the record; who it was sent to and when sits on the same record. We build the connection to dealer and insurer systems ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module, and if a direct connection is needed it is built specifically for each project over a REST API and webhooks. - Dealer Inspection Allowance Counter: The contracted dealer's periodic inspection allowance and the number remaining are fields on the dealer account; at every vehicle intake a line that decrements this counter is written, and before the allowance runs out a renewal task is opened for the person responsible. - S: Can I see the previous measurement when the same vehicle comes in a second time? — C: The report is a record attached to the vehicle; on a second visit, through the chassis number, the previous measurements sit side by side and what changed in between is read from the same screen. Even if the vehicle is measured again, the difference between the two rounds stays in the record. - S: How do we follow a contracted dealer's remaining inspection allowance? — C: The periodic inspection allowance and the number remaining are fields on the dealer account; at every vehicle intake a line that decrements the counter is written. Before the allowance runs out a renewal task is opened for the person responsible. - S: How long does setup take for Vehicle Inspection? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your inspection process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for Vehicle Inspection? — C: On the vehicle inspection side the report is sent to the dealer and the insurance company as a link or a PDF from the record. If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves; the same applies to dealer and insurer systems. There is no out-of-the-box module: because access and field structure on the other side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for each project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export, and its scope and its cost are shared in writing at the discovery call. When no connection is built, report sharing runs over a link generated from the record or a PDF. - S: Can more than one person on the Vehicle Inspection team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the vehicle inspection side the whole team replies to appointment and price messages from a single number, and the messages go on record. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team replies from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. Meta invoices you directly — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Veterinary Clinic CRM: Vaccination and Parasite Calendar](https://rapitek.com/en/veterinary-crm) Each animal is its own record linked to its owner; species, allergy, vaccination interval and treatment history belong to it, and the reminder says which animal it is for. - Open every animal as a separate record linked to its owner, and keep the species and breed on the card - Run the vaccination and parasite calendar per animal and remind the owner when it falls due - Keep examinations, treatments and test results on the animal's card in date order - Plan appointments per vet and per room, and keep no-shows on the list - Link pet food and care product sales to the same animal record and track repeat orders - Animal Record Separate From The Owner: The animal is its own record linked to the owner's contact record; the species, breed, date of birth and allergy fields belong to it. The same owner's second animal opens a separate card, and the histories do not get mixed up. - Vaccination And Parasite Calendar: The date and the repeat interval of every vaccination are fields on the animal record; those that fall due appear in a list and the reminder task is linked to the owner. - Treatment And Test History: Examinations, treatments and test results accumulate under the animal's card in date order; on a second visit the history stands up front without being searched for. - Appointment Plan: An appointment is a record with a vet, a room and a time field. The clash rule is defined during setup, and cancellation is handled on the same record. - Product Sales And Repeat Orders: Pet food and care product lines are linked to the animal record; according to the consumption interval field, those due for a repeat order can be pulled out with a filter. - S: How do I keep several animals belonging to the same owner apart? — C: Each animal is opened as a separate record linked to the owner's record. The species, breed, date of birth, allergies and the entire treatment history belong to that animal; they are all listed from the owner's card, but the histories do not get mixed up. - S: Who receives the vaccination reminder, and when? — C: The repeat interval of the vaccination sits as a field on the animal record. Animals that fall due appear in a list, the reminder is sent to the owner's contact details, and the message states which animal it is for. - S: How much does a veterinary CRM system cost? — C: On the veterinary clinic side an appointment record carries a vet field and a room field; the system is used by this clinic staff. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope, and the setup fee if there is one, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in a veterinary clinic? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in a veterinary clinic? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your clinic's process together, along with which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a veterinary clinic? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [VR AR CRM: Pilot Tracking and Headset Inventory](https://rapitek.com/en/vr-ar-crm) Every headset is a record with a serial number; the event it is at, the person who received it and the expected return date are its fields, and overdue ones appear in a list. - Plan trade fair and customer demos as tasks; record where, with whom and with which device they were done, with location verification - Write the pilot project's scope, scene count and success criterion into fields on the opportunity record so that sales and production share the same definition - Track headsets and stations by serial number; see which device is with whom and its return day from a single list - Keep the technical, purchasing and marketing stakeholders at the enterprise buyer in separate contact records and link their objections to the record - Demo Task: A demo is a task; the date, the venue, the participants and the device used are in fields, it is closed from the mobile app, and the location is verified. - Pilot Opportunity: The pilot is an opportunity record with its own stages; the scene count, the device model and the success criterion sit in fields, and a change of scope is recorded. - Hardware Inventory: Every headset and station is a record with a serial number; the event it is at, the person who received it and the expected return date are in its fields. - Stakeholder Map: The technical, purchasing and marketing representatives are separate contact records under the account; the role field and the meeting note stay separate on each one. - S: Can we track where the headsets that go to trade fairs and customer demos are? — C: Yes. Every device is a record with a serial number; the event or customer it is at, the person who received it and the expected return date sit in its fields. Devices past their return day are collected in a separate list, and a follow-up task is opened for each of them. - S: The pilot project's scope is discussed in the meeting and then changes; how does the CRM hold that? — C: The pilot's scope, scene count, device model and success criterion are fields on the opportunity record. When the scope changes, it is written onto the record as an update and the previous state is not deleted; that way you can read back where the link between the budget and the content volume broke. - S: Can we track the objections of different stakeholders at an enterprise buyer separately? — C: Yes. The technical, purchasing and marketing representatives are separate contact records under the account; the role field and the meeting note stay separate on each of them, and who raised which objection can be read from their own card. - S: Which is the best CRM software for VR and AR? — C: When choosing a CRM for the VR and AR sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports according to your VR and AR process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce era; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a VR and AR CRM system cost? — C: On the VR and AR side, because the demo task is closed from the mobile app, the people who go to fairs and to customers are users of the system as well. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope, and the setup fee if there is one, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the VR and AR sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the VR and AR sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your VR and AR process together, along with which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for VR and AR? — C: In the VR AR business a demo is a task; it is in the venue and device-used fields, it is closed from the mobile app, and the location is verified. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Warehouse CRM: Space Allocation, Dispatch and Storage Fees](https://rapitek.com/en/warehouse-crm) Goods receipt and dispatch requests are dated records on the customer account; pallet count and the in and out dates sit in fields, and the period storage fee statement comes from them. - Link the stored goods to the account of the customer who owns them; keep the pallet, rack and occupied space details on the record - Collect goods receipt and dispatch requests in a single pool and see which request is waiting at which stage - Produce the end-of-period storage fee statement from the records, based on storage duration and movement count - Track the end dates of storage contracts and open a task in advance for the renewal conversation - Customer And Space Allocation: The storing company is an account record; the allocated space, the pallet count and the unit storage price sit in the fields of that account. - Goods Receipt And Dispatch Request: Every inbound and outbound request is a record with its own date; which stage it is waiting at is visible in the list, and the person responsible is written in its field. - Storage Fee Period Statement: The storage duration is calculated from the entry and exit date fields; because the movement records accumulate under the account, the period statement is taken from a report. - Contract Renewal: The contract end date is a field on the account; accounts whose date is approaching appear in a list, and the renewal task is opened onto that list. - S: Can I track the goods of more than one customer in the same warehouse separately? — C: Yes. Every customer is a separate account record; the allocated space, the pallet count and all the movements sit under that account, and statements are taken per customer. - S: Can I have the storage fee calculated according to the days stored? — C: The entry and exit dates are kept as fields on the record, and the unit price sits on the account; the period statement comes out of these fields. Your calculation rule is defined during setup. - S: Can I be notified when the end date of a storage contract approaches? — C: The contract end date is a field on the account; accounts whose date is approaching appear in a list according to that field, and the renewal task is opened from the same list. - S: Which is the best CRM software for a warehouse? — C: When choosing a CRM for the warehouse sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports according to your warehouse process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce era; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a warehouse CRM system cost? — C: On the warehouse side the person responsible for every inbound and outbound request is written into a field on the record; the system is used by this warehouse staff. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope, and the setup fee if there is one, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the warehouse sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the warehouse sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your warehouse process together, along with which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for a warehouse? — C: Yes. Field and branch teams can update the customer card, notes and follow-up tasks from a phone. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Waste Management CRM: Container Tracking and Tonnage](https://rapitek.com/en/waste-management-crm) Every customer site is a record with container type and count in its fields; in Rapitek CRM the weighed tonnage goes on the collection task and the month-end statement comes from these records. - Keep customer sites and the containers and equipment standing there in separate records, and see from a list which equipment is where - Link collection and emptying visits to a recurring task; let the field team close it from the mobile app with location verification - Write the waste code, the weighed tonnage and the shipment document number into the task's fields, and produce the period statement from the records - Track the delivery of the disposal certificate and the contract renewal as separate tasks and close them before the dates pass - Customer Site And Equipment: Every site is a record; the container type and count standing there are in its fields, and when equipment moves, it is written into the record's history. - Collection Task: Collection is a task; the date, vehicle and driver are in its fields, it is closed from the mobile app, and the location verification goes onto the record. - Waste Code And Tonnage: The waste code is a field on the contract line item; the weighed tonnage is written onto the collection task, and the period statement is read from the total of these records. - Document Delivery: Delivering the disposal certificate to the customer is a task; the document number sits in a field and a copy of the document sits as an attachment on the record. - S: Can I track how many of my containers are standing at which customer? — C: Yes. Every site is a record, and the type and count of the equipment standing there are in the record's fields; when equipment is moved to another site, the change goes into the record's history. - S: How do I get the tonnage statement per customer at the end of the month? — C: The weighed tonnage is a field on every collection task; a report with a chosen customer and date range adds up those tasks. We build the transfer to the accounting system ourselves: it is done specifically for the project over an export or an API — there is no out-of-the-box module. - S: Can I see from the record that the disposal certificate has reached the customer? — C: Delivering the disposal certificate is a separate task; the document number sits in the task's field and a copy of the document sits as an attachment on the record. As long as the task is not closed, it stays on that customer's list of open work. - S: Which is the best CRM software for waste management? — C: When choosing a CRM for the waste management sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports according to your waste management process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce era; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a waste management CRM system cost? — C: In waste management, because the field team closes the collection task from the mobile app, the crew in the vehicle are users of the system as well. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope, and the setup fee if there is one, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the waste management sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the waste management sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your waste management process together, along with which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for waste management? — C: In waste management, collection and emptying visits are recurring tasks; the field team closes them from the mobile app with location verification. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ### [Water Dealer / Carboy CRM: Subscription & Route | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/water-delivery-crm) Full carboys given out and empties taken back are written to the same delivery record; the customer's holding and depot stock update together, and payment stays tied to that delivery. - Keep the subscription period in a field on the customer record; let those whose period has come round drop into the day's list, and open the order record from that list - Route deliveries by region, assign a driver and record the delivery confirmation - Track credit, cash and bank transfer collections per customer on a single list - See at a glance the empty carboys left at the customer and the full stock in the depot - Handle order messages arriving on a single WhatsApp number as a team - Order and Subscription Management: The subscription period is a field on the customer record; customers whose period has come round drop into a list, and the order record is opened from there. - Delivery Route Planning: A delivery is a task; the driver, the region and the address are in its fields, and the delivery confirmation is written to the same record. - Payment Tracking: The credit, cash and bank transfer lines sit under the customer card; the balance is calculated from those lines. - Stock and Carboy Count: The number of empty carboys at the customer is a field on the customer record; it is updated at delivery, and the total stock on hand is visible in the report. - Water Cooler Maintenance Visit: Cleaning and filter changes for the cooler standing at the customer are a maintenance task linked to the customer record; the last maintenance date and the member of staff responsible sit in fields, and that the visit was made at the address is confirmed with location verification in the mobile app. - S: How do we track how many empty carboys are left at a customer? — C: The number of empty carboys at the customer is a field on the customer record; the full ones given out and the empties taken back at each delivery are written to the same record, and the total held at customers is visible in the report. - S: Can we see where the water cooler maintenance was marked as done? — C: Water cooler maintenance is a task linked to the customer record; the last maintenance date and the member of staff responsible are fields on that task. When the technician closes the visit from the mobile app, the location information is written to the record, so it is seen that the visit was made at the address. - S: How do we avoid forgetting a regular customer's weekly order? — C: The subscription period and the last delivery date are fields on the customer record; customers whose period has come round drop into the day's list according to those fields, and the order record is opened from that list. You tie how many days it repeats over and which region is visited on which day to a rule at setup; the reminder list turns into the morning's route. - S: How long does setup take for a Water Dealer / Carboy business? — C: After the discovery meeting we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your water dealer process needs becomes clear in that meeting. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration and its cost, if any, are worked out in the same meeting and shared in writing. - S: Does it integrate with my existing systems for a Water Dealer / Carboy business? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differs from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is set up specifically for your project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out its scope and cost at the discovery meeting and share them in writing. - S: Can more than one person on a Water Dealer / Carboy team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the Water Dealer / Carboy side, order messages arriving on a single number are handled by the team together. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM; your team answers from a single business number and all messages appear in the team inbox. Conversations are assigned according to the rule you define. Managers can monitor conversations and response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Wealth Management CRM: Portfolio and Document Tracking](https://rapitek.com/en/wealth-management-crm) Risk profile and investment preference are fields on the customer card; every recommendation stays on the record with the profile it rests on, and the previous state stays in the history. - Keep every client's risk profile, investment preferences and portfolio history in a single file - Record the meetings, the recommendations presented and the client's decision stages in order - Run the documents and processes tied to regulatory requirements through the client record - Define a separate service level and priority support for high-value clients - Handle the sharing of sensitive financial information through the record and keep all communication on file - Client Portfolio Tracking: The risk profile and the investment preference are fields on the client card; the portfolio history accumulates under the same card. - Advisory Process Management: The meeting, the recommendation and the decision leave a trace in order under the same record; which answer was given to which recommendation can be read afterwards. - Mandatory Document Tracking: Mandatory documents are kept as fields on the client record; clients with missing documents stay on a list, and the completion task is opened from there. - VIP Client Programme: The service level is a field; priority and the assignment rules defined during setup are linked to that field, and response time is reported from the record dates. - Data Separation: Access is limited by role-based permissions, your CRM data sits in a separate database that belongs to you, and transfer is done with TLS 1.3; correspondence stays on the record rather than in a personal channel. - S: Do you have a ready-made module for SPK regulations? — C: There is no out-of-the-box module; what there is, is configuration — and we do that ourselves. Know-your-customer information, the risk profile and mandatory documents are defined as fields on the record; which field will be mandatory and which report will be produced are decided together during setup. The assessment of regulatory compliance remains with your institution's compliance unit. - S: Is client data safe? — C: Your CRM data is kept in a separate database that belongs to you; TLS 1.3 is used in transit, passwords and two-factor authentication secrets are encrypted at rest, and access is limited by role-based permissions. Hosting is in the European Union: the database in Helsinki, media files in Frankfurt. Under KVKK Article 9 this counts as a transfer abroad; that is why we run disclosure and explicit consent processes. A small number of sub-processors operate outside the EU; we list each of them, and the place where each processes data, one by one in our privacy policy. - S: Can I manage more than one advisor? — C: Yes, you can follow each advisor's client portfolio, performance and meeting calendar from a single dashboard. - S: How long does setup take for wealth management? — C: After the discovery call we give you a date, not a range — how many fields, how many stages and how many reports your wealth management process requires becomes clear in that call. We migrate your data ourselves; the scope of the migration, and its cost if there is one, are worked out in the same call and shared in writing. ### [Wedding and Event Planning CRM: Day Run Sheet](https://rapitek.com/en/wedding-event-crm) Every wedding is a single record carrying its own dates and assigned suppliers; from bridal preparation to the band, the hour-by-hour run sheet is lines linked to that record. - Keep the proposal's sending and validity dates on the opportunity record; let those past their term appear in a list, and open the call task from that list - Link every milestone of the plan to a dated task; attach a rule so that a notice goes to the couple and to the supplier concerned - Bring close to twenty suppliers together on a single platform; track deadlines and approval flows from the supplier card - Attach a rule so that the satisfaction and referral request task is opened when the event closes - Let the whole team answer from a single business number, have conversations assigned by rule, and let the manager see response times - Tracking From Proposal To Contract: The proposal's sending date and validity date are fields on the opportunity record; proposals past their term appear in a list, the follow-up task is opened from that list, and how many couples are waiting at which stage is read from the stage report. - 12-Month Timeline: Every milestone is a dated task linked to the wedding record; tasks whose date is approaching appear in a list, and you can attach a rule to that list so that a notice goes to the couple and to the supplier concerned. - Supplier Coordination: Every supplier is an account record; contact details, price and performance notes sit in the fields of that account. Assignment per wedding and the deadline are lines linked to the wedding record, and a line whose approval is overdue stays open on the list. - Post-Event Referral Request: When the event closes, a satisfaction survey and a referral request are opened as tasks; on the incoming couple's record, the source field shows which wedding they came from. - Wedding Day Run Sheet: The bridal preparation, ceremony, dinner and band times are run-sheet lines linked to the event record; the person responsible and the supplier for each line sit in fields, a change during the day is updated on the same line, and a notification goes to the person concerned. - S: Why is a CRM necessary for wedding planning? — C: Planning a wedding takes 6-18 months and has more than 50 touchpoints. This complexity cannot be managed in Excel. A CRM puts timeline management, supplier coordination and customer communication on a system. - S: How does supplier management get easier? — C: Every supplier is an account record: contact details, price and performance notes sit in its fields. Assignment per wedding and the deadline are lines linked to the wedding record; a line whose approval is overdue stays open on the list, and the correspondence accumulates under the same card. - S: Can we see whether the proposal we sent has been opened by the couple? — C: No — there is no read receipt tracking whether the proposal PDF has been opened, and we do not say that there is. What you do see is this: the date the proposal was sent and its validity date are fields on the opportunity record; proposals that pass the number of days you set appear in a list based on those fields, and the call task is opened from that list. When the couple comes back you move the stage forward, and how many couples are waiting at which stage is read from the stage report. - S: How does the referral system work? — C: When the wedding closes, a satisfaction survey and a referral request are opened as tasks; from that task you send happy couples the 'would you recommend us?' question and the Google review request. On the record of every new couple that comes in, the source field shows which wedding they came from; you count how much new business a wedding brought from that field. - S: Can more than one person on the wedding and event planning team use the same WhatsApp number? — C: On the wedding and event planning side the couple's questions are collected on a single business number; the manager sees response times. Yes. We connect your own Meta WhatsApp Business account to the CRM ourselves; there is no out-of-the-box module, and connecting the account is done during setup. After that your team answers from a single business number; incoming messages land in the team inbox and are written onto the customer card. Conversations are assigned to a representative according to the rule you define; managers see the conversations and the response times. Even if staff change, the correspondence history stays in the CRM. The Meta invoice is issued directly to you — we do not sell message bundles or credits. ### [Weight Loss Clinic CRM: Measurement and Diet Tracking](https://rapitek.com/en/weight-loss-clinic-crm) Weight, BMI and waist circumference go onto the patient record with a date at every check; pre-op preparation items are tasks on the surgery record, and the date does not move until each closes. - Record weight, BMI, waist circumference and body fat ratio at every check-up and see the trend on a chart - Link the personal nutrition and exercise plan to the patient record, and have the daily calorie tracking land where the doctor sees it - Run the pre-operative preparation, the surgery day and the post-operative check-up calendar for bariatric surgery in a single flow - Have a psychologist session suggested for emotional eating and adherence problems, and keep the session history on the patient card - Organise post-operative periodic check-ups, vitamin and mineral levels and protein intake tracking spread over the years - Weight And Measurement Tracking: Weight, BMI, waist circumference and body fat ratio are written with a date onto the patient record at every check-up appointment; the monthly and yearly trend is read from the chart of those lines. - Diet And Exercise Plan: The nutrition programme is a record linked to the patient record; the plan written by the dietitian and the daily calories the patient enters from the mobile app sit on the same card, and the doctor sees them from the same place. - Bariatric Surgery Process: The diet period, the tests, the anaesthesia assessment, giving up smoking and insurance approval are prerequisite tasks linked to the surgery record; an unclosed task is visible on the record. - Psychological Support: A psychologist session is an activity linked to the patient record; the session date and note are in its fields, and patients flagged with an adherence problem are listed according to that field. - Long-Term Post-Operative Follow-Up: Periodic check-ups are opened as tasks linked to the surgery date; vitamin and mineral levels and protein intake are fields on the record, and a patient who does not come stays on the list because the task is not closed. - S: How does a weight loss programme start in the CRM? — C: At the first consultation the patient's health profile, BMI, target weight and any accompanying medical conditions are entered onto the record. The personal 3-6-12 month programme is set up according to these fields; weekly and monthly check-up appointments are opened as date-based tasks. - S: How is the preparation before bariatric surgery managed? — C: The pre-operative diet period, psychologist sessions, anaesthesia assessment, endoscopy and giving up smoking are prerequisite tasks linked to the surgery record; a task that is not closed is visible on the record. SGK and private insurance approvals are also tracked from the same record. - S: How is communication between the dietitian and the doctor provided? — C: On every patient card, the dietitian's notes, the doctor's comments and the psychologist's reports sit in shared visibility. Each specialist adds their own note, the others see it from the same card and receive a notification. - S: Don't patients get lost after surgery? — C: No. After bariatric surgery, periodic check-ups are spread over the years as tasks linked to the surgery date. A reminder is sent for every check-up; if the patient does not come, the task is not closed, so it stays on the list and an alert lands for the clinic manager. ### [Wind Energy CRM: Land Owners and Turbine Maintenance](https://rapitek.com/en/wind-energy-crm) Every plot owner is a contact record; the meeting note, the price offered and the stage reached accumulate on it. The lease's end date is a field, and those approaching appear in a list. - Keep every plot owner in a separate contact record, write in the meeting note and the stage reached, and run the site as the project those records are linked to - Track the start and end dates of lease and easement agreements as fields, bring those whose term is approaching onto a list and open a task - Keep every turbine in an equipment record, and link the planned maintenance interval and the fault history to that record - Plan the field team's maintenance visit as a task, and take the closure from the mobile app with location verification - Land Owner Record: Every plot owner is a contact record; the meeting note, the price offered and the stage reached accumulate in the fields of that record. - Contract Dates: The start and end dates of the lease and easement agreements are each a field; those whose term is approaching appear in a list, and the renewal task is opened from there. - Turbine Equipment Record: Every turbine is an equipment record; the planned maintenance interval and the fault history are written onto that record with their dates. - Turbine Maintenance Round: A maintenance round is a task; which turbine, which team and which date sit in its fields; the team closes the job at the foot of the tower from the mobile app, the location is verified, and a fake location report is detected. - S: How do we track conversations running with dozens of land owners? — C: Every owner is a separate contact record and is linked to the site's project record; the meeting note, the price offered and the stage reached accumulate on the record. Where things stand with whom on which plot is read from the list, and even if the person running the work changes, the history stays in place. - S: Can we track turbine maintenance and the team out in the field? — C: Every turbine is an equipment record; the planned maintenance interval and the fault history are written onto that record, and maintenance is assigned to the team as a task. The site visit is closed from the mobile app with location verification, and a fake location report is detected. - S: Can we be notified before the lease and easement agreement expires? — C: Yes. The start and end dates of the contract are each a field; contracts whose term is approaching appear in a list sorted by date, and it is defined during setup that the renewal task is opened for the person responsible. Because the contract is linked to the plot owner's record, who is running the conversation is read from the same place. - S: Which is the best CRM software for wind energy? — C: When choosing a CRM for the wind energy sector, you should pay attention to sector workflows, integration capabilities, customisation options and the quality of support. You do not set up Rapitek CRM — we do: we configure the fields, the stages and the reports according to your wind energy process, we migrate your data, and we train your team in Turkish. Before building our own platform, our team completed more than 200 enterprise CRM projects in its Salesforce era; we carry out the setup with that experience. - S: How much does a wind energy CRM system cost? — C: In wind energy, because the team closes the maintenance round at the foot of the tower from the mobile app, the field team is defined in the system as well. We keep current plan prices in a single place and publish them openly on our pricing page; we do not put figures on this page, so that you do not read a different price in two places. The price is determined by the number of users and the plan chosen. The scope of setup, data migration and training is not the same in every project; the scope, and the setup fee if there is one, are worked out together in the discovery call and shared in writing. Rapi artificial intelligence credit and ERP integration are separately priced items. - S: How are CRM integrations done in the wind energy sector? — C: If you use Logo, Netsis, Mikro or SAP, your CRM talks to it — we build the connection ourselves. There is no out-of-the-box module: because the access and field structure on the ERP side differ from one installation to the next, a single button does not work the same way everywhere. The connection is built specifically for the project over our REST API covering 183 business objects, OAuth2, webhooks and import/export. We work out the scope and the cost in the discovery call and share them in writing. - S: How does the move to a CRM system work in the wind energy sector? — C: We start with a discovery call: we work out your wind energy process together, along with which fields and which stages are needed. After the call we give you a date, not a range. We migrate your data ourselves, and we train your team in Turkish ourselves. There is no call centre on our support line. Your question is answered by the team that builds and develops the product — this is a choice, not a matter of capacity. - S: Can mobile CRM be used for wind energy? — C: In wind energy, on a turbine maintenance round the team closes the job at the foot of the tower from the mobile app, and the location is verified. The app is live on both the App Store and Google Play. The web interface works on tablets and phones as well. The app does not work offline; if the connection drops while you are filling in a form, what you have written is kept on the device for 24 hours. ## Yazı ### [History of CRM: Timeline from Rolodex to AI (1950–2026)](https://rapitek.com/en/blog/history-of-crm) Trace the history of CRM from the 1950s Rolodex through Siebel and the SaaS revolution to today's AI-augmented platforms — a complete timeline to 2026. Seven decades, three waves CRM · History CRM software emerged in the 1980s as digital Rolodex applications and evolved through three great waves — the database-marketing era, the SaaS revolution, and today's AI-augmented platforms. This is the full timeline, from a rotating card file in 1958 to autonomous sales agents in 2026. Contents Customer Relationship Management (CRM) software exists because of a simple commercial truth: it costs far more to win a new customer than to keep an existing one. For most of business history, companies chased volume — sell to as many people as possible — and ignored what they already knew about the customers they had. Purchase history, preferences, and behavior went unrecorded, so every sale started from zero. CRM turned that logic around. It rests on two functions: store what you know about each customer, and act on it — serve the right person, at the right moment, through the right channel. Those two functions are much older than software. What has changed over seven decades is the technology that carries them: from a rotating card file on a sales rep's desk to cloud platforms that draft emails with AI. If you want the practical, present-day view first, our CRM guide covers what modern systems actually do. This article is about how we got here. Why CRM exists at all Everything that followed was, in essence, an attempt to do what the Rolodex did — faster, with broader access, and across many offices at once. Rolodex The earliest CRM "system" was a salesperson's notebook: names, phone numbers, and a few notes, retrieved by flipping pages. The most iconic upgrade arrived in 1958, when Arnold Neustadter patented the Rolodex — a rotating card index in which every customer had a card with name, phone, address, and notes. Large enterprises ran "account books" maintained by departmental secretaries; banks kept account cards at each branch. These paper systems already embodied the fundamental CRM insight — every customer interaction should be tracked centrally — but they were slow to search, painful to update, impossible to analyze, and chained to a single desk. A rep who left the company often took the relationships with them, card by card. Pen, paper, and the Rolodex (before 1980) CRM's efficiency jumped dramatically when it moved from the physical world into software. In the early 1980s, two parallel tracks emerged. On PCs, contact-management software digitized the Rolodex. ACT! (Conductor Software, 1986) was the first commercial product of its kind — later acquired by Symantec in 1993, then Sage in 1999, and still active today. GoldMine (1989) followed with early multi-user network capabilities. Meanwhile, large enterprises built database marketing systems on Oracle, DB2, or Sybase mainframes. Airlines, banks, and retailers used statistical modeling on customer data to personalize communication — American Airlines' AAdvantage loyalty program (1981) is a landmark example. This era introduced the core concepts that persist in every CRM today: contact records, activity history, sales pipelines, and reporting. The limitation was reach — systems were single-user or LAN-based, and sharing data across geographies required nightly batch syncs. Database marketing and the digital Rolodex (1980s) In 1993, Tom Siebel — a former Oracle executive — founded Siebel Systems and took contact management enterprise-wide. His category, Sales Force Automation (SFA) , combined database marketing with contact management and centered it on the sales process: contact management, pipeline management, and task tracking in one system. The mid-90s also settled a naming battle. Competing labels — Enterprise Customer Management (ECM), Customer Information System (CIS), Personal Information Manager (PIM) — faded away, and by about 1995 Customer Relationship Management became the permanent term. Siebel expanded from sales into marketing and customer service, and by the late 1990s was the leading enterprise CRM vendor of its era, w ### [How to Choose a CRM: The Questions That Decide It](https://rapitek.com/en/blog/how-to-choose-a-crm) CRM selection guide for sales teams of 5+: process fit, customization cost, data migration, training, 3-year total cost, and KVKK and data location in Turkey. Most CRM evaluations start the same way: a spreadsheet with vendors across the top and features down the side. Six weeks later the spreadsheet is full, every vendor scores well, and the decision is no easier than on day one. Across 200+ CRM implementations we delivered during our Salesforce era, the projects that went badly almost never failed on a missing feature. They failed because the software did not match how the team actually worked, because the data that came in was a mess, because nobody owned the system after go-live, or because the real cost showed up in month four. This guide covers the questions that decide it, written for the person who has to sign: a company with a sales team of five or more, real customers, and a process that already exists, even if it currently lives in spreadsheets and WhatsApp threads. Feature lists do not predict outcomes. Process fit Contents Before you look at any product, write down how a deal moves through your company today. Take three deals from last quarter: one you won, one you lost, one still stuck. For each, list every step and every place information was recorded. The WhatsApp thread. The quote in someone's downloads folder. The email chain the manager was never copied on. Then answer: How many people touch a deal between first contact and invoice? Where does the work happen: office, phone, customer site, showroom? How long is a normal cycle, and what does "stuck" look like in practice? Who approves a discount, and how does anyone else know it was approved? What does your sales manager genuinely need to see on Monday morning? This takes an afternoon and it is uncomfortable, because it usually reveals that nobody agrees on the process. It is also the only thing that makes a demo useful. Without it every demo looks impressive, because every demo is built to look impressive. Start with how your team actually works A feature you never use costs you nothing. A mismatch costs you every day, in small amounts, forever. Five extra clicks per record is not a rounding error when a rep enters twenty records a week. So do not let the vendor drive the demo. Ask them to enter your deal, with your stages, your product names and your approval step, while you watch. Count the clicks. Count the fields a rep would fill in on a phone, standing in a customer's warehouse, with one hand. You will also hear the opposite advice: adopt the software's process, because it encodes best practice. Sometimes that is right and a bad habit is worth losing. But be honest about which is which. If your process exists because your customers pay in stages, or because dealers order differently from direct accounts, that is not a bad habit. That is your market. Process fit beats feature count Almost every vendor says "fully customizable." The phrase covers three different things with three different price tags, set out in the table below. Take your requirement list into the pre-sales conversation and ask the vendor to sort every item into one of those three buckets, in writing. Then ask the question people forget: what happens in month six, when you need a change? Who makes it, how long does it take, and is it billable? A system you cannot change is a system you will outgrow, faster than you expect. Configuration, automation or development: know which one you are buying Configuration | Fields, pipeline stages, page layouts, roles and permissions | Should be included, and done before go-live rather than left as homework Automation | Assignment rules, approval flows, reminders, alerts when a deal goes quiet | Usually included, sometimes limited by tier Development | A custom object your business needs, logic nobody else has asked for, an integration with a system the vendor has never touched | A project with a scope and a price What you are buying | What it covers | What it costs Ask what is in your current system before you ask how it moves. In most companies the honest answer is duplicates, three spellings of the same co ### [Lead Management: From First Contact to Qualified Opportunity](https://rapitek.com/en/blog/lead-management-guide) How to qualify, score, route and follow up on leads — plus the KVKK, explicit consent and İYS rules that apply when you collect leads through a form in Turkey. A form gets submitted at 14:12. The reply goes out the next morning at 09:40. In between, the buyer has already opened three other vendor sites, sent two more forms, and started forming an opinion about what a good answer to their problem looks like. The deal is not lost yet, but the frame has been set by someone else. Lead management is the set of rules that decides what happens in those hours. Not a philosophy — rules: who owns the record, what has to be true before it moves forward, what the second message says, when the file gets closed. Below is how we structure it, based on what we saw across 200+ CRM projects delivered during our Salesforce era, plus the part most English-language guides skip entirely: what Turkish law requires when you collect those leads through a form. An autoresponder is not a response; it is a receipt. First response Contents A lead is an unverified claim of interest. Someone typed a name into a box. It may be a buyer, a competitor, a student writing a thesis, or a person who wanted the PDF. An opportunity is different in kind, not in degree. It has a named company, an identified problem someone inside that company wants solved, a person who can talk about money without leaving the room, and a plausible time frame. Everything before that is research. The distinction matters because it decides what your pipeline number means. If leads and opportunities share one bucket, your forecast is a wish list and your conversion rate has no denominator you can trust. Make the transition an explicit, dated event with written criteria — a stage change someone performs on purpose, not a field that drifts. A workable conversion rule: you can name the company and the role of the person, you understand the problem in their words, you know who else is involved in the decision, and there is an agreed next step with a date on it. Lead: interest claimed, nothing verified. Marketing-qualified: fits your target profile on paper. Sales-qualified: a human has spoken to them and the problem is real. Opportunity: named need, identified decision-makers, next step with a date. A lead is not an opportunity BANT asks about Budget, Authority, Need and Timeline. It is fast and it fits shorter, more transactional cycles. Its weakness is the ordering: asking about budget first assumes a budget already exists. In the mid-market Turkish companies we have seen it usually does not — the budget gets created after someone builds an internal business case, and often the person you are talking to is the one who will build it. MEDDIC asks about Metrics, Economic buyer, Decision criteria, Decision process, Identified pain and Champion. It is built for long, multi-stakeholder deals where the risk is not losing to a competitor but losing to indecision. It costs more discovery time, and on a two-week cycle it is overkill. Need-first variants such as CHAMP reorder the same questions to start with the problem. None of these is correct in the abstract. A framework is not a script — it is a checklist of things you do not know yet. Two practical rules. First, pick one and write down what each letter means in your own business, in your own words; "Authority" in a 40-person distributor means something different than in a bank. Second, put the fields in the CRM so the answers are inspectable by someone other than the rep. A framework that lives only in a salesperson's head is a personality, not a process. And if two people on the same team use two different frameworks, you have neither — you cannot compare their pipelines. Qualification frameworks: use one, do not worship it Keep two axes separate: fit (who they are) and engagement (what they did). A very engaged bad fit and a barely engaged perfect fit are not the same object, and collapsing them into one number hides exactly the thing you need to see. Fit signals are structural: sector, company size, how many people are actually in the sales team, whether there is a field team, how many locations the w ### [Pharmacy Inventory: Expiry Tracking & Compliance | Rapitek](https://rapitek.com/en/blog/pharmacy-inventory-managing-expiry-dates-regulatory-compliance) How pharmacies manage expiry dates, FEFO rotation, lot traceability and audit trails — plus how a configurable CRM supports compliance, hosted in the EU. Pharmacy operations How pharmacies keep thousands of products safe, in date and audit-ready — expiry monitoring, FEFO rotation, lot traceability and the systems that hold it all together. Book a demo Contents Pharmacy inventory management combines stock tracking with expiry-date monitoring, batch/lot traceability for recalls, controlled-substance audit logs and dispensing analytics. The typical building blocks are barcode scanning at receipt, automated expiring-soon alerts (often set at 90/60/30-day windows), documented disposal of expired stock and supplier qualification records. Exact compliance requirements vary by jurisdiction — the FDA and DEA in the United States, the EMA in the EU, TİTCK in Turkey — so always confirm the specifics with your own regulator or pharmacy board. Quick answer Two failure modes matter more than the rest: stock that expires unnoticed on the shelf, and stock that cannot be traced to a lot when a recall lands. Patient safety In pharmacy operations, inventory management is a cornerstone of patient safety, not just cost control. A pharmacy tracks thousands of products, each with its own expiration date, storage requirements and regulatory obligations. Modern pharmacy inventory management therefore tracks far more than quantities. Lot numbers, expiration dates, manufacturer details and storage conditions all live on the same record, and digital systems have made real-time tracking and predictive reordering practical for independent pharmacies as well as chains. The regulatory layer adds real complexity. Different agencies mandate specific documentation, storage conditions and handling procedures for different categories of medication: controlled substances need extra security and logging, biological products need temperature monitoring and specialised storage. Which rules apply depends on where you operate — treat any list of requirements (including the ones in this article) as a starting point, and verify against your own regulator's current guidance. Why pharmacy inventory is different Lot and batch numbers Every unit ties back to a manufacturer lot, so a recall becomes a filtered list instead of a shelf-by-shelf hunt. Expiration dates and FEFO First Expired, First Out rotation with automated expiring-soon alerts — commonly at 90, 60 and 30 days before expiry. Storage conditions Temperature logs and storage-class flags for cold-chain and biological products, kept alongside the stock record. Controlled-substance logs Additional security, counts and audit entries for regulated categories, ready for inspection. Supplier qualification Approved-supplier records, receipt scanning and discrepancy notes at the point of goods-in. Disposal documentation A written trail for expired or damaged stock leaving the pharmacy — what, when, how much and why. 3 What a modern pharmacy inventory system tracks 1. Patient safety. The mechanism is specific, not vague: an expiry alert fires before the stock reaches a patient, and enforced FEFO rotation means the shelf hands out the soonest-expiring lot rather than whichever box is at the front. Both remove a decision from human memory at the exact point where memory fails. 2. Financial control. Two costs shrink at once — the write-off cost of stock that expired unsold, and the carrying cost of holding more than you need. Systems that use historical dispensing data to forecast demand prevent both stockouts and overstock, so capital is not tied up on the shelf while availability stays high. Measure your own baseline before and after; the size of the gain depends entirely on your product mix and current waste rate. 3. Audit readiness. Automated systems maintain the trails regulators expect — controlled-substance movements, temperature logs, disposal records — as a by-product of daily work. The practical difference at inspection is not that the records are better written, but that they exist at all before the inspector asks. Key benefits of getting it right Assessment Map curre ### [What Is a Customer? Definition, Types & Lifecycle Guide](https://rapitek.com/en/blog/what-is-customer) What is a customer? Clear definition, customer vs consumer, B2B and B2C types, segmentation and the customer lifecycle — a complete guide from Rapitek CRM. CRM Guide Who counts as a customer, how do customers differ from consumers, and what types are there? From the B2B/B2C distinction to segmentation, the customer lifecycle and CRM — a complete guide. Contents The customer is one of the foundation stones of business success, and in today's competitive markets the concept matters more than ever. In its simplest form, a customer is a person or organization that purchases goods or services from a business. In modern business practice, however, the concept carries a strategic weight that goes far beyond this simple definition. That is why a deep understanding of who customers are, what types exist and why they matter is the first step in building a successful business strategy. Customer-centric thinking is the common trait of today's most successful companies. In this guide we look at the different dimensions of the customer concept, examine customer types, and explain why effective customer relationship management is vital for any business. If you are starting customer relationship management from scratch, our step-by-step CRM guide is a good companion read. In modern marketing and sales strategy, concepts such as customer experience, customer satisfaction and customer loyalty play a central role. Businesses no longer simply sell products or services — they build long-term relationships with their customers to achieve sustainable growth. Introduction: Why the Customer Concept Is Critical for Business Customers are the reason a business exists. Without them, no commercial activity is sustainable. Customer-centric The Traditional Definition Traditionally, a customer is an individual or corporate buyer that purchases goods or services from a business. This definition centres on the moment of the transaction — the act of buying. Today the definition has broadened considerably. In modern business, a customer is anyone who interacts with the company, exchanges value with it, and contributes directly or indirectly to its success. This wider view may include active purchasers, prospects who have shown interest but not yet bought, past customers who may return, and advocates who recommend the brand without being paid to. It is this broader perspective that brings the customer lifecycle into focus. Customer vs. Consumer: What Is the Difference? The terms customer and consumer are often used interchangeably, but there is an important distinction. The customer is the person or organization that makes the purchase; the consumer is the person who actually uses the product or service. When a parent buys a toy for their child, the parent is the customer and the child is the consumer. In many everyday purchases the customer and the consumer are the same person, but in B2B scenarios and gift purchases they are often different. Customer Definition and Core Characteristics Has a need Customers engage with businesses to satisfy specific needs Makes decisions They play an active role in the buying process and set their own preferences Expects value They expect satisfying value in return for what they pay Judges the experience They evaluate the entire buying experience, not just the product Builds relationships They have the potential to develop long-term relationships with a business 3 Core Characteristics of a Customer Customer Types by Demographics Classifying customers by demographic characteristics is critical for building effective marketing strategies. This segmentation approach helps businesses understand their target audiences far better. Individual customers (B2C): By age group: young, middle-aged and senior customers By income level: low, medium and high income By education: primary, secondary and university graduates By lifestyle: traditional, modern, technology-driven B2C customers typically have shorter decision cycles, are influenced by peer reviews and social media, and expect personalized experiences and quick service. Corporate customers (B2B): By company size: SMEs, large enterprises,